Court: If Violating Your Privacy Helps The Police, It’s Not Violating Your Privacy

0

A court has ruled that the owner of a prepaid phone effectively has no 4th amendment rights. It probably doesn’t apply to all prepaid phone users, just the ones who are suspected of being drug runners. Phew.

 

Is it Possible to Monetize a Website without Content?

0

Owning a website can be quite profitable if set up correctly. As an individual, you bring in a unique aspect to the world, which should be reflected in a brilliant product or website. On that note, monetizing a website without suitable content may present a great challenge.

In leiu of this, I would like to offer some recommended tips that will assist you with achieving monetization success with your website.

Write on subjects you truly enjoy as it is much easier to begin and continue writing about topics in which you are passionate about. Add fresh content on a regular basis. A sedentary website offers no assurance of receiving consistent traffic; because no content simply means — no reason for your visitors to come back.

Keep matters in perspective. Everybody would certainly enjoy making a lot of money, but will not occur without marketing an idea or product in form of content or some other form of media. Earning money from Web content requires an adequate amount of patience. This means you will need to enjoy publishing data on the internet to some extent to keep the business going and to achieve your financial rewards.

If selling products, make certain they are of high quality and a support system is in place which addresses any problems that may arise. While continuing to build content, it may take take some time to build a loyal following on your website. In the meantime, stay busying writing and researching. There is much to learn about website building and making money online.

The Internet

Internet users have specific needs which you must address through topic and content relevant information in your field of business or niche. A vague website which exhibits poor content easily loses its readership; little information and/or low quality information can quickly translate to the reader a negative perception about your business, which in turn can negatively affect whether that person will buy from you or not.

Understanding how a website functions is critical to making money on the web. Not only will you need to spend time writing content for you own site, but to truly generate a diverse flow of website traffic, you will need to create content for other sites like directories or post as a guest author for other sites. These additional methods can also aid you in build a following as well as provide a stead flow of website traffic — from your written content.

When writing, make sure you adhere to ethical standards, be factual with the information you publish. Consider your ideas, do the research, fact find and to the best of your ability, produce information that is simply hard to resist.

On that note, yes, it is improbable for one to expect financial success without putting in the work that coinsides with producing content others can use in some form or fashion, be it writing, audio or video, graphics or otherwise.

Crystal Watts is a web publisher and writer for websites24seven.com and the wattspublishinggroup.com – her expertise and passion includes web technology, online business, monetization, seo and social media marketing.

DHS Classifies New Ammo Purchases Following Controversy

0

Paul Joseph Watson |

The Department of Homeland Security has redacted information relating to the quantity of bullets it is buying following a controversy concerning the agency’s purchase of over a billion rounds of ammo, which many fear is a sign the federal government is preparing for civil unrest in the United States.

Despite the fact that documents are only supposed to be redacted if authorized by Congress or for national security reasons, a solicitation posted on the FedBizOpps website yesterday concerning ammunition purchases made by the DHS on behalf of Immigration & Customs Enforcement (ICE) contains numerous blacked out sections.

Read more.

Facebook biometric profiling could be illegal

 

 

Mick Meaney – RINF News |

Facebook has come under fire again for refusing to delete biometric profiles of its users, with the German office for data protection calling the practice illegal.

Johannes Caspar, head of the Hamburg office for data protection, has criticized Facebook for storing users biometric data without consent, claiming the social network is in breach of European privacy regulations.

Today talks between Caspar and Facebook have failed, which centered around the websites ‘Photo Tag Suggest’ feature that allows Facebook to automatically identify users unique facial characteristics.

Mr Caspar, who led the German investigation into Google’s illegal collection of personal data during its controversial Street View project, has requested that Facebook give members the choice of opting in to the service, rather than opting out.

Mr Caspar wants the website to come into line with  European Union privacy rules, saying: “Facebook will be obliged to delete this data unless it obtains approval by all concerned users,” he said, adding that “due to the immense potential of misuses of biometric data the explicit consent is a legal requirement for the collecting and processing of biometric data.”

Facebook deny any wrong doing, claiming the service “is fully compliant with EU data protection laws.”

“During our continuous dialogue with our supervisory authority in Europe, the Office of the Irish Data Protection Commissioner, we agreed to develop a best practice solution to notify people on Facebook about Photo Tag Suggest.”

The ‘Photo Tag Suggest’ feature had been suspended for new European users, as of 1 July 2012, while Facebook discus the issue with authorities.

Mr Caspar welcomed the decision but noted:  “Facebook clearly recognises that the process of collecting biometric data is at least not in accordance with data protection law in Europe. But Facebook can’t just stay halfway there.”

Facebook could be fined a paltry 25,000 euros ($31,000) if it refuses to change its consent practices and remove the biometric database.

The social giant is showing no signs of slowing down its data collection plans, and is about to build a 62,000-square-foot data center in additional to its two existing data centers, at its Prineville facility in  Oregon.

Image credit

UN: Syrian forces guilty of war crimes

0

SYRIAN GOVERNMENT forces and allied shabbiha militia have committed war crimes and crimes against humanity, including murder and torture in what appears to be state-directed policy, UN human rights investigators said yesterday.

Syrian rebels fighting to topple President Bashar al-Assad have also committed war crimes but these “did not reach the gravity, frequency and scale” of those carried out by the army and security forces, they said.

“The commission found reasonable grounds to believe that government forces and the shabbiha had committed the crimes against humanity of murder and of torture, war crimes and gross violations of international human rights law and international humanitarian law, including unlawful killing, torture, arbitrary arrest and detention, sexual violence, indiscriminate attack, pillaging and destruction of property,” said the 102-page report by the independent investigators led by Paulo Pinheiro.

Both government forces and armed insurgents had violated the rights of children during the 17-month-old conflict, the report said.

Karen AbuZayd, an American expert serving as senior investigator alongside Mr Pinheiro, said: “We have identified both parties as guilty of war crimes and of course a greater number and of bigger variety from the government side.

“What happened on the government side appears to be a policy of the state.

“It is not just widespread but similar large-scale complex operations, how they are carried out, the way the military and security work together,” she said.

Completing their inquiry into a massacre in Houla north of Homs in late May, the investigators said yesterday that government forces and shabbiha fighters were responsible for the killings of more than 100 civilians, nearly half of them children.

The investigators said they would update their confidential list of suspects or units responsible for violations and hand it over to UN rights boss Navi Pillay next month.

Prof Pinheiro is a Brazilian diplomat; Ms AbuZayd is a US citizen and former head of UNRWA, the UN agency that aids Palestinian refugees.

A third panel member dropped out before the report was completed.

The report, whose findings are more conclusive about the Houla massacre than previous interim findings, could be used by world powers to justify tougher outside action against Syria, or strengthen calls for an international investigation and prosecution of possible war crimes and crimes against humanity.

The Human Rights Council could renew the mandate of the panel or it could appoint Mr Pinheiro to become a special investigator of Syria, a position that the council created in March but has left unfilled until now.

Earlier this year, the council said in a resolution that it agreed with UN High Commissioner for Human Rights, Ms Pillay, in her call for action by the International Criminal Court based at The Hague.

Activists say more than 20,000 people have been killed since the start of Syria’s revolt, inspired by other Arab Spring uprisings against autocratic regimes in the region. — (Reuters)

UK issues ‘threat’ to arrest Wikileaks founder

0

The UK is threatening once again to violate international law in the most egregious and unprecedented manner. They’ve done it throughout history, most recently in their bombing of Libya.

This time their threat is without precedent: to invade Ecuadoran Embassy in London, sovereign territory of the country of Ecuador.

If they carry out this attack it will subject any foreign embassy in any nation worldwide to possible invasion by the host country. Their threat could be a bluff in an attempt to bully Ecuador into denying asylum to Mr. Assange – or they might disregard international law again.

We will be watching as this story unfolds over the next 12 hours as President Rafael Correa has made clear that their government will issue their decision regarding immunity by 7 a.m., Ecuadoran time, (0100pm London and 0800 New York). Below, we have the BBC running interference for the British government, true to form.

Read more.

American Civil Liberties Union file legal complaint against the FBI

0

Thomas Hawk |

On Wednesday, the American Civil Liberties Union filed a formal legal complaint against the FBI in an attempt to compel the agency to release two GPS tracking-related memos.

In July, the ACLU requested two memos under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) that the FBI wrote in February. The memos came as a result of the Supreme Court decision in the Jones v. United States case, which established that the government had no right to place a GPS tracking device without a warrant on a suspect’s car.

However, other types of high-tech surveillance and monitoring continues by law enforcement on a nearly daily basis around the country. Cops are using everything from tap and trace, ping data,license plate surveillance, and other techniques as a way to keep tabs on suspects and innocent citizens without going through the threshold of a judicially reviewed probable-cause-driven warrant.

“We still have no idea what the FBI is doing in terms of tracking, post-Jones,” said Catherine Crump, the author of the Complaint for Injunctive Relief, and an attorney at the ACLU, in an interview with Ars.

“If all Jones means is that law enforcement agents have to track you through your phone instead of your car, it’s not going to mean much in the end.”

Despite the unanimous decision by the Supreme Court in January 2012 in the Jones case, legal scholars seem to now have more questions than answers.

“One question I have is whether the FBI is treating Jones as relevant to surveillance technologies that don’t require physical attachment to individuals or vehicles,” wrote Woodrow Hartzog, a law professor at Samford University in Alabama, in an e-mail sent to Ars.

“For example, does the FBI think that Jones has relevance to facial and object recognition technologies deployed in public places? What about license plate readers? While the concurring opinions in Jones certainly questioned certain concepts such as the third-party doctrine and the idea of no privacy in public, the case was actually decided by the majority on much narrower, trespass-based grounds. I’d be interested to see if these guides are concerned primarily with the attachment and use of GPS devices, or whether they are mindful of the concurring opinions’ skepticism of the proposition that there can be no privacy at all in public spaces or in information that is shared with others. In a sense, Jones punted on some of the larger privacy issues surrounding modern surveillance technologies.”

Up next: GPS tracking of your boat?

The ACLU first caught wind of the two FBI memos in question after hearing FBI General Counsel Andrew Weissmann speak at a legal conference in San Francisco in February 2012.

In a 12-minute video posted online, Weissmann spoke about two memos: one focused on the use of GPS tracking on forms of transportation beyond cars, the other speaking on how Jones applies to tracking methods outside of GPS (presumably like cellphone ping data).

“Is it going to apply to boats, is it going to apply to airplanes?” Weissmann asks in the video. “Is it going to apply at the border? What’s it mean for the consent that’s given by an owner? What does it mean if consent is given by a possessor? And this is all about GPS, by the way, without getting into other types of techniques.”

The ACLU is not the first group to compel the FBI to release these memos. The Electronic Frontier Foundation has also been working on their publication as well, according to Mark Rumold, a staff attorney at the EFF.

“We would just like to know how the government interprets the Supreme Court’s opinion,” Rumold told Ars. “Fundamentally, that’s the type of information that can’t be withheld under FOIA. The government’s interpretation of rules and laws that affect the general public–that’s a fundamental precept, that secret law is an abomination.”

Bloggers: Stop Writing Crappy Blog Posts

0

Stop Polluting The Internet With Worthless Blog Posts

Let’s face it-most of the blogs out there are just filled with crap posts. You know what I am talking about.

These are posts that just recycle stuff that was recycled by another person. In essence, most of the blogosphere is really an endless chain of bloggers regurgitating each other’s feces. I do not mean to sound sick or graphic, but there is really no other way to say it. It is all about just an endless cycle of recycling the same stuff over and over again.

While it helps the big bloggers because a certain trend or meme is established and propagated, it really does not help the smaller bloggers because they do not rise up from the cesspool of what is essentially copied blog post. If you want to become a successful blogger, you have to have an identity that sets you apart from your competition. Everyday thousands and thousands of people join the existing army of bloggers out there.

Guess what? 90% of them will fail after a few months. That is just the reality. There is such a high burn rate. At the same time, the internet is left littered with the carcasses of failed blogs that just regurgitated the same style, the same content and the same attitude as the other blogs that came before them and that will come after them. There has to be a better way and you, my friend, have to be part of this movement for better blogging.

Here are the five key elements of better blogging. Warning: They are not revolutionary. They are not earth shattering. Unlike Obama’s speeches, they are not going to cool the earth. What they are going to do is set a better standard for blogging. Frankly, there is just too much crap content out there and you should be part of the solution to stopping the race to the bottom in terms of blog quality. Here is what you can do to help.

Write to be Read

Many bloggers think that if you just vomit a huge block of text on to a page, people would actually sit down and read it. Wrong! Thanks to the internet rightly or wrongly, many people have short attention spans. If I am going to look at a blog post and I cannot make heads or tails of it within the first three seconds, I am going to click the back button and close the window. I am hardly alone. If you look at your blog’s statistics at Google Analytics, you would see a criterion called bounce rate.

Guess what? Bounce rate is increasing because more and more people are exhibiting extreme impatience with badly formatted pages. The takeaway to this is chop up your blog post so that they are easy to read. Just the same way you would not gulp down a Big Mac with one bite, you cannot digest a blog post if it is in just one block.

The next factor for writing to be read is you need to put graphical cues in your blog post so that it is easier for people to get an experience from what you are writing.

Pictures, videos and infographics do the trick–anything that would allow the eye to relate what you have just read to the larger concept that you are trying to communicate, then go back to the rest of your text and then feed it back to the concept and so on and so forth. This happens very quickly and you have to guide the reader through the process with the right graphical cues. You do not do this when you just drop a huge block of text.

Finally, write as little as possible. Shorter posts are more effective. Blogs originally were just online diaries. They are very topical and one post normally just focuses on one subject matter. Try to stick closely to that original concept and you will get more readers and more loyal readers at that.

Personalize Your Content

Many bloggers are lazy. Their concept of personalization is they just need to put up their picture next to their blog post and that is that. No, it is not that simple. Personalization means imparting your personality. Emphasize the personal in the word personalization. Your blog post must not sound just like everybody else’s blog post.

If your post read this way, then guess what? You are part of the 99.9% of the faceless mask of bloggers out there jockeying to get a few cents of AdSense click. It is not exactly a nice position to be in. Emphasize your personality. If you think something is crappy or something is awesome, say so. Do not be afraid to let your personality shine out. That is the key to personalization.

Link, Link, Link
Many bloggers are very stingy about linking to their sources or linking to authority sites or linking even to themselves. This is just plain stupid. Blogs do not exist in a vacuum. Your blog is not an island. Your blog by necessity must be connected to the rest of the internet.

Act accordingly. If you are disagreeing with another blogger, link to their post and quote the part that you disagree with. If you disagree with an online newspaper, link to the article and then proceed to demolish them in your blog. You lose nothing when you are linking out. Sure, this might be blasphemy to some SEO practitioners out there, but guess what? Search engines look at your blog as part of a context.

If you do not link out to anybody or to anybody authoritative, your chances of being sent to the basement of Google’s traffic would be higher than if your blog looks like a real blog, which is you link out frequently and you link out to create authority. Actually linking out also brings you to the attention of influential people in your niche. It gives them a reason to visit your website and see what you have to talk about. You cannot do this if you do not link out. Therefore, link liberally.

Also link to yourself a lot. If you are referring to earlier positions that you have made or earlier statements, link to yourself. Do not be too shy about referring to past posts. This actually helps your website become stickier because it gives your post’s reader an opportunity to read more posts. Do not waste that opportunity.

Talk to the Big Boys

Many smaller bloggers restrict the growth of their blog and really retard their blog’s ability to gain any sort of credibility or authority by refusing to engage the big dogs in their content category. If you are writing about SEO and there are many acknowledged experts and opinion leaders in the SEO industry, your blog should be following what they have to say and critiquing or analyzing what they have to say.

Establish, at least in the minds of your readers, that you are aware of the big dogs and you are trying to run with the pack. Birds of a feather do flock together. While the big guys may not want you around, if you continuously hound them, eventually you will establish in the minds of your readers that you are part of that pack. More importantly if you do this enough times, many of the big guys would acknowledge you back and there would be some sort of relationship.

Remember that just because they are bigger than you, richer than you and more influential than you, does not mean that you cannot benefit from them. In fact, by carefully studying the leaders in your particular field, you can reverse engineer some of their success by continuously engaging their ideas, if not, engaging them personally in a conversation on your blog.

Essentially what you are doing is you are building on top of what they have achieved. Do not reinvent the wheel. Whatever you are trying to achieve in your blog has been done before by a category leader. Find that leader and build on his work. You are not reaping him off, you are improving upon it. There is a big difference.

Finally–Get Crazy

Blogging is not for the timid. If you plan to be a sheep, welcome to the blog. Most bloggers are faceless mushy, undifferentiated mass of people from one end of the world to the other. There is really nothing differentiating the majority of bloggers. If you look at the guys and gals who manage to become blogging leaders, they have a distinct personality, they have a distinct style and their blog communicates this loud and clear.

You should do the same. It is not just a question of letting your personality shine out. It is a question of being crazy, doing the opposite of conventional wisdom. Conventional wisdom will get you nowhere because it all involves conformity. There is a way to be accurate, to speak the truth, to express factual information, but in a way that grabs the eyeballs of your blog post readers shakes them up and slaps them around.

That is what you need to do because in this highly competitive blogging world, the last thing it needs is yet another “me too” blogger. If you are going to talk like everybody else, look like everybody else and act like everybody else, it is a probably a better idea if you do not even start blogging. If you want to succeed, if you want to put your mark on the blogging world, not only do you have to be yourself, but be your craziest self and just have fun.

The Bottom Line

Follow these standards and be part of the movement to create a better blogosphere. If you are writing and your blogging style does not incorporate any of these tips, then you are part of the problem. You should be flushed down the digital toilet.

This guest post was written by Chris Walker, a leading blogger on SEO/SEM, online marketing, and social media marketing. Read more of his posts at http://www.marketingcopyexpert.com/journal

Photo Credits

Torture: Impunity at Home, Rendition Abroad

0

After a decade of fiery public debate and bare-knuckle partisan brawling, the United States has stumbled toward an ad hoc bipartisan compromise over the issue of torture that rests on two unsustainable policies: impunity at home and rendition abroad.

President Obama has closed the CIA’s “black sites,” its secret prisons where American agents once dirtied their hands with waterboarding and wall slamming. But via rendition – the sending of terrorist suspects to the prisons of countries that torture – and related policies, his administration has outsourced human rights abuse to Afghanistan, Somalia, and elsewhere. In this way, he has avoided the political stigma of torture, while tacitly tolerating such abuses and harvesting whatever intelligence can be gained from them.

This “resolution” of the torture issue may meet the needs of this country’s deeply divided politics. It cannot, however, long satisfy an international community determined to prosecute human rights abuses through universal jurisdiction. It also runs the long-term risk of another sordid torture scandal that will further damage U.S. standing with allies worldwide.

Perfecting a New Form of Torture

The modern American urge to use torture did not, of course, begin on September 12, 2001. It has roots that reach back to the beginning of the Cold War and a human rights policy riven with contradictions. Publicly, Washington opposed torture and led the world in drafting the United Nation’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights in 1948 and the Geneva Conventions in 1949. Simultaneously and secretly, however, the Central Intelligence Agency began developing ingenious new torture techniques in contravention of these same international conventions.

From 1950 to 1962, the CIA led a secret research effort to crack the code of human consciousness, a veritable Manhattan project of the mind with two findings foundational to a new form of psychological torture. In the early 1950s, while collaborating with the CIA, famed Canadian psychologist Dr. Donald Hebb discovered that, using goggles, gloves, and earmuffs, he could induce a state akin to psychosis among student volunteers by depriving them of sensory stimulation. Simultaneously, two eminent physicians at Cornell University Medical Center, also working with the Agency, found that the most devastating torture technique used by the KGB, the Soviet secret police, involved simply forcing victims to stand for days at a time, while legs swelled painfully and hallucinations began.

Read more.

Police can track cell phones without warrant

0

Eric W. Dolan |

The United States Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit ruled Tuesday that police can use cell phone data obtained without a warrant to establish an individual’s location.

The case, United States v. Skinner, involved a suspected drug trafficker, Melvin Skinner, who was tracked and arrested by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA).

“The drug runners in this case used pay-as-you-go (and thus presumably more difficult to trace) cell phones to communicate during the cross country shipment of drugs,” Judge John Rogers wrote in his opinion (PDF). “Unfortunately for the drug runners, the phones were trackable in a way they may not have suspected. The Constitution, however, does not protect their erroneous expectations regarding the undetectability of their modern tools.”

The U.S. Supreme Court ruled in January that police could not plant a GPS tracking device on a suspect’s car without obtaining a warrant. However, Rogers ruled that the Fourth Amendment did not prevent law enforcement agencies from tracking a cell phone’s location.

“Skinner did not have a reasonable expectation of privacy in the data emanating from his cell phone that showed its location,” Rogers wrote. “Skinner himself obtained the cell phone for the purpose of communication, and that phone included the GPS technology used to track the phone’s whereabouts.”

“Law enforcement tactics must be allowed to advance with technological changes, in order to prevent criminals from circumventing the justice system,” he added.

Cell phones continuously transmit data to cell-sites scattered across the nation. The cell-sites are operated by cell phone service providers, who keep records of the cell phone’s geolocational data.

Law enforcement agencies can obtain cell phone records from service providers, giving them access to the phone’s locational data. In addition, computers scientists have found it is relatively easy and inexpensive to set up a device to track a cell phone’s position, without any collaboration with cell phone service providers.

According to an investigation by the American Civil Liberties Union, cell phone tracking by police is widespread. While some police departments obtain a warrant to track cell phones, many do not.

A Pot of Gold-Benefits of Prize-Driven Marketing

0

The use of contests has been a valuable marketing tactic for many businesses throughout the years. These businesses know that people enjoy winning prizes, and when a business can gain interest in their brand by giving something away, they usually jump at the chance.

Holding a contest has many benefits, and if your business is trying to decide if a contest is the right promotion to use, the following are four major benefits your business will receive from implementing one into your strategy.

1. They increase awareness.

Contests are a great way to increase awareness about your brand. Since people like competing to win a prize, you can easily generate more interest in your company. You will find that your brand spreads further than your local market, and if you are administering your contest online or through social media channels, news about your brand and your contest will spread more quickly.

If you are administering your contest online, you will notice a large increase in website traffic. If you are administering your contest through social media, you will increase the amount of fans or followers you have. This increase in traffic and fans/followers heightens the overall awareness of your brand.

2. They provide you with ample feedback.

When you hold a contest, you can pick the minds of your current and potential customers. You can learn more about the people entering your contest to determine if you have been aiming your efforts at the right target audience. You can also find out if your messaging has been working correctly by asking your contestants questions about how they feel about your brand or what they want to see from your company. Contests open up the lines of communication and allow you to easily gain the feedback needed to keep your business running successfully.

3. They allow you to engage.

Contests enable you to engage with your customers. Along with administering the contest, you can continue the conversation by providing them with tips on how they can win the contest or keep them interested by providing them with other useful information about your company or about contest events.

If you are administering a contest that involves user-generated content, such as an essay or photo contest, the participants are more interested in being completely invested in your brand, which means that they will engage with you on a regular basis just to stay up to date on contest events. Even when the contest is over, they will have built a relationship with you that keeps them dedicated to your brand, products and services.

4. They allow others to market for you.

When customers are competing for their chance to win a prize, they will usually promote your event in an effort to help boost their chances of winning. For example, if you are holding a contest in which the winner is determined by earning the most votes, participants will spread the word about their participation in your contest in hopes it will earn them some votes. They’ll share the news through email, social media, word of mouth–whatever it takes to boost their chances of winning. Now, your contest (and your business) are being promoted without you having to do anything.

Contests are extremely beneficial to your business. You can gain valuable information from your customers, increase awareness about your brand, engage with your customers and earn valuable marketing from your contest participants. Contests are a great marketing tool, and if your company wants to reap these specific benefits, you may want your next marketing endeavor to involve a contest.

This copilation of marketing ideas comes from the desk of Jarrod Smith from Marketing Resources. Jarrod is the lead creative and sweepstakes promotions manager at MR.

What Internet habits say about mental health

0

Adrian F. Ward and Piercarlo Valdesolo |

Consider two questions. First: Who are you? What makes you different from your peers, in terms of the things you buy, the clothes you wear, and the car you drive (or refuse to)? What makes you unique in terms of your basic psychological make-up–the part of you that makes you do the things you do, say the things you say, and feel the things you feel? And the second question: How do you use the internet?

Although these questions may seem unrelated, they’re not. Clearly the content of your internet usage can suggest certain psychological characteristics. Spending a lot of late nights playing high stakes internet poker? Chances are you are a risk taker. Like to post videos of yourself doing karaoke on YouTube? Clearly an extravert. But what about the mechanics of your internet usage–how often you email others, chat online, stream media, or multi-task (switch from one application or website to another)? Can these behaviors–regardless of their content–also predict psychological characteristics? Recent research conducted by a team of computer scientists, engineers, and psychologists suggests that it might. Indeed, their data show that such analysis could predict a particularly important aspect of the self: the tendency to experience depression.

First, the research team asked over 200 volunteers to fill out a survey about “recent affective experiences;” what the volunteers didn’t know was that a well-known measure of depression–the Center for Epidemiological Studies Depression (CES-D) scale–was embedded within this survey. The researchers then correlated scores on the hidden depression scale with individual trends in internet usage, grouped into three categories: “aggregate,” which indicated how much information was being sent and received over a network, “application,” which indicated the broad category of program that was being used (e.g., email, surfing the web, downloading media), and “entropy,” which indicated the degree of randomness in information flow (essentially, the extent to which someone was sending and receiving information to multiple net-based resources at once).

Again, researchers didn’t know what people were looking at on the internet (for example, depression support groups–a dead giveaway), but merely how they were using the internet. None of the data categories gave specific information about what websites people were visiting, the content of their emails or chats, or the types of files being downloaded–they simply indicated the extent to which people used different broad categories of net-based resources, as well as differences in people’s tendency to use many resources at once.

It turns out that very specific patterns of internet use are reliably related to depressive tendencies. For example, peer-to-peer file sharing, heavy emailing and chatting online, and a tendency to quickly switch between multiple websites and other online resources all predict a greater propensity to experience symptoms of depression. Although the exact reasons that these behaviors predict depression is unknown, each behavior corresponds with previous research on depression. Quickly switching between websites may reflect anhedonia (a decreased ability to experience emotions), as people desperately seek for emotional stimulation. Similarly, excessive emailing and chatting may signify a relative lack of strong face-to-face relationships, as people strive to maintain contact either with faraway friends or new people met online.

These data are particularly important for several reasons. Depression is both prevalent and dangerous. Recent estimates from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) indicate that around 10 percent of adults in the United States currently suffer from clinical depression–depression that consists of symptoms such as disruptions in eating, sleeping, and concentration patterns, lack of interest in daily activities, and consistently feeling like a failure. These estimates are even higher for other segments of the population; for example, a 2011 report by the American College Health Association found that 30 percent of college students have “felt so depressed that it was difficult to function” within the past year.

Read more.

Leak suggest TrapWire is global surveillance network

0

Jane McCallion |

Emails released by WikiLeaks appear to show the UK Government and London’s Metropolitan Police Service (Met) are involved in controversial surveillance network, TrapWire.

One email in a set stolen from global intelligence firm Stratfor by hactivists Anonymous and leaked via WikiLeaks states:

“We have an agreement in principle with Abraxas (TrapWire) to provide ‘streaming sitreps’ to their clients via their desktop/homepage by the end of July. Their clients include Scotland Yard, #10 Downing, the White House, and many MNC’s (multinational corporations).”

TrapWire is a surveillance service that collates data from CCTV cameras, number plate readers and open source databases. It is understood to use facial recognition technology and reportedly also scours social networks with the aim of catching terrorists in the planning and reconnaissance phases of an attack.

The service is proving controversial, as privacy activists are concerned TrapWire is too intrusive and could be used to profile and store data on innocent people. Additionally, according to a white paper produced by TrapWire’s parent company Abraxas, the bigger the service gets, the more powerful it becomes and emails released by WikiLeaks indicate an intention to unify the service across geopolitical jurisdictions.

Further controversy surrounds the relationship between Abraxas, which provides what it describes as “risk mitigation technology for the national security community”, and Stratfor, which has been described variously as a ‘shadow’ and ‘private’ CIA.

A statement from Anonymous said: “The more we learn about TrapWire and similar systems, it becomes absolutely clear that we must at all costs shut this system down and render it useless.

“A giant AI electronic brain able to monitor us through a combination of access to all the CCTV cameras as well as all the online social media feeds is monstrous and Orwellian in it’s (sic) implications and possibilities. [We] will now put forth a call to arms, and initiate the doom of this evil and misbegotten program.”

A UK Government spokesperson refused to confirm or deny its use of the TrapWire system. A spokesperson for the Met, on the other hand, told IT Pro “We have no knowledge of any contract or discussion re the product.”

Thousands expected to march for justice

0

Siân Ruddick |

Thousands of people are expected to join a march demanding justice for Kingsley Burrell Brown in Birmingham on Saturday.

Kingsley died after being arrested by police in Birmingham on 27 March last year. His family have organised the demonstration, supported by others whose loved ones have died in police custody.

Kingsley’s sister Kedisha has set up street stalls and brought together different organisations and campaigns.

She told Socialist Worker, “We’re marching because we need change, and we need justice. Too many people have died and not a single police officer has been convicted since 1969.

“We want an independent inquiry into how these cases are dealt with and why they happen in the first place. We’re looking at the Crown Prosecution Service, the coroners, the so-called Independent Police Complaints Commission.

“They’re all in it together–families face a wall of silence in terms of the investigation. At the end of 18 months we’re still waiting for answers. Why has everything taken so long?”

Police took Kingsley to a police station and he was then sectioned in a mental health ward, despite having no history of mental health problems.

Kedisha and her family have still not been able to bury Kingsley. Endless investigations cause delays, but so far have delivered nothing for them.

She said, “The IPCC is dragging its feet. It’s not fit for purpose as far as I can see. The head investigator in Kingsley’s case resigned from the IPCC in April and we still don’t know why.

“We’re still waiting for answers to questions we asked them last year. They are supposed to be independent but I don’t think they are. There are ex-police working for them. How do they expect us to believe they’re neutral? It’s the police investigating the police.”

Unity

But Kadisha and her family have refused to give up fighting for justice, alongside other families who have suffered a similar loss. “Our unity is our strength,” she said.

“We’re marching for Kingsley, but we’re also marching for Sean Rigg, Mark Duggan, Smiley Culture and all the other people who have died. This should never have happened. The police used their powers against Kingsley, not for him. That’s where it went wrong.”

Many other families from across Britain will be joining Kedisha in Birmingham. The family of Mikey Powell, who died on 7 September 2003 at the age of 38, will be there.

Mikey’s mother called the police for help as he was experiencing an episode of mental illness. She thought they would take her son to hospital. Instead an inquest into the father-of-three’s death heard how the police drove their car at Mikey, injuring him.

They then discharged more than four times the recommended amount of CS spray on both Mikey and his friend, and hit Mikey with a police baton.

Up to eight officers held him down on the ground for at least 16 minutes. Mikey was covered in blood but no ambulance was called. Instead they put him in the back of a police van and took him to the station.

Tippa Naphtali is Mikey’s nephew. He now runs the4wardeveruk.org website which supports campaigns for justice. He told Socialist Worker about how the system is stacked against families.

“I could name case after case where this has been the pattern,” he said. “We believe it is a deliberate tactic to wear families down. I’m sceptical about the whole process.

“It’s very rare that juries find police guilty in court. But our resolve is strengthened by the families and campaigners who support us.”

On 7 September it will be nine years since Mikey died. Tippa added, “He’s not coming back, so all we can do is get justice for him and the other families who have suffered.

“Although Kingsley and Mikey died in Birmingham, this is a national issue. That’s why people are coming with United Families and Friends Campaign from across the country to march for justice.”

Join the march for Kingsley: Saturday 18 August, 12 noon, Summerfield Park, Dudley Rd, Birmingham B18 4HN

Data security fines quadruple in 12 months

0

Kane Fulton |

Fines issued by the Information Commissioners Office in the last year totalled £1.8 million, more than four times the previous 12 months

The UK’s data protection watchdog issued fines worth a combined £1.8 million in the last 12 months, more than four times as much as it did in the previous year, according to a study by independent finance provider Syscap.

The Information Commissioner’s Office issued 15 monetary penalty notices worth £1.8 million in the last 12 months ending June 30, compared to just six fines worth £431,000 in the previous year, Syscap found.

The regulator also issued 68 warning notices for data security lapses in the last year (to June 30 2012), up 48% from 46 the previous year, according to the study.

Syscap pointed out that the majority of fines have been against public bodies, but warned that the ICO’s more aggressive stance could apply to any organisation.

“Small businesses are increasingly falling foul of the ICO. It’s clear that the ICO is starting to take a much more proactive stance in penalising data lapses, so this is something that business owners need to take very seriously,” said Syscap chief executive Philip White.

“Businesses need to make sure that the correct safeguards are in place in order to secure their data, or they could be at risk of hefty fines in the near future,” he said.

The ICO takes five steps to determine the appropriate amount of a monetary penalty. These are the seriousness of the contravention, aggravating and mitigating factors, the financial impact on the data controller, the underlying objectives and a final determination.

The regulator recently published guidelines for charities and small-to-medium-sized organisations wanting to tighten up data practices and urged them to apply for a free data protection “health checkup” to avoid being hit by hefty fines.

Facebook to run cannabis legalization adverts

0

Eric W. Dolan |

Facebook has agreed to run marijuana legalization ads after being confronted by the Electronic Frontier Foundation and the ACLU of Northern California.

The social networking giant had refused to run the ads of multiple organizations because they showed marijuana leaves.

“Platforms like Facebook that are designed to facilitate communication should not get into the business of censorship, which is the opposite of innovating, connecting, and sharing,” Linda Lye of the ACLU said on Monday. “The good news is that once alerted to the problem by the ACLU and EFF, Facebook immediately did the right thing.”

The publisher of “Marijuana is Safer: So Why Are We Driving People to Drink?” hoped to use a Facebook ad to promote a special price being offered to celebrate the book’s success, but their proposed ad was denied last year. In a message sent to the publisher, Facebook said that the “content advertised by this ad is prohibited” because the popular website does “not allow ads for marijuana and any products related to it.”

Facebook also refused to run ads for the marijuana law reform group Just Say Now and the Libertarian Party in 2010 because the ads contained marijuana leaves.

“The image of a marijuana leaf is classified with all smoking products and therefore is not acceptable under our policies,” a spokesman for Facebook explained.

Just Say Now had tried to run marijuana legalization ads again in 2012, only to be denied, which prompted the ACLU and EFF to speak with Facebook on their behalf. The ads urged voters to make marijuana legalization a campaign issue.

Britain to spend £260 million on ‘Eurosur’ spy drone project

0

Asif Mehmood

LONDON: Britain will spend millions of pounds on unmanned spy drones which will patrol its shores as well as look for illegal immigrants and smugglers.

The European Commission aims to spend £260 million on its ‘Eurosur’ project, which includes a plan for surveillance drones to patrol the Mediterranean coast. At the same time, several schemes are underway in Britain, aiming to develop civilian roles for aircraft based on the killer drones hunting al Qaeda terrorists in Afghanistan and Pakistan.

If the high-tech measures against terrorists, illegal immigrants and smugglers in the Mediterranean are successful, there would be pressure on the UK to follow suit. Surveillance planes with military-grade cameras would be more effective at monitoring the coastline than satellites or standard planes. British defence firms are testing sophisticated “sense and avoid” systems on unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) over the Irish Sea and some experts believe European civilian airspace could soon see drones flying alongside other aircraft.

British police are working on a £3 million project with partners in the UK, France and the Netherlands to explore the use of unmanned aircraft to patrol its coastline and the English Channel. A spokesman said the likely targets would include organised criminals, such as people-smugglers.

Eurosur, which is about to go before the European Parliament, involves small drones being deployed along the Mediterranean coastline, and is a response to the large numbers of illegal immigrants crossing from North Africa in small boats. The umbrella body for EC border agencies, Frontex, which came up with the idea, has hosted demonstrations by defence companies for member states to show them the range of drones available. One of the craft, the Spanish-built Fulmar, has a 10ft wingspan, cruises at 60mph and can stay up for eight hours. The larger Israeli-manufactured Heron is 26ft long and can fly for 52 hours at 35,000ft. Both can carry infrared sensors and sophisticated video cameras which send a live feedback to a remote pilot at a ground station.

Frontex spokesman Edgar Beugels said UAVs may be suited to patrolling borders. He added, “There has been some interest in these from member states for border-surveillance purposes. At the moment we are holding demonstrations to see if these aircraft are a viable tool for border surveillance. They give advantages as far as the possibility of hanging around in a particular area is concerned, possibly for as long as 12 hours, which is much better than a conventional aircraft.”

The biggest obstacle to the operation of large civilian drones is the risk of collision with other aircraft, but Beugels said, “I would imagine that in the not-too-distant future there will be a legal framework in place in Europe to allow these aircraft in unrestricted airspace.”

The European Commission wants to set up the network, which includes using satellites, by next year, so only small drones will be used at first.

Disney sued over discrimination

0

BROOKS BARNES |

A federal discrimination lawsuit filed on Monday against the Walt Disney Company by the American Civil Liberties Union contends that a Muslim woman was harassed and unfairly removed from her job after a dispute over her head scarf.

In response, a Disney spokeswoman said its theme parks have “a long history of accommodating a variety of religious requests from cast members of all faiths,” but had no immediate comment on the lawsuit.

The suit, filed in United States District Court in Los Angeles, says that Imane Boudlal, 28, was called names like “terrorist” and “camel” on a “weekly if not daily basis” during her two years working at the Storytellers Cafe at the Disneyland Resort in Anaheim, Calif. Ms. Boudlal reported the harassment in writing to four different managers and none took action, according to the complaint.

The center of the suit, however, involves Ms. Boudlal’s decision to wear a head scarf, or hijab, and the resulting employment options Disney gave her. The company, citing wardrobe policies intended to suit a theme, offered Ms. Boudlal various hats in keeping with the restaurant’s early 1900s theme to wear over the hijab. Disney, which employs 80,000 people at its theme parks in North America, works out solutions to religion-related attire with some frequency in this manner.

Alternately, Ms. Boudlal was told that she could work “backstage” – out of public view – while wearing the head scarf as she pleased. Ms. Boudlal, according to the suit, “refused, explaining that she found these options humiliating and an infringement of her religious beliefs.” Subsequently, Disney “removed her from the cafe’s schedule,” according to the suit.

In 2010, after Ms. Boudlal took her complaints to the news media, a Disney spokeswoman, Suzi Brown, linked the accusations of discrimination to a dispute between Disney and a hotel worker union over a new contract. An e-mail statement from Ms. Brown at the time also offers another view of Disney’s version:

We met with Ms. Boudlal on Saturday and presented her with several options. She asked that the costume be altered. Those alterations were made and a modified costume was presented to her that meets our costuming guidelines and which we believe provides an accommodation of her religious beliefs. We also provided four different roles that she could transition to that would allow her to wear her own hijab. She has twice chosen to reject all of the options that we’ve presented.

Special: The Scoop on the New iPhone 5

0

In the past, any Apple release was guarded with such extreme secrecy that you felt that any information that you did receive, you’d have to swallow with a bit of doubt.

In the last couple of months several leaks have not only coincided in nature but the information from all corners seems to match. One has to wonder if Apple is now moving towards a less combative PR approach to its releases.

What do we know for certain?

We know for certain that the release for the new iPhone or the iPhone 5 is September 12, 2012. Apple may be following suit from its last few product releases and calling this the new iPhone rather the 5. We also know that the newest version will be slimmer, taller and have a 4 inch screen and hopefully will have a larger battery.

Other aesthetic features touted are that there will be a specialized back plate and casing. Whereas current models seem more fragile and more breakable, this new design will be met with great appreciation from anyone who has ever dropped this pricey device. Other design rumors include an aluminum case and two tone coloring that will be incorporated into both the white and the black color options.

This time around it seems as if Apple is playing catching up to some features that Android first introduced.

LTE connectivity seems to be a most wanted feature but there is a concern that the 4G capability will have a drawback by draining the battery life.

The rumored 4-inch larger screen will be the first of its kind to have a 16:9 aspect ratio. That along with the expected retina level resolution pretty much sets this release as enviable gadget. As mentioned earlier all these features are enabled by the taller and slimmer new iPhone design.

Earlier this year IOS 6 was released and will be included on this new version, and promises upgrades to several applications included Siri, mail etc.

It is still rather shaky whether or not mapping and passbook options will be included.

Apple will be introducing its own 3D mapping software to compete with Google Maps and Google Earth. The Passbook options seems up in the air but not out of reach. Those of you who know, Passbook would enable the traveler to use their iPhones as their passports while traveling.

Also unconfirmed, is NFC capability. This feature would allow users to wave their iPhone over swipe card terminals to pay for anything via wireless payments.

The most the shocking development so far is that a smaller dock calling for completely different connectors will be included. Making this iPhone incompatible with any older Apple adapters and hardware.

While a new adapter will be released it will cause a bit of a learning curve for users but surely same will be done to other Apple hardware releases this year namely the iPad. While the release date is set for September 12 – its likely that the new iPhone will not be available until 2 weeks after.

This seems customary for such releases and invariably in the
next few weeks pre-ordering options may open up at the Apple store.

This post was written by Julee Whalin. Julee is an avid crafter of prose on tech and gadget topics. She primarily writes for Consumer Priority Service, a company that provides extended warranties to retailers.

Have civil liberties been eroded under Obama’s presidency?

Civil rights campaigners were thrilled when a constitutional lawyer entered the White House, expecting Barack Obama would restore the rights they felt had been eroded during George W. Bush’s presidency.

This would include closing the prison camp at Guantanamo Bay and seeking a better way to handle detainees accused of terrorism.

Once entering the White House, however, Mr. Obama was faced with having to deal with the realities of the fight against terrorism and keeping Americans safe.

Guantanamo is still open, military commissions – where the jury is made up of military officials and the U.S. Constitution doesn’t apply – still operate, he has authorized the “targeted killings” of American citizens, and the Patriot Act – called a “surveillance superstructure” by the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) – has been extended.

The Democratic president has gone even further. A new law, the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), is the subject of a recent lawsuit and remains at the centre of a controversy over just how much it erodes civil liberties.

“Obama has been an unmitigated disaster for civil liberties,” said Jonathan Turley, a U.S. legal scholar.

Activists have fought back by challenging the Obama administration in court over Section 1021 of the NDAA.

This would have stripped U.S. citizens of due process in suspected terrorism cases and allowed the military to hold them indefinitely.

This could include anyone “who was a part of or substantially supported al-Qaeda, the Taliban, or associated forces that are engaged in hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners, including any person who has committed a belligerent act or has directly supported such hostilities in aid of such enemy forces.”

Read more.

Creating A Website – Think As A Visitor

0

Every company, no matter how big or small, has a webpage. It is almost impossible to come across a business owner who feels that their business is better off without an online presence. As the demand for websites grew, so did the value of web designers. Very good web designers went from making homepages for themselves and their pets to working for some of the biggest conglomerates in the world. These days, web designing is considered to be an essential skill, right up there with arithmetic and basic science. The problem is, as more and more people clamour to learn web designing, there is a plethora of software available that does most of the coding and hard work. As a result, web designers are getting increasingly reckless and sacrificing aesthetics; a major cause for why we run into websites that are absolute monstrosities. Here are 3 important tips for web designers that will help them create websites that people would want to visit:

Simple Navigation:

The most common complaint that people make about websites is that it is too hard to navigate. The main purpose for visiting a website is to acquire information about a particular company, service or product. The faster a person can access the information they are looking for, the more favourable their attitude to the website. It does not reflect well if an individual cannot navigate easily through the website and decides to move on to some other website. An important part of good navigation is to not only place appropriate links where they are required, but also labelling or annotating them clearly so people know exactly which webpage they are navigating to.

Quick to Load:

Many web designers treat the creation of a website as a work of art. That is not such a bad thing since creativity is very important to create exceptionally good web pages. The problem is that with the amount of tools available to a web designer, they can very easily go over the top and end up creating massive pages that take forever to load. Not everyone has super-fast high-bandwidth Internet as most web designers do and it’ll be in their best interest for web designers to remember that. Nothing irks people more than having to wait forever for a website to load.

Suitable Colours:

A website that misuses colours can make visitors feel as if their retinas are on fire. Besides, bad colour combination can make a webpage look very jumbling and can causes confusion among those trying to navigate the site. A good rule to follow is the Rule of Tincture, which primarily divides colours into two groups: I. Gold (yellow) and silver (white) II. Everything else. As long as two colours from the same group do not come in contact with each other, the end result should be pleasing to the eyes.

A website is supposed to represent a brand or company and it reflects very poorly upon them if the website is not designed to acceptable levels. By following these 3 simple tips, web designers should be able to create excellent websites, without stifling their creativity.

Dennis is the author of this post and has been blogging about various ways to create user-friendly and attractive websites. He also offers Cheap Windows VPS which is based on a virtualization technology that provides a dynamic, reliable and scalable virtualization platform.

Oz drops web surveillance plans – for now

0


Philip Dorling |

A CONTROVERSIAL internet security plan to store the web history of all Australians for up to two years has been stalled by the federal government until after the next election.

Security bureaucrats have drafted legislation to expand internet surveillance and security powers, but Attorney-General Nicola Roxon decided to first refer a discussion paper to a parliamentary committee.

Senior intelligence officials, who have been pushing for the increased powers, complain the legislation will be delayed until after the election due next year.

The national security discussion paper released last month by Ms Roxon canvasses proposals for compulsory internet data retention, forcing people to give up computer passwords, streamlining telecommunications interception approvals, and enhancing stop and search powers for the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation.

A senior national security official told Fairfax Media yesterday that Ms Roxon’s decision to refer the proposals to the parliamentary joint committee for intelligence and security was symptomatic of ”the risk adverse character of the government”.

“These reforms are urgently needed to deal with a rapidly evolving security environment, but there isn’t much appetite within the government for anything that attracts controversy,” the official said.

National security community dissatisfaction with Ms Roxon comes as Prime Minister Julia Gillard yesterday announced a long delayed review of federal and state counter-terrorism laws introduced after the 2005 London terrorist bombings.

Prime Minister Julia Gillard said yesterday a committee led by retired NSW judge Anthony Whealy, QC, would review legislation governing control orders, preventative detention and ”certain emergency stop, question and search powers held by police”. The review had originally been scheduled to commence in 2010.

Attorney-General’s department briefing papers released under freedom of information legislation show that when Ms Roxon took office as Attorney-General last December, her department had already prepared an “exposure draft” of amendments to Australia’s security and intelligence laws.

Subject to Ms Roxon’s agreement and consultation with the security watchdog, the Inspector General of Intelligence and Security, it was proposed by her department that the draft legislative package be considered by the National Committee of Cabinet in February, and the full cabinet in May.

However, the department also warned that amendments to surveillance powers “usually draw media and public attention” and that “the scale of changes being developed will mean that it is highly likely that there will be significant public interest”.

In a recent interview, Ms Roxon said she was “not yet convinced” about the merits of the proposal for compulsory data retention that would enable intelligence and security agencies to examine a person’s internet usage.

A spokesman for Ms Roxon has confirmed she rejected the approach of her predecessor, former attorney-general Robert McClelland, who had approved the development of the legislative package.

What Motivates Your Facebook Fans to Share Your Content?

0

You know how important it is for your Facebook fans to hit the “share” button, but how can you make them do it? If you understand their motivations for sharing content with their friends, you’ll have a better shot at appealing to them. Here are some of the most common motivations for content-sharing.
Entertainment

One of the most popular reasons that people share content is that it’s entertaining. When they see something that really amuses them, they want to tell their friends about it. They want their friends to share in their amusement. It’s the same as when you hear a really funny joke: What good is it if you don’t tell it to anyone else? Entertaining content spreads quickly on Facebook, especially when it’s entertainment that appeals to a wide variety of people and personalities.
Value

Another of the most popular reasons that people share content on Facebook is that it’s valuable. They read or see something that is useful or offers some type of value to them, and they want their friends to benefit from it, too. Truly valuable content will get you the most reach. People usually have like-minded friends, so if something is valuable to them, it will be valuable to their friends, too, and so they’ll share it. Your fans are motivated to enhance the lives or knowledge-base of their friends in the same way they’ve experienced.
Self-Definition

Perhaps it’s quite apparent on social networks like Facebook: People are very into themselves. Nothing matters more to a person than their own life, and Facebook gives everyone a platform to share their lives and thoughts with others. If you offer content that people feel reflects their personalities or lives, they’ll share it with others. At our core, we all want to be understood. If people find content that may help their friends more understand their values, opinions, personalities, or lives, they’ll share it.
Causes

A great deal of the content that’s shared on Facebook relates to different causes. Political causes, humanitarian causes, religious causes, civil rights causes — just about any subject that people care about strongly can produce content that gets shared. When people feel a sense of responsibility for or personal connection to a cause, they’ll share content with their friends if they think it will spread awareness or information about their cause. People feel like they’re contributing to a cause if they share content that’s related to it; they want to enlighten or embolden their friends about it, too.
Relationships

Facebook is meant to be all about our personal connections. It’s a place where we can connect with our friends and family, and we can maintain and strengthen our relationships. If people see content, such as a quote or article, that they think could have a positive impact on any of their relationships, they’ll share it so the people they care about will see it. There is the potential for a lot of benefit for either one or both of the parties in the relationship — whether it is with a significant other, family member, or friend.

This valuable marketing article was prepared for you by Travis Lee of SEOMAP – the keyword strategy experts.

Soldiers Who Refuse to Kill

0

One of the most inspiring events thus far at the Veterans For Peace National Convention underway in Miami was a presentation on Thursday by several veterans who have refused to participate in war. Typically, they have done this at the risk of significant time in prison, or worse. In most cases these resisters avoided doing any time. Even when they did go behind bars, they did so with a feeling of liberation.

Gerry Condon refused to deploy to Vietnam, was sentenced to 10 years in prison, escaped from Fort Bragg, left the country, and came back campaigning for amnesty. President Jimmy Carter pardoned resisters as his first act in office. Condon never “served” a day, in either the military “service” or prison.

Jeff Paterson of Courage to Resist refused to fly to Iraq, choosing instead to sit down on the tarmac. Ben Griffin from VFP’s new chapter in the U.K. refused to participate in our nations’ wars and has been issued a gag order. He’s not permitted to speak, and yet he speaks so well. Mike Prysner of March Forward and Camilo Mejia of VFP here in Miami described their acts of resistance.

Mejia did us all the enormous favor some years back of putting his story down in a book — an extreme rarity, sadly, for peace activists with great stories to tell. Mejia’s book “Road From Ar Ramadi” is a terrific introduction for anyone wondering why someone would sign up for the military and then refuse to kill people. Mejia, who now works on domestic civil rights issues in Miami while remaining part of the antiwar movement (another rarity), is a co-convenor of the VFP convention.

Read more.

Emails expose secret, widespread TrapWire surveillance system

0

RT |

Former senior intelligence officials have created a detailed surveillance system more accurate than modern facial recognition technology – and have installed it across the US under the radar of most Americans, according to emails hacked by Anonymous.

Every few seconds, data picked up at surveillance points in major cities and landmarks across the United States are recorded digitally on the spot, then encrypted and instantaneously delivered to a fortified central database center at an undisclosed location to be aggregated with other intelligence. It’s part of a program called TrapWire and it’s the brainchild of the Abraxas, a Northern Virginia company staffed with elite from America’s intelligence community. The employee roster at Arbaxas reads like a who’s who of agents once with the Pentagon, CIA and other government entities according to their public LinkedIn profiles, and the corporation’s ties are assumed to go deeper than even documented.

The details on Abraxas and, to an even greater extent TrapWire, are scarce, however, and not without reason. For a program touted as a tool to thwart terrorism and monitor activity meant to be under wraps, its understandable that Abraxas would want the program’s public presence to be relatively limited. But thanks to last year’s hack of the Strategic Forecasting intelligence agency, or Stratfor, all of that is quickly changing.

Hacktivists aligned with the loose-knit Anonymous collective took credit for hacking Stratfor on Christmas Eve, 2011, in turn collecting what they claimed to be more than five million emails from within the company. WikiLeaks beganreleasing those emails as the Global Intelligence Files (GIF) earlier this year and, of those, several discussing the implementing of TrapWire in public spaces across the country were circulated on the Web this week after security researcher Justin Ferguson brought attention to the matter. At the same time, however, WikiLeaks was relentlessly assaulted by a barrage of distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks, crippling the whistleblower site and its mirrors, significantly cutting short the number of people who would otherwise have unfettered access to the emails.

On Wednesday, an administrator for the WikiLeaks Twitter account wrote that the site suspected that the motivation for the attacks could be that particularly sensitive Stratfor emails were about to be exposed. A hacker group called AntiLeaks soon after took credit for the assaults on WikiLeaks and mirrors of their content, equating the offensive as a protest against editor Julian Assange, “the head of a new breed of terrorist.” As those Stratfor files on TrapWire make their rounds online, though, talk of terrorism is only just beginning.

Mr. Ferguson and others have mirrored what are believed to be most recently-released Global Intelligence Files on external sites, but the original documents uploaded to WikiLeaks have been at times unavailable this week due to the continuing DDoS attacks. Late Thursday and early Friday this week, the GIF mirrors continues to go offline due to what is presumably more DDoS assaults. Australian activist Asher Wolf wrote on Twitter that the DDoS attacks flooding the servers of WikiLeaks supporter sites were reported to be dropping upwards of 40 gigabits of traffic per second. On Friday, WikiLeaks tweeted that their own site was sustaining attacks of 10 Gb/second, adding, “Whoever is running it controls thousands of machines or is able to simulate them.”

According to a press release (pdf) dated June 6, 2012, TrapWire is “designed to provide a simple yet powerful means of collecting and recording suspicious activity reports.” A system of interconnected nodes spot anything considered suspect and then input it into the system to be “analyzed and compared with data entered from other areas within a network for the purpose of identifying patterns of behavior that are indicative of pre-attack planning.”

In a 2009 email included in the Anonymous leak, Stratfor Vice President for Intelligence Fred Burton is alleged to write, “TrapWire is a technology solution predicated upon behavior patterns in red zones to identify surveillance. It helps you connect the dots over time and distance.” Burton formerly served with the US Diplomatic Security Service, and Abraxas’ staff includes other security experts with experience in and out of the Armed Forces.

What is believed to be a partnering agreement included in the Stratfor files from August 13, 2009 indicates that they signed a contract with Abraxas to provide them with analysis and reports of their TrapWire system (pdf).

“Suspicious activity reports from all facilities on the TrapWire network are aggregated in a central database and run through a rules engine that searches for patterns indicative of terrorist surveillance operations and other attack preparations,” Crime and Justice International magazine explains in a 2006 article on the program, one of the few publically circulated on the Abraxas product (pdf). “Any patterns detected — links among individuals, vehicles or activities — will be reported back to each affected facility. This information can also be shared with law enforcement organizations, enabling them to begin investigations into the suspected surveillance cell.”

In a 2005 interview with The Entrepreneur Center, Abraxas founder Richard “Hollis” Helms said his signature product“can collect information about people and vehicles that is more accurate than facial recognition, draw patterns, and do threat assessments of areas that may be under observation from terrorists.” He calls it “a proprietary technology designed to protect critical national infrastructure from a terrorist attack by detecting the pre-attack activities of the terrorist and enabling law enforcement to investigate and engage the terrorist long before an attack is executed,” and that, “The beauty of it is that we can protect an infinite number of facilities just as efficiently as we can one and we push information out to local law authorities automatically.”

An internal email from early 2011 included in the Global Intelligence Files has Stratfor’s Burton allegedly saying the program can be used to “[walk] back and track the suspects from the get go w/facial recognition software.”

Since its inception, TrapWire has been implemented in most major American cities at selected high value targets (HVTs) and has appeared abroad as well. The iWatch monitoring system adopted by the Los Angeles Police Department (pdf) works in conjunction with TrapWire, as does the District of Columbia and the “See Something, Say Something” program conducted by law enforcement in New York City, which had 500 surveillance cameras linked to the system in 2010. Private properties including Las Vegas, Nevada casinos have subscribed to the system. The State of Texas reportedly spent half a million dollars with an additional annual licensing fee of $150,000 to employ TrapWire, and the Pentagon and other military facilities have allegedly signed on as well.

In one email from 2010 leaked by Anonymous, Stratfor’s Fred Burton allegedly writes, “God Bless America. Now they have EVERY major HVT in CONUS, the UK, Canada, Vegas, Los Angeles, NYC as clients.” Files onUSASpending.gov reveal that the US Department of Homeland Security and Department of Defense together awarded Abraxas and TrapWire more than one million dollars in only the past eleven months.

News of the widespread and largely secretive installation of TrapWire comes amidst a federal witch-hunt to crack down on leaks escaping Washington and at attempt to prosecute whistleblowers. Thomas Drake, a former agent with the NSA, has recently spoken openly about the government’s Trailblazer Project that was used to monitor private communication, and was charged under the Espionage Act for coming forth. Separately, former NSA tech director William Binney and others once with the agency have made claims in recent weeks that the feds have dossiers on every American, an allegation NSA Chief Keith Alexander dismissed during a speech at Def-Con last month in Vegas.

Facebook “deceived” users – but privacy loophole still exists

0

Madeline Bennett |

THE UNITED STATES Federal Trade Commission (FTC) has settled its privacy investigation of Facebook, after the social network agreed to tighten up its privacy procedures.

The FTC investigation centred around charges that Facebook “deceived” users by telling them their data was confidential, while allowing that information to be shared and made public.

Under the terms of the settlement, Facebook now has to clearly notify users before sharing any of their data, and also obtain their explicit consent to do so. However, this will only apply to Facebook users who have the appropriate privacy controls in place, so there will still be a loophole for the web site to share such data from subscribers who are lax about updating their privacy settings.

Facebook has also agreed to undertake privacy audits from an independent third party every two years.

The Facebook settlement follows hot on the heels of rival web giant Google being fined by the FTC, also for privacy violations.

Google on Thursday agreed to pay a $22.5m fine to settle charges that it misled users about the use of behaviour-tracking cookies in the Apple Safari web browser, which meant they were served with cookies when visiting Google web sites, overriding the browser privacy settings.

User privacy has long been an issue for Google, which relies on search and targeted advertising for the overwhelming majority of its revenues.

The company prompted an international outcry when officials learned that cars used to collect images for the Google Maps Street View service were eavesdropping on activity from local WiFi networks they passed.

Earlier this week, Google announced that it will be integrating Gmail messages into web search results, prompting some observers to question whether additional privacy concerns could surface for the company.
The Inquirer (http://s.tt/1kwQu)

AntiLeaks group claim responsibility for WikiLeaks attacks

0

The WikiLeaks website has been under a major DDoS attack over the last few days and a group calling itself AntiLeaks has claimed responsibility.

“We are young adults, citizens of the United States of America and are deeply concerned about the recent developments with Julian Assange and his attempt at asylum in Ecuador,” said the group’s self-proclaimed leader, who calls himself Diet Pepsi.

“Assange is the head of a new breed of terrorist. We are doing this as a protest against his attempt to escape justice into Ecuador. This would be a catalyst for many more like him to rise up in his place. We will not stop and they will not stop us.”

Read more.

Study: Alcohol more harmful than cocaine, ecstasy, and cannabis

0

Cormac O’Keeffe |

Alcohol is ranked as the fourth most harmful drug behind heroin, crack cocaine, and crystal meth, but ahead of cocaine, nicotine, ecstasy, and cannabis.

The ranking is based on a survey of almost 300 health and social care professionals in Scotland and published as part of a paper in the British Medical Journal.

Irish health experts and campaigners said the research highlighted again the need for Government action on alcohol.

However, industry groups said it was a selective survey with no reference to Ireland and that alcohol was consumed responsibly by the “overwhelming majority” of drinkers.

According to the survey of 19 legal and illegal substances:

Heroin is first for pers-onal harm, social harm, and combined harm;

Crack cocaine is ranked second for personal and combined harm and third for social harm;

Crystal meth is third for personal and combined harm, and fourth for social harm;

Alcohol is ranked fourth for personal and combined harm and second for social harm, ahead of crack.

Cocaine is ranked sixth, nicotine seventh, benzodiazepines (legal tranquillisers) eighth, amphetamines 11th, and codeine (a prescribed painkiller) 13th. Ecstasy is 16th and cannabis last, at 19th.

The authors said one of the strengths of the study was the large number (292) of health and social work professionals involved.

“Alcohol was the only drug to rate higher on social harm than personal harm, reflecting the enormous burden to the healthcare system posed by alcohol and also the negative effects on rates of crime, workplace absences and on family life, including domestic violence,” said the study.

The authors said the harm ratings did not take into account the availability or cost of a substance, which, it said, could explain why alcohol was so high up.

It stressed caution over the cannabis ranking, saying the survey was conducted before the widespread availability of high-potency cannabis.

“This is more evidence suggesting, from the views of people dealing with the problem, that stricter regulation of alcohol would be better,” said Dr Joe Barry, public health specialist.

How to Increase Your Revenue Using Internet Marketing

0

Whether your business is a brick-and-mortal establishment or strictly online, Internet marketing can enhance your customer base and increase your revenue. Internet marketing often works best when you combine different strategies in a coordinated campaign. There are a number of tools at your disposal to make your marketing efforts easier and more convenient, including search engine optimization social media platforms and marketing related apps.

Social Media

Facebook, Google+, Twitter, Tumblr, LinkedIn — social media has evolved from functioning as online private hangouts for young people to an integral aspect of social and business interactions. If your business isn’t active on social media platforms, you’re missing out on a huge audience of potential customers. It’s best if you have a staff member whose main function is handling social media, or, barring that, contracting with a savvy consultant.

A mistake many companies make is attempting to use social media as a direct sales strategy. It’s fine if your Facebook page is set up as an online storefront. However, social media often works best as a “soft” marketing tool that generates interaction with visitors to your company’s various social media platforms. The most effective social media strategies are designed to generate word-of-mouth recommendations. That’s because people are much more likely to trust — and purchase — products and services recommended by friends and family than products they only know through advertising.

Another mistake that many companies make is attempting to control social media content. This doesn’t mean that you don’t moderate comments. In fact, you should make a point of answering to questions visitors to your social media platforms may ask as well as responding to complaints or criticisms they may express. What’s not advisable, or even possible, is to censor all unfavorable content. That will only drive people toward third-party review sites where you have even less control.

Integrated Marketing Strategies

Integrating several marketing tools into a targeted campaign is an ideal way to reach younger customers. Develop Smartphone and tablet apps related to your company’s products or services. . Think outside the box: Mountain Dew created its own record label called Green Label Sound to promote the brand among tech savvy Millennials and provide an outlet for new bands. If an entire music label is beyond the budget of your organization, adapt a similar idea on a smaller scale. For instance, your company could sponsor a Google+ hangout to discuss an issue that is related to your organization and important to potential customers.

Search Engine Optimization

Good search engine optimization can make the difference between your website drawing lots of traffic — and paying customers or clients — or withering from lack of traffic. Bad SEO can sink your website into oblivion. Incorporating keywords and metatags into website is an essential Internet marketing strategy. If your company does not employ an SEO expert, it’s worth the money to hire one, at least as a consultant.

However, your SEO strategy should seamlessly incorporate keywords and metatags into your website content. Keyword stuffing is a major sin, and offending websites are often severely punished. That’s because back in the day, unethical website owners abused SEO, stuffing websites with so many keywords that the resulting content was a muddled soup that bore little resemblance to language that human beings actually spoke, wrote or read. But the web pages ranked high on search engine results, and that was the point.

Google’s Panda algorithm adjustment changed all that. Seemingly overnight, websites saw their rankings drop off the first page of search results to page five, six or even further back. In extreme cases, offending websites were actually de-listed, removed from search engine results completely. Other search engines followed suit with similar measures.

Further Reading

– Five Questions to Answer Before You Build Your Website

– Google Tweaks Algorithm to Thwart Keyword Stuffing and Link Schemes
– Six Habits of Highly Effective Mobile Marketers

– Six Pro Tips for Marketing to Digital Natives

Author Bio:
David Kendall contributed this guest post on behalf of WhoIsHostingThis.com – click here for to find out more about their hosting reviews. David is a freelance technology writer whose articles appear on various marketing blogs.

Commission Says South Sudan Violates Human Rights

0

Manyang David Mayar |

South Sudan’s Human Rights Commission issued its annual report this week, finding that the country has repeatedly violated its citizens’ human rights during the first year of independence.

The findings covered a range of human rights, from women’s and children’s rights, to the rights to freedom and a fair trial.

Human Rights Commissioner Laurence Korbandy says some states have particularly poor records when it comes to protecting the rights of women and girls.

“In Equatoria, Upper Nile and Bahr-El-Ghazal, rights to life are grossly violated. The research findings establish that early pregnancies and early marriages are key because of the high dropout rate for the girls from schools,” Korbandy said.

Seventy-two percent of South Sudanese cannot read or write, according to the report — and the majory of those who are illiterate are women. The report further says that the goal of 25% representation of women in political and administrative jobs is not realized because of low education of women.

Human Rights Commissioner Laurence Korbandy said the government must do more to educate women.

The report also covered the ethnic clashes in Jonglei State, which left nearly one thousand people dead.

And the commission found that prisons and police cells across the country are dirty, overcrowded, and not providing enough food to inmates. These findings echo a similar report by the group Human Rights Watch.

Human Rights activist and Secretary General of the South Sudan civil society alliance, Biel Boutros Biel, said human rights activist and Secretary General of the South Sudan Civil Society Alliance, Biel Boutros Biel, has welcomed the new report by the South Sudan Human Rights Commission but says it is long overdue.

Biel said arbitrary arrests are far too common in South Sudan.

“I have been going to many police stations and you would get many people being locked in without any charges. Some of them even don’t write any statements. They are just accused, brought and put in, staying in police stations beyond 24 hours,” he said.

He called on the government to enact laws to regulate the activities of security agencies and the behavior of security guards.

Hundreds executed by both sides in Ivorian war

0

ABIDJAN, Aug 10 (Reuters) – Around two-thirds of those killed in Ivory Coast’s civil war last year were summarily executed, many of them by fighters backing the current president, according to an inquiry commissioned by the government and seen by Reuters on Friday.

The investigation paves the way for the prosecution of actors on both sides of the war, which claimed more than 3,000 lives, and is seen as a significant step toward healing divisions in the West African country.

The national commission of inquiry (CNE) investigated violence between October 2010 and May 2011 and catalogued crimes including murder, rape, torture, forced disappearances and attacks on civilian populations.

“The CNE notes that, among the 3,248 victims registered, figure 2,241 cases of individuals summarily executed for apparent political and/or ethnic reasons,” read the report, which has not yet been published.

The fighting erupted after then-President Laurent Gbagbo rejected Alassane Ouattara’s victory in an election in late 2010, after a decade of political impasse that left Ivory Coast, the world’s top cocoa grower, divided in two. By the beginning of last year, the violence had descended into civil war.

The commission found that 1,009 of those executions had been committed by pro-Gbagbo forces, including the army, irregular militia he funded and Liberian mercenaries recruited to fight on his behalf.

Gbagbo is currently in The Hague awaiting trial before the International Criminal Court on war crimes charges, and most of his political and military allies are either in detention in Ivory Coast or living in exile.

The investigators, who based their findings on nearly 16,000 interviews, also found the FRCI, the pro-Ouattara force that received the backing of United Nations peacekeepers and the French army, had carried out 545 executions.

Another 200 people were killed by dozos, the traditional hunters that overwhelming supported Ouattara and fought alongside the FRCI. The rest of the documented executions were attributed to fighters of unknown affiliation or local self-defense groups.

Both sides committed acts that likely constitute war crimes and crimes against humanity, the report said. It did not specify whether the executions had targeted fighters or civilians.

Though the findings do not have the force of a formal judicial investigation, the commission in its conclusions called for the “opening of prosecutions against the suspected authors of violations without regard to their social status”.

However, the 34-page report seen by Reuters – which is the version expected to be released to the public – did not give the names of those believed to have been directly responsible for the crimes.

“NO ONE PROTECTED”

Ouattara, now president, has been accused by rights groups of carrying out victor’s justice by arresting over 100 of Gbagbo’s supporters while failing to act on evidence indicating that his own fighters had also committed serious crimes.

He has repeatedly stated that he would wait for the commission’s findings before pursuing further prosecutions.

“Once the results are in, anyone who has been involved in crimes will be prosecuted. No one will be protected,” he said in an interview with the BBC last week.

“I want the rule of law in (Ivory Coast). We will be letting the courts do their job. I will not interfere. And I think this is the only way to heal things,” he said.

The commission officially submitted its report to Ouattara on Wednesday, and a source at the presidency said the report would be released shortly, possibly as early as this week.

The U.N. and rights campaigners have called for its swift publication.

“The commission’s success in documenting atrocities by both sides should hasten the impartial justice promised by President Ouattara,” Matt Wells, West Africa researcher with the New York-based Human Rights Watch, told Reuters.

“However, the report version to be made public appears sorely lacking in details about specific events and command responsibility. The Ivorian public deserves to see the full breadth of the commission’s work,” he said.

Analysts say attempts to prosecute FRCI officers, many of whom now occupy top positions in the military, would be a delicate process and could risk further destabilising the country’s already deeply fractured army.

At least 10 soldiers were killed in raids on military and police installations in and around the West African nation’s commercial capital Abidjan this week, raising fears that renewed instability could threaten post-war recovery.

The government has blamed Gbagbo loyalists for the attacks and on Wednesday announced it had arrested 11 men, including serving army personnel, allegedly involved in planning and carrying out the raids. Political allies of the former president rejected the accusations. (Additional reporting by Ange Aboa; Editing by Richard Valdmanis and Alessandra Rizzo)

A Couple of Tips For Good Local SEO

0

In the area of search engine optimization, one discipline that is often overlooked is local SEO. While it’s nice to be able to rank for keywords across the globe, being able to rank for local searches is sometimes just as good. Search engines are becoming more aware of local factors when providing results to searchers. If you take this into consideration with your SEO strategies, you can dominate the local market and get more business. If you want to do better at local SEO, here are a few tips to keep in mind.

Claim Your Profile

One of the first things that you need to do when you are interested in writing for local searches is to claim your profile. On Google+ Local, Bing Local, and Yahoo Local, you can set up a profile for your business or claim an existing profile for it. This is essential when you want to take control of your local SEO efforts.

Complete Your Profile

When you want to be able to do well in local search, it is essential that you complete the profile fully. Upload some pictures and possibly some videos to your profile so that others will be able to see what you have to offer. The search engines give more credence to profiles with pictures and videos.

Get Some Reviews

On many of these local sites, you have the ability to get reviews from customers. When you finish the job, ask your customers to rate your performance online. When you get reviews, this helps your profile come up higher in the rankings.

Don’t Worry About Bad Reviews

Many business owners freak out over a bad review online. While you never like to hear bad things about your company, a few bad reviews aren’t going to kill you. In fact, having only positive reviews can hurt your chances of getting a customer. When someone sees all positive reviews, they may start to think that the reviews are staged. If you want to be able to get real customers, they need to see some real reviews about your business.

Include Address in Content

When it comes to making the content for your own site, you need to be sure to include your address on the pages. If you can include the address of your business on every page somewhere, this helps your chances of ranking in the search engines. When someone searches for the product or service that you offer and the name of your city, the search engines will put two and two together to feature your site in the rankings.

Participate in Social Media

When you participate in social media sites, it gives you an advantage with local SEO. For example, Google Places was recently merged into Google+. This means that your local profile has a social element to it. You can post information about events or specials and interact with other people on the site. This makes it seem like you are a part of the community and that you care about your customers.

Join Local Directories

If there are local business directories online that you can participate in, don’t hesitate to join them. This gives you a link from a quality site to your site, and it helps you in local searches. People can also come directly from the local business directories to your site. These directories are usually free or cheap, and they can pay big dividends over time.

Implement some of these strategies in your search engine optimization techniques, and you’ll start to notice a difference in getting local traffic to your business website and profiles.

Andrew Handley writes about local SEO and search results for newyorkstatedivorce.com. With the recent change from Google local business profiles to Google+ the whole local search system has changed considerably.

Biggest political loser of the Olympics? Cameron

0

It’s not hard to identify the political winners from the Olympics. Boris Johnson, who has never missed an opportunity to make a populist intervention, and whose named was chanted by thousands during that extraordinary speech in Hyde Park, is now spoken of as a potential prime minister by both the left and the right, and is increasingly viewed as a threat by Labour.

Beginning with the Queen’s skit with James Bond (the highlight of the Olympics ceremony for voters, according to polling by YouGov), the royal family has seemed more at ease with itself than for decades. The BBC’s coverage has reminded us of the intrinsic value of public broadcasting, while the armed forces, filling the void left by G4S, have renewed their bond with the public.

But who are the losers?

Read more.

DJ Shadow joins warehouse project line-up

0

Data Transmission |

Hold onto your hats, the Warehouse Project have just announced that DJ Shadow is going to be the special guest at the Red Bull Music Academy’s takeover of the Manchester space in early November. Having finished extensively touring his last album The Less You Know The Better, the pioneer of instrumental hip-hop will be playing a series of special DJ sets across the globe this autumn, including the aforementioned WHP date.

DJ Shadow will be joining an impressively stacked bill, with sets from Flying Lotus,Squarepusher, Jamie XX, Shed, Martyn and many others already previously confirmed. It’s also a somewhat fitting return for the California resident, given that he was present for the closing evening at the WHP’s old Store Street venue. What with Flying Lotus also being on hand, I guess you can consider this the hip-hop baptism of WHP’s new Victoria Warehouse venue.

Josh Davis (aka DJ Shadow) first rose to prominence in the early ‘90s, emerging as a spearhead figure in the fledgling trip-hop and instrumental hip-hop scenes. When his debut album Entroducing touched down in 1996, constructed wholly of samples, it was hailed as something of an instant classic — and even made it into the Guiness Book Of World Records as the ‘First Completely Sampled Album’. Since then, Davis hasn’t really slowed down, recording a further three artist albums, numerous mixes, working with JamesLavelle as part of UNKLE, scoring a number of films and gaining notoriety for his jaw-dropping live performances. Expect this to be something special.DJ Shadow will be performing at WHP x RBMA at The Warehouse Project on Friday 2nd November 2012.

Facebook ‘like’ button protected by First Amendment

0

Freedom of speech on Facebook is at the heart of an appeals court case in Virginia involving an elected sheriff who fired staff members who “liked” his rival on the social networking site

The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) this week associated itself with the case in Newport News city, contending that the “like” button on Facebook is a form of free speech protected by the First Amendment of the Constitution.

A US District Court judge ruled earlier this year that liking someone on Facebook was “insufficient speech to merit constitutional protection,” and that Sheriff B.J. Hampton was thus not breaking the law when he fired six staffers in his office who had “liked” his opponent in a 2009 election.

Hampton went on to win the election, but the six staff members he had dismissed — ostensibly for “unsatisfactory work” — proceeded to challenge his decision in court on free-speech grounds.

In its submission, the ACLU said clicking the “like” button on a Facebook page is akin to waving a placard at a political event. “‘Liking’ a political candidate on Facebook — just like holding a campaign sign — is constitutionally protected speech,” it argued. “It is verbal expression, as well as symbolic expression. Clicking the ‘like’ button announces to others that the user supports, approves or enjoys the content being ‘liked.'”

Facebook itself joined the debate this week as well, saying its “like” feature was “the 21st century equivalent of a front-yard campaign sign” and intended to stir conversation and discussion. “It’s critical that the law keeps pace as new technologies emerge,” ACLU lawyer Kate Wood told AFP on Thursday.

“We believe that the First Amendment protects everyone,” regardless of how an individual expresses his or her thoughts, she said. Facebook has become “a means of communication for so many Americans and people across the world,” she noted, and the appeal in Virginia — to be heard in September — therefore represents “such an important case.” (c) 2012 AFP

Exposed: Government-Distributed Cyber-Spy Trojans

0

Robert Lemos |

After pro-democracy activists in Bahrain are hit by email attacks that would have installed spyware, a spreading investigation reveals more details about corporate-made Trojans sold to governments.

Recent study of cyber-spying malware discovered by Middle Eastern pro-democracy activists, has found that it is a commercially-developed Trojan apparently purchased and distributed by government authorities to keep watch on dissident citizens.

Late in July pro-democracy activists, security researchers and journalists from Bloomberg News collaborated to uncover details about a mysterious piece of malware known as FinFisher, which proved to be spyware made by U.K. company Gamma International and sold to government clients.

Working from executables encountered by pro-democracy activists, computer scientists and researchers at the University of Toronto’s Citizen Lab reverse engineered part of the software and found telltales signs that linked it to the U.K. firm.

Others took up the investigations and discovered that the use of FinFisher went far beyond spying on Bahraini activists. On Aug. 8, a researcher from security firm Rapid7 published his own analysis of the software, finding that servers in 10 countries, including the United States, Australia and Indonesia, showed signs of hosting the software needed to manage systems compromised with the espionage Trojan.

Rapid7 security researcher Claudio Guarnieri used a system created by HD Moore, the firm’s chief security officer, to call up historical scans of large swaths of the Internet and search them. By searching on a specific string in the servers’ responses, Guarnieri found 11 additional servers in ten countries that showed signs of being central servers for espionage networks.

“We basically got lucky, because running that project, it was collecting the same data that we needed to fingerprint the servers,” said Guarnieri. “We just looked for the pattern that we identified.”

Rapid7 found servers in Australia, the Czech Republic, Estonia, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Latvia, Mongolia, Qatar, the United Arab Emirates, and the United States. In its analysis, the company emphasized that the location of the server does not mean that particular nation was involved. Almost all the servers were located on the networks of commercial Internet hosting providers.

The analysis would not have been possible except for two factors: As part of an ongoing project, Rapid 7 has begun scanning the Internet and the developers of FinFisher made a significant error: When a server running the command-and-control software encountered a unauthorized request, it would send back the unique response–”Hallo Steffi”–to the source of the request.

Since Rapid7’s scanning system, known as Critical.io, recorded the responses to its port scans, it contained a historical record of the existence of the FinFisher servers on the Internet, even after the computers were patched to eliminate the unique string.

By the time the Guarnieri ran the scan, the live servers on the Internet no longer responded in the same way. Without a historical archive, the extent of the espionage networks would not have been known.

“After publishing the article, we actively saw those guys (the controllers) disabling the response we used for fingerprinting,” he said. “I’m not really confident that we will be able to find any more servers.”

Little is known about the FinFisher spyware except for a list of features leaked by Privacy International and others, including that it bypasses antivirus systems performs full Skype monitoring, live surveillance through webcams and microphones, and silent extraction of files. FinFisher can infect Windows, Mac and Linux systems. The company’s own description of the software is less complete.

“The Remote Monitoring and Deployment Solutions are used to access target Systems to give full access to stored information with the ability to take control of target systems’ functions to the point of capturing encrypted data and communications,” states the company site.

The list of features is similar to many Trojans developed and used by criminals and sold openly on the Internet.

The software samples analyzed by researchers were captured from targeted e-mail messages sent by unknown attackers who attempted to infect the systems of Bahrain pro-democracy activists. Instead the activists forwarded the e-mails to contacts at Bloomberg, who contacted security researchers, including those at CitizenLabs.

The captured samples matched signatures retrieved from an apparent demo version of the software found on the Internet, which communicates with Gamma International’s servers.

Amnesty calls for activists to be freed

0

Amnesty |

The Bahraini authorities must release 13 opposition activists and prisoners of conscience Amnesty International said today, ahead of next week’s expected final verdict on their appeals.

The 13, who include prominent activist Abdulhadi Al-Khawaja, were originally sentenced by military court in June 2011 to between two years and life in prison on charges including “setting up terror groups to topple the royal regime and change the constitution”.

All of the men maintain their innocence.

Several of the defendants have spoken out in previous court hearings to describe their alleged torture and other ill-treatment in detention, including sexual assault, to coerce “confessions”.

“The Bahraini authorities must end this travesty of justice, quash all 13 opposition activists’ convictions and release them immediately and unconditionally. They are prisoners of conscience, held solely for peacefully exercising their rights to freedom of expression, association and assembly,” said Hassiba Hadj Sahraoui, Amnesty International’s Middle East and North Africa programme Deputy Director.

“This trial serves as a test for the Bahraini authorities’ to show commitment to reform, which they promised to much fanfare after the Bahrain Independent Commission of Inquiry report was launched.”

Amnesty International also calls on the authorities to order an immediate and independent investigation into some of the defendants’ allegations of torture, make public the findings of such investigations and bring anyone found responsible for abuses to justice.

Due on 14 August, the verdict relates to appeal hearings after the Court of Cassation decided in April 2012 to refer the case to a civilian court. The High Criminal Court of Appeal started hearing the case on 22 May 2012.

Fourteen opposition activists were arrested between 17 March and 9 April 2011 after taking part in pro-reform protests in Manama. One of the men has since been released.

Many have alleged they were tortured during their first few days of detention when they were being interrogated by officers from the National Security Agency (NSA).

None of the 14 was allowed to see their lawyers during the NSA interrogations. Some saw their lawyers during questioning by the military prosecutor ahead of the trial.

Others were only allowed to see their lawyers during the first court hearing in May 2011, which was the first time any of the activists had seen their families since their arrest.

On 22 June 2011, Bahrain’s National Safety Court, a military court, announced its verdict and sentenced them to between two years and life in prison on charges including “setting up terror groups to topple the royal regime and change the constitution”.

An Amnesty International observer present at one of the appeal sessions, on 6 September 2011 concluded that no evidence was presented in court proving that the 14 had committed a crime and used or advocated violence.

On 28 September 2011 in a session that lasted only a few minutes, a military appeal court upheld all the opposition activists’ convictions.

The men’s appeal before a civilian court began in May this year, a decision of the Court of Cassation.

Amnesty International continues to call for the immediate and unconditional release of all prisoners of conscience in Bahrain, and urges the Bahraini authorities to carry out an independent investigation into all allegations of torture in detention and to bring those responsible to justice in fair trials.

Background

The 14 opposition activists arrested are: Hassan Mshaima’, ‘Abdelwahab Hussain, ‘Abdulhadi Al-Khawaja, Dr ‘Abdel-Jalil al-Singace, Mohammad Habib al-Miqdad, Abdel-Jalil al-Miqdad, Sa’eed Mirza al-Nuri, Mohammad Hassan Jawwad, Mohammad ‘Ali Ridha Isma’il, Abdullah al-Mahroos, ‘Abdul-Hadi ‘Abdullah Hassan al-Mukhodher, Ebrahim Sharif, Salah ‘Abdullah Hubail al-Khawaja.

Al-Hur Yousef al-Somaikh has since been released as he had served his sentence after the Court of Cassation reduced it to six months in prison.

Other opposition activists currently held in Bahrain include:

Nabeel Rajab, the President of the Bahrain Centre for Human Rights and Director of the Gulf Centre for Human Rights is serving a three-month prison sentence over a libel case in relation to one of his tweets. After several postponements an appeals court is due to give its verdict on his case on 12 August.

Mahdi ‘Issa Mahdi Abu Dheeb, the former president of the Bahrain Teacher’s Association (BTA), is serving a ten-year prison term for using his position “to call for a strike by teachers, halting the educational process and inciting hatred of the regime”, among other charges. His appeal is ongoing.

Nine health professionals are awaiting their final appeal verdict which is set for 1 October. In June 2012, an appeal court had upheld the convictions against the nine for their role in demonstrations in February and March 2011, but reduced their sentences from between five and 15 years’ imprisonment to between one month and five years in prison.

Goldman Sachs will not be prosecuted

0

Eric Linton |

The Justice Department will not prosecute Goldman Sachs or its employees in a financial fraud probe, officials announce Thursday.

In a written, unsigned statement, the department said it conducted an exhaustive investigation of allegations brought to light by a Senate panel investigating the 2008-2009 financial crisis, the Associated Press reported.

“The department and investigative agencies ultimately concluded that the burden of proof to bring a criminal case could not be met based on the law and facts as they exist at this time,” the department said.

But the department added that if additional or new evidence were to emerge, it could change its mind.

A Senate subcommittee chaired by Sen. Carl Levin, D-Mich., in April 2011 found that Goldman marketed four sets of complex mortgage securities, called Abacus, to banks and other investors but failed to tell clients how risky they were. The panel said Goldman secretly bet against its investors’ positions and deceived them about its own positions to shift risk from its balance sheet to theirs.

The Justice Department’s decision capped a good day for Goldman as the Securities and Exchange Commission also decided not to file charges against the firm over a $1.3 billion subprime mortgage portfolio.

Goldman employee Fabrice Tourre still faces a civil complaint from the SEC,Reuters reported. He has denied any wrongdoing and was the only person accused.

Goldman itself settled with the SEC for $550 million in July 2010 without admitting wrongdoing.

Google pays $22.5 million for breaking privacy laws

0

Shaun Nichols |

Google has agreed to pay a $22.5m fine to settle charges that the company lied to users about the company’s use of behaviour-tracking cookies.

The US Federal Trade Commission (FTC) said that the company would be paying a record fine over charges that users of the Safari web browser were unknowingly served with cookies when visiting Google sites.

According to the FTC, Google misled customers when it said that it would not use behaviour-tracking tools with Safari on its sites. As part of the settlement, the company will be required to bring its policies in line with the original promises made to users.

“The record setting penalty in this matter sends a clear message to all companies under an FTC privacy order,” said FTC chairman Jon Leibowitz.
“No matter how big or small, all companies must abide by FTC orders against them and keep their privacy promises to consumers, or they will end up paying many times what it would have cost to comply in the first place.”

The $22.5m figure has loomed over Google’s head for some time. As far back as early July, reports have suggested that the company was looking to pay the fine in order to settle the case.

User privacy has long been an issue for Google, which relies on search and targeted advertising for the overwhelming majority of its revenues.
The company prompted an international outcry when officials learned that cars used to collect images for the Google Street view service were eavesdropping on activity from passing Wi-Fi networks.

Earlier this week, Google announced that it would be integrating Gmail message search into its web search engine, prompting V3 to question whether additional privacy concerns could surface for the company.

Clarification on Google’s latest unnatural links messages

0

All website owners appreciate the importance of Google rankings in driving traffic to their site and Google themselves are keen to ensure that website rankings are gained legitimately. Keeping abreast of the guidelines on SEO can be difficult but with enhanced unnatural link detection procedures in place it is more important than ever.

The ultimate penalty of being dropped from Google’s rankings is a situation site owners don’t wish to contemplate. The best way to stay informed is to register with Google Webmaster Tools as this is a great resource to receive updates and help diagnose problems.

Until recently Google targeted sites which were blatantly selling links to help improve search engine rankings. However, this year has seen a significant improvement in Google’s ability to identify unnatural links pointing to a site and subsequently send messages to site owners who are seen to be actively building unnatural links to their own site in order to manipulate their site’s search rankings for various keyword phrases.

These messages are sent to website owners to give them the chance to take action by removing any unnatural links they have built up over time. Unless Google receives a reconsideration request from the site owner stating the action they have taken to address the situation, then quite often Google will no longer include the site in its search results, which naturally for many is catastrophic.

Recently Google has started sending some new messages about unnatural links to site owners, which for many is causing panic and confusion. So to help clear up any misunderstanding Google has published more information to clarify what the new messages mean for site owners.

What the new ‘unnatural inbound links’ messages from Google actually means!

The new messages are a warning to site owners that Google has identified and has issues with a select few inbound links to a site, which it views as being spam like or artificial. However, due to Google viewing the overall sites profile as pretty good, it is not going to penalise the entire site but simply take action by not giving any value to the inbound links it distrusts.

However, Google doesn’t want site owners to feel there’s nothing to worry about. Google are bringing it to their attention, but expect site owners to take the appropriate action.

To help site owners distinguish these new messages they do not carry the yellow exclamation mark like the severe warnings that Google can issue.

What should you do if you receive the new ‘unnatural inbound links’ message?
Site owners should clean up any backlinks that appear unnatural and submit a reconsideration request to inform Google of the action they have taken so as to keep a clear and transparent relationship with the search engine.Within the Webmaster Tools console, Google has recently created the ability for site owners to download the inbound backlinks Google has identified and recorded as pointing to their site and to sort the backlinks by date. This helps site owners more quickly identify which links have been created which Google deem as unusual and are causing them some concern.

Google’s Matt Cutts who recently published the additional clarification information also mentioned the search engine is also looking at ways to provide more concrete examples to make the messages more actionable and to help narrow down where to look if you receive an unnatural inbound links message.

The key takeaway is while the latest messages are less severe, action still needs to be taken; these messages can’t be ignored.

Simon Colley runs Absolute Internet Marketing, a search marketing specialist providing SEO consultant & PPC management services.

Coming Soon: New York Mass Surveillance

LBC |

New York police have unveiled what they claim is a revolutionary camera surveillance system designed to simultaneously scan the streets and call up data on suspects.

The Domain Awareness System (DAS), developed by Microsoft engineers working with the NYPD, will link around 3,000 cameras – primarily in Manhattan’s financial and business districts at first – with suspects’ arrest records, related crimes, licence plate readers and other data to build a real-time portrait of the individual under scrutiny.

New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg said the system had been created by police officers, detectives and software developers working in a “dynamic partnership between NYPD and the Microsoft Corporation”.

“This system capitalises on new powerful policing software that allows police officers and other personnel to more quickly access relevant information gathered from existing technology and help them respond even more effectively,” he told a press conference at the Lower Manhattan Security Command Centre.

“The entire system is designed to improve how New York City’s police officers do their jobs and that makes it a potentially valuable tool that we can expand to precincts and boroughs across the city.”

The city already has a network of surveillance equipment, designed to help identify and prevent any terrorist attack, but the new system will aggregate that information visually, so that it can be monitored in real time.

Officers will be alerted to the presence of a suspicious package, for instance, and then be able to rewind the feed to trace the individual who left it, or analyse cars linked to a suspect to track where they have been.

Comparisons have been made with the Tom Cruise sci-fi film Minority Report, but police insisted the system is needed to combat both terrorism and conventional crime in the city.

“The system allows us to connect the dots by instantly tapping into the details of crime records, 911 calls, licence-plate readers, video tape footage and more,” said NYPD Commisioner Ray Kelly, who led the police side of the project.

“All the information is presented visually in geographic and chronologic context – this allows investigators, analysts and operational personnel to generate and refine leads to identity patterns and to optimally deploy manpower.”

A deal between Microsoft and the NYPD means the city will receive 30% of any revenues if the system is sold to other cities in the US or around the world.

“Here’s an investment we’ve made which is going to be invaluable to keep this city safe,” said Mayor Bloomberg.

“But also we think we can recoup all of our expenses over a period of time and maybe even make a few bucks.”

The system will only be used in public areas, and will not use facial recognition software.

But civil liberties campaigners have expressed concern that it could be used by officers attempting to track a citizen without obtaining a warrant.

Banks “serious breach” of data protection laws

0

The Office of the Data Protection Commissioner (ODPC) in Ireland plans to check the country’s banks for problems related to misreported loan repayments after what it termed a “serious breach” of data protection laws by Allied Irish Bank (AIB), according to press reports.

Deputy Data Commissioner Gary Davis was speaking in an interview with national broadcaster RTÉ this morning. AIB had reported missed weekly or fortnightly repayments by about 12,000 of its customers to the Irish Credit Bureau as missed monthly repayments, making their credit histories appear worse than they should have been.

The errors, which occurred over a six-year period leading up to July 2012, were reported to the Data Protection Commissioner when it was identified in May, according to the bank.

Davis told RTÉ that the bank had supplied “inaccurate personal data”, in breach of the country’s data protection laws, to the ICB. The ICB is the body that gathers the information lenders use to decide whether or not to lend money to customers. As a result, Davis said, those customers may have been unfairly turned down for credit.

Read more.

FBI defends its decision not to monitor shooter

0

The FBI has defended its decision not to monitor Wade Michael Page, the gunman who killed six people at a Gurdwara in Wisconsin, citing civil liberties and rights to its citizens enshrined in the Constitution.

Federal officials said that they can’t open an investigation against anyone in the country based on what they say or what they want.

“To what extent we have — tracking white supremacy group, — this is an issue where law enforcement has to continually balance the civil liberties, the rights that every US citizen has, to think what they want, believe what they want and say what they want,” FBI Milwaukee Special Agent in-Charge Teresa Carlson told reporters at a crowded news conference in Oak Creek.

“Obviously, we cannot investigate people for any of those things. So no matter how horrendous or reprehensible those things may be, until somebody actually threatens, there’s a threat of force or violence, we cannot open an investigation on them,” Carlson said as she defended the FBI decision not to monitor the activities of Page even as he was on the radar of several private organizations keep a track on his activities.

Read more.

It’s Only Natural to Compare – Comparison Website Technology

0

One of the biggest success stories of internet business in the past 5 years is the growth of shopping comparison websites in their various forms. Whether you’re buying a new TV, an insurance policy or a hotel there’s likely to be a comparison site out there that can help you find the lowest price from a number of different providers.

These sites, which are mostly financed on a CPA basis, can be hugely lucrative although research has shown that most consumers don’t seem to know or care how they are financed. In the UK, comparison sites for financial products like insurance, credit cards and loans have become such big business the largest players have become bigger and more profitable than many of the companies they advertise, leading to some high profile acquisitions by the cash rich comparison sites like MoneySupermarket.com’s buyout of MoneySavingExpert for £87 million and uSwitch.com which has be sold several times (most recently at a substantial loss).

The really juice thing about comparison sites from a marketers perspective is that when a comparison site works well it provides an invaluable service to consumers, potentially saving them a huge amount of time and money. This means very high conversion rates on affiliate referrals and that most precious of assets — positive word of mouth.

So comparing is not only natural, but also very good business — lets look at how you can launch your own comparison service to profit from this fast moving marketing machine.

Technology

Although on the surface comparison sites seem very simple to use, the technology behind them is often complex. Particularly in financial services where there may be hundreds of suppliers to return pricing from, complex quote systems and compliance hoops to jump through.  The biggest comparison sites have large in-house technical teams creating a barrier to entry for smaller operators. Bear this in mind if you’re thinking of building your own comparison site.

There are essentially 4 types of systems you can use to display product data and pricing on your comparison site.

Data feeds

Data feeds provided by merchants (i.e. online shops) are the simplest way of populating your comparison site with products and prices. Data feeds are usually formatted as XML or CSV files and you can import the feed into your on database in order to return pricing on your website. Getting hold of affiliate data feeds is usually as simple as signing up to the different merchants affiliate programs and some affiliate networks like Affiliate Window let you create a single feed with products from multiple merchants. The issue with using data feeds to power product comparison sites usually comes when trying to match up fields provided by different merchants to present data side by side. What you’ll often find is that 2 merchants will call the same product by a different name – for example Amazon might call a product “Tron: The Movie”, HMV might call it “Tron DVD” and play.com might call it “Tron – The Movie DVD” so your system needs to map these 3 products and recognise that they’re the same thing and should be displayed on the ame page with prices from the different merchants. Sound simple? Well try doing it with 1,000,000 products from 1,000 different suppliers each with different datafeed formats and it soon gets more complicated!

Screen scraping

Before the days of XML screen scraping was the most common way of gathering data for your comparison site. Screen scraping involves sending an automated request (a scraper) to the merchants website in order to fetch information like pricing before returning it to your on website where its shown to your visitor. The problem with screen scraping is it can be a hugely intensive process if you want to compare prices from tens or hundreds of sites that a huge number of screen scraping programs you’ll need to maintain and run. Screen scraping is still used by some comparison sites, especially in travel and financial services where data feeds often aren’t available. Screen Scraping tool Mozenda is worth a look if you’re planning on going down the screen scraping route.

Merchant managed

If your comparison site is comparing products in a very niche area, or if you’re able to get a strong foothold on the market you may be able to get advertisers (merchants) to manage their own accounts and update prices directly on your system. For example Skip and Bin, a hyper niche comparison site for UK skip hire operators has a merchant management system where skip hire companies have their own login where they can go in and update their prices manually. The downside of this system is that it requires suppliers to be co-operative with keeping their prices up to date — this sort of system is unlikely to work with large sets of products.

Web services — API’s and Whitelabelling

Perhaps the most appealing option for new entrants to the comparison business is to use preformatted data provided by another comparison site in order to power your website. For example HotelsCombined run an affiliate program which gives affiliates access to their pricing information from over 30 different hotel booking sites — this means as an affiliate you only need to work with one technology (i.e. the HotelsCombined system) and your visitors can benefit from the technology which is managed by a larger team. The big drawback of this kind of implementation is that commission is likely to be lower- because the web service provider (in the example HotelsCombined) is going to take a share of the revenue. You’re also not going to build as valuable a business if you’re not developing your own technology which would make its potential sales price lower further down the line. However this sort of arrangement can be great for newbie’s who want to develop a site quickly.

For internet marketers, comparison websites undoubtedly present a huge opportunity — if you’re able to leverage the right technology to develop a site which helps consumers find the products or services they want for less then there’s a lot of potential to make money from affiliate referrals but the task of integrating data from multiple sources shouldn’t be undertaken lightly.

John McElborough specialises in affiliate technology and internet marketing, as well as writing regularly about trends in web technology he consults for a number of affiliate marketing companies in the UK.

Authorities execute ‘mentally disabled’ man

0

Authorities in the southern US state of Texas executed an African American man on Tuesday despite protests from human rights groups that said he was mentally disabled.

Marvin Wilson, 54, who was condemned to death for a killing a police informant in 1992, was declared dead by lethal injection at 6:27 pm (2327 GMT), according to a release from the Texas Department of Criminal Justice.

The US Supreme Court rejected a final appeal from defense lawyers in the hours before the execution.

Amnesty International called the decision “highly disturbing” and several other rights groups criticized the sentence.

In 2004, Wilson was diagnosed with mild mental retardation, with an IQ of 61 — well below the average for his age, according to the American Association of Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (AAIDD).

Read more.

Blackwater admits arms sales violations

0

Academi LLC, the military contractor formerly known as Blackwater Worldwide, has agreed to pay a $7.5 million (£5 million) fine to settle charges of arms-sales violations, the US Justice Department said on Tuesday.

The agreement, covers unauthorised sales of satellite phones in Sudan, unauthorised military training provided to foreign governments including Canada, the illegal possession of automatic weapons and other violations, the Justice Department said.

Read more.

CCTV Sparks Privacy Fears

0

Installation of CCTV cameras along a public bridleway in Leicestershire without warning has sparked privacy fears among nearby residents.

Concern is also growing over future development on the path linking the villages of Lockington and Hemington.

The bridleway crosses the site of a proposed rail freight terminal next to East Midlands Airport.

The company behind the project said the cameras were in place to count how many people used the paths.

Hemington resident Dr Terence Hope said villagers had received no warning.

He said: “It’s an arrogant, high-handed way to go about surveying.”

Roxhill Developments said the information gathered would be used in deciding the transport infrastructure they would need to put in place for any rail freight terminal.

Read more.

The Dark Heart of the Libor Scandal

0

Mark Vorpahl  |

Though, for most, the London Inter-Bank Offer Rate (Libor) interest rate fixing scandal appears to be distant and far too complex to understand, its potential consequences may be as economically devastating as a world war.

The Libor is used to set payments on $800 trillion worth of financial instruments. It sets the prices that people and corporations pay for loans and receive for savings. Given that the fraud impacted $10 trillion in consumer loans, the Libor scandal will likely leave a long list of previous financial scandals that contributed to the Great Recession look like child’s play.

It also pulls back the curtain on the mechanisms behind the world economy, its anti-social priorities, its willingness to gamble away the future of billions of people, and the government’s collusion in these operations. The Libor scandal reveals that the “invisible hand” Adam Smith spoke of in explaining how a capitalist economy regulates itself has been transformed into the trained hand of a swindler.

Read More.

5 Awesome Tips to Improve Marketing on Twitter

0

In today’s world, you cannot downplay the role that social media has on business marketing. Unless, of course, you are content to see your own business lag behind your competition.

One of the best ways to help your business grow with social media is to include twitter in your marketing arsenal. Twitter is one of the most popular social media platforms that can generate leads for your business. Below are five tips that can help you receive better results with twitter.

1.   Establish Yourself in the Twitter Community 

When you first join twitter you do not want to immediate start tweeting about your business and how great it is. You want to try to get followers and provide value to those followers.

You want to tweet valuable resources that can help your followers. You also want to look for valuable tweets from your followers that you can re-tweet. In whatever niche you are in, you want to establish yourself as the authority. You want to make sure you also follow the influencers in your niche and establish a relationship with them.

2.   Practice Good Twitter Habits for Higher CTR 

Keep your tweet length well within 120-130 characters long, and insert your link halfway in between the beginning and middle part of your tweet. This could give you higher click through rates otherwise known as CTR.

Also, there are higher click through rates in the morning, and in the late afternoon, therefore it is wise to tweet more often during these peak times. You can also utilize tools like HootSuite to make automated tweets during a pre-scheduled time to avoid having to set aside time to tweet. Lastly, if you are aiming for a better chance of re-tweets, you should know that Fridays are when the most number of re-tweeting is done.

3.   Keep On Spreading Goodness 

It’s a good practice to tweet your most relevant and interesting contents more than once during the day. You should re-tweet great content at least three times a day for better visibility the entire day.

You can also make it a habit to re-tweet relevant content from influencers. This is a good way to build rapport with people and they might even reciprocate the good gesture by re-tweeting your content. In addition, it is always good to get the attention of the influencers in your niche because they have the most power to make the tweets pointing to your site go viral.

4.   Make Good Your Profile Page 

There is a good chance that you will be catching the attention of your target market soon after you become active with twitter. Most of them are likely to check out your profile page to learn more about your business. This is the reason why you should not brush aside the importance of building a good twitter profile page.

Your profile page must include information and background about your business. This is your best chance to ramp up your reputation and promote your business. You should hire a designer to make your profile page look professional.

5.   Track Your Progress 

There are analytics tools that you can utilize for free to track your progress on Twitter. We all know that we don’t have all the time in the world for social media marketing. This is why you must maximize the time you spend on Twitter by discerning between those strategies that are working to your advantage and those that are not.

Marketing your business on Twitter, and through social media in general, is basically about establishing your credibility, learning and practicing effective habits, and tracking your progress to optimize your time and efforts.

Article written by Mark Jone of Omnistar Affiliate Marketing Software.  For more great tips, check out their affiliate marketing blog.

Social Media Wars – Is Google+ Beating Facebook?

2

It’s hard to imagine a world where Facebook isn’t the number one social networking site, but with Google making some crafty moves with their Google+ platform the reality is that Facebook could already be losing the fight to reign supreme. Seems unlikely doesn’t it, however, before you dismiss the idea completely consider the following points.

Timeline Tanking

Cast your mind back to when Facebook introduced Timeline and you might recall the ensuing upset and plain old confusion with the new format. A plethora of online surveys have shown that the majority of Facebook users have not warmed to the new design and their level of satisfaction with Facebook has subsequently tanked. More importantly though is the higher level of satisfaction Google+ users have over Facebook as measured by ACSI (The American Customer Satisfaction Index) in their social media category.

Privacy Problems

It would be fair to say that Facebook have pushed the privacy boundaries too far one too many times and the result is that Facebook users feel even more dissatisfaction with the network. Facebook’s privacy problems of the past could continue to haunt them for a long time yet as users of Google+ awarded Google high satisfaction levels on privacy protection as measured by ACSI.

Annoying Ads

Another point of interest in terms of Facebook user dissatisfaction is with the irritating ads that abound in Facebook. Herein lies another area where Google+ wins out. To make matters worse for Facebook, they’re quite reliant on mobile ads to grow revenue and appease share holder concerns over future earnings. It’s too soon to say how users will react on the whole to their mobile space being invaded by ads, but if users’ views about ads on the desktop platform are anything to go by things might only go from bad to worse for Facebook.

Google+ – Google Search

Google have made some very smart moves in terms of linking Google+ and their Google search results. When logged in to their account, Google+ users will start to see more and more results of other Google+ users’ web content in the search engine results pages (SERPs). In addition, authors are now encouraged by Google to link their web content to their Google+ profile, resulting in the author’s profile picture showing up in the search results next to their content. Furthermore, those authors whose content proves popular by way of sharing and of course by way of the g +1 mechanism, will grow their Google+ profile as an author. It stands to reason that popular authors’ content will continue to rank high within Google search.

What this all boils down to is that those authors and web masters who aren’t actively building their Google+ profile and network will lose out to those who are. Combine this with the fact that Google+ users are reasonably satisfied and you start to see how Google+ could already be beating Facebook in a number of ways.

There is no denying that the volume of Facebook users outnumber Google+ by an eye watering figure but that doesn’t mean that Facebook are winning on every front. In fact, with Facebook’s disappointing share performance there is little to crow about in the Facebook camp right now. So is Google+ beating Facebook? Yes, in more ways than one.


Tauseef Hussain is a media blogger and currently does guest blogging for QS Bathroom Supplies, the on-line store for high quality shower enclosures and designer bathroom sets.

Sun Journalist and Police Officer Arrested over Phone Hacking

0

Police arrested a journalist working for Rupert Murdoch’s British Sun newspaper on suspicion of corruption on Tuesday (local time) as part of a wide-reaching investigation centred on allegations of phone-hacking by newspaper reporters.

The unnamed 37-year-old man was held at his home in north London at about 6.00 am, London’s Metropolitan Police said.

News International, the British arm of Murdoch’s News Corp empire, confirmed he worked for the Sun.

Detectives also arrested a 29-year-old police officer serving with the Sussex Police force in southern England.

Police said the arrests were made as a result of information provided to it by News Corp’s internal Management Standards Committee, which was set up in the wake of the phone hacking scandal.

Read More.

Study: Heat Waves Result of Global Warming

0

A group of climate researchers that includes NASA researcher James Hansen claim that high-profile heat waves in 2010 and 2011 are likely the direct consequences of global warming.

Hansen and his colleagues argue in a paper published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences on Monday that the rapid global warming of recent years has loaded the “climate dice,” thereby increasing the chances of extreme weather and tilting the overall trend towards hotter summers.

Read more.

Reuters Hacked

0

News service Reuters was the target of a blogging platform hack at the end of last week.

The company first tweeted the news Friday afternoon, saying that its blogging platform was compromised and “fabricated blog posts were falsely attributed to several Reuters journalists.”

One of the stories, which Reuters deemed as “illegal,” was posted under Breakingviews columnist Jeffrey Goldfarb’s name. It falsified an interview with Riad al-Asaad, the head of the Free Syrian Army (FSA). The work of fiction claimed that the FSA leader allegedly said his forces were withdrawing from the northern province of Aleppo after clashes with the Syrian army.

Read more.

Police Charged With Torture

0

The National

Fifteen Bahrain policemen will be charged with torturing doctors held during the Shiite-led protests last year, Bahrain’s chief prosecutor said yesterday.

he charges were being brought following an inquiry launched after a complaint was filed by doctors at Salmaniya hospital, the main medical facility in the capital Manama.

“This procedure confirms the intention of the Bahrain government to bring to account all those found guilty of human rights violations and to recompense the victimsNawaf Hamza, the chief investigator in the prosecutor’s office, said.

The complainants had said they were badly treated in detention. Some of them underwent medical examination during the inquiry.

The 15 doctors and five staff at Salmaniya had been accused by the authorities of supporting the opposition during the protests.

Bahrain came under strong criticism from human rights organisations over last year’s security operation against the protests.

An international panel commissioned by King Hamad found out that excessive force and torture had been used against protesters and detainees.

Amnesty International says 60 people have been killed since the protests began in February last year.

British bank connected to cash laundering

0

A British bank schemed with the Iranian government to launder $250 billion from 2001 to 2007, leaving the U.S. financial system “vulnerable to terrorists,” New York’s financial regulator charged Monday.

State Financial Services Superintendent Benjamin Lawsky signed an order that requires London-based Standard Chartered Bank to answer his questions following an investigation into “wire stripping,” the practice of removing crucial identifiers in financial transactions.

Read more.

Facebook’s facial recognition to be probed

0

The Norwegian Data Protection Agency is planning to launch an investigation into Facebook’s facial recognition feature this fall, a spokesman said on Monday.

Last year, Facebook added the ability to use facial recognition technology to help to tag images as default feature to users worldwide.

“[Facial recognition] is a technology that it is important to have critical view of, and see how it is actually used,” said Ove SkÃ¥ra, communications manager at the Norwegian Data Protection Agency or Datatilsynet.

The agency plans to start digging into how Facebook’s feature works, and have a dialogue with Facebook about it.

Read more.

UK Government Allowed To Force “Unpaid” Work

0

The British High Court has ruled that a government ‘back to work’ scheme does not breach human rights.

High Court judge Mr Justice Foskett said: “Characterising such a scheme as involving or being analogous to ‘slavery’ or ‘forced labour’ seems to me to be a long way from contemporary thinking,”

Tessa Gregory, of Public Interest Lawyers, said: “Today’s decision should mean that many of those subjected to benefit sanctions will be entitled to reimbursement by the Department for Work and Pensions.”

Read more.

Thousands of workers ‘blacklisted’ over political views

0

Civil liberties group, Liberty, have increased pressure on Information Commissioner, Sir Christopher Graham, to investigate a secret database that held the details of thousands of agency workers.

Corinna Ferguson, legal officer for Liberty, said: “We can’t believe the inaction of the Information Commissioner on a human-rights violation of such wide public interest.

“Contracting out the blacklisting of innocent workers, politicians and journalists is no better than farming out phone hacking to private detectives and the consequences for our democracy are just as grave. If we cannot persuade the Commissioner to discharge his public duty, we will consider seeking assistance from the courts.”

Read more.

 

British Health Trust Fined For Publishing Private Data

By Mick Meaney

A British health trust has been fined for publishing sensitive employee details online.

The  Devon based Torbay Care Trust was fined £175,000 by the UK Information Commissioner’s Office for publishing the details of 1373 employees.

The data included personal information such as names, dates of birth, sexuality and religion, including employees national insurance numbers.

The spreadsheet was published on the trust’s website in April of 2011 and was not discovered until 19 weeks later when a member of the public reported the leak, at which time approximately 21,000 visits had been made to the site.

It is still unknown how many times the private data was viewed, but the page containing links to the spreadsheet was accessed 300 times.

Stephen Eckersley, The head of enforcement at ICO said the incident was entirely avoidable and left staff open to identity fraud.

“The fact that this breach was caused by Torbay Care Trust publishing sensitive information about their staff is extremely troubling and was entirely avoidable. Not only were they giving sensitive information out about their employees, but they were also leaving them exposed to the threat of identity fraud.

“While organisations can publish equality and diversity information about staff in an aggregated form, there is no justification for unnecessarily releasing their personal information. We are pleased that the trust are now taking action to keep their employees’ details secure.”

Torbay has now introduced a web management policy to prevent data leaks on its website in the future.

How To Make Google Plus Work For Your Business

0

In this era of advanced internet technology, having an online marketing strategy of some sort is no longer an option but a necessity in order to survive.

No matter what line of business an entrepreneur plans to embark upon, whether as complicated as industrial materials or as simple as home-based food business, it is important to have a means to get in touch to millions of people connecting to the internet to search for just about any service that they need.

Overview of Google Plus

While there are several online marketing strategies that businesses can utilize whether for a certain charge or for free, one amazing tool is Google Plus. This platform is Google’s attempt in getting social. By creating an account with Google Plus, account owners get to join or organize groups such as relatives, friends, college buddies, etc., making it easier to share whatever is applicable to a particular group. Google Plus has certain apps that make it easier to go social such as group messaging (Huddles), video chat (Hangouts), and getting links that matches one’s interests (Sparks)

How Can You Make Google Plus Work For Your Business

With these notable social capabilities, you may be wondering how Google Plus can help your business. The truth to this is, it can help in a lot of remarkable ways. However, you have to do some measures to make this Google’s platform work for your business. Here are tips on how you can do that:

  1. Organize a circle for your business contacts where you can post any updates about your business. This way, you can keep people who are likely to be interested about what your business has to offer. You can also start conversations where you can find out what the people who cared about your business thinks about your latest offers, whether in the form of compliments or constructive criticisms.
  2. Conduct product demonstrations, client meetings, or trainings through Google Plus Hangouts. For these activities mentioned, it will be ideal if it will be carried out in a video conference where up to ten individuals can join. With this tool, business owners can demonstrate better how a product works. Clients, trainees, or demonstration participants can in turn, ask questions, give recommendations or express any apprehension in real time.
  3. Express a +1 on the positive comments that people make on the posts. +1 is equivalent to the like button on Facebook. By giving +1 on a person’s comment, it’s like showing recognition and appreciation on what the person said about the business which will encourage that person to give positive comments again in the future.
  4. Offer customer service through Hangouts. There’s nothing better than a customer service where people can speak to someone live. This way, the business owner or agent or representative can demonstrate better how to solve the problem with a certain product or service.
  5. Offer webinars regarding your product or service. With the ability to let several people participate in a chat room, business owners can conduct free webinars that will provide helpful information related to the product or service that they are offering. If the facilitator is able to impress his audience, chances are great that his audience will turn into loyal customers.

Final Words

With these and more ways that businesses can do with Google Plus that will benefit them, this Google’s platform should indeed by utilized fully by businesses. Although it was initially developed as a social platform, it has a great ability to contribute to a business’ growth and success.

About the Author:

Kristine M. writes about the latest in Google’s system and high speed internet. Get more helpful advice and information about these topics at Broadband Expert.

The Best Ways to Use Pinterest For Your Website

0

Learning how to navigate the waters of social media can help to market your website, for free.

Taking advantage of Pinterest, one of the newest and most popular social networks can be a great way to get the word out and grow backlinks, as well as grow the readership for your website.

How can you use Pinterest to market your website?

1. Add a Pin-it Button to Images and Posts

Adding a button that can link up the picture with the website, allowing the user to pin the image to one of their boards increases the visibility of the post as the users feed will show up on the list of their friends. If enough people pin the image, the image will also show up on the popular list of pins. Rather than requiring the user to copy the link and directly post it through the Pinterest website, visitors are able to update their PInterest boards with the click of a button.

2. Create Boards for Your Website

Creating boards for the website that includes the images, tips, tricks and tools can get exposure for the images. Be sure to link the images back to the website for the best results. These images are going to show up in the network of readers of the site, friends on the Pinterest boards and eventually be shared throughout various networks increasing the reach of the images and posts, from one simple pin.

3. Use Eye Catching Images

Images that are eye catching, unique and bold are likely to be pinned compared with images that are created to be low quality and non-appealing to the eye. Use images that are easy on the eyes for Pinterest to increase the amount of people that have chosen to pin the image on to their own boards and therefore increase the reach of the post.

4. Add a Pinterest Feed to the Blog or Website

Adding the Pinterest feed to the blog or website that displays the activity of the user is an effective way to increase the exposure of the posts by increasing the exposure of the friends. Growing the network of friends and users on the Pinterest website is a great way to build the readership of the email list, or other social media networks as users are likely to click through and become fans and followers if the material being posted on Pinterest is appealing to them.

Pinterest is a great way to grow the business. Social media networks are ever changing and it seems every year there are new types of networks that have become the hot new place. Right now, thats Pinterest. With millions of users, business owners and website owners are able to share their products, tips and services through boards and pins.

Paula Greeley is a freelance writer with a particular interest for online marketing. She’s new to marketing but has already found a great interest in social media marketing, search marketing, and the latest in internet technology. Paula enjoys sharing her findings on blogs, websites, and on facebook.

The SEO Pyramid

0

The principles of the SEO pyramid specify what you should do first and what you can do later in terms of SEO. So, I’ll be going through all the activities in ascending order. This approach is especially crucial if you have limited resources at your disposal, which is usually the case for an SEO manager.

Tier 1 – Accessible and Quality Content Since it makes perfect sense even for a beginner, your site desperately and all the time needs unique content because that’s what makes your site different from the rest of the crowd.

Other than that, you also need to make sure that your site’s content is accessible by bots. Otherwise your unique content will be ignored by search engine spiders and consequently nobody will ever find out that your blog even exists. :)

You need to also take care the URL structure your site is using. I mean you need to be able to use your target keywords in the links to your content. If you’re using WordPress, you can easily set it up in your admin panel. If it’s another CMS, you’ll most likely be able to tweak it in one way or another as well.

Make sure that your site has a proper internal link architecture. That is to say your site should contain a few logical (topical) silos depending on the content it has.

And you need to double-check that all your pages have links to  them. Otherwise neither Google nor any other search engine will find your site.

By the way, you need to keep in mind that it’s a great idea to link to internal pages when it makes sense. Like if you mention some idea that was addressed in one of your posts, you definitely need to link to that particular post. It’s Google’s understanding that if you put a link to your own content, you yourself consider that content good enough.

Sitemaps are important for search engines for the most part but the visitor can you it as well (at least from time to time) to figure out how your site is structured if it’s not that obvious from your navigation. And you need to be sure that you take care of server response codes on your site. For example, you should customize your 404 file (Docment not found) so that the user gets an idea what to do next if something like that happens.

Tier 2 – Keyword Research and Targeting

Once you got an idea about a new site you need to do some keyword brainstorming. Just try to use your brain and all its inner potential to come up with some keywords that your customers are most likely would use for searching the product that product or service that you offer on your site. Thanks done, you need to select the best ideas based on the results that you get with the help of Google Keyword Tool.

I mean you need to make sure that the amount of users (that is traffic) that will come to your  site will be sufficient for running a profitable online business. If you’re a non-profit then you just need to get as much traffic as possible anyway. So, it makes sense to select the most traffic-rich keywords. But let me mention one word of caution here.

Make sure that keywords you pick for your site are relevant because if they are not, you’re not going to get targeted traffic like. And  that means that even if people come to your site they won’t stay long anyway.

Now you can perform on-page optimization for your site. Be sure to include your keyword in the title, meta description, URL, H1 and in the actual text of your page (or post).

Tier 3 – Link Building

Once you have quality and useful content on your site, you can start building links for your site. You can manually content people and ask for links. The most workable strategy now is guest posting. I personally believe that’s because it’s pretty hard for Google to figure out which exactly link is artificial. Other then that, you can build links by registering accounts on reputable sites (for the most part you have the option to specify your webpage), buy links (but be careful with this strategy), forums posting, make use of Web 2.0 properties, directory submission, etc.

By the way, you can re-use your content to obtain links as well. For example, you can use your existing (previously posting) article to create a slideshow or a video. Thus you can get inbound links from, say, Slideshare and Youtube.

Tier 4 – Social 

The final tier is all about social stuff and conversions. Make sure to properly run your social networking accounts such as Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn.. And A/B test your site all the time to see what features increase your conversion rates. CrazyEgg is a perfect tool for that sort of experiments, though there are some decent alternatives as well.

In conclusion

All in all, those methods will help you to get your site off the ground. Make sure to implement each activity step-by-step. See what works for you and focus on that. Then go to the next level. And that’s about it .:)

About the author: Kenneth von Rauch – he’s with a company that helps customers build sites and promote them on the Web. For more info click here.

Video Marketing Tips: How to Market Your Website Through Videos

0

Simply uploading your video on YouTube does not guarantee traffic to your website or sales page. If you are aiming to promote a product or a service through video marketing, there are a number of things you can do to ensure traffic. Although article marketing, PPC, and SEO are good traffic sources, there is a good portion of traffic that comes from videos.

Making a Video With The Potential to Go Viral

First of all, people are most likely to view videos on YouTube that are funny, informative, interesting, captivating or a mixture of those things. In order to compel people to watch a video, you have to make sure that it captivates the audiences (a good background in market psychology is helpful in this regard). One thing you can do is to ask yourself “What would I look for in a video?” In addition, determine what types of videos other people share on social sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Google Plus.

If you cannot come up with a good video yourself, you can hire a video production company to come up with it. The video can be in the form of an advertisement or a product review. Product reviews are easy to do and anyone with a video camera can do it himself or herself. Simply come up with the script, rehearse what to say, and capture it on camera. Of course, a compelling video has to be interesting to watch. If the speaker is boring, no one would want to watch the video. Hence, if you know you are not a good speaker, ask someone else to do it.

Before you upload the video on websites like YouTube or Vimeo, you may want your website URL to appear on it as well. This way, you can encourage people to visit your site. Usually, people add their website information at the end of the video. However, some people prefer to show the website URL during the entire duration of the video. It can be placed at the bottom or at the top. It is your choice, as long as you can inform the viewer about your website.

Reach Your Audience Through Blogging

Uploading the video on YouTube, Vimeo, or any other video website is not a guarantee of website traffic. Hence, you need to attract viewers. You can do this in many ways. One of popular ways of marketing videos is through blogging. If you own a WordPress or Blogger site, you can embed the video in one of your blog content. To have the video appear in one of your blogs, you need to embed the video code. In YouTube, click share, then embed. Copy the code and post it in your blog. Blogs that have video content usually look more interesting to readers than those without videos and images.

Go Viral Through Social Media

You can also use the power of the social networks to market your videos. Simply copy the video URL and share it on sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Google+. However, you should have a high number of friends, followers, or circles in order to reach a wider audience. If your social network accounts have few connections, do not expect your videos to go viral.

For video marketing to work through social networking, it is important to have a good number of friends and connections. Do not be afraid to add people to your circle of friends. You can find people interested in the product or service you are promoting by checking out related Facebook pages and Google+ business pages. When you share your video through, you may also want to ensure that people can find a link to your website.

Guest author Paul Tibayan writes on topics of custom marketng strategies through videos and content marketing.

Three Essential Keyword Tips for SEO Newbies

2

If you’re new to the digital marketing landscape then you probably feel overwhelmed with the amount of information there is lurking around on the internet. If you are struggling to find a good place to start your online marketing campaign then look no further. Before you can even begin your quest to the top of Google, you need to establish the keywords that are going to get you there. So, as we like being nice from time to time, here are a few tips to get your digital ball rolling.

Find suitable keywords

Rule number one of the SEO world is ensuring you are targeting the right market. The last thing you want is loads of people finding your website who have absolutely no interest in using your products and services. This will damage both your business generation and your SEO campaign. Google checks to see how long people stay on your site, and if you have nothing of value to them then they’ll be off in a flash and you’ll be marked down in Google’s bad books.

So, how do you get relevant traffic? Well, you have to find relevant keywords! Picture what phrases people would type to search for your products and services and write them down. You’ll then want to target these phrases. However, bear in mind that some phrases have a lot of competition attached and can be hard to target. For this reason it can be a wise idea to enlist the help of professional SEO companies.

Choose what keywords to use on your webpages

Ok, so you’ve made it past round one, you have a bunch of relevant keywords that should get you decent traffic and you’re wondering what to do with them. The next step you need to take is to plan a strategy of getting these keywords on to the various pages of your website. The search bots that Google uses are a fussy bunch, and they don’t like seeing the same keywords on multiple pages.

To please the bots, you should plan your pages around your keywords. It’s a good idea to use several keywords for your home page, and then use one or two keywords on each subsequent page, ensuring that they don’t clash. You also want to avoid putting keywords in your content just for the sake of it, as at the end of the day, people still have to read your content. If it doesn’t make sense then you and your business are going to lose credibility fast!

Don’t go in like a keyword bulldozer

We’ve been in the SEO game for a long time and we’ve seen our fair share of marketing blunders on our journey. However, by far the most common mistake we see is people using keywords way too many times on one page.

In the bad old days (we’ll call them bad as underhand methods were used) it was good SEO to stuff keywords into your content wherever they’d fit. However, Google soon became wise to people manipulating its search bots and soon developed a method of stopping ‘keyword stuffing’.

Today, overusing keywords is as bad for SEO as not using any at all, and Google will soon recognise a keyword happy site. All professional SEO companies nowadays completely avoid using the ‘black hat’ technique of keyword stuffing. Instead, they’ll use a Google friendly keyword strategy. A good strategy is to use a single keyword around once every 100 words so that a particular keyword only makes up 1% of the total content.

That’s the bare essentials

This info is all you need to start planning your keywords and web content and launch your online marketing campaign. However, it is only the basics and there’s much more to keywords than this. If you want success but lack the marketing knowledge, then it is advised that you enlist the services of professional SEO companies.

Stuart Withers is an internet author, copywriter, and SEO pro who’s earned his digital marketing stripes. Currently, he works for a company called Marketing By Web. They are an SEO company based in the UK that offers a range of online marketing solutions, including PPC and Social Media as well as SEO. If you want help with your war with the search engines, then either Stuart or his friendly co-workers will be happy to discuss your needs.  

How to Make the Most out of the Changes to Google’s AdWords Interface

1

There have been a lot of changes to the AdWords interface over the last year. Most of these changes are minor organizational shifts, intended to make it easier to manage ad campaigns. Some other changes have introduced new display options and features, such as the new Venn diagrams and keyword statistics. In my opinion, these changes are small but have a large impact. As someone who usesAdWords several times a day, the increased efficiency of the new format saves me a surprising amount of time.

Format Changes

The major change to AdWords in March was the combination of the Audience and Topics tab into a single tab called Display Network. The Display Network tab allows you to see an overview of your keywords, placements, topics, interests and remarketing, broken down by campaign. It makes it possible to bid and optimize all your campaigns without switching tabs.

In March, Google also introduced Venn Diagram summaries to AdWords. These diagrams provide a visual representation of your current targeting settings as well as at-a-glance estimates of your ad campaign’s reach.

This visual display is complemented by new, impressive data analysis tools. Also introduced in March was Keyword Contextual Targeting, which allows you to assess your ad campaigns’ performance down to the keyword level.

The second big set of changes was in June, which introduced different Types that you can use to organize your ad campaigns. Now, when you select a Campaign, you also choose a Type. This Type determines the default settings of your AdWords Campaign. These preset settings include not only functional settings like where your ads will appear, but also display settings. For example, a Standard Search Network Only Campaign will contain all the required presets to run the campaign, as well as display settings that make sure only the most relevant information to a Search Network Only Campaign is displayed in the Display Network tab.

Where Did My Old Stuff Go?

None of these changes have reduced the number of tools in AdWords in any way. If you can’t find a tool or tab that you previously used, it has only been moved, not removed. Here is where to find the moved features of the new AdWords:

Audience and Topics Tabs

These have both been grouped under the Display Network tab. Instead of having totally separate tabs, the Display Network tab now contains all the information for Keywords, Audience, and Topics. You can highlight each by pressing on the buttons right underneath the tabs menu. The Keywords button, selected by default, shows all the information of your Display Network campaigns that pertains to keywords. The Topics and Interests & Remarketing buttons will change the display to highlight the information previously available on the Topics and Audience tabs, respectively.

Other Missing Information

If some campaigns appear to show less information than they used to, it is likely that the preset settings of their Type are causing them to only display a bare-bones summary. This can be changed by editing the Campaign Settings as follows:

  • Click the Campaigns tab.
  • Click the name of the Campaign under All Online Campaigns.
  • Click the Settings Tab.
  • Change the Campaign Type to All Features.

For more information on the changes to AdWords, visit:

Ryan Stephenson is the Paid Search Manager at TechWyse Internet Marketing. Prior to joining TechWyse he spearheaded paid search initiatives for Staples Canada. You can find more of writing pay per click musings at http://techwyse.com/blog

45 Tips For Small Businesses Using Social Media

0

Social media can be very intimidating for small businesses. Especially with recent changes in policy from Facebook and other such sites. Getting to grips, and understanding how to get the best from your time each day is vital. I’ve put together an extensive list of over one hundred tips. Use just a few of these in combination and see your time become much more efficient.

45 Tips For Small Businesses Using Social Media

Research & Preparation

  • Don’t stretch yourself too thinly. Find out which social networks your customers use.
  • Use services such as social mention to search for your business name and see what’s being said about you and your business.
  • Assign one person (if your business has more than one) to manage the social media accounts.
  • Decide what you want to achieve through social media, increased traffic, increased brand awareness, etc.
  • Allocate two windows of time per day for social media, for example; 10am and 4pm.
  • Research your competitors and see what they’re doing well/not so well.
  • Decide on a few keywords that are relevant for your business and search these on your chosen social networks.
  • Interact with those updates and post that are found when searching for that particular keyword.
  • Don’t waste time – Don’t get caught up using social media personally when you’re in a business frame of mind!

Strategy & Implementation

  • As mentioned above, set clear goals; such as;
  1. Specific % increase in traffic.
  2. Number of mentions of your brand across social networks.
  3. Links created as a result of social media activity.
  4. Sales – implement a way of recording how your customers found you, perhaps a simply check box at checkout. Remember, if you don’t get a ROI is it really worth your time?
  5. Set a clear budget for advertising if you wish to do so (Facebook PPC, etc).
  • Be patient – it won’t happen overnight, unless you’re a big brand or very lucky.
  • Be careful, be professional. You’re representing a business remember.
  • Be polite and respectful – act how you would if they called you or met you in person.
  • Include social media in your overall marketing plan for your business.
  • Ensure others are not squatting with your business name. Services like Knowem.com can help.

Facebook Tips For Small Business 

  • Understand that Facebook will not be the saviour for your business, but it’s useful as part of your plan.
  • Vary your posts and updates; polls, images and videos are the most engaging ways to use Facebook.
  • Keep your comments and updates short and sweet. No one wants to read an essay in their newsfeed.
  • Use a creative cover photo and profile image – The new(ish) timeline is very visual and allows for great branding opportunities.
  • Make use of the timeline. Add dates for new product launches, new stores and more.
  • Include your website URL in the visible part of your ‘about’ blurb.
  • Keep updates consistent and regular. No less than once a day, no more than 5 times.
  • Like other pages in your industry as your business name and comment using that name.
  • Add the like button to your product images on your website.
  • If you have a blog, consider adding the Facebook comments system as a way of engaging readers.

Twitter Tips For Small Business

  • Use search.twitter.com to find discussion relevant to your industry, product or service.
  • Make use of the lists – it’s a great way to show you value others contribution.
  • ‘Favourite’ useful and informative tweets. It’s a nice way to say thanks to those who help you.
  • Don’t just tweet links and offers. No one wants to be spammed and bored.
  • Always change your password on a regular basis, a Twitter account sending viruses is bad news.
  • Always follow back. If someone has been good enough to follow your business, follow them back.
  • Say thank you – especially for following.
  • Acknowledge them and what they do. A simple ‘Hello @example, thanks for following. Love your site’ will do if you’re lacking inspiration.
  • Be quick to reply; whether it’s a complain or praise be quick to acknowledge it.
  • Funneling – provide a phone number or email for complaints.

Pinterest Tips For Small Business

  • Your target demographic is important. Build boards around your target audience. For example, if you sell shoes; build mood boards for ideas of what to wear with your shoes, such as dresses, jewelry, hats, etc.
  • Much like Twitter, share content you like – don’t just pin your own images.
  • Use the @tag to mention your followers in your pins.
  • Allow your followers to pin images to your boards by making them a contributor.
  • Follow relevant media organisations, magazines and news outlets in your industry.

That’s a decent starting point for any small business, but in reality you won’t have time to do all of these every day or week. So pick wisely and plan your time in advance. A simple but effective social media strategy takes a little time to plan, but once you’re moving in the right direction you’ll soon realise it’s not as tough as those big media agencies have you believe!

If you feel i’ve missed anything obvious, i’d love to hear from you!

Paul Middleton is a Uk based, results-driven freelance social media manager over at SocialColleague.

8 Most Useful Extensions for Google Chrome

0

Everyone has their own opinion as to which is the best and the fastest Internet browser, but according to StatCounter, Google Chrome is the most widely used in the world. As of May 2012, Chrome had a 33% worldwide usage share of web browsers.

If you are a Google Chrome fan, you will be interested to know that there are many ways you can make your favourite browser even better. This year, a score of incredibly useful browser extensions have been released for Google Chrome, but which should you be downloading?

Best Chrome extensions for home and business

Here are 8 of the most useful extensions that will improve your browsing experience without slowing your system down:

  1. Google Dictionary (by Google)
    Not sure what a particular word means, or if you’re using it correctly? Using this extension, you can double click on any word on a web page and find out the correct spelling, definition and usage.
  2. Ginger — Grammar and Spell Checker
    Team this extension, which sees errors in real-time as you type, with Google Dictionary and all your emails and documents will be word perfect.
  3. ScribeFire
    If you feel the irrepressible urge to blog at any time, ScribeFire can help you fire off a blog post without leaving Chrome.
  4. Docs PDF/PowerPoint Viewer
    With this extension, you can view PDFs and PowerPoint Presentations directly in Google Docs, without having to load PowerPoint, Adobe Reader or another PDF reader.
  5. Offline Google Mail
    Need to check your emails on the move, but don’t have an Internet connection? This handy extension will store a cache of your messages ready for reading when you go offline, so you can continue being productive even when offline.
  6. FireShot
    This screenshot tool is very popular, as it allows you to capture any part or even the whole of a web page or browser window. Once captured, you can send the image anywhere, whether it’s to your laser printers, an email account or to an editor.
  7. Taskforce
    This is a Google Chrome extension busy workers can’t be without, as it is an intuitive and easy to use task manager. It organises and converts the emails in your Gmail account into assignments, as well as interacting with associates and allowing you to collaborate on projects.
  8. AdBlock
    If you’re sick of ads and Flash-based games and videos popping up all the time, slowing your browser down, get the AdBlock extension and see all irritating distractions disappear.

If you want any of these extensions, simply visit the Google Chrome web store.

Christine is a writer for NetGiant Ltd. who operate Cartridge Monkey in the UK. Cartridge Monkey was founded in 2003 and have become one of the leading suppliers of cheap ink cartridges in the UK. In her free time, Christine loves to read about tech and gadgets.

The Pros and Cons of Google Adwords PPC

0

Google Adwords PPC

If you are planning to invest money in an online advertising campaign, then it will be very helpful to be aware of some of the pros and cons of Google Adwords PPC (Pay per Click).

With any PPC campaign, your advertisement is displayed free of charge. Your advertisements will be directly linked to a page on your website, often referred to as the landing page. You only incur a cost when a surfer clicks on your advertisement. A carefully designed, well thought out campaign can provide much targeted visitors to your landing page.

Pros

1) A Google Adwords PPC campaign is one of the quickest ways to generate traffic for your website. Using a PPC campaign, you do not have to rely on organic search engine results to bring visitors. The vast majority of people who carry out online searches never look past page one of the results. Getting your website to page one can be a process that takes months or even longer. There is the possibility that you will never get your website on page one. Adwords can bring people to your site from day one.

2) A PPC campaign can be very cost effective compared to advertising in print or other media. A one-eighth-page advertisement in even a low circulation magazine or newspaper can cost hundreds. A similarly sized Google advertisement can cost just a fraction of that.

3) Google Adwords provides a whole range of analysis tools to determine how your campaign is performing, so you can get instant feedback. Adwords also allows you to continually change your campaign details. This means you can experiment with different wordings, and other aspects of your advertisements, continually fine-tuning to achieve the best results. With other media, you are stuck with the advertisement as originally published.

4) There is no need for fancy graphics and expensive artwork to take on your competitors. Google ads are text based.

5) Adwords allows you to target specific geographical areas and use other targeting parameters, allowing you to have a high level of control over who sees your advertisements.

Cons

1) Not every click represents a genuine potential customer. Unscrupulous competitors can click on your advertisements to eat into your budget, and there is little you can do to prevent this. You will also receive a certain percentage of clicks in error. This is because Google allows advertisement publishers great freedom in how the advertisements are displayed. Advertisement blocks are often embedded in text on a page making them difficult to spot. Surfers can accidentally click on the advertisement when trying to scroll down the page, for example.

2) Conducting a successful Adwords campaign can be very time-consuming and require a lot of research.

3) Competing for keywords that are in high demand can be very expensive.

4) In most cases, to convert clicks into customers, your landing page has to be high quality, and you may need to employ a professional to make it a successful page.

Adwords is a powerful way to generate targeted web traffic, but you need to be fully aware of the pros and cons of Google Adwords PPC before you commit too many resources to such a campaign.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR:

Johan Hedin offers his PPC Services on behalf of Marketing Ignite.

Monitor Your High Quality Traffic with these 9 Tools

0

If you want to know what kind of traffic you are getting, you will need the help of certain tools to figure it out. They can determine whether or not you are getting traffic, how the traffic is behaving, and whether or not it is high quality traffic. Then, it’s up to you to take that information and use it to your advantage. Most of these tools you’ve probably heard of, but there might be a few that you missed that could be causing some very important information to slip by. Make a difference in your website’s business by getting to know these nine website tools.

Google Analytics

Because Google is such a popular search engine, most site owners want to know how their site looks from the Google side of things. That’s why installing Google Analytics is extremely important. You can keep track of clicks, conversions, and even delineate data for easier analysis. The program will also allow you to set goals and notify you when you’ve achieved them. It’s fairly basic as far as web tools go, but that makes it easy to use for even beginning website owners.

Quantcast

Tracking with Google Analytics will tell you whether or not your methods are working. If they aren’t, it’s time for some market research. You can get a lot of market research info by using Quantcast. Basically, it gives you a demographic profile for your site and/or your closest competitor. That helps you determine who you should be targeting when you optimize your site. You can also get demographics for the sites you want to advertise on. This will tell you exactly what kind of ad you should place there to direct high quality traffic back to your site.

Google Website Optimizer

If you really want to test your methods, you’re going to want to invest in split testing. You can use the Google Website Optimizer and Visual Website Optimizer to compare various versions of your website against each other. This lets you know which one is performing better in the way of traffic, conversions, and returns on your investment. Once you determine which website version works the best, you can really start attracting traffic as you devote all of your resources to that site. High level marketing experts are known to use split testing, so if you are trying to compete with the big sites they run, you’ll want to get on board with the optimizers.

ClickTale and CrazyEgg

When you run a business website, you need to be concerned with not just the quality of your traffic, but how that traffic is behaving. With ClickTale and CrazyEgg, you get information about each visitor, including great visual representations of what’s hot on each of your pages. Through their heatmap tool, as shown in the picture, you can get recommendations as to where you should place an ad, an item for sale, or other content, based on the data it gathers. If you want, you can even watch recorded visitor sessions to see what they do. During this portion of the program, you can actually see their mouse move and watch them scroll. It will provide you with invaluable insights into what people are noticing and what is simply getting skimmed over.

Google Webmaster Tools

Yes, it is another Google product, but when Google controls more than half of the web traffic out there, you can’t really help but use their tools to verify it. If you want to know about ranking factors like page-load times, impressions, click-throughs, and keyword use, then the Google Webmaster Tool is your best friend. When it comes to information you need to convert visitors to customers, this is the kind of data you’ll want to know. Since it’s from Google, most people find the control panel familiar and easy to use, even beginners.

Rank Tracker

Professional website building companies and SEO companies alike use the powerful Rank Tracker tool. It can do pretty much anything related to keywords, including search hundreds of them at a time. All you have to do is insert all the keywords you are curious about and it does an organic search. Then it ranks them, letting you know which ones will get the best results. That will help you figure out what optimization and linkbuilding needs to be done. You can even analyze how many ranking spots you’ll move up based on the linkbuilding and optimization you want to perform. This tool is the perfect one to have in your arsenal when building a backlinks strategy and when developing new content.

SEO Spyglass

As nice as it is to know your own stats, it is even better to know your competitors’. SEO Spyglass reveals the backlink profiles of the sites you compete against. You can search a particular keyword you want the top spot for and mimic the backlinks of the highest-ranked sites. Just be sure that when you mimic those other companies, that you go beyond what they did, since you will be trying to get and stay a rank ahead of them.

Big-Boards

At Big-Boards, you get access to every forum known. While this may not seem like it would have much to do with your traffic, forums can actually bring in quite a few customers. By creating a strong presence in popular forums, you can give out advice, earn trust, and send traffic to your site when you have a chance to make a recommendation or offer.

Market Samurai

Another important SEO tool worth stopping for is Market Samurai. It allows users to do valuable keyword research for pretty much any niche. It will even give your chances at actually making one of the top spots with a particular keyword. This kind of information is great for the beginning of SEO campaigns because it can give you an idea of where to start in terms of keywords and search engine optimization.

Deny Saputra is an internet marketer and writer. Read more valuable articles by Deny and team at GetWebsiteTraffic blog that specially sharing various topics about internet marketing and targeted traffic generations

How to Optimize your Google Places Business Page?

0

Google Places is yet another free tool from Google’s chain of free products and services. However, unlike many other products, Google Places has become an absolute essential for small local businesses.

66% of Americans are using local searches to find businesses. Overall, 73% of the online activity is directly and indirectly connected to Google’s local content. These statistics show the value and importance of your Google Places’ business page.

The whole concept and idea in bringing your local business online is to gain more exposure, visibility and customers. A Google Places’ listing or business page is similar to your website, and needs to be optimized to gain superior rankings. The higher your Google Places business page will be, the greater customers and business you will receive.

Following are some important tips on how to optimize your Google Places business page:

1.   Get Citations:

The first tip to optimize your Google Places business page is to get as many citations as you can. Google specially prefers the most trusted candidates to be shown up in the rankings. You can gain Google’s trust — and the higher rankings as well — by get strong citations from verified and credible sources.

Citations, in other words, is a verification of your NAP information. NAP stands for:

–   Name
–   Address
–   Phone Number

Make sure that your NAP information is identical in all of the websites. Yelp.com, Superpages.com, etc. are some of the websites to get citations.

2.   Keywords:

Optimizing a website/blog and a Google Places business page is an entirely different thing. However, proper usage of keywords is equally important in both the cases. The tip is to wisely use all the potential, highly searched, targeted and relevant keywords in your Google Places business page. Proper keyword insertion will help you to get the required exposure in the search engine.

3.   Images and Videos:

Images and videos also play an important role in optimizing your Google Places business page. Google Places allow you to add 10 images and 5 videos to add to your listing. These images and videos not only better reflect your business and organization, but they also play an important part in optimizing your business listing in the search engines.

Moreover, another very important thing to note is that each image can be accompanied with a keyword. In this way, you can add 10 important keywords with 10 images to make your business listing more search engine friendly.

4.   Consistent Reviews and Feedbacks:

Another very effective tip to optimize your Google Places business page is to get good reviews and feedbacks from your customers. Positive feedbacks and customer reviews help your business to get more credibility and exposure. Moreover, it also increases the users’ trust and confidence on your small business, which eventually helps you in optimizing your Google Places business listing.

An important thing to note about getting reviews and feedbacks is the frequency or consistency of these feedbacks from your customers. Getting reviews on a consistent basis is much better than receiving one single wave of lots of feedbacks.

5.   Consistency and Identical Information:

Google not only takes into account what is listed into your Google Places business page, but it also values your data from other external sources. The key here is to be consistent and use identical information throughout the web. Submit your information in business directories and yellow pages, but make sure to submit identical information. In this way, you can optimize your Google Places page more easily and comfortably.

Optimizing a Google Places business page is a gradual process, but with the right approach, you can easily outrank your competitors. The end-results are very rewarding, profitable and totally worth the effort.

The author: Website Hotline are specialists in small business web design and article writing services. 

Eight Tips for Creating Blog Content That Attracts Loyalty

0

If you want to really make it as a blogger, you don’t want to rely exclusively on SERP and high profile guest posts. You want people to open their browser and come directly to your blog for no other reason than that they enjoyed what they read the last time they visited.

This type of traffic cannot be bought. No amount of SEO sorcery can create it. Loyal repeat readers who enjoy your content. They are who you should be aiming for and they are who you should be writing for. If you can find enough of them, your life as a blogger is going to be both more enjoyable and significantly more profitable.

Unfortunately however, creating the content that attracts such a following isn’t easy. If all you think about when writing for your blog is perfect grammar and a high word count, such a following is unlikely to ever be something that you get to enjoy.

If you want repeat readers, you need to spend just as much time deciding what to write about as you do actually writing it. It’s also not always about what you say but how you say it. Here are a few tips for creating posts that make people fall in love with your blog.

Be Original

Be an avid reader/stalker of your competition and focus on covering topics that they don’t. Avoid writing about anything that every competing blog has already covered. Old news is boring and it doesn’t attract repeat readers. When something happens, aim to be one of the first blogs to post about it. You don’t need to be the first but you really shouldn’t be the last.

Don’t Just Educate, Entertain

Regardless of what you blog about, you should occasionally attempt to write posts where the emphasis is on humour and entertainment above all else. Informative, educational and useful posts are the lifeblood of most blogs but that doesn’t mean that you cannot occasionally take a look at the lighter side of your blogs niche. Web users don’t come online to be bombarded with information. They do so to be entertained.

Experiment with Video

If you’ve never sat on front of your web cam and made a video post, your blog is nowhere near as good as it could be. Video posts offer a few serious advantages over the text based variety. As well as allowing you to take a break from writing, they enable you to connect with your readers in a way that will never be achievable with text alone. They also allow your blog to stand out as video posts are still quite a rarity in the blogosphere.

Whenever Possible, Make a List

Everyone loves lists. If you don’t believe me, simply check the most popular posts on almost any blog, most of them will be lists. Provided you can avoid posting the same lists as everyone else, you really can’t go wrong with these highly structured and highly informative types of posts.

Be Beautiful

Most bloggers include images in their posts but many do so solely for the sake of SEO. There is actually another reason for incorporating pictures into your texts aside from attracting Googles love and it’s that humans like beautiful posts. You should take the time to choose images that add that special something to every post that you create. You might even be surprised to learn that the right images can seriously decrease your blogs bounce rate.

Make Difficult Tasks Easy

Tutorials are everywhere online and they make an excellent addition to any blog. Provided you choose the right long tail keywords to target, they also happen to be excellent at attracting search engine traffic. Tutorials alone however don’t automatically guarantee repeat readers, you need to focus on producing tutorials that genuinely do make difficult tasks easy to understand.

Focus on Your Most Popular Posts

Your blogs traffic stats not only illustrate the popularity of your blog, they also illustrate the popularity of your individual posts. You should establish just what topics tend to get the most attention and post on those topics as much as possible. You should also never be afraid to write follow ups to those posts that have proven particularly popular.

Be Opinionated

Finally, facts are important but facts alone don’t make for fantastic posts. While I’m not a fan of those that aim for controversy for controversies sake, I do believe that opinions always attract repeat readers more than facts. When you write about something, always include your own personal point of view on the subject. Doing so allows you to stand out from the many bloggers that mindlessly copy what everyone else says. Pick a side, even parrots can talk about the facts.

Hi, I am Tom from GetWebsiteTraffic.org; I enjoy writing posts to help bloggers and webmasters get more traffic from their web properties. My post about semantic keyword search is one such example and can be a traffic goldmine for you.

How to Get the Balance Right: Link Building

0

The digital marketing world has been, quite frankly, bombarded with algorithm updates of late, and many an SEO expert have become weary of the constant news surrounding the effects of Google’s Penguin and Panda updates. Following this extensive media coverage comes the inevitable advice regarding the best link building practices.

In particular there has been a level of debate targeting the issue of how many links should be included within a page. Where some SEO people and web masters used to work by the mantra of the more the better, with these sites being penalised and their ranks dropping, opinion seems to have swayed the other way. With warnings circulating about keeping your number of links down, it can be confusing to know what action to take. After all, isn’t link building arguably one of the most important parts of SEO?

Of course! Therefore it is all about finding the right balance. Whilst links are invaluable to the SEO process, quality rather than quantity is more important here, so it would not be a bad idea to cut down slightly on the amount of links you have. Sites with unnatural link profiles are more easily identifiable by Google’s spam busting algorithms so don’t put yours in the firing line by resorting to spammy techniques.

Once you’ve removed low quality or spammy links, think about rebuilding your link portfolio. To get the most from each link, concentrate on where your links are coming from rather than how many you can acquire. Using online blogging distribution sites is a really effective way of gaining control over where your links come from. When assessing offers for their carefully written articles, users can determine a site’s suitability by examining the sites relevancy to their own as well as looking at the consumer base, weighing up the likelihood of an individual following a link. It is also worth spending a moment checking the content and page rank of a site for those hoping to obtain some authoritative links. This tool’s benefits really come to power when it comes to making sure your link portfolio is varied.

Another way to continue building great links without risking penalisation is to consider where you include your links. It is the etiquette of the SEO world not to rush straight in with your first link in your opening paragraph. For a more subtle approach, allow your users time to engage with your piece first. Not only does this practice look less suspicious, it is also considered better manners, and the last people you should be aiming to alienate are your user base.

When considering the amount and quality of links you have and need it is worth conducting some research into your competitors. In order to overtake them in the search rankings it is important to know what steps you need to take to build a strategy.

SEO Positive is an online marketing firm based in Essex, offering bespoke optimisation and link building packages.

10 Handy WordPress Plugins – Free And Paid

0

Adding powerful plugins can transform your blog into an Army knife – you can just drag out whatever function you need and it will give you just what you expect from blogging.

Of course, there are numerous WordPress plugins out there for installation, but the common question among many bloggers is – what are some of the best plugins must haves for any site to attain optimum functionality.

It does not matter whether you are a beginner or an expert in blogging, adding some excellen plugins will not only make the operation of your blog extremely easy to use but can increase in search engine rankings and get maximum traffic.

Here Are 10 Handy WordPress Plugins For Your Site

  1. Yoast WordPress SEO – if you own a WordPress blog, choosing this SEO plugin is a one-time solution for all your search engine optimization needs. It gives you the best of SEO titles, site map, XML, meta description, breadcrumbs and much more to make your website look best on search engine.
  2. Google XML site map — this plugin is one of the best when it comes to out-of-the-box strategies for search engine optimization. This plugin creates a compliant site map to your blog and this format is supported by them major search engines like Google, Yahoo, MSN and ask.com.
  3. Google Analytics – if you want to get automatic download tracking and take out to your blog just had this simple Google analytics plugin to make it possible. This is great for anybody who wants accurate information on the operation of their blog.
  4. Akismet – this is yet another must have plugin and is perfect for blogs that allow comments. This plugin saves your blog from any spammers and filters comments automatically to keep you safe. However, you need to sign up on WordPress.com to get a key and activate this plugin. This is extremely important for most bloggers out there, since scammers are everywhere and not being alert can put you in deep trouble. This plugin is a great way to keep away spammers by filtering any comments that come to your website or blog.
  5. W3 Total Cache – if you want to make your blog perform to your expectation instead of slowly crawling to the top pages, this plugin is just what you need. This plugin is the fastest and the best performance optimization technique for your WordPress blog and once you have installed this plug-in you would not go back to WP Super Cache.
  6. RSS subscription – for RSS subscription there are three important plugins that you could choose from. You could go for the FeedBurner FeedSmith plugin which is the detecting system to access your origin and seeds and added them to your feed burner feed such that you can track every subscriber. You could also go for ‘Add to Any’ plugin to help readers subscribe to your blog through any feed reader. ‘Specific category RSS Menu’ this is a simple plugin that adds a specific category into your post sidebar and pages.
  7. Social Networking Plugins – social networking definitely is a must-have plugin, and here you can either ‘Sociable’ plugin which automatically links your post , RSS feeds and pages to your favorite social sites. You could also go for ‘Share This’ that allows visitors to share a page or post of your blog with others. It also supports posting on social sites as well as e-mails. Since social networking is a major marketing tool for most bloggers as well as websites, this plugin surely create a great impact in its functionality.
  8. Adsense Deluxe – if your blog is all about pulling in revenue from adsense a must-have plugin for your blog is the Adsense Deluxe. This plugin will help you to handle the most complex and since management. Since a lot of WordPress blogs today are started with the sole intention of making revenue from adsense, this particular plugin is an immense benefit to make it more accurate in its functioning as well as handling complex situations.
  9. Blackbird Pie — If you constantly follow social media networks like twitter, it’s not always possible to keep your comments updated. As many conversations take place in twitter, you definitely need a plugin that can help you to comment back. Blackbird Pie is an excellent plugin that will make it easier for you to link back to your social media websites.
  10. Login Lockdown – the specialized plugin records the timestamp and IP address of every login attempt you make to your blog. If more than a certain attempt is detected within a certain period of time from the same IP address, then the login is disabled for that particular IP address. This is excellent when it comes to preventing password discovery as well as keeping hackers away.

Apart from these above 10 plugins, you might also find various other plugins that work wonders for your blog. Most of these plugins come for free while others need a minimum amount as subscription fee. Installing plugins is always a charm because it helps you to operate your blog and website just the way you want, and will respond perfectly.

However, it is extremely important that you choose your plugins correctly because you do not want to overcrowd your website or make it slow with limitless plugins of which most of them are not worth your effort. The best way to know on which plugin to choose is to do a little research on the Internet and see which one works best for your kind of business. Since not all websites or blogs are started for moneymaking venture, choosing different plugins also differs in various circumstances.

This article was contributed by Mitz Pantic, a full time blogger who builds websites that make money online.

Top Eight Tips to Get Your Small Business Noticed Online

0

Top Eight Tips to Get Your Small Business Noticed Online

Today, online-based businesses are becoming the new brick and mortar. In fact, even the traditional brick and mortar businesses have vastly expanded their sales and clientele by using the Internet as an extension of their business. In the information below, I will describe how to make your small business an online success by using eight simple techniques.

1.    Website

The most important feature of a website is that it is well designed. If the design of a website does not capture the attention of the viewer, they will move on quickly. The design alone needs to reflect the style of the business and look like a credible website.

In order to reach the largest amount of visitors possible, make sure that your website is compatible with all web browsers, including Firefox, Safari, and Internet Explorer. If your website is not compatible with a specific browser type, that cuts out a large amount of possible visitors to the website.

The website needs to be user-friendly, otherwise people will become frustrated. The tabs should be immediately visible on the home page of the website and should be clearly marked. Make sure that the important information about your business, such as contact information, is easy to find.

2.    Content

Content published on your website should be relevant to your business. When the content reflects the interests of the business, it creates a brand. It is important to keep the content relevant to the topic and style of the business so that customers can become followers.

If your website has a blog or other similar posting forum, it is important to make regular contributions. Also, it is helpful to set a specific day of the week when the posts will be added. Customers will become followers when they are constantly provided with new information to keep them interested.

It helps tremendously if the content provided on your website is unique. Providing generic information that can be found anywhere will not draw loyal followers. Also, make sure that all content posted is your own, not plagiarized. This affects the way that search engines view your site and also could cause legal ramifications.

3.    Target Market

As discussed above, it is important to brand your company. To do this, you need to pick a specific market that you are trying to reach. Direct advertisements and design of the website toward that group. For example, a website geared to teenagers will not have the same effect on middle-aged professionals. Design your website and content wisely so that you can reach your ideal audience.

4.    Search Engine Optimization (SEO)

Using SEO is a great way to draw attention to your website. Essentially, it makes your website more search engine friendly, causing it to be listed higher on the search engine pages. While there are many techniques to this, it involves repeating a key word or phrase in strategic places of the content. This is a great way for a small business to get noticed.

5.    Online Marketing

As mentioned above, using SEO techniques is a great free way to drive traffic to your website. However, you can also pay search engines to display your website as a sponsored listing. This is a great way to improve visibility.

Additionally, setting up a page on a social media website is another great way to get free advertising. You can also use these websites to your advantage by purchasing an advertisement through one of these social media platforms that links either to your page on the site or the website of the business.

6.    Social Media

There are a lot of different social media options to draw attention and traffic to your business. If set up correctly, social media platforms can provide free advertisement for your small business.

On Facebook, a small business can create a page where they can provide important information about their business and encourage discussion about the service or product. When users ‘Like’ the page, they subscribe to all of the updates from your small business. This gives customers an easy way to contact you, which is helpful only if you respond helpfully and promptly. Also, customers can post product/business reviews on the Wall as well as talk amongst themselves about the business, basically providing free advertising and testimonials.

Twitter is an easy way to share information with clients. In a short paragraph, you can Tweet important information to Followers. If set up correctly, your business’ Twitter page could accumulate thousands of followers, which draws traffic to your business or website.

On Pinterest, you can set up a page, then upload pictures of products to boards. Then, other users are free to share the images and add them to their own pages. This way, your products can circulate and reach an unlimited amount of other users, which is a great way to advertise for free.

On the pages for every blog post or product image, you should provide ‘Share’ buttons so that visitors can post to various social media platforms. If this option is readily available and visible, customers will be more likely to share. Also, have the links to your Facebook and Twitter account available on the website so that fans can Like or Follow your business.

7.    Interaction

Guest blogging is a great way to drive traffic back to your website and to establish yourself as an expert in your field. Essentially, this involves contributing an article to another blog. When guest blogging, only do so for blogs that are focused on the same topic as your business. You want to be consistent when branding your small business.

When commenting on articles or blogs, it also establishes you as an expert and brings traffic to your website. Like with guest blogging, only do so for topics that are relevant to your business. Make sure that readers can link your comment back to your small business or website. Always write in a clear, intelligent manner so as to remain professional and credible.

8.    Be Aware of Growth

After using the provided tips, it is important to track the growth of your website. Google Analytics is a great tool to track and analyze your growth. If you website or blog has enough traffic, you can even insert ads into your website so that you can earn money with each hit.

Lola Sosanya completed her Master of Science degree in Business Analysis and Management from Loughborough University, United Kingdom.

She began her Internet marketing career by promoting her own blog, Inspiretheentrepreneur.com. She noticed that many people wanting to promote their businesses through their websites were not able to achieve the desired results due to lack of proper Internet marketing strategies. It is because of her desire to assist organizations and individuals to achieve their revenue objectives that she continuously researches and finds new ways for improving website traffic that ultimately increases revenues for her clients.

Penguins and Pandas and Google, Oh My!

0

Penguins and pandas are cute, but they can get you into trouble with the #1 search engine if you’re not careful. Penguin and panda are actually the names of Google algorithms designed to catch spam, duplicate content, and other dishonest practices.

Panda was officially released in February 2011, but there have been about 13 data refreshes of it since then. Panda 3.7, the most recent version, was designed to catch sites with thin, stolen, or duplicated content. It also picks up on sites with a high ad-to-content ratio.

Penguin was released April 2012, and it put more strict guidelines on website optimization and web spam factors such as keyword stuffing, cloaking, unnatural links and content spinning.

Although it may seem otherwise, Google doesn’t intend to get rid of every website. Once you rework your content and get rid of all the filler and duplicated content, you’ll be taken off their naughty list; you won’t have to worry about getting into trouble.

Fortunately, this is easy to do. Below are five easy ways to get off Google’s bad list and get all those pandas and penguins off your back.

Keep Track of Your Links

Yes, you can include keywords in your URL that will make it easier for search engine users to reach your site. No, you shouldn’t always do this. While you do want keywords in your anchor text, a natural link profile should be more important. Work on having more brand name links than keyword links. This applies to your URL, too. Also work on producing natural-looking links like “click here” and “contact us here.”

Keep Track of Content

One of the best ways to get back on Google’s good side is to produce solid, natural content. You can do this by keeping a weekly blog, putting out monthly press releases and releasing whitepapers. Creating content can be time-consuming, but it’s one of the most important things you can do.

Keep Track of Webmaster Tools

Google is helping all of us with webmaster tools. They teach us what our website looks like to Google, as well as give us a direct connection to the search engine itself. The webmaster tools will alert you of spam on your website, as well as 404 errors, server errors and blocked content. Penguin won’t get into the specifics of errors like these, but it’s helpful to know they exist so you can fix them ASAP.

Keep Track of What to Avoid

Always, always avoid cloaking and content spinning. Avoiding them means staying in Google’s good graces, but employing them means calling forth the Penguin. Cloaking occurs when you send different versions of your website to search engines so you can improve rankings. Content spinning means editing an existing article slightly and then publishing it. This is the easy way out.

Keep Track of Your Keywords

Because Penguin was working hard to get rid of over-optimization, some websites went so far in the other direction that they got rid of keywords completely. Keywords are essential. They help search engines know what your site is about. Without keywords in place, it would be very difficult to get to your site. If you want to hang on tightly to your keywords, remember these simple steps when building your website:

  • Don’t add in keywords later. Keep them in mind as you write your content, and they will fit much more naturally into the flow of your post.
  • Reread what you write. If it causes confusion because of excess keywords, fix it.
  • Put your most important keyword in your title tag, and make sure your brand name is in there as well.
  • Name your images your keywords only if it makes sense for the individual images.

Following these simple steps will keep you out of trouble with Google, Penguin, Panda and any other zoo animals you don’t want around.

Blogger Kris Hubner works hard to keep her website in Google’s good graces. If your website has recently been attacked by zoo animals, you might want to let a professional help (click here for a Clearwater marketing firm that specializes in website design).

Creating an Impressive Competitor Analysis

0

SEO is all about beating the competition. You want to boost your client’s keyword rankings, putting them ahead of the competition. Most of the time, this is easier said than done. However, if it’s done well and conditions are right, rankings should begin to improve within a couple months, and slowly climb the ranks after that. There are several important steps to take when beginning an SEO strategy. One of the very first steps is to create a comprehensive competitor analysis. Follow these steps to make an outstanding, detailed analysis.

  1. Find the competitors. The easiest way to do this is to ask the client. He or she will know who in the area offers the same sorts of products or services, and who the strongest competitors are. If that’s not an option, Google the client’s top 5 keywords or so, and look at who is ranking above the client. Keep your list fairly short. While the client might have many competitors, pick 5 or so that offer the nearest to the same sorts of things.
  2. Create some documents. To organize your analysis, open a word processing document and make headings for each competitor with a link to their website. You’ll want to take notes for each one, about what they rank for. A spreadsheet can also be helpful, to make a full list of competitor keyword rankings for more reference.
  3. Run reports on each competitor. Begin by checking out each website, so that you know what sorts of sites you’re up against. Then, use whatever keyword ranking tool you like the most to run reports. If you can export the results, put them into your spreadsheet. Then, look through and take some general notes about each one. Does one competitor have the market cornered on a certain specialty, while one focuses more on another? For instance, perhaps your client is a jewelry store. Maybe one competitor focuses on antique jewelry, while one focuses on wedding and engagement jewelry. Don’t forget to run reports for your client, too!
  4. Study the results. With information from your client combined with ranking results, you should be able to come up with a top keyword list for your client, and an idea of how competitive each one is.

Not only will your client be impressed with the amount of research you put into the analysis, but you now have a great reference for when you start working on your client’s strategy. Use your list to determine which keywords to go after, and which competitor to try to beat for each one. After studying how the competitors handle their SEO strategies, you should be able to create an awesome one for your client.

J.D. writes for ArcStone, a top Minneapolis web design, web development, and SEO company in Minneapolis.

Reaching the Mobile Market More Important than Ever

0

Desktop computers are still, by far, the preferred way that people access the Internet. This isn’t too surprising. The Internet, in fact, is still largely designed for desktop computers. Some Internet sites that are wonderful on desktop computers are horribly clunky on mobile devices. More and more, however, people are using their mobile devices to access the Internet. In addition to this, an increasing number of mobile devices hitting the market will mean that websites are going to become easier to navigate and that more people are likely to hop on the Internet on their tablet computer, smart phone or other mobile device.

What Are the Numbers?

While mobile Internet users still constitute a small fraction of overall Internet use, it is increasing remarkably. Currently, according to statistics gathered by Pingdom.com, approximately 8 percent of the Internet traffic in the United States is generated on mobile devices. Worldwide, approximately 10 percent of overall Internet traffic is generated on mobile devices.

Currently, some market analysts are predicting that mobile Internet usage should supersede desktop Internet usage at some point between 2014 and 2015. This means that many of your customers, clients or fans are likely to be accessing your Internet site on a mobile device. Roughly 1/4 of the cellular phones currently in use around the world are smartphones that are capable of surfing the Internet in a comfortable and useful way. These statistics, provided by Gettag.mobi demonstrate that there is definitely a market out there that needs to be reached and that the mobile market will increase in the future.

Improving Site Design

The term usually used to describe websites that can function equally well in desktop browsers or mobile device browsers is “responsive”. In most cases, the website will have a separate layout that it can use to accommodate the different screen sizes characteristic of mobile devices. This has the effect of making your website accessible by making it easier for people to click on links, to read text and so forth.

Websites that don’t have a mobile version tend to be extremely difficult to read on mobile devices and, if your website isn’t easy to read on a mobile device and your competitors happens to be very easy to read on a mobile device, you can guess where a user on a smartphone or a tablet PC is likely to spend their time.

Usefulness 

One of the most useful things about the Internet to consumers is that it allows them to price things that they see in stores and see if they can get a better deal on the Internet. Because of the prevalence of mobile devices, it’s becoming more common for consumers to look at an item in a store and look it up on their mobile device to see if they can get a better deal at an Internet retailer. If you have an eCommerce site, this is one of the reasons that it’s important for you to make certain that your site is accessible to mobile users. They very well may stop at your site to see if they can get a better deal from you than they get from their local store while they’re actually in the store!

The site eMarketer reported in January of 2012 that tablet shopping is becoming more important, as well. It may be difficult to design a site that is particularly functional as a retail site on the tiny screen characteristic of most smartphones. Increase that screen size to the typical seven inches that the common tablet computers have and you have a shopping machine.

The Internet is simply becoming more mobile. As always, it’s important to stay ahead of the curve and to have your site designed with mobile Internet users in mind.

Matt Dandurand is the CEO of MediaContour.com, offering web design in Los Angeles, CA. 

Tools to help you get FREE traffic to your website

0

Many website owners are finding that even though they have a website, they’re unable to get any profit from it. Thus, a nifty website will just be gathering dust if you’re unable to generate any visitors towards it. You won’t be able to get any return from your investment. So, we’ve gathered eight great strategies to get some traffic going for any website to reap in some money.

 1) Article Marketing

There are many article directory sites online wherein you’ll be able to post articles fast and for free. Basically, you create articles with ‘back links’ to your site for free. Keep in mind that you need to provide readers useful information while keeping it concise and direct to the point. Also when doing article marketing, be sure to use good keywords in your article content. Also, you may add in a short description of your business in the bio box.

2) Using Free Classified Sites

Second, you can also try out posting on free classified sites. This is also a great way to get “free advertising” You can begin by posting a few ads per day and compile email addresses gathered. If you have a list of email addresses, you can eventually send to them further offers and discounts.

3) Join Forums Related to Your Niche

In whatever industry you’re in, you can look for forums to join. You can write informative or entertaining articles and post them in forums. You can also ask or answer forum questions and connect with other people in your niche. You may be allowed to post links or signatures which will be shown whenever you post something. Just be sure to browse over forum rules and guidelines before you get started.

4) Blogs

Blogs are great and simple tools an online marketer can use to drive traffic. You can connect with your consumers by providing them with good blogs while at the same time generate traffic to your actual site as well. Blogs are very easy to create and post through sites such as WordPress or Blogger. Just be sure to update with fresh content regularly.

5) Social Network Marketing

Aside from being able to communicate regularly with your target market, you can also use social media sites to promote your website. You can utilize this for website ranking and advertising as well. You can begin by creating pages on sites such as Facebook, Twitter, Linkedin then proceed from there. You can also use tools such as Hootsuite to help you manage your accounts more efficiently.

6) Upload To Video Sites

Websites such as Youtube can help spread your website awareness if you upload good videos and generate many views. It is very simple and free to upload.

7) Traffic Exchanges

By using traffic exchange, you can benefit by viewing other websites and ads. Additionally, you can create buzz for your own websites as well. However be careful to use it only on websites with no Adsense since Google might disable your Adsense account if you do traffic exchanges.

8) Create a Hub Page or Squidoo Lens

Search engines usually use Hub Pages and Squidoo so they should be useful in getting you some traffic. You can create single webpages on your interests and recommendations and can use the special features to feature your website.

There you have it. Eight strategies you can use to boost web traffic. Remember that like any other tools, you have to utilize them properly and keep them consistent with your brand image. You can choose one or a few which will work best for you. Be patient and you’ll see an increase in your traffic.

Developing a Web Presence for my clients is my greatest “business” passion. I love talking and sharing ideas with other like minded individuals. I am the Directing Manager of a web development and Marketing firm called Crazywebs (http://www.crazywebs.net). So if you’re a business owner who is struggling with online marketing, or need someone who you would like to have a chat with to explore some possibilities, then please feel free to email me on contact@crazywebs.net

SEO Game’s got a New Name: Diversify!

2

Lately there’s been much talk about how the natural looking website — that is, natural looking for Google — is the best way to go if you’re trying to build your business online, whether you’re a blogger looking to monetize his or her blog, or a company looking to achieve better rankings in a competitive market. The ideal case is to make an authoritative website with a lot of content and backlinks; but none of it, content nor backlinks, can leave any kind of footprint in the sense of schematic or automatic growth.

What Google is looking for as one of the most important signals is so called natural spread in backlinks, where they come from, what they look like and which anchor text they use. Think of it this way: Coca Cola or Wikipedia, people link to them by themselves in all kinds of contexts, from all kinds of places, and with all kinds of words. That is how Google sees “natural”, and that’s how you should make your website’s backlinking profile appear.

Backlink diversity

Diversity in backlinks is achieved by posting backlinks on different website types and, often overlooked, different IP addresses.

So if you were building backlinks through blog commenting and guest posting, it’s time to include all other sorts of websites: “real” websites that aren’t blogs, Web 2.0 properties (Squidoo, WordPress.org, Blogger, Hubpages, Wikis), article directories, website directories, bookmarking sites, .edu and .gov sites, forums, social networks…

Yes, some of these places have become notorious in the past, but they all contribute to the diversity of your backlink profile. Forums for instance; isn’t it natural for a successful website to have some mentions and links from forums? People on forums share their opinions and recommendations, and having some backlinks from them is as natural as it can be; as long as you use and not abuse them, it’s all right.

Having many backlinks from the same IP address is also a bad idea: since each hosting account normally has one IP address, fewer links from different IP addresses will easily outrank bigger number of links from one IP — because different IPs mean that different people are linking to a website.

The same goes for dofollow vs. nofollow backlinks; real people don’t care if the links are followed or not, because “link juice” means nothing to them.

It’s impossible to find out the exact ratio of “perfectly natural” backlinking portfolio, because it depends on the niche and on the chosen keywords. Mix them all in, just do your best not to have a high number of low quality links in the overall picture.

Anchor text diversity

For years, the page from which you can download Adobe Reader is ranking No. 1 for the keyword phrase “click here“, because over time many people have linked to it with that anchor text. And that’s been the rule of thumb for a long time: to get a website ranked for a chosen keyword phrase, you just needed to throw a bunch of backlinks (all of the same kind, it didn’t matter then) with the desired keywords as anchor text. Not anymore; again — would real people link to a website with the same exact words? Take KTM for example: a number of people would link to them using their brand name – “KTM“, others use “bicycles” or “mountain bikes”, a third group would just use a “naked” URL or some random words like “click here” or “this website”.

To discover the golden rule and the perfect ratio of backlink types and anchor text distribution for your own set of keywords, if you don’t want to do it randomly (which you definitely shouldn’t, especially if you’re getting into a competitive niche), the safest bet is to analyze websites already ranking for your keywords. If they got there, it means that whatever they did — works. No magic formula is able to provide you with that kind of insight.

Alex Duke is an SEO expert working with one of the leading SEO companies in Atlanta and provides informations and updates related to SEO and Internet Marketing.

Google Chrome Extensions To Improve Your SEO

0

In recent times, Google Chrome has gained tremendous popularity among internet users and is widely used browser for internet surfing. Research suggests than about 12% internet users worldwide have switched to using Chrome. With is such wide usage, it natural that Google developed several SEO plug-ins or extensions to boost the SEO purposes of the users. Some of the top Google Chrome SEO you must use is discussed below:

Link Grabber:

This Google Chrome extension is not a full-fledged SEO tool but it has the distinction of being the fastest extensions. This tool is used by a large number of webmasters for SEO purposes. The extension extracts each link on the webpage and generates a new web page that features the list of all links and opens it on a new tab in the browser. This extension enables the webmasters to view the number of links contained in a single page and check the exact location where the links redirect the readers to in a quick and effective manner.

Meta SEO Inspector:

Online businessperson can use this useful Google Chrome extension to display Meta information in such a way that it speeds up the analyzing the SEO process of the different pages on your business website. The extension shows all minor details including Meta tags, microformats, head title, XFN tags and no-follow links. However, the striking feature of this SEO extension for Google Chrome is the warning system; the extension immediately alerts you by showing a red flag if the tags are either too small or too long. It also shows red flag if the tags are not formatted correctly. This enables the webmaster to rectify the incorrect tags and ensure that your web pages are optimized in all major search engines with maximum efficiency.

SEO Quake:

This Google chrome extension is one of the widely used SEO extensions; it is used not only in Google chrome but also in other browser including Firefox. People using Firefox browser would be well aware of how this extension works and by integrating it in Chrome you can use it the same way; the chrome version of the extension has the same features. The bar on the top features a range of SEO data including link density, page age, Alexa rank, Google PageRank and inbounds links.

Chrome SEO:

This Google chrome extension for SEO is argued to be the most comprehensive tool; it is packed with a wide range of SEO features that allows the business owners to fasten the SEO process. The extension enables the webmasters to keep regular track on the websites that the tags link and help them to provide bank links faster. Besides, by using this SEO extension the webmaster can easily access the cache version of the pages of your websites and get the domain information including Whois, IP and DNS.

Just like all other Google Chrome extensions for SEO, Chrome SEO is regularly updated and new and unique features are added to it to make it more efficient.

This guest post is written by Vincent Wicks. Along with providing useful optimization tips, he also maintains a web design library which contains all the tools and tutorials for designing a website.

Start-Up Tips on Starting Your SEO Campaign on the Right Path

0

While I am fully aware that great optimisation for search engines needs to be handled by a professional, I have learnt a few tricks on the way. If you are starting up and looking to take on the search engines and win it can be a good idea to start optimising immediately. Ranking well in the results pages can take a lot of time but it’s worth it. I receive my highest amount of traffic from Google and finally I am managing to secure more clients through my site alone. I do have experts assisting me but I thought I’d share some tips to help you get started on the right path.

Blogging has Many Benefits, One of them is Optimisation

Since creating a blog on my site the content and URLs has increased on a daily basis. I use one keyword per blog and add deeper links into my website. However, my main focus is to create useful content which will benefit my readers. Blogs are great for link building as I am able to share each of the new URLs online via sites such as social bookmarking, social media, and blogging directories.  In addition to the great build-up of links I am also able to show off my skills on a daily basis and use words to build trust between my traffic and my business.

Get Known for What You Do

If you become confident with your writing skills it’s a good idea to build links on other websites. In the early days I would submit guest blog posts to relevant sites and in return they provided me with one or two links heading back to my site. I still use guest blogging although these days I need to hire a writer to help me cope as I have a lot more clients to work for than I did when I started. I now use press releases which help optimisation too. If you don’t know where to add press releases and blog posts you may need to ask a professional but if you spend some time researching online you should gain some information which will help you start building those first few external links.

Yes, You Do Need Social Media

Social media works on many different levels, but if you know how they benefit you they are worth the time. Some people are able to use social media to gain clients directly, others use it to build a network and some will use it to improve customer services. One point which is worth noting is social media sites help with link building campaigns for everyone. Make sure you have profiles on all of the major networking sites including Facebook, Google + and Twitter and add all your links as they are created.

If you really want to gain the most from social media it’s important to share other people’s content, speak to people and have a genuine presence online. If you are seen as a spammer you will only put people off.  Add links to your social media profiles onto your website and vice versa. Let people know you can be reached there and you should find in time your fan base grows. The more time you put into socialising the better but at least remember to add your links.

Stop Using Those Keywords So Much

Over using keywords is a very bad, yet surprisingly common rookie mistake. You need to avoid using keywords in every paragraph, stick to once or twice per 500 words at the most. It’s far more important to make sure you have good content which can be read and understood as search engines will rank you higher for using this approach.

The experts at SEO Traffic Lab are able to help your optimisation campaign and make a real difference into your ranking in search engines such as Google.

Fool Proof Ways to Revive a Dying Blog

0

After running a successful blog for just over 12 months I found my attention wandering. I got involved in other online projects and no longer had the time or energy to spend on my blog. This was a big mistake as blogs are on-going tasks. As soon as you take your eye off the ball they start to flag and your readers start looking elsewhere for their daily blog fix.

What Went Wrong

By the time I realised what had happened the blog was really starting to die and was no longer offering me the productive output it used to.

  • Very few new visitors were arriving on-page and I realised my blog was no longer being talked about or shared on social readers.
  • The comments had also dropped off as I was not providing the kind of quality posts that generated discussions.
  • Watching the productivity dip further each month I panicked, realising my blog may die off completely and all the hard work I put into getting it up and running would be wasted.
  • I was advised to get a professional SEO copywriter in to get my blog back on track and it was the best thing I ever did.
  • My blog not only returned to previous productivity quickly but some great improvements were introduced that actually made it better than ever.

Putting Things Right

So many people use the Internet these days the scope for opportunity to attract more traffic is almost limitless. All you need to know is how best to attract the kind of traffic you want for your blog. Remember online success is about quality not quantity when it comes to traffic. It is great to have lots of visitors to your blog but you also want them to be the sort of people actually interested in your content. This will make it much more likely that they stay and interact with your pages.

I made the mistake of trying to drive more and more traffic to my site. This was taking too much time and effort and was one of the reasons I gradually moved away from the blog in the first place to other projects. However my expert copywriter advised me to concentrate on positioning my blog properly so that I could attract more responsive traffic that would actually benefit me directly.

Positioning Blogs

Positioning blogs is all about making sure they are targeted the type of readers you want to attract. This means writing excellent quality content that is informative and helpful. Instead of trying to cover every topic focus your blog so that you are appealing to a certain range of readers. Don’t forget you can’t please everyone so you will have more success if you try and appeal to a smaller, but more productive audience.

  • Get help targeting your blog with expert SEO copywriters. They will know just what to do to appeal to the type of audience you want to attract.
  • If you don’t know what audience to target they will also research the market and identify this for you as well.
  • Guest posts from other writers will help to open up your blog and create diversity. This will make things so much more interesting for your readers.
  • One single writer just cannot sustain the passion and enthusiasm it requires to keep blogs active and interesting month by month.
  • By getting other expert writers involved you can keep your blog moving forward into the future and ensure it does not stagnate and start to die.

Following all of the above will result in resuscitation success!

Apple Copywriting offered some great fool proof ways to revive my dying blog and save it from obscurity. With these SEO copywriter services my blog went from strength to strength.

Choosing Between Joomla and WordPress

9

The current era of the Information Age has transformed the way we approach publishing on the World Wide Web. We have adapted to the web as a functional software platform quite well, and with regard to online social networking we have probably surpassed all early expectations. We are still developing within the Web 2.0 concept of real-time information that it is easy to share across platforms, and to this extent the web publishing paradigm has adjusted properly thanks to Content Management Systems (CMS).

The popular phrase “content is king” is at the heart of the CMS functionality. The idea of using a CMS as a publishing platform is to allow site administrators to focus on content, or else allow publishers to concentrate on content creation. Writers, for example, can direct their attention to crafting web copy that is engaging and appealing to visitors instead of having to worry about site development.

Millions of web publishers have chosen WordPress and Joomla as their favorite CMS applications, and the popularity of both systems has changed the way developers think about web publishing. In their most basic configuration, both Joomla and WordPress are free and open source projects that feature a certain degree of user-friendly operation that will work out of the box. Their functionality and open source status have also enabled a vibrant community of CMS users and developers to grow along both systems.

The decision of choosing Joomla over WordPress or viceversa should not be based on technical merits alone, although it is important to note that WordPress started as a blogging tool and Joomla as true web authoring and administration system. Based this fact, most people consider WordPress to be less complex and more accessible than Joomla, but that is mostly on the surface.

The most important factors web publishers should consider before choosing a CMS are:

  • Search Engine Optimization (SEO)
  • Ease of Customization
  • Availability of Plug-Ins
  • Graphical User Interface (GUI)

Making the CMS Friendly to Search Engines

In terms of SEO, both Joomla and WordPress can be modified to appear friendly to search engine crawlers. Site administrators should not worry too much about their choice of CMS; instead, they should be looking at the right combination of templates and plug-ins for their sites. The key is to follow Google’s Webmaster Guidelines when it comes to design, layout, site map, quality, and content.

The recent changes Google made to its search engine algorithm are keeping webmasters and SEO specialists on their toes with regard to content. This is an important SEO area that can’t be ignored. There are thousands of Joomla and WordPress templates that closely follow Google’s Webmaster Guidelines and are deemed SEO-ready, but those factors will only go so far if the site content is stale, duplicated, irrelevant, or of no interest to visitors.

Ease of Customization

While Joomla should technically offer more flexibility than WordPress with regard to customization, there are some limitations in both cases. The strong commercial interests behind WordPress are geared towards providing users with solutions that require minimal involvement from administrators, and thus may seem less dynamic than Joomla, but for just about any modification desired in either CMS, a plug-in is likely to have been developed for it.

Plug-Ins and Extensions

The exact number of plug-ins and other modules available for Joomla and WordPress is unknown, but it is safe to estimate that over 10,000 plug-ins and widgets have been developed for each CMS. There may be twice as many plug-ins for WordPress compared to Joomla, but duplication is likely given the open source nature of both programs. Loading a site with plug-ins is not recommended with either CMS, as doing so will consume resources and reduce performance on the server and client side.

The Administrative Interface

In terms of GUI, the Joomla CMS is not any better than the WordPress CMS. The initial configuration of Joomla takes place entirely within the GUI, while WordPress needs to be configured through a couple of steps before GUI administration takes over. Authors who have some experience blogging will probably learn the WordPress CMS GUI faster, but some Joomla users will certainly be attracted to the elegance of its interface.

Joomla Hosting Advice

Juliana is a Content Manager based in Los Angeles for Joomla Hosting provider InMotion Hosting. Please reach out on Twitter @JulianaPayson and google plus for more Joomla or WordPress advice.

5 Most Profitable Types of Online Business

0


cc licensed flickr photo shared by simiant

Creating an online business is a potentially profitable way to stop that day job and get started in a personal passion. By understanding the types of businesses that are most profitable, it is easier to get ahead of the competition and start making reasonable profits in a short period of time.

Design Services

Online design services, such as graphic design services, are profitable as a business. Design firms and work related to design has a high profitability level at 17.6 percent pre-tax. The high rate of income for the services is available to office firms and online firms who are offering specialized design services.

The best design services for online venues vary based on individual passions. It is possible to work on designing business cards and brochures for other companies or to work with individuals who want to design a website. The key is finding a design related passion to maximize the service.

Affiliate Businesses

Affiliate marketing has long been a profitable online marketing scheme. Businesses related to affiliate marketing, such as a business that connects the seller of a product with potential affiliates, can earn a reasonable amount as a broker or middle-man. Creating a business around affiliate marketing is a simple business idea that works fully online.

Auctioning

Auctioning websites have created an online opportunity for businesses that are selling a hard products. By selling real products, like clothing or books, through an action website, a business is able to get a wider range of interested parties purchasing the products.

Auctioning businesses online are profitable if the right products are sold. Depending on the particular product sold, the amount of profit will vary. For example, high demand products like clothing or electronics are likely to gain higher profits than items with a lower demand like pens.

Selling eGoods

The term eGoods refers to products that are sold on devices like an MP3 player or an eReader. The particular item can vary, but sellers who provide a product on a particular device are likely to make a reasonable profit as an online business. The online business can range from selling eBooks in a format that is transferred to a preferred eReader or it can sell music, movies or other entertainment data in an appropriate format for an MP3 player or tablet.

Beyond the benefit of basic profitability, some businesses related to eGoods are not initially costly. Creating and selling an eBook, for example, can result in a low initial cost since it is related to personally putting in the effort to write or commission a book and then selling it for a high profit.

Selling Personal Talents

Selling a personal talent, such as creating a tutorial website and selling memberships to those who are interested in learning the topic, is a potentially profitable online business. Selling personal talents is about creating something other individuals want, like templates for social networking sites, or providing information to help others learn how to accomplish the task personally.

The benefit of selling a personal talent is that the individual and human aspect of the service is appealing to others. Furthermore, some online businesses that focus on a personal talent are possible to reuse. For example, selling templates for a popular social networking site does not necessarily mean making a new template for every individual. Instead, it means selling the same created template to several individuals who are interested in something unique.

The most profitable types of online businesses are those that work around the needs of potential customers. Selling products or services through a website or making use of existing websites can result in major gains as a business.

Citations:

Luke Kellam is an online business marketing consultant and guest author at www.top-business-degrees.net, a site with information to help prospective students find the best business degree programs.

Pay Per Click VS Search Engine Optimization

0

Pay per click advertising is one of those “sure” ways to get traffic to your website instantaneously. All you have to do is throw up an AdWords campaign (make sure you get that $100 free coupon first though) and you will start seeing instant traffic to your sites. Is it the type of traffic that you want to receive though? Many of the times the Ad traffic is the worst type of traffic that you will ever get to your website – and the worst part about it is that you actually have to pay for the traffic!

It’s no secret that Google doesn’t want you to do a lot of SEO (and when I say SEO I mean doing a lot of link building). In fact, Google has run AdWords campaigns that simply tell you to “forget SEO” and invest all of your time and money into AdWords.

Well I am here to tell you that that is one of the worst ideas that could ever go through your mind. First of all, only 18% of clicks go to the ads, and a lot of those clicks can sometimes be “fraudulent” or misleading. There are however, many other different reasons.

First of all let me start with the positives about PPC – because even though Google’s only goal is to maximize their profits through AdWords advertising, there still is some pretty good positives with it.

As far as website traffic goes and direct calls to your company, if you are looking to increase performance with mobile optimization, then pay per click advertising is definitely one of the best ways to go. There is usually two ads above the fold on a cellular device, and when you click to call site links it definitely is good for getting direct calls off of mobile devices.

Here is another good example of how Google AdWords can work for you through the display network. Given that it has to do with a major brand that has a lot of money and a lot of resources, there is a lot to be learned from Nike’s “story” display network ads (ads on relevant websites), and I really do believe that one of the main positive effects that can accomplish from it is the rippling effect of “natural” links that you can pick up from doing so. For example people started linking to the “Jordan Story” like crazy because they loved having the display banner on their website so much.

Remember that a good ad also increases the value of a website to some extent. It definitely makes it look more professional, so if you can create an ad or a story behind an ad that webmasters love then there is a great chance that you can actually do some form of link building through your PPC display network campaigns.

However here are the cons…

PPC traffic gets you God awful traffic. There’s all sorts unpreventable fraud and you always have to pay for it. It is one of the lowest converting forms of traffic and should really only be used sparingly.

Another reason is because Google is constantly just trying to make a buck off of you. Their programming interface and the whole AdWords program is one of the best sales workers of all time. Who needs a salesman when one of the most advanced ad programs is telling you to constantly increase your bid because it has a “low quality score.” The quality score system in the Google AdWords program is one of the most frustrating and ridiculous systems out there. It seems like no matter what keyword you plug in there, even if it is highly relevant, you will start off with a low quality score. I could go on a rant about this forever but I will cease right here.

Another example of how Google is always trying to maximize profits at the users expense is the fact that when you look at the opportunities tab ( a section of AdWords that gives you automated suggestions on how to better optimize your campaigns) there are never any suggestions that have to do with lowering your budget. The closest suggestion to lowering your budget that Google makes is suggesting to turn auto bidding on – which doesn’t guarantee lower bids – however they are always mentioning areas and keywords of the campaigns where they think you should raise bids.

Now Google is going to do whatever any other company does, but when it comes to ROI and marketing your company or website it is always better to use inbound marketing tactics rather than the outbound tactics of PPC. Stick with SEO!

This article was written by Philip Rudy. Philip works in Internet marketing and has been since 2008. He enjoys SEO (his strong suit) but dabbles in SEM as well when time is permitting.

Facebook vs. Twitter: Pick Your Platform

0

It seems a little pointless, but it has to be said: social media is nothing short of a revolution when it comes to marketing. Over 60% of adults worldwide use social media and many marketers have reported a noted improvement in their sales in the wake of a social media campaign. It’s plain to see how utilising social media can do wonders for a business.

Amazingly, not everyone has jumped on the social media band wagon with smartphones in hand busily updating statuses and tweeting about how busy the band wagon seems to be getting these days. Small businesses seem to be getting left behind and missing out on the value of Facebook and Twitter.

Why? The answer appears to be a lack of time or not knowing how to use social media sites. Let’s face it, that’s a pretty poor excuse; when you were a child did you decide against walking because you didn’t know how to do it? No, you learnt and you learnt fast; if you didn’t you’d have quickly found yourself in a position in which your siblings or supposed friends were running off with your favourite toys while all you could do is crawl frantically in pursuit.

Don’t let your competitors run off with your customers. It’s time to learn, jump on the band wagon, join the revolution and so on; the question is: which social media site should you use? Your immediate reaction might be to think, ‘why should I choose? I’ll use both’ but the best advice for a small business owner with very little time is to pick only one platform to operate from. That’s right, just one. There’s little point in creating accounts on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn and every other networking site that you can find, if you haven’t got the time to give all of your profiles regular attention, keep them active, up to date and interesting. An unkempt social media site is worse than not having one at all. So which one?

Facebook:

Facebook is a giant in the world of social media and the advantages of marketing through Facebook are undeniable. There are an estimated 901 million monthly active users; although this estimation might be a little overzealous, it’s not far out. The opportunity to reach such an unfathomable amount of people is not something you should be passing up.

There are, on the other hand, reasons not to choose Facebook. It is, for a large portion of the online population, a purely social site. Many users aren’t interested in advertising campaigns, amazing deals or promotions; the key to using Facebook as your platform is to make your page interesting to users with how-to guides and genuinely useful tips, not just advert after advert. It’s suggested that 10% of your activity should be promotional; anymore then users will feel bombarded with advertising and leave your page.

Twitter:

Twitter, in relation to Facebook, is geared more towards businesses but, unfortunately, has significantly less users: there will be a projected 250 million active Twitter users by the end of 2012. Statistics have shown that approximately 40% of Twitter users regularly search for products via Twitter which is a brilliant way for you to get your products or services out there.

The decision is yours; take a look at both sites and see which one takes your fancy! No matter which site you pick, be sure to remember these two crucial guidelines:

– Make your page attractive to users: give tips, post interesting industry related videos, post a weekly blog and make it witty and humorous. Anything! Just don’t post reams of advertising; would you read a page if it was just adverts?

– Don’t expect your sales to go through the roof a week after you’ve created an account. Social media marketing is a marathon, not a sprint; it’s all about building a relationship with your consumers not making hard sales. Don’t forgo your existing marketing techniques; use social media to enhance them, not replace them.

So, all you small business owners out there pick your platform and get your business noticed!

Written by Jennifer Griffiths on behalf of Creare; a leading SEO company that works with you to improve your business ranking by using various techniques from social media to article marketing. 

How to Become an Internet Lord

0

If you are not particularly tech minded and computers are not your thing, then you may scoff at the idea of having your own website. For many people, a website is something that will require a great deal of technical knowledge and would require a degree in rocket science to be able to maintain effectively. Having to go back to college to learn how to maintain a website is something that is simply not feasible for most people, so they choose to leave all the interweb mumbo jumbo to the experts instead.

The reality is, however, that maintaining a website is not that difficult at all. Modern websites have easy to use interfaces that make it easy for you to know what you need to do, with clear bright buttons that are very easy to understand. With even a small ability to learn and a little of your time, it may not be long before you are able to run your website as though you are Mark Zuckerberg himself. With your new found knowledge of being able to run a website, all you need next is to choose which type of website you want and there are many different types for you to choose from.

Online Shops

If you have something to sell then you will increase your chances of selling it if more people are aware of it. With online shops you can tap into a potentially huge market and make countless people aware of what you are selling, and the internet also makes it very easy for people to buy for you. While the authorities may not be too pleased about the idea of somebody selling materials to make bombs, for example, you could choose to sell pretty much what you want. Should you feel that there is a killing to be made from selling chocolate teapots then, despite all of the advice you may receive suggesting it may not be a good idea, you could give it a go anyway if you so wished.

Chat Rooms

The internet is a fantastic way to allow people with similar interests to communicate with each other and share their thoughts and opinions. The subject could be sports, cooking, exercise and children or just about anything else you want provided your site is not a threat to old ladies or national security. If you manage to attract a lot of like-minded people to your site then you might even be able to cash in by placing a few ads around your site. Be careful not to overdo it with the ads though otherwise people might be perturbed and choose to look elsewhere instead.

Information Sites

The internet is the best source of information we have so people often turn to the internet for information on just about anything you can think of. Perhaps you will want to know more about quantum physics and black holes, or maybe you just want to know where you can buy some new curtains, the internet is nearly always the first place we will look. If you so wished, you could have your own website that gives information to people looking for it and you can choose to let people know about anything that you like. Again as with chat rooms, you could even choose to add some advertisements to the site which could help to make you some extra money.

If you do find the idea of owning your own website a little daunting, you will be pleased to know that having one is probably much simpler than you may think. Give it a go and you may soon find yourself making a killing on the internet, or just helping people and making new friends.

If you do feel as though you would like to give having your own website a go, a web design Leicester company will be able to make you a website that is easy to use. 

What Richard Branson Can Teach You About Video Marketing

2

Sir Richard Branson started up a mail order shop at the age of 20. He went on to open a recording studio soon after. The rest is history and Branson is now estimated to be worth 3 billion pounds. He has built one of the most successful brands in the world which encompasses a range of companies. He is no stranger to mistakes or failure but what sets him apart is his ability to bounce back and keep moving forward. One of the main driving forces behind his business development ideas is his desire to have fun – and it shows.

In his book, Screw It! Let’s Do It!, Branson outlines some of his guiding principles in business. At a first glance, they don’t seem particularly complex. But this is probably the key. Branson keeps things simple. He sets his sights on a goal, works towards it, achieves it and then moves on to the next. Here we have applied some of his key principles to video marketing.

Just Do It!

The first point worth taking note of is ‘Just Do It’. This can be applied directly to those of you who have been considering video production or have it on your agenda but haven’t got round to it yet. Seriously, just do it. It is the only way you will get anywhere near reaching your goal. Don’t let fears of things not being perfect or of things going wrong be a barrier to you trying. If you do make mistakes, learn from them and make improvements next time. The toughest part of anything is getting started.

Have fun!

Branson recognises the importance of fun in business. He is notorious for defying convention. He runs his businesses with enthusiasm and claims to start up new enterprises on gut instinct rather than getting the accountants in at the beginning. I wouldn’t go as far as recommending that you don’t bother looking at the finances before launching a video marketing strategy, but I would definitely agree that it is essential to have fun in this process. Video marketing will possibly be a creative opportunity for you that you don’t often get. Your results are likely to correlate with how much you have enjoyed the process, so try to have fun!

Be bold

Branson tells his employees to ‘be bold, but don’t gamble’. This is an important principle when approaching video marketing for the first time. You will want to stand out from the crowd but you also need to make sure that you don’t damage the positive elements of your existing reputation. You need to avoid shocking or surprising your return customer base and at the same time you want to attract new business. To strike this balance consider seeking some external advice and opinion when developing your video marketing strategy so that you are in touch with external perception of your videos.

Challenge yourself

Delving into the world of video marketing for the first time is a big challenge. Facing challenges head on are how we learn new things about ourselves and how we grow. There are a range of different challenges you can set yourself in relation to your video marketing strategy e.g. the content or style of your video, your goals in terms of statistics for your video or in terms of the quantity and frequency of the production of videos for your business.

Stand on your own feet

Whilst it is really important to listen to the opinions of others, it is also just as important to be able to make independent decisions. Video production is a process that involves constant, relentless decision-making! It is vital that you can be decisive and make quick decisions to avoid unnecessary delays and therefore wastage of time and cash. Good planning in advance will mean that most of the important decisions have been made before you enter the production process, however don’t underestimate the potential for questions to arise throughout the process.

The other principles that Branson talks about are more general and less easy to apply directly to a video marketing strategy. However, in business terms, they are just as important because they highlight how his personality has helped him achieve his goals. He talks about living in the moment, valuing family and friends, having respect and doing some good; all of which make his seem like a very balanced individual!

Branson talks about creating something that everyone who works for you can be proud of. He also talks about creating something that genuinely makes a positive difference to people’s lives. By this, he isn’t necessarily focusing on the idea of doing ‘good’ for the sake of doing good; he recognises that if you are actually achieving the goal of making a big difference to people’s lives, then in business terms you are doing something right because people will want more of it.

Neil Davidson is the Founder of My Web Presenters, who are a leading website spokesperson specialist. They work with businesses of all sizes to create and market compelling and emotive video that helps them to communicate with their specific audience.

Link Building With Google Penguin

0

How To Combat Google’s New Search Algorithm With White Hat Link-Building Tricks

In April this year Google updated its search algorithm with ‘Penguin’ in an effort to be more ethically responsible and reduce the amount of duplicated content/spam online. The new update will help eradicate websites that use black-hat SEO techniques like keyword stuffing, cloaking, deliberate creation of duplicated content as well as others.

Many websites were left floundering as their SERP rankings decreased, flabbergasted about what to do next and asking how to adapt their link building protocols to be effective in the new Penguin climate.

All Is Not Lost

It’s not the end of the world, unless you are SEO agency on the dark side that chooses to follow black-hat methods in an effort to save time. The technicality of link building has been present for years but has often been ignored and not incorporated as it wasn’t a necessity.

Google’s new update may be inconvenient but it should generally improve the quality of and wean out those who perform bad practices and bring negative reviews to the industry.

White-Hat SEO Tips For Penguin

Natural and high-quality link building will encourage improved traffic and overall SEO and can be achieved by following some simple steps:

Quality Over Quantity

Needless to say, this is important and should be a main focus regardless, but it needs to be reiterated with the introduction of Penguin. As the new algorithm will disregard the same content about the same subject if it is duplicated, fresh unique content will ensure your linkage remains intact and safe from Penguin’s hit list.

Increase Inner-Page Links

Of course your homepage is the most important page of your website, but it is essential that you now increase your inner-page links to survive the new Penguin era. If you continue to use the majority of your backlinks to your homepage then Google will produce a red flag as it does not make sense to Google. After all, your homepage is relevant, but not as relevant as your inner pages where the real content is.

Link-Worthy Content

Bad content will lead to a high bounce rate, which means a bad user experience provoking lower Google rankings. To avoid this, you should produce top quality content which encourages users to browse your site longer and in more depth, after all content is king!

Be Sociable

Today’s internet world revolves around social media and so should your company’s site. Any posts you make on you website or blog should be shared to your social media pages (Facebook, Twitter, Google+ etc). This will generate likes, reposts, retweets all contributing to an extended audience for your business.

Perhaps the simplest and most useful advice to effective link-building is to not rush this process or your links will not be quality and are unlikely to be picked up by Google and therefore you’re right back to where you started.

SEO Positive are an Essex-based online promotions agency specialising in all aspects of Search Engine Optimisation

Time Management Apps for the Self-Employed

1

Mobile apps to keep you on target and productive all day long

Time management is the bane of every self-employed, work-at-home, or telecommuting businessperson. With no supervisor, no clocking out, and all the distractions of home, it can be difficult to get focused at work. Since 9 am and 5 pm don’t mean much to the self-employed, your life can be consumed with a very low, inefficient level of work that never really starts and never really ends. For most of us, it takes help to get out of that twilight zone of meandering, unproductive work habits. Here are a few smartphone apps that can make it easier on you, so you can get your work done and then relax and be “off” for the rest of the day.

1. Speaktoit Assistant (Android)

If you’re an Android user like me, you’re anxiously awaiting a competitive answer to Siri–and this mobile assistant is definitely a start. It uses surprisingly accurate voice recognition software to perform just about any function your smartphone can do: it can post to your Facebook or Twitter, pull up maps, play music, answer questions, and define terms that are unfamiliar. Being able to take notes on your phone with only your voice is a powerful productivity tool, and sending emails, publicizing your work on social media, and other time-consuming , ancillary activities become a lot easier with a voice assistant. The interface isn’t as classy as Siri, but it is distinctively Android. (Cost: free)

2. Toggl (Android, iOS)

The first step in time management is assessing how you’re spending your time right now. When you think deliberately about where your day is going, it’s much easier to find the will to change. Toggl allows you to allocate specific time increments for every task throughout the day, and then compare it to how your schedule actually ends up. Normally, when tasks take longer than they should, we just shrug and accept it; but with Toggl, you can identify specifically what is taking so long, and as you break your time up into smaller and more specific increments, you can identify parts of your job that you can make more efficient, or cut out altogether. It’s especially valuable for self-employed individuals who bill for hours of work, because it tracks billable hours separately, and adds them up for you, week to week. (Cost: free)

3. Any.DO (Android, iOS)

Any.DO is a to-do list that sets itself apart by taking advantage of your phone’s voice-recognition and accelerometer functionality. You can interact with your list by shaking, swiping, or talking to it. You drag and drop items on to your agenda, swipe them when they’re done, and then shake your phone to clear off all your completed tasks. It’s a very satisfying, kinetic way to mark your daily progress. It’s also nice to be able to simply talk to the phone to tell it your tasks, instead of trying to manage a clunky virtual keyboard. While the design is fun and innovative, it can be a little frustrating if your phone’s accelerometer or touchscreen are not very responsive. Users of iPhones and LG phones gave the app more positive reviews, while HTC phones appear to have had more problems. (Cost: free)

4. Pomodoro (iOS)

The Pomodoro technique involves breaking up your day into 25-minute intervals, called “pomodoros”, in which you focus on one item or task. After each 25-minute period, you take five minutes to relax. This app helps you plan your day, breaking each task into pomodoros and scheduling breaks to refresh your mind and get ready for the next task. It features a timer, so you don’t have to worry about keeping track, and a lovely woodgrain interface. There is a similar app available for Android (Pomodroido) that is similar, but less aesthetically pleasing, and less expensive. (Cost: $5.99)

Julia Peterson is a writer for AndGeeks.com, a popular website that provides up-to-date news, detailed commentary, and unbiased reviews on cell phones and related topics. Julia resides in Galveston, Texas in a cozy little house in the country with her husband, young son, and their Labrador retriever, Darby.

How to Turn up Your Keyword Ratio without Dialling down Readability

2

When it comes to writing web copy you are writing with two audiences in mind.

The first one is the readers of your website and you will be concerned with whether or not the content is easy to read, entertaining, interesting, factual and useful. The other audience who you are writing for is the search engine, making sure that you have the idea word count and that your keyword has been inserted the right number of times for an optimum ratio. This ration should be somewhere between 1-5%, with 2-3% being the ideal.

However, sometimes it can be a struggle to find the right balance between keyword ration and readability. A piece of web copy might have the keyword repeated frequently enough for SEO purposes but when it is read by a human it sounds unnatural and awkward. When we speak or write naturally, we don’t usually repeat the same word or phrase so many times in a row!

It is a difficult art, but it is possible to write web copy which has a good keyword ration and yet is also natural-sounding to your readers. Here are some tips for turning up your keyword ration without dialling down your readability:

Insert Your Keyword into the Page Title

Take a look at the title tag which is within the Meta data of your site page. Does it include your keyword phrase? This is a great way to increase the keyword density of the page without having to even touch the copy. It will also help to communicate what the page is about when it is seen on search results. In Google, the relevant search terms in your title will be bolded with the user’s search query.

Add Some Headings

Have you used your keyword phrase in the headings of your web copy? This is especially useful because search engines consider words within heading tags to be more important. If your web copy does not have headings, consider adding some for this reason. It will also help to divide up larger blocks of copy and make them easier to read.

Don’t Forget Your ALT Tags

Another way that you can add another keyword into your page without having to change the copy is to insert the keyword into the ALT text of any images on the page. The search engines will pick this up and count it towards your keyword density. Also, if for some reason your users have trouble loading the image, the ALT tag will let them know what it is supposed to be.

Use Different Stop Words

When a search engine is reading through your site to determine keyword ratio, keep in mind that it skips over small and frequently used words such as “and” “the” “of” “at” and “but”. These are known as “stop words”.

By varying the stop words that you use, it is easier to slip the keyword into your copy multiple times without being too repetitive. For example, the phrases, “Restaurants on Gran Canaria”, “Restaurants of Gran Canaria” “Restaurants and Gran Canaria” and “Restaurants in Gran Canaria” are all the same to a search engine but they offer different ways to incorporate the words into your writing.

Use Shorter Keywords

It is much more noticeable to the reader when a phrase of four, five or six words is repeated in a text, since by its nature it is much less flexible. Stick to phrases of about two or three words which will flow more naturally within the writing.

These are just a few ways that you can increase the keyword ratio within a page without making it unreadable and awkward for your visitors.

Here are some tips for writing web copy with an optimal keyword density which is still readable to the user. If in doubt, hire a Digital Marketing Agency for some expert help with your web copy.

Social Media Marketing: Is Yours Failing?

0

There are 800 million Facebook users and 225 million Twitter accounts worldwide (SocialSkinny.com). Everyone seems to be on the social networking bandwagon. As a business, you should be too, but you need to approach it in the right way. You need a clear social media strategy, as you can’t simply delegate the task to an intern and hope for the best. There’s more to social media marketing than just an occasional update and getting people to like you on Facebook. Many businesses think that it’s an easy process, but this mindset will guarantee blunders. Here’s what to look out for and what you can avoid.

1. You’re not giving incentives

People usually won’t follow or like your business if they don’t have a driving factor to do so. Forbes uses the analogy of being in a restaurant and seeing a sign on the wall that says, “Like us for a free dessert”. Obviously, people will like them, as a free dessert is a great incentive! You need to think outside of the box; use discounts, coupons or any other form of incentive that will create engagement with your customers and which will allow you to re-market to them (Forbes).

2. You don’t give a reason for people to follow/like you

This is similar to lacking incentives, as your customers need to know why they must follow you. According to Upstart.BizJournal.com, many businesses simply demand that customers like or follow them (for example, stating “Like us on Facebook!”). Give them a reason to like you. How about, “Follow us and get recommendations for the best bars in town.” You need to convince your fans and followers that you provide some kind of relevance or usefulness to them.

3. You’re not asking questions

Social media marketing is all about engagement, so you need to get people talking! According to Upstart.BizJournal.com, the perfect way to get communication started is by asking a question. For example, “Beers tonight $2” versus, “What’s your favourite beer?” The former might just get ignored in a news feed, whereas the latter could actually start a conversation.

The key to avoiding social media marketing blunders is to give your audience good reasons to follow you, give them incentives and engage with them. Just remember, you can do all of these things, but if you lack consistency, you’re still doomed to fail. You must have a regular online presence. Upstart.BizJournal.com recommends that you spend 30 minutes each day on your social media marketing. It takes time to build up fans and a following, but a little perseverance will certainly pay off!

This post was written by Ang Lloyd, a freelance writer based in Cape Town, South Africa. Ang relishes the challenge of writing on a diverse range of topics, including the importance of social media in marketing courses in Australia.

12 Steps to Writing Eye-Catching Content Your Readers Will Love

0

Darn your readers! They’re bouncing off of your website just as quickly as fleas leave your dog’s back. Trouble is, their behavior is itching you, causing you much angst as you try to figure out why they’re just not staying put.

Your content may be excellent, but your delivery is simply dead on arrival.

Let me explain: you’re not writing for the web, rather your words are term paper complicated and offer very little visual appeal.

The remedy here is for you to take a dozen web copy steps to provide more interesting, easily readable and readily digestible content. This move includes carefully crafted words that catch the attention of your audience, making them want to read on.

1. Write up an outline first. You know what you want to say, but you are not certain how you will say it. So, do as you did in grammar school and write up an outline, one that includes your opening sentence, several key points you plan to make in your body and a conclusion.

2. Work on your headline. You could write your headline first, but the outline will help you craft a better headline. Write a snappy title and set it to the side. You’ll refine it just before you’re ready to publish.

3. Develop an interesting opening paragraph. Remember topic sentences? You’ll include one in your first paragraph. Write out three or four sentences that draw your readers in and compel them to read on. If your first paragraph is a bomb, you’ll lose your readers.

4. Insert subheads. Your subheads speak to each point that you will make, so develop each one with care. Use eye-catching keywords, but use these sparingly. If you can’t subhead in two or three words, then you’ll clutter your prose with nonsense.

5. Make use of pull quotes. Scan your article and look for words that jump out, typically an instructive or thought-provoking sentence. Magnify these words and use them in a pull quote.

6. Specify, avoiding the generic. If you want your readers to do something, then tell them. Use action verbs such as “read” or “review” to get them to respond. Action verbs are particularly helpful if you are writing a process or how-to article that offers detailed instructions for accomplishing a task.

7. Include precise details. If your readers are following your how-to instructions step by step, then mention the tools they will need before they start a project. For example, if you’re teaching them how to build a birdhouse, you’ll want to explain what tools are needed. That information should be presented first and can include a Philip’s screwdriver, a hammer, a power drill, a pencil, safety glasses and other items. You’ll mention these items again once you talk your readers through each step.

8. Invoke the element of surprise. Even the most mundane articles can captivate your readers, provided you season it with the unexpected. This can include a quote from a famous person, a picture that details what you’re doing or some other attention-getting step that keeps your readers locked in.

9. Use emotion when needed. Connect with your readers by showing emotion, an important point that helps them personalize your prose.

10. Speak to your readers. Technical writing is boring, although for left-brain people it can be readily understood. Assume that your audience is right-brain and have a conversation with them.

11. Explain as you go. Never assume that your reader understands what you are saying. In the case of the birdhouse project, you may need to instruct your readers to “attach the two halves of the roof, aligning the top edges at the peak.” Include an illustration or photograph to drive home your point.

12. Write with passion. If you are not passionate about your writing, why should your readers stay tuned in? People avoid dull prose, but are attracted to words that have deep meaning for the writer. You don’t have to wear your emotions on your sleeve, but you should write passionately and with authority.

Final Thoughts

When you’re done with your article, you’ll go through two or three rounds of edits. The first round hones in on the style itself, where you’ll clean up the structure and smooth out its flow. The second round cleans up grammatical and spelling mistakes, while the third round has you tweaking the headline, subheads, introductory and concluding paragraphs before you’re ready to publish. Polish your work close to perfection and you’ll have a winning article that wows your audience.

Matt Keegan is a copywriter, a freelance writer, an editor and a web publisher. He provides engaging copy for his clients through PRBeam.com, words that compel and sell.

Cloud Technology Meets Web Hosting

0

Cloud computing is not a new concept , in fact many major technology companies like Amazon and Google have been using it, and offering cloud based services for years. What is new, however, is the fact that the cloud has become a technology reality for normal web hosting clients like you and me. Cloud computing has moved beyond the “bleeding edge” of technical innovation and has now become mainstream. The biggest reason for the new found mainstream success of the cloud is that the leading technology companies like the Googles and Amazons of the marketplace have tested out the approach, smoothed out the bugs, and stabilized the environments.

So, as someone interested in web hosting, what does cloud hosting offer you? What are the benefits and possible risks associated with going to a cloud based solution?

Understanding the term

First off, let’s define what the “cloud” is. The internet cloud is essentially a hosting solution that is placed out in the network, relying on a third party service provider to host your web application instead of purchasing and maintaining your own web servers. The core piece of these vendor contracts is the Service Level Agreement (SLA). The vendor guarantees a certain amount of uptime, simultaneous users, performance metrics and similar web hosting related items based on your specific needs.  The difference in cloud computing over traditional web hosting solutions is that the cloud hosting provider offers contracts and SLAs based on server time. In traditional web hosting scenarios, the client purchases or rents servers from the hosting vendor and then either purchases maintenance or manages their own servers via SSH or other system administration tools. In the cloud, the client is only concerned about the performance, availability, and usage requirements their web site needs. The vendor then hosts the client’s web site or web application in secured, shared, and federated server hosting environment.

Why cloud solution

This cloud solution is extremely scalable and flexible. While servers hosted on the West coast of the US will often cause lag issues with users on the United States East Coast, these issues are not a problem with the cloud. The reason for this is that if you host with Amazon, for instance, the client doesn’t need to be concerned about where geographically their code is hosted because Amazon has data hosting centers all across the United States (and many parts of the world, as well). When your data is hosted in the Amazon cloud, or any other vendor cloud, the clients web code is federated across all of the data centers, providing guaranteed service levels for any visiting web traffic across the United States.

Another major advantage of hosting your web application in the cloud is the elasticity and flexibility available. Because the vendor is hosting the client web application in a federated, shared hosting environment, SLAs can be written on a Pay for Performance basis. This means that the client only pays for the actual usage on the site per month. If you have a slow month in February, you pay only a minimum charge. But if your site activity spikes in March, you don’t have to worry about your site running out of resources or crashing, and you don’t need to negotiate the purchase of more servers as you would in the traditional hosting scenarios. The cloud hosting solution automatically adds more resources as your site traffic increases, automatically scaling up based on your traffic needs. At the end of the month you pay for the additional activity to your site, but if your traffic slows again in June, your hosting bill scales down with it. This is especially useful for retail based sites that experience heavy holiday traffic, but are fairly low traffic sites during the spring and summer time.

The article is written by Jason Phillips; he is a novice entrepreneur who likes to write on magento server and other related posts. His domain of expertise is web hosting and technology.

7 Tips To Improve Your Business Website

0

The vast majority of businesses have their own websites but most of them are not performing as the companies had hoped when they had them designed. While there could be various reasons to blame for this, in many cases, the problem is with the design and organization of the website.

For instance, some websites have a ‘Contact Page’ with no trace of information available, or a five-minute introduction that consumers cannot bypass or even a product purchase links that lead consumers nowhere. Nevertheless, with just a few tips companies can be able to re-organize and re-design their website in such a way as to avoid common pitfalls of a business website.

What not to do

  1. One of the most widespread pitfalls of a business website is automating everything on the website. Instead of automating, the company should personalize. When tracking its metrics, the company should never hold back from reaching out to consumers in a cost effective way such as free surveys. Most businesses are surprised by what they learn from the surveys.

Often, consumers have useful suggestions and reviews that help the company to improve its products, services or customer care. Before even the company can begin developing information, it should pay keen attention to visual design and architecture of the site. These vital concepts should come from the market rather than the marketers. An ideal site should show understanding for both expressed and unexpressed will of the market.

  1. Another thing businesses should avoid in their websites is making it all about how great the business and its people are. For the website to stimulate page-turning traffic and captivate its target audience, it should provide viable solutions to their problems, answer all their questions, and tackle their concerns.

By identifying the personas of the buyers and anticipating the needs of your demography, the company can shape its website content to offer practical solutions and useful information. Allowing information to become stale will also kill traffic to a company’s website. Websites that are regularly updated are easily found on search engines. The company can also make the website enticing by including relevant podcasts and articles that offer tips to consumers.

  1. Business websites should also not ignore its basic elements. For a business website to succeed, it has three principle aspects, which are going out to be found, engaging and following up. Countless business websites pay attention to all only one element, which is going out and being found, and ignore the other two.

Business website owners should call their visitors to action by encouraging them to take part such as calling for a free consultation or buying online to obtain free shipping. The company should realize that the website is a business tool and thus use it to promote sales. Getting interactive is vital if the site is to hold traffic for a long time. Consumers expect the company to offer online benefits like paying for the items online or self-scheduling. The services help the company maintain a loyal clientele as well as keep the business open for 24 hours a day, all days of the week.

What to do

  1. Inform, incite, and entertain – A business website should serve the business it represents. Its appearance and content should be governed by its intent. The intent is determined by what the company wants from the website. The website should be designed in such a way as to incite the visitor into action.
  2. Tag your success – To improve a business website; the company must keep it organized, professional, easy to navigate through and easy to read. Furthermore, as the company grows, tagging its stature to the website will capture consumers’ attention as well as build a resume. It is also important to add features to the website that will allow visitors to share it on social media.
  3. Increase speed read – A simple yet effective way a business can improve its website is by enlarging the font size. This will enable visitors to read with much ease and quickly, as they do not have to struggle that much.
  4. Go mobile – More people access the internet with their cell phones than with computers. Thus, to reach more people a business website should be mobile-friendly. It is frustrating when it takes longer for consumers to access a site on their phones, which can discourage them from doing so.

Todd Ramos is a small business owner and internet marketer. He has worked with many seo companies in ct and now runs his own seo firm.  

What’s In Store With The New Google?

11

As Google continues to move forward with their Panda and Penguin updates, and as they struggle to stay relevant on the social media networking scene with Google+, many businesses, web masters and SEO consultants alike are also struggling to keep up with Google

It’s an ever-changing atmosphere, it seems. But not all hope is lost just yet. Based on a recent post by Traffika, which is somewhat reminiscent of Rand Fishkin’s video, “Why Every Marketer Now Needs a Google+ Strategy” at SEOmoz, below is an overview of some of the newest developments from Google and what you can do to prepare for Google’s continuing dominance of the online search world:

Google+

Google+ (Google Plus) is Google’s own social networking site, launched in June 2011 and generally thought to be similar to Facebook, but with more of a business focus and more sharing functionality (circles, etc). Through Google+, Google now has their own insights into the social behaviours of online users, allowing them to see how content is shared and linked to, without having to purely rely on data from Twitter and/or Facebook as they did before. Of course, Google+ also impacts how Google ranks search engine results, permitting them to again use social sharing and networking in order to “validate” a business’s growth in search engine rankings.

What’s the solution for businesses? Get a Google+ account — and use it. Frequently. Many SEO consultants are now incorporating Google+ into their social media marketing strategies, alongside Facebook and Twitter and other social media platforms.

Google’s +1 Button

Web critics and SEO consultants are forever comparing the +1 button with the ‘Like’ button on Facebook and ultimately, it has the same function: to “recommend” something to your friends/connections. The +1 button also feeds into your personal search results if you are logged in to Google and particularly if you are using Google’s personalised search function, ‘Search Plus Your World.’ Of course, the +1 button also gives the Google team insights into what’s popular, what’s happening online and if certain behaviour matches with their organic rankings.

What to do? Easy — write quality content and add the +1 button to everything you publish. The more your content gets +1’d and recommended, the more it gets shared and the more traffic you potentially acquire.

Tagging Content

Google also made it possible with Google+ to tag the content you write. What does this mean? It means you tag yourself as the original author of your content, using your Google+ account, so that as your content get shared and works its way around the web, you don’t become “lost” as the owner. The other benefit is that if your article shows up in SERPs, your Google+ profile will show up next to it, as the author. This gives your content a clear identity and can boost the amount of traffic directed towards your site.

So, what’s the answer for businesses? Tag your content! Get a Google Plus account and use it to retain authorship. Even if your articles don’t generate a lot of traffic initially, you never know how/when/where they might show up in search results in future.

Don’t Forget About Links (and Quality Content)

Of course, at the heart of all Google’s changes and at the heart of its Panda and Penguin algorithms is the desire to drive high quality content across the web and improve the organic nature of Google’s search results (and thereby outshining other search engines). For businesses and content writers, means emphasising natural and strategic keywords and anchor-text links in articles and producing quality content that aims to benefit readers, rather than rankings. Now, more than ever, using certain “tricks” to manipulate search rankings will land you and your business in hot ranking water, so the key is to stay above board and remember one word: quality!

Abhishek is an SEO consultant and offers his services to a range of companies around the world. In his spare time he likes to travel and explore new places.

Persuasive Writing – Powerful Ways to Engage Your Readers

0

Persuasive writing is an important technique to master if you are going to write your own sales letters, website content or blog.   This is basically a way of presenting readers with a win-win situation. For example if you are writing a press release you need to show the reader that they can’t lose by taking the action you suggest (such as visiting a website or buying a product).

Sales Talk

Persuasive writing is a tricky technique to master though. When I first started writing sales orientated content I made some big mistakes. I tried to sell too hard and now I look back I realise this was actually putting readers off rather than drawing them in. I focused too much on the general benefits of the product itself instead of how it could benefit the reader personally. This was not persuasive in that it didn’t present a winning situation for the target audience.

  • One clear example of this was when I was writing content for a high-end furniture website.
  • The content I produced contained a lot of references of the benefits of the high-end furniture including longevity, quality, superior styling etc.
  • However I did not take the next step and show the readers how these benefits could improve their lives.
  • So instead of just saying the product had ‘superior styling’ I should have gone on to suggest persuasive ways in which this could directly improve interior design in the home.
  • So I could have used a sentence like ‘the elegant styling of the superior leather furniture can help you to achieve the perfect period look in your home’.
  • By showing the reader just how the benefits of the product could improve their lives I would have been working to offer them a win-win situation.
  • This is what persuasive writing is all about. Providing the evidence that convinces readers to agree with the point of view or message you are trying to communicate.

Top Persuasive Writing Techniques

There are some key techniques that I now use to help make my content writing more persuasive and engaging to readers. These are just some tips I have picked up over the years from other content writers and industry publications.

1. Repetition

You do need to understand that repetition is a key way in which you can get an important message across in all forms of communication. By repeating the key message in several different ways throughout the writing you can ensure it remains firmly at the forefront of the readers mind. This should also be the lasting impression that they come away with after reading the content.

2. Clear Reasons

Provide some clear reasons why the reader should comply with the message in your writing. For example if you want them to visit your website then tell them why this would benefit them (i.e. they could get some great savings on RRP or find the perfect products for their needs). People are much more likely to comply with your suggestions if you give them good reasons to.

3. Consistency

You do need to be consistent in your writing. Consistency shows reliability and authority to the reader. Try and make your case in the opening paragraph of your writing. Then back up this case throughout the piece with plenty of supporting evidence/reasons. At the end of piece recap on your main point again. This kind of consistency is associated with integrity and will help to provide a powerful framework for your persuasive writing.

Persuasive writing can take a while to get the hang of. Get some more help and advice from professional copywriter services.  Apple Copywriting can provide expert help for quality persuasive writing for your online business.

5 Reasons You Should Prominently Feature Video on Your Website

0

As websites increasingly become the way for potential customers to choose what business to deal with and as more companies, bloggers and individuals go online, it is important for business owners to create a website that stands out and attracts those seeking the product or service they offer.

A boring website is just not going to cut it. One easy way to make your website more interesting is through the use of video. Below are five of the reasons you should prominently feature video on your website.

1. Capture People’s Attention.

Your website is to make your website more appealing. A video can be a fantastic way to draw the attention of visitors to your site or to present what would be several cluttered pages worth of information into a single video clip. People tend to enjoy watching more than reading text, but text is still important.

Videos can also be quite helpful when your product or service is not easily understood. A helpful, informative, or even humorous video can help increase conversion rates. They can also be a great tool to demonstrate how to use a product or service.

2. Promotional Purpose.

Video can also be an excellent way of drawing customers to your website. If you create a popular video or one that customers will find exceptionally helpful, they are likely to either return to watch it once again or pass it along to friends or family. That expands your existing network of clients and allows you to post updated information on your site that repeat visitors would be likely to notice.

Video can also be used to make you and your business look better. You can promote your work, your products or your upcoming features in a way that will entice people to read, buy or hire you. Video sites such as YouTube can be a powerful tool from which to market your business, in addition to your own website.

3. Informational Use.

Video on your own website can serve as your own personal news feed. Like a mini news network dedicated to only your blog, business or individual pursuits, you can notify people about your upcoming events, posts, sales or products.

Not every would-be customer may understand what a given product is or perhaps how your company handles a particular service. Video can demonstrate these for your clients and help them make a more informed decision before making a purchase or hiring you. This prevents surprises for you both.

4. Entertainment.

Some sites will use video as a means of providing entertainment to visitors. A funny video, a brief cartoon or a short documentary can bring customers in, and the more targeted these videos are to your business, the better. They can also be easily shared on social networks such as Facebook, Twitter, Reddit, StumbleUpon, and Google+.

If updated regularly, videos that have at some entertainment value can bring repeat and referred visitors to your site who are more likely to find or check for any updates you have added.

5. Face Time — Make that Personal Connection.

The corner store is not what it once was, especially on the Web, and because of that, there is little of that very important personal contact. While one website may seem no different than another to the average viewer, the people behind them could be what guarantees a sale, a deal or a devoted reader.

If you are the only one of your competitors talking to the camera and letting visitors get to know you, you increase the odds they will not only remember you but also feel encouraged to come back and want to see you again.

The team at Ascent Internet, a St. George, Utah Web design company that also provides Internet marketing services provided this post. You can learn more about their services at www.ascentinternet.com.

Building Relationships with Social Links

0

Building Relationships with Social Links

Social media has turned the online world upside down, as search engines recently altered the algorithms that factor in who would be listed at the top of user searches. While the SEO techniques of the past can still help the ranking of a website with the search engines, you can quickly improve your overall SE ranking by utilizing the social media boom to your advantage. When you have a lot of quality Social Links to relevant content you can expect your website positioning to improve in the eyes of search engine algorithms and interested consumers!

What is Social Linking?

Social linking includes connecting your own social media campaign to individuals, companies, or content that is relevant to your given industry using likes, tweets, +1s etc… This is important, as it allows us to blend our own original content with the content of others, establishing a “hub” of sorts and enhancing the value to those that follow our social media pages. While it’s easy to get caught up in linking content to your page, which is never a bad practice, we must also be cognizant of increasing our followers, friends, and likes. This is how we are able to expand our listening base, and ensure that our efforts are not falling on deaf ears — or worse, no ears at all!

How to Properly View Your “Linking Strategy”

Many who have success with social linking understand that their entire strategy is designed to establish a branding channel that interested parties can listen to. Other providers, industry players, or customers can all share their thoughts, views, or concepts via your channel, and when you have a community that centers on your brand, you can reap the benefits associated with becoming an authority on a particular topic.
For a moment, put yourself in the shoes of a potential customer:

When you make your purchase decisions, how do you decide who you will trust? Many consumers are driven by pricing, but when pricing is relatively the same across an industry, you will likely elect to choose providers that are “experts” in the industry.

And, remember we are still thinking as consumers here, what will sway your decision and help you to decide whether or not an organization is an industry leader? You guessed it — content. When visiting their page, do they social link to content that interested you or pertains to the industry? Further, are they in touch with changes to their craft, and consistently deliver their own original content to exhibit their own knowledge and professionalism? If so, you’ll likely feel as though they know what they’re doing, and have the ability to handle your project.

By putting ourselves in the shoes of consumers, we can understand how purchase decisions are made. With a social media page that includes a diverse sampling of our own blogs and posts, links to important information delivered by other organizations, and plenty of customers that already have a vested interest in the topic, we can establish a channel that can be leveraged as an exhibition of our organizational expertise and professionalism.

Social linking has enjoyed increased popularity due to the shift in search engine optimization criteria. By stretching your own social campaign across several sites and linking it to relevant communities, we can dramatically increase the virtual size of our organization, pushing us higher on search queue listings. This improvement inevitably leads to higher sales, greater industry interest, and of course, an improved reputation that can initiate sales for years to come!

John Lessnau

John’s latest project is http://www.buyselllinks.com/ – a high quality text link service for the post Google Penguin update world. Buy Sell Links is excited to announce it will soon be offering a revolutionary new Social Linking Service for SEOs and website owners looking for greater online exposure.

Is Google+ A Failure?

0

As a social network, Google Plus was supposed to compete with Facebook and Twitter. It was supposed to step up to the plate and immediately drive users to desert the other networks in favor of Google. It was supposed to elevate Google from being simply being a search engine company with some cool applications to be a social media giant. Obviously, Google hasn’t come close to competing with the other social media sites that it hoped to. So the first question to answer is: What went wrong?

First, Google got into the game much too late. Google plus is fine social network, without any terrible flaws. But it’s not Facebook. It’s not Twitter. And people have already flocked to those websites and became members early in the game, when social networking was in its infancy. By not getting into the game when the shot clock was high, Google has forced itself into a difficult shot: trying to force people off of those other social networks and into theirs. That’s not nearly as easy as it sounds, especially when those brands are established and respected. Google should have recognized the strength and potential of social networking early on and responded to the consumer desire to share their lives online. Now Google is playing a game of catch up they might never recover from.

The second mistake was that Google didn’t offer any innovation. If users were going to switch from Facebook or Twitter, already established and valuable outlets to share information, Google plus had to offer something different. It had to be new and exciting, something powerful that users wanted to connect to. Google plus was none of that. While it wasn’t unusable or faulty in its programming, its applications were all the stuff we had come to expect from Google. There were no exciting new features, no impressive new applications.

The third mistake is on the business side. Google plus did not offer any incentive to business owners to promote and drive their products on Google plus. Businesses already have to manage a Facebook and Twitter page, and Google expected them to happily take on another site?

Google plus is defintely a failure, and this is Google’s third and probably last foray into the social networking market. Google should have jumped in the market when it was still young, not maturing and solidifying. Google took a major risk and got burned, wasting millions of dollars and damaging their image as a innovator of new products. Google needs to learn from this mistake and get back to being the innovative company we used to know.

This post is written by Donald, he works at myoutdesk. You can hire efficient virtual assistants at Myoutdesk.com.

5 Ways Businesses Are Using Pinterest for Marketing

0

Imagine you had a giant corkboard, on which you could pin pictures and videos. Now imagine being able to share that corkboard with others who share your interests. That, in a nutshell, is the unique social networking site Pinterest, which has seen a traffic increase of more than 2,700% since last year.

With a user base that is more than 68% female, Pinterest has captured a valuable demographic for advertisers and marketers–the mom. More than half of Pinterest’s users have children, giving it a unique membership. Since moms are still doing the primary shopping for the family, many businesses are very interested in learning how to target this particular group, and Pinterest provides the perfect opportunity.

If your business is interested in marketing to Pinterest’s 12 million members, here are a few ways marketers are using Pinterest to get their messages out:

Pin It buttons
Pinterest provides “Pin It” buttons you can add to your website or other content to encourage Pinterest users to pin your item to their boards. Savvy businesses add the button to photos and videos to allow Pinterest users to easily pin items with just one click.

Interesting quotes
Instead of posting blatant ads for products, some companies have found that providing quotable quotes ups their chances of being “repined.” AARP’s Quotes to Live By is an example of this. As these quotes circulate the site, users are given exposure to the AARP brand.

Creative advertising
Smart companies know how to present products in a way that is useful to Pinterest members. If a specific holiday is coming up, many product-oriented businesses will post photos of products specifically geared toward that holiday.

Engage customers
Honda is a great example of a company using Pinterest to its fullest. The company recently encouraged Pinterest members to get out and do the things they’d been pinning about. Some businesses encourage members to take a picture of themselves using that business’s product with the prospect of a prize to a specific winner.

Offer discounts
Yes, that works on Pinterest, too. The important thing is to offer an interesting visual. Pinterest is primarily a visual medium, so the first thing members will see is the photo of the product. Once you’ve captured their attention with the photo, let them know you’re offering a discount to Pinterest members.

Pinterest is a relatively new social media site, but its popularity has skyrocketed. One of the best ways to learn how best to market is to look up some of businesses already marketing on the site and note how they handle their media campaigns.

Stephanie Faris writes for Sparkplug Digital, an online marketing agency providing SEO and linkbuilding for technology companies.

4 “Weird” Tactics to Nail Guest Posting Opportunities

6

Most webmasters associate backlink building with unflattering words like “boring”, “laborious” and “time-sucking”. Nothing epitomizes this yawn-inducing quest more than guest posting. But as you’ll see, there are a handful of little-know tactics that streamline the guest posting process.

The Old Way of Guest Posting

Most people think that you need to suffer through the following steps to get a guest post accepted:

  1. Comb the web for guest posting opportunities
  2. Get involved in their blog’s community
  3. Study their blog’s existing content
  4. Contact them with a personal message
  5. Write and edit a killer guest post
  6. Hope and pray they have the kindness to accept

Fortunately, if done the right way, you can sidestep many of these tasks and your guest post distributed to authority sites in a flash.

The Lazy Way to Guest Post Backlinks and Traffic

From personally writing and submitting over 50 guest posts I’ve picked up 4 shortcuts that cut out a lot of the grunt work and get guest posts accepted in record time.

  1. Submit a System, Not a Set of Tips

Seasoned bloggers know that posts that provide a complete, step-by-step solution to a problem get significantly more traction than a tired set of tips. If you’ve found a way to solve a common problem in your niche, turning it into a set of easy to follow steps will significantly increase the chance your post will get accepted.

  1. Use an Infographic

Authority blogs get inundated with dozens guest post requests everyday. Stand out from the masses by submitting a smart and professional infographic to accompany your post. You can DIY your infographic at the user-friendly visual.ly. But if were a “D” student in high school art class, feel free to hire someone on Elance, ODesk or another freelance site.

  1. Reverse Engineer

The most tedious and time consuming part of guest posting is finding blogs that will accept your content. A killer shortcut I use is to find blogs that list where they’ve already posted their guest posts, like this one:

This helps you get a direct line to blogs that readily accept guest posts.

Here are some search strings to help find these little goldmines:

“your niche”+ “my guest posts”

“your niche”+ “my content has appeared on”

  1. Head to the Watering Hole

There are three types of sites to submit your guest post to. The first are authority sites that aren’t looking for guest posts. Next, you have those that openly accept guest posts and have a page with guidelines. Finally, you have bloggers that are so starving for fresh content that they actively seek out writers.

You obviously want to submit your posts to the third group in order to maximize the chances that your post gets accepted.

Where can you find these desperate webmasters? There are three places that these site owners tend to congregate and seek out guest posts: MyBlogGuest.com (the most popular), BlogSynergy.com and BloggerLinkUp.com. With MyBlogGuest.com you can even upload your guest post and wait for a blogger to pick it up and post it on their site.

For those that love online surveys for money, Spencer Mitchell is the go-to guy. His popular blog SurveySpencer.com is an excellent source of information on paid surveys.

Tweeting Like A Pro – Some Useful Twitter Tools To Use For Your Marketing

0

Similar to Facebook, Google+, Pinterest and LinkedIn, Twitter is an integral component of any social media marketing campaign. The said microblogging site is simply an indispensable tool for most marketers since it allows them to send real time and direct to the point text-based posts (tweets) about their brands or businesses to a wide audience.

If you have already been using Twitter as a part of your social marketing campaign, you are probably aware how a 140-character post can make a huge difference in your business. You can further improve those tweets if you utilize the available tools on Twitter. The problem, however, is that with over 1.5 millions applications — and continuously growing — registered in the platform, it can be quite overwhelming to know which ones will add real value to your marketing campaign. Hence, in order to help you out, here are some of the best Twitter tools that will let you tweet like a pro and improve your Twitter marketing.

Twylah — For Long Lasting Tweets

The same thing as the number of characters in your tweet is limited so is their life span. At an average, the links you fire away on Twitter will only last for 3 hours, based on the research carried out by bit.ly. Hence, if you would want to make your marketing tweets last longer for more visibility, you might want to use Twylah.

Twylah is a great application that lets you capture, save and post all of your tweets from your stream on a Twylah page. This in turn allows your followers to learn more about the topics you are posting and get a good picture of what your business is all about. Your Twylah page is also surrounded by content relevant to your business and is proven to increase engagement.

Tweriod — Best Times to Tweet

In social media platforms, timing is everything. So if you want to make sure that your tweets will be seen by a wider audience, it pays to know which times are ideal to fire away those tweets, and Tweeriod can do just that for you.

Tweriod is a wonderful analysis application that finds out when you will be able to reach the most audience. The application analyzes factors like how well your previous 200 tweets performed at different times as well as when most of your followers are online. These data are delivered to you in the form of a report that contains detailed breakdown, which you can use to improve the exposure of your tweets.

Buffer — For Improved Tweeting Results

So you’ve read a great article, pictures, videos that you think are worth sharing to your followers. However, you are not sure if you should be bombarding them with these finds all at the same time. Don’t fret because Buffer is here to help you.

Buffer allows you to add all your tweets — be they articles, videos and pictures — in one place (Buffer page) and all of them will be automatically posted for you at optimal times throughout the day. Another thing worth mentioning about Buffer is that it provides you with analytics for every tweet you make include the number clicks and retweets.

SocialBro — For Detailed Analytics

If you want to keep track of your Twitter account without necessarily going technical, SocialBro is something you should include in your toolbox. The app is designed to let you sift through the best analytics about your account, allowing you to measure your influence. With this app you can track those who follow you based on different aspects such as language, time zone and tweets per day. You can also use the available to exactly point out where most of your followers live.

Twibs and TweetLevel — Know who to follow

When it comes to Twitter, networking is vital. As much as you wanted to be followed, you would also want to follow and connect with people who have a strong impact on your niche. Hence, try using Twibs and TweetLevel.

Twibs is a Twitter business portal that features thousand of businesses that are on Twitter. You can search through the categories that include bloggers, business services, community and education, and electronics among others. Each of these have other subcategories, allowing you to find the right people.

Meanwhile, TweetLevel also lets you find people using different parameters like their popularity, influence, trust or engagement as well as based on topics and keywords.

The applications mentioned above are just some of the numerous useful applications that you can find over at Twitter. By using these in your marketing campaign, you are sure to improve the way you send those tweets on Twitter.

How about you, what Twitter apps are you using to game up your Twitter marketing campaign?

Article written by Ericka who works for RFK Solutions Ltd a UK based SEO company. They carry out wide range of SEO services and also Website Design.

New Ecommerce System Launches – Interview With Digibilly Creator

0

A few months ago I heard that development was underway for an exciting new eCommerce system called Digibilly.

With no software to install and works in a similar way to Clickbank and DigiResults, it hopes to make selling online easier.

Intrigued, I had to find out more… so I tracked down the brains behind the system, BIG Mike, to get the lowdown.

Mick Meaney: Thank you for taking time away from the Digibilly launch. How are things going behind the scenes?

BIG Mike: Terrific – Digibilly is evolving into an incredible eCommerce Platform. We’re definitely pushing the envelop on features and functionality that are already being viewed as game changers by our current Merchants.

We’ve migrated our Incansoft eCommerce work over to Digibilly and have been using it exclusively for a couple of months now.

Mick Meaney: So let’s talk about your background for second. What was your first online business and what inspired you to start?

BIG Mike: Back in 2000, I was 39 years-old, at the peak of my professional career and bored to tears. I didn’t need to work and my wife was pressing me to start a family. We eventually “Retired” to Greece in early 2001, to spend our time together raising that family.

We both realized that we needed something challenging to do and for her it was easy – we opened a private EFL school, as her passion was teaching. I decided to turn to the Internet as I knew it would afford me the opportunity to stay busy while keeping my time my own.

I did some freelancing initially, consulting and started a software company, (which I later sold). I also got heavily involved into Adsense, way back at the beginning :)

Mick Meaney: What lessons did you learn when starting out and which obstacles did you have to overcome to make it a success?

BIG Mike: I think in many respects I was fortunate because I brought with me years of professional business and technical experience. Making the transition to business online was not especially difficult. My biggest hurdle, in the early years, was simply finding reliable, talented people to outsource to online.

Mick Meaney: What advice would you give to anyone thinking about starting an online business?

BIG Mike: My first bit of advice for those just starting out or struggling in business is to stop chasing after the quick scores and focus on sustainable, long-term strategies to grow into the success you want.

No one succeeds overnight, no matter how wildly popular their ideas are. Google took nearly 8 years to dominate the search engine market, FaceBook took 4 years for Social Media and believe it or not, Apple took nearly 30 years to become the powerhouse they are today.

Back in the day, I had over a thousand domains and I cleaned up with Adsense. Because of major shift in SEO, these days I’ve got fewer than 40 and I’m slowly eliminating all but a handful of them.

Why? Because the future of business online (in terms of SEO) is going to be wrapped up into single, authority sites that will centralize all of your business activities. Most people online are far better off investing in the long-term development of a single, highly branded website where they will focus all their energies.

We started doing this about five years ago and it’s paid off in spades for us. Instead of trying to manage umpteen sites, focus on managing one (or two or three at most, if absolutely necessary), branding it and building a following.

Organic traffic will follow without the need to spend all your time developing backlinks, writing articles or any of the other silly crap people do these days. Use that one site to develop a variety of revenue streams to avoid putting all of your eggs into one basket.

Plan where it’s going instead of just reacting – spend more time learning how to operate that site as a real business. if you can, try to develop a small group of partners to help you – in the long run, your life will be a lot easier.

Focus on taking advantage of automating as much of your business as possible – and use 3rd-party services online (those that are stable, growing and offer API’s) that will complement what you do instead of re-inventing the wheel.

User Experience – those two words are what the web are all about today and will be in the future. Your visitors need good reasons to bookmark your site and come back again and again – so find ways to give them those reasons.

If you’re just starting out, the best advice I can give you is to put away your wallet and stop trying to buy your way into success. It just doesn’t work that way…use your time now to study, ask questions and find answers online to learn what you need to succeed.

If you’re buying up all sorts of blind, “Make Money Online” types of products, you’re only going to set yourself up for failure.

Instead, make up a bullet list of what you need to learn, based on topics you encounter here. Use that “Education Plan” to grow your knowledge and to develop your business plan. Don’t be afraid to invest a few months or more in your education – then you’ll be able to make intelligent, informed decisions on what to buy.

Don’t give up, especially if something doesn’t work out for you. Success takes time and effort – learn to embrace your failures and take them for what they are…a learning experience. Every business has its ups and downs – don’t let the bad days get under your skin.

One last thing that’s served me well is to test everything for yourself. Don’t simply take the word of others – listen to them, but then take what they say and test it for yourself rather than blindly following what could be very bad advice. .

Mick Meaney: In your opinion, what is the critical factor for success in online business?

BIG Mike: The most important thing to keep in mind is that both business and the Internet are not static – they’re very dynamic, continually changing and you’ve got to learn to adapt with them. As someone in business online, you’re going to spend the rest of your life learning and adapting to change, so prepare yourself for it.

Mick Meaney: Digibilly is a very slick site, it’s rare to see a with this level of usability. What technology are you using?

BIG Mike: We’re using a blend of the most recent technologies as well as making extensive use of the “Cloud”, in terms of third-party services for supporting much of the functionality and security.

Mick Meaney: It’s an incredibly easy to use platform, what lead to the development of the system?

Initially, we needed, or rather wanted a newer platform for our main site at Incansoft. We gotten so many requests for copies of that system that we realized we could design it as a Web Application to support multiple users.

Mick Meaney: How does Digibilly differ from existing eCommerce systems?

One of the most important differences is that Digibilly doesn’t store any user log in credentials – this is all handled by PayPal’s Account Authentication Services for us. That means that your passwords and any confidential financial data can NEVER be stolen from us by hackers.

I think we’re also one of the few platforms that supports multiple zip file uploads per product. We’ve incorporated things like drag and drop technology to make it as easy as can be for our customer to get their digital products to their customers as smoothly as possible.

The built-in Merchant Help desk simplifies communication between Merchants and their Customers. It also takes away the need for a Merchant to set up a separate system and maintain it.

Overall user experience, which you’ve seen firsthand is another critical element. Digibilly makes it easy to learn and navigate, with features broken down into manageable sections that aren’t confusing or intimidating. We’ve put a lot of effort into making it intuitive and easy for everyone to use.

Whether it’s adding a new product, creating a sales page, launching any one of seven built-in sales campaigns, getting your buyers onto your list at Aweber, GetResponse, ImnicaMail or MailChimp, it’s a breeze to use.

Mick Meaney: It appears that Digibilly is a complete all-in-one marketplace for customers, vendors and affiliates. What does it provide for each of these groups?

BIG Mike: For Customers, it provides a one stop shop for finding products, buying them and obtaining post sale support through the built-in Merchant Help Desk.

For Affiliates, it’s a no-brainer system to find products to promote, get paid instantly for every sale they refer as well as providing them with important metrics to fine-tune their promotions.

For Merchants, it’s clearly the only system they need to handle their back office work…from making sales to fulfilling orders to supporting customers, it’s all there in one centralized place.

Mick Meaney: And what are your plans for the system, how do you envisage its future development?

BIG Mike: We’re presently getting reading to deploy recurring payments (Subscriptions) with split payments and an optional shopping cart that’s second to none!

We’ll continue to adapt it and take advantage of any emergent technologies that will benefit our users as well as listening carefully to suggestions for improving Digibilly.

Mick Meaney: Finally, what has your marketing strategy been?

BIG Mike: I’ve always focused on looking at the bigger picture over the long-term. For me, Lifetime Customer Value is far more important than simply trying to sell a new customer as much as possible during that first sale.

At Incansoft, for example, excellent support, communication and a willingness to have a quality, long-term relationship with our customers has lead to an amazing amount of repeat business over the years.

At Digibilly, we’re continuing with that philosophy :)

Mick Meaney: Thank you for sharing your insights with the RINF readers and best of luck with this outstanding new eCommerce system.

BIG Mike: Thank you Mick and I hope your readers obtain some real benefit from the interview!

For those interested in opening a free account at Digibilly, go to https://www.digibilly.com – there is no charge to join or add products. At present, our fee is 3% of each sale with a 50 cent minimum.

Understanding Multi-Channel Funnels

0

If you’re new to Google Analytics or you don’t fully understand how it all works it can be hard to recognise the importance of some reports that are available to you. One in particular is the Multi-Channel Funnels report. In brief, this report allows you to understand how different channels (direct, organic traffic etc…) assist each other when a transaction or conversion occurs. To help you better understand why this report is vital for your business; let me explain how the standard reports work in Google Analytics. Let’s say you get a visitor that goes ‘direct’ to your site and then later that day (or in the next 30 days) goes through an ‘organic’ traffic source and makes a transaction. In the standard reports, the second visit through the ‘organic’ traffic source would get the credit for the transaction and not the direct. Now with the Multi-Channel Funnels reports, you would see the following:

First Visit (Direct) — This would get credited as a ‘first interaction’ and an ‘assisted interaction’.

Second Visit (Organic Traffic Source) – This would get credit as a ‘last Interaction’

I will explain in more detail what these interactions mean in the assisted conversions section.

Note: You must have ecommerce tracking or goals enabled to use the Multi-Channel Funnels reports.

Now you have a general understanding of how it works, let me explain what each report within Multi-Channel Funnels means and what data you can pull from them.

First, within each of the below reports you will notice that you can filter between your transactions or your goals data. If you only want to look at your transactional data, make sure you have ‘Transaction’ selected.  Another great feature if you use Google Adwords is that you can choose to view only your Adwords data. Make sure you have these set correctly before you start to pull data from the reports.

Overview Report

This is a general overview that shows you how many conversions and assisted conversion you had over a set time period. Another great feature in the overview report is the conversion visualiser, which shows you the percentage of conversion paths that includes the combination of your selected channels.

Assisted Conversions Report

The assisted conversions report shows you a breakdown of which channels initiated, assisted and completed a transaction or conversion (you also get to see the total value of the transactions).

Within the report you have three options: Assist Interaction Analysis, First Interaction Analysis and Conversions.

Here is a breakdown of the three options:

Assist Interaction Analysis — Here you can see all the channels that assisted conversions. (An assisted conversion means the channel occurred anywhere in the path apart from the last interaction.) You also get to see how many conversions the channel was the last interaction in the path.

First Interaction Analysis — Here you can see all the channels that were the first interaction in the path.  As with the assisted report, you also get to see how many conversions the channel was the last interaction in the path.

Conversions — This shows you which channels have been involved in conversions at any part of the path.

Top Conversion Paths Report

The top conversion path report shows all of the unique conversion paths that result in a conversion. You also get to see the total value of the conversions.

Time Lag Report

The time lag report displays how many conversions occurred from channel paths that were 0 to 30 days long. This is from the first interaction to the last.

Path Report

The path report shows you how many interactions it took before a conversion

Conclusion

As we have only covered the basics in this article, there is much more you can do and filter down to in these reports. For example you can drill down sources and mediums, plus you can even create your own customer channel groups.

Multi-Channel Funnels is a great report that provides vital data that can help you better understand your channels that are sending you traffic so if you haven’t already, check it out!

Daniel Whittaker works for a company in the UK called Cartridge Monkey Ltd., one of the UK’s major suppliers of ink cartridges and all in one printers. Daniel loves to write about search and technology on the web.

Google Denies Rigging Search Results

0

Google is widely recognized as the top search engine in the world. Though no one knows quite how, the site consistently positions itself as the most definitive source for computer users looking to find out more about a specific topic.

But what if the results you see on Google’s search engines were biased in some way?

That’s the charge that was made recently by Jeffrey Katz, the CEO of online shopping comparison site Nextag. In an opinion editorial piece he wrote in the Wall Street Journal, Katz contended that by analyzing traffic coming to his site from Google, he knows for certain that the search engine tweaks its algorithms in an effort to penalize its competitors, including Nextag. Katz claims that because Google incorporates what is known as “paid inclusion” in its search results, it now more closely resembles a commerce site rather than an objective search engine.

However, Google quickly and forcefully responded to Katz’s allegations on its own Public Policy Blog. What’s more, Google appears to be putting its money where its mouth is: by openly encouraging users to visit other search engines if they are not satisfied with Google’s results.

Amit Singhal, Google’s Senior Vice President of Engineering, denied Katz’s assertions and said that Google never allows its paid advertisements to affect its search results. Although it does accept paid ads, Singhal notes that such “commercial experiences are clearly labeled and distinct from the unpaid results,” which he claims is in stark contrast to most shopping comparison sites (he didn’t mention Nextag specifically, but the inference was clear).

Singhal went on to say that by year’s end, Google will completely separate its product search results from those returned for non-commerce topics. These product-related entries will be categorized under a new Google Shopping banner in an effort to better serve the needs of e-commerce shoppers.

In the blog post, Singhal emphasized that all of Google’s actions are motivated by what users ultimately want, not by commercial, advertising, or asset tracking objectives. The algorithms implemented by Google for its search engine are closely guarded; however, Singhal did reveal that the company makes over 500 changes to these algorithms every year in order to improve user experiences – not to channel search requests to websites. To support this point, Singhal noted how many Google searches now lead users to a factoid, map, or weather forecast instead of a traditional website – or even simply give a short answer on the search engine itself. (As an example of this, typing “capital of Missouri” into a Google search bar simply gives you a notification of “Jefferson City” at the top of its list of results.)

But the most interesting part of Singhal’s response was his invitation to compare Google against its competition. In fact, he even went so far as to provide links in his actual post

to competitors Yahoo!, Bing, Google Minus Google, and DuckDuckGo. Singhal closed by identifying what he believes is the best aspect of the Internet: the ability of users to navigate to another site if they don’t find what they are looking for from Google or anyone else.

There’s no denying that Google is exhibiting impressive chutzpah with its “love us or leave us” attitude in its response to Katz’s accusations. Perhaps the next question is whether Internet users will actually take him up on his offer – and whether it will shift the balance of power in the search engine competition.

How Copywriters Can Use SEO to Help Improve Your Sales

0

These days when you think about marketing your business you need to think of social media, SEO and the internet, terms that haven’t been used until recently, terms that many business owners still don’t understand. When you are ready to venture into the online world with your business, using copywriters can help you ensure that you get the best visibility possible and reach the target audience that you need to reach.

What Is SEO?

A question that still many business owners don’t know. If you have happily run your store for years with a good customer base, you have never needed the internet. Now everyone is on the net whether they’re a supermarket or a hair salon or even if they offer a service such as plumbing or handyman. You don’t have to be a big business to take advantage of the affordable marketing the internet has to offer.

Chances are if you’re not on the internet you’ve noticed your business dwindling, though this is no surprise after the recession scare, where everyone is holding onto every possible penny they can. This is the time to move your business forward, move in a new direction and grab technology with both hands.

So let’s answer that nagging question on what is SEO. SEO stands for search engine optimisation, it’s using certain keywords relating to your products or services that help your business get a good ranking in search results.

When a customer types a word into Google, for example, you want your business to appear as one of the first options for them to choose from, this is done through keywords and how they are utilised in your webpages, blogs and articles. You will gain a reputation with Google and your ranking will improve, thereby increasing your turnover and in turn increasing your profits.

Why Use Copywriters?

When you hire copywriters you don’t need them full time, maybe between you have agreed on ten blogs a month, so you only have to pay them for those ten blogs, this saves you money on desk space and a new computer for them.

Copywriters are specialists in their field, these are professional writers who work on a freelance basis and have a way with words that not only incorporates SEO, but draws people to your blogs and website, gets the customers to stay there and read what they have to say and hopefully interest them enough to buy.

Remember the last radio advertisement you heard for a product or service, it sounded like an opportunity that couldn’t be missed, it sounded like you needed that product right there and then and that this was the best product ever made, well copywriting is very similar but it’s done with words on paper rather than through voicing the words.

These writers have a way with words, they manage to engage their audience through interesting information, they draw people to your blogs daily trying to find out information that they are looking for or which interests them, this is your target audience and these are the people you want to buy from you. With a hyperlink to your website in the blog these customers can then click on the link and visit your site, where they can have a look around and see if the products are what they looking for, they can then purchase them with ease and this was all done through words, pretty remarkable, isn’t it.

So if you think about it now, do you have that special way with words, do you have the time to sit and write your own webpages and blogs and do you know what your customers will find interesting and informative?

Copywriters can fill the gaps for you, take the pressure off you and get the work written in a timely fashion, so you can concentrate on handling all the sales that come through the internet and into your email inbox.

How To Market Your Products To Either Gender (Even If You’re An Idiot)

0

As anyone knows, the differences between men and women are genetically hardwired into our very nature. This is why girls like pink, and boys like blue- because our cavewomen ancestors recognised pink as the colour of berries for when they’re gathering fruit, while the cavemen liked blue because blue skies meant good weather for hunting. Because that sounds like a totally real thing and in no way completely made up. Well, apart from the fact that as far back as the early 20th century we believed the exact opposite. Someone writing for Earnshaw’s Infants’ Department in 1918 said of pink that it was “a more decided and stronger color … more suitable for the boy”. The same piece that that “blue, which is more delicate and dainty, is prettier for the girl.”

Still, unless you listen to stuff like history and science then our disposition for girls to like pink and boys to like blue is totally immutable and not at all a totally arbitrary distinction we thought up in the 50s.

This is important to know if you work in marketing, particularly packaging. For example, let’s take a look at the razor blade. A razor is, on the face of it, a fairly basic bit of kit. We have, after all, been working with sharpened blades since our cavewomen ancestors were picking fruit that made them genetically preconditioned to like pink (presumably they didn’t find any bananas). Since then we’ve perfected the technology so that we now have a fine blade that is useful for the removal of hair. Fairly straight forward, and an unambitious packaging designer might simply resort to point out that your razor is better at removing hair than the razors manufactured by a rival company.

But to do that would mean that you lacked the insight to provide two types of packaging, one for each gender!

How To Do Lady Razor Packaging For Ladies

To appeal to the ladies, it isn’t enough to simply colour your packaging pink. Instead, you’ll need to think carefully about the female brain as we imagine it is. Women like being pretty, so you need to convince them that using this sharpened blade to remove their hair will make them pretty. Use names like “Goddess” and “Diva” that summon up images of ladies looking pretty, and put pictures of pink fabric on the packaging, because fabric reminds women of dresses, their favourite thing.

The copy that you include on the packaging is also important. Use lots of “Girl Words” like “gentle” “soothing” and “comfort”. If your copy is well written enough, you should be able to convince your lady customer that she’s not in fact removing hair from her body with a sharpened bit of metal, but giving herself a sort of sharpened hug.

How To Do Man Razor Packaging For Men

Men of course, do not like pink things, despite it being the colour of a nice, manly steak, or manly strawberry ice cream. Instead, obviously, you will colour it blue, or possibly black or grey. Forget all of that stuff about “comfort” or “gentle” that you used for writing the copy for the lady razor packaging.

Instead of trying to convince men that they’re getting a hug of their razor, you should convince them that their razor is basically an F-16 made of swords. Razors with four, five or six blades are best, because they convince men that their hair is evolving to swerve, Matrix-like, whenever they see a coming blade.

Where ladies have a grip for their “feminine hands” men have grips on their razors kind of like what a gun would have. Where ladies “shave” men just stab themselves in the face until all their hair is dead!

For more ideas, try looking at battery packaging, which is full of lightening strikes, words like “energiser” and imagines of great big shiny metal things which men like. They haven’t made batteries for women yet…

Note to self: Invent “Women’s batteries”.

Chris Farnell is a freelance writer who covers subjects such as packaging jobs, marketing and social media. He shaves using a sharpened piece of flint.

The 10 Principles of Display Design

1

The importance of carefully considering and following the principles of display design should not be underestimated. Research indicates that a potential customer will express interest in a well-designed display in just eight seconds. The individual elements of a display design should combine in such a way that they effectively target the particular type of customer you seek, portray the image of your business in the best possible way, convey your message efficiently and help to reinforce the reason that customers should choose you over similar products or services in the same sector. In order for a display to achieve these aims it should adhere to the following 10 principles of display design.

1. Impact


The design of a display should compel a viewer to want to find out more by arousing their awareness and curiosity at first sight. Impact results from the creation of a focal point for your display, placing emphasis upon a particular message or image. Impact can be created via the appropriate use of colour schemes, lighting, and the position and repetition of the focal image or message.

2. Balance

Balance is essential to the creation of an efficient display. The use of too much text and too few illustrations, for example, may provide an information overload for the viewer causing them to ‘switch off’ before your message has been communicated effectively. All aspects of a display, including text, graphics, contrast, colours and layout should be balanced in such a way that it is appealing to the eye, easy to navigate and creates the desired response. Note that balance does not necessarily equate to perfect symmetry; whilst the ‘weighting’ of the elements of two sides of a display should roughly balance this does not mean that they have to be laid out identically.

3. Hierarchy and flow



Once you stimulated interest with the initial impact of your display, what would you like the potential customer to do next? Is there a logical path they should follow in order to gain the most from display? Giving a display a hierarchical structure which subtly leads the viewer from the information you want them to receive first, second, third, fourth and so on should keep them engaged and end with a call to action which provokes the desired response. Hierarchy and flow can be achieved by grouping similar display elements into themes, by overlapping elements, and by the use of lighting to suggest a progression from one element to the next. For an English-speaking audience, a hierarchy and flow which leads from left to right is instinctive.

4. Harmony

Where balance is the equal weighting and distribution of display elements, harmony is the principle of display design which brings all of the disparate elements that form a display together into a single, cohesive and consistent whole. Harmony is achieved by choosing display elements that naturally contrast or complement each other, whether display furniture, colour schemes, lighting, fonts or products. Nothing should be jarring to a potential customer’s senses; a lack of harmony can create a feeling of uncertainty or discomfort and undermines the effectiveness of a display.

5. Use of Colour


It is well-documented by psychologists that different colours stimulate different human responses and emotions, both positive and negative. The choice of colour or colour combinations used for a display must be considered carefully. Shades of blue and green are cool, calming and encourage conversation. Red subconsciously draws the eye and is stimulatory, but is also innately associated with danger. Yellow and orange are perceived as warm, friendly colours. These draw attention and can instil a sense of vibrancy and exhilaration. Brown is considered both relaxing and warm. Shades of purple conjure up associations with royalty and therefore prestige and sophistication. Grey, however, is generally associated with gloom and depression.

6. Illumination

Humans, like moths, are naturally drawn towards light, and the correct use of illumination in a display can hugely increase its effectiveness. Lights can be used to emphasise a product or message or to create a subconscious pathway directing viewers through the different elements of a display. Dimmed or coloured lighting or the creation of shadow can be used to create a particular atmosphere. Blue lighting, for example, can create an atmosphere of cold that would be perfect for a display focussing on refrigeration or winter sports. Note that proximity of a display to a source of natural light such as a window may have a bearing on the effectiveness of any illumination used. Spotlights, whilst excellent for highlighting display elements, should be positioned with care; temporarily blinding potential customers is not recommended.

7. Accessibility


The most effective display in the world will have failed if it cannot be fully and easily accessed by its target audience. Display design needs to address not just physical accessibility, which involves the elimination of barriers such as steps, clutter or anything else which hinders access to the display, but also non-physical considerations such as the ease with which your message can be read and understood by all viewers and the availability of sufficient assistance to answer questions, provide guidance and so on.

8. Appropriate signage

Display signage should be concise, accurate and unambiguous. Signage should be placed where it enjoys maximum visibility and, if appropriate, be printed on both sides. Signage should remain consistent in size, colour and font throughout a display. If signage relates to a product or service, keywords relating to the benefits should be used, but information should be brief: effective signage should do nothing more than direct a viewer to take a particular action such as enquiring further about a product or service.

9. Interactivity


Designing a display to incorporate a degree of interactivity for the viewer can significantly increase its effectiveness. Whilst human interactivity is the most obvious element of an effective display i.e. the availability of one or more approachable and friendly representatives who can answer questions, provide demonstrations, hand out product or service literature and generally engage the viewer, interactivity in display design can also include elements such as video display screens, audio commentaries and demonstration products which can be used ‘hands-on’ by potential customers.

10. Attention to detail

As with any kind of design, attention to detail is a key principle of display design. Display materials should be in good condition; free from stains, scratches, dust or dirt. This also applies to the display area itself; litter, dirt and items that might compromise health and safety such as trailing electrical cables should be removed. Signage should be correctly placed, and the display should be viewed from every angle from the customer’s perspective. Any promotional material or literature that is given away as part of the display should be in adequate supply. Even the location of the display needs to be carefully considered to ensure that maximum benefit is gained. If sufficient attention to detail has been given in a display design, nothing will have been left to chance.

John studied interactive design at Bournemouth Media School and is currently working for Just Displays, a design firm in London specialising in banner stands, displays and large format printing.

Top Keyword Research Tools

0

Keyword research is THE most important process in creating a new website. Assuming that your focus on search engine traffic, a keyword phrase that doesn’t have enough searches won’t make you any sales; if you pick the one with a terrific competition, you probably won’t be able to rank high enough to get any significant amount of traffic — again, no sales; if it has low CPC or if it isn’t a “buying” keyword, it’s not worth it… So even if you have a perfectly designed website with fantastic content and you work hard on link building, it’s all for nothing if you haven’t chosen the right set of keywords.

Keyword research is tough. It requires thorough analysis, patience and knowledge if you want to do it right. Luckily, there are some fantastic tools which can make your life a lot easier during this stage.

Google AdWords Keyword Tool is the only free tool on this list. What better way to learn what people are searching for on Google than to ask Google itself! The options here are limited, but even though today there are far more sophisticated tools on the market, this one is what many people still use to do basic research, and the more skillful ones can turn it into a powerful alternative to the paid options.

For those of you who are willing to pay a little extra for the premium goods that save time, here are the best keyword research tools available:

Keyword Discovery by Trellian collects data from a bunch of search engines and shopping sites (including Amazon and eBay), so that you get the results that show you which keywords pay the most. It’s really fast and thorough — you can get 1,000 related keywords in just two seconds (and knowing that this usually takes about half an hour, this is huge!). Or, if you’re willing to pay… a lot, you can subscribe to their Enterprise API and get up to 10,000 results.

They offer a free trial (50 searches a day, only 10 results displayed), and their standard subscription is $69.95 per month, or $599.40 per year. The price is probably the only downside to this fantastic tool, but, if you’re fanatic about your keywords, it’s definitely worth checking. It provides a wide variety of tools that can be of extreme help both for blogs looking for monetization and for the AdWords advertisers.

Keyword Spy is another pricy but worth it. It shows you which keywords your competitors are targeting in their AdWords campaigns with ad copy, estimated search volume and CPC, individual keywords and ROI for each one and a bunch of other stuff that really allow you to “spy” on your competitors. A clever concept, when you think about it: someone else has already done the hard part, all you have to do is take a peek at all the top keywords they have already found, and use them to drive traffic to your website. Conclusion: great tool for serious PPC players.

Word Tracker Keyword Tool takes time to learn and can be a bit overwhelming when you first start to use it, but it’s convenient: the separate tools they give you are combined so that you can do it all in one place, meaning no need to export data to another tool, and it lets you analyze multiple keywords at a time. Since it gets the data straight from metacrawlers, it will only show you the results that receive human visitors (no bid optimizers, rank monitors or other non-organic search queries). They also offer a full training in keyword research; you get to test the tool for free for 7 days, and after that it costs $69 monthly.

There you are. Take your pick and dive into the first stage of your project with confidence. These tools will not give you all the answers, you’ll have to do some thinking and analyzing on your own, but they will save you an enormous amount of time and effort.

Do you have another favorite that we didn’t include?

As a SEO expert, Jeff knows how important it is to do a quality keyword research. Curently, he is also associated with Serije as their consultant for search engine optimization and social media marketing and one of his priorities was keyword research.

Preparing Your Product for Launch Day

0

Preparing for a product launch can be stressful… There’s just so many things you can do. You know that you should get some affiliates on board, create an email list, build a following, prepare some launch day promotions, and so on. However, without a concise plan your work can become really hard.

What follows is a list of tasks and actions you should take prior to your big launch day. This isn’t a complete success recipe, but it will surely help you not to overlook any important elements.

Building a following

This is something you should begin doing a while before you even start planning your launch. Having an online presence is only valuable if you have an audience paying attention to what you’re doing.

Here are some areas worth focusing on:

  • Building an email list.
  • Twitter following.
  • Facebook fanbase.
  • Driving traffic to your blog — through SEO, guest posts, or any other way.

So how to do it, right? This is a topic big enough to create a whole separate site around it, so trying to explain it here isn’t really possible. Instead, let me just give you the most fundamental piece of advice I can.

Focus on providing value and offering relevant information, rather than promoting everything there is to promote in your niche. When people realize that you’re there to help them, they will naturally start following you.

Preparing an email and content sequence

What follows is a set of activities you should do when communicating with your audience before, during, and right after the launch. This goes for all: email messages, posts on your blog, tweets, etc.

Clarification. I’m not touching upon some of the obvious things here, like creating a sales page and writing copy, for example.

1. Let everyone know that something is coming

Simply mention the core message of your product and do it in an attractive way. Remember to connect this to the usual topics you talk about on your blog and in your email newsletter.

2. Offer part of it free

Simply take a part of your product and publish it for free on your blog and send it as a newsletter message as well.

3. Share some early reviews

Contact some of your partners or readers and ask them to write a short review of what you’ve shared as the free sample. Once you get the reviews back share them with your audience to arouse even more interest.

4. Announce the product

Make it clear that the project you’re working on will be a released as a whole product. Tell what the product is about, but don’t make the launch date public yet.

5. Build interest by sharing more

Pick another part of your product and share it for free again. This time pick a part that gives some immediate value or results. This should make your audience ultra-interested. Also, this is the point where you can share the launch date.

6. Make the shopping cart ready for the launch

This is a really important thing, yet it’s very often overlooked. You really don’t want to have your shopping cart crashing on you in the middle of the launch.

Make sure to sign up for a respected shopping cart solution, instead of just running it on your shared hosting server.

7. LAUNCH

Get your promotions in place and launch everything. Tell your blog readers to check out your product, your email subscribers, your Twitter followers, and so on. However, keep in mind that each of these places deserve a targeted message, not the same generic stuff.

8. Reminders

It’s always a good idea to remind your audience that a launch is going on. Do this one day after the launch day. You can share some of your results and even give additional bonuses for taking action.

9. Plan a re-launch

This is a never-ending game. When one launch is done it’s back to the drawing board for you. Start planning ahead and create some outlines for new products or for upgrades of the existing product — essentially, anything your customers can benefit from.

What do you think about this whole process? Can you think of any improvements that would make your launch even easier to handle?

Karol K. (@carlosinho) is a writer, a blogger, and an online business designer from Poland. Check out his advice on starting an online business at newInternetOrder.com.

Making Money From Something You Love

0

They say (I’m not sure who precisely) that if you can earn money doing something that you love, then you will ‘never work a day in your life’. And while this isn’t strictly true (it’s still possible to work hard) it means that you end up far more contented and genuinely loving what you do. It’s no doubt the way that life should be.

And the good news is, that with the dawn of the internet, making a living from something you love is now more possible than ever. Here we will look at how to go about doing that.

Make a Fan Site

If what you love is a TV series or a film series or a music band, then you can quite simply make a fan site paying tribute to that and providing information on the subject and this can then become a great way to earn money. There are plenty of websites out there that do nothing other than report on the latest news regarding Star Trek, Superman, Transformers, Sonic etc. and these sites are actually almost guaranteed to have a great readership.

Make a Hobbyist Site

Alternatively if it’s not Star Trek you love, but rather building your own remote control cars, then that’s a great topic for a website too.

Make a Book

Don’t want to make a website about your favourite subject? Then how about an e-book? And you can then sell this on Kindle, or even in print via POD services such as Lulu.

Provide a Service

What is it that you love doing? If it’s programming then great news — there are plenty of people on the web in need of a programmer. Alternatively maybe you hate programming, but you love writing? Well you know what SEO gurus say, ‘content is king’ and this is another service you can provide. Photography, marketing, consultation… these are all things you can offer online and all things you can turn into very easy online businesses.

Sell a Craft

If your hobby meanwhile is making jewelry or portraits, then these are things that you can sell on Bay and make a nice profit from. As you’ll only be paying for the raw materials there wll be barely any overheads and you can then very easily sell your creations on. Build your own website as well and this will give you another avenue for selling and you can start out by selling to your friends and family who will spread the word for you.

In short then the web provides us with lots of ways that we can set up a very simple business online and this then allows us to make a living from doing what we love — no matter what that might be.

Of course many people are afraid of doing something like this as they don’t want to give up their steady jobs. But that’s where the really great part comes in — you don’t need to give up anything. All you need to do is to start offering your service or running your website in your spare time and it’s only then when it builds up enough momentum that you can consider quitting your job.

This guest post was written by James. He is a blogger and loves to write about VPS, shared and cloud hosting. He loves the fact that he can make money while writing about a topic he really likes.

Tools for Successful iPhone App Creation

0

A thriving business is one that grows and adapts to an ever-changing world. With that in mind, most established businesses have some type of presence on the web. At a minimum, that presence includes information about the business and how it is of value to its customers. At best, it includes methods for obtaining or purchasing the product or service that business has to offer right from their web site.

Current reports show that this type of web presence is no longer enough. Increasingly, consumers are using mobile devices for all of their web needs. With small screen sizes a traditional web site is just not optimal for mobile use. To keep up with consumer demand, businesses large and small need to offer a mobile application for download.

Fortunately, there are many tools available to help with the creation of a mobile application; often referred to as an app. What follows is a comparison of three tools for building apps for the iPhone.

Basic Features:
 AppBreeder: Pre-formatted app kits based on business industry
Pre-defined collection of gadgets, icons, behaviors to add
 BuildAnApp: Pre-defined templates or use advanced custom page builder
Choose from inventory of graphics or use your own
 SwebApps: Pre-defined templates based on funtionality
Use backgound image from library or choose your own

Pricing

AppBreeder charges a monthly fee of $29.00 after the app is published. There is no initial setup fee. BuldAnApp has a monthly fee of 19.00 and an initial setup fee of $199.00. There is an optional fee of $49.00 to remove banner ads from the app. SwebApps charges a monthly fee of $29.00 and an initial setup fee of $399.00. There are a few optional fees as well. Apptracker is $10/month, and a custom load page is $100.00.

Note: an iOS developer account is required to publish an app to the Apple App Store. The fee for an iOS account is $99.00 which is paid directly to Apple. The user will be required to pay this fee in additon to the cost of the app creation tool.

Web Hosting

All three tools will host the user’s application. AppBreeder and SwebApps allow the client to specify, if they wish, the price a user pays to download the app. BuildAnApp does not support charging for downloading an app.

Viral Marketing

None of these tools list viral marketing for the app among the services they provide.

Android Capable

All three tools have the capability to create an app for the Android market. Each charges an additional fee for this service.
The availabilty of a downloadable mobile application is important for every business that wishes to stay competetive. Fortunately, neither a major cash investement nor hiring an outside programming firm is required to produce an app. To build an app best suited to the needs of customers, a business only needs to use one of the aforementioned tools.

Self-Hosted Apps Specialist

Please reach out to @JulianaPayson on Twitter for updates if you are looking to host great guest content for your blog please check out her writing here: http://www.inmotionhosting.com/blog/author/juliana/. is based in Los Angeles at a InMotion Hosting a company that provides VPS and Dedicated Servers.

Social Media Strategies – How to Use Them Effectively

0

Social media strategies are part of a larger plan used for marketing any kind of business. Social media is also beneficial to individuals as it encourages social interaction. As much as we accept the fact that social media is a very powerful medium for building brand loyalty, we are not very sure about how effectively it can be put to use as it is quite a new concept.

If you are serious about achieving success in your field of expertise be it business, sports or academics, you need to plan a strategy in order to reach your goal. Likewise, social media strategies are the steps that you take to improve your personal reputation or build an effective business brand and increase positive customer response from both existing and prospective clients.

Benefits of social media for individuals

1. Enables conversation and interaction among like-minded individuals

2. Connects long lost friends

3. You can have your own personal page with your contact details and develop new friendships

4. Enables small text messages called wall-posts allowing your groups to participate in the conversation

5. In due course such contacts may even turn into your business partners

6. You can share your own pictures, videos

7. You can share links that lead to some special work of art by you or a friend with an idea of promoting it

8. You can invite all your friends to an event hosted by you by a single message on your page and also get to know how many people would be attending from their responses

9. When used properly, social media can help promotion of any product or service to the extent that you cannot even imagine. Such is the power of social media today.

In this age of the Internet, social networking has reached amazing proportions that there are very few people who do not enjoy the benefits it provides.

Mezee.me is one of the best social media sites that helps you connect to as many individuals as you like. It is lively platforms that brings people together and have fun and also find like-minded friends. You can chat with them, upload your pictures and videos and create a name for yourself.

Benefits of social media for businesses

1. Cost-effective as most of the social media tools are either free or cost little

2. Helps in creating new business leads 3. Helps develop better relationship with existing customers 4. The existing customers will refer new customers for your business 5. You will be able to create a community of people who are interested in the products/services that you offer Popular social media sites

There are several social media platforms that are available online today. Facebook, Twitter and Youtube are popular among the masses as they have proved to be useful in many ways whether it is personal or business branding that you are aiming to develop. More and more new sites are also being created every day.

If you want to be an active part of a large community, sign up on mezee.me. It is free to join, create your profile, meet new people and enjoy life by interacting with them via free online chat rooms.

Note to requester: The category of this article is Internet and businesses, but Mezee (social networking site) required a mention, so I had to combine both business and individuals in social media marketing. Hope you approve of it. I think I have fulfilled the requirements specified, but in case there is a need for revision, please let me know, I will do it for you. Thank you.

Ludwing Hernandez, Social Media Especialist and full time web entrepeneur.

Google Penguin: More Good than Bad?

0

Violators Of Guidelines

With Google Penguin, Google hopes to get a handle on violators of its Webmaster Guidelines. The aim is to decrease search engine rankings of individual websites that abuse regulations by duplicating content, using keyword stuffing, or participating in link schemes and cloaking that have the potential to enhance rankings. These methods are referred to as “black-hat” SEO techniques. Many small to medium sized businesses have been dramatically affected by the update. The first update went live this year on April 24th. The following month, Google updated the algorithm with Penguin 1.1. The latest version would allegedly affect less than one-tenth of a percent of English web searches.

Keyword Stuffing Content

Over-optimization of SEO articles is a common practice. The sole purpose of these articles is to hit high in search engines and it’s not unusual to use any method such as keyword stuffing in order to succeed. Google wants to “level the playing field” and its main focus with the Penguin update is on web spam that is frequently generated through over wrought, SEO content and material that can flood the typical search.

The one type of material that can look to be hurt by Penguin is content produced by non-English writers which can be extremely low quality, over optimized, difficult to read and filled with duplicated keywords, synonym free content.

Links: Natural and Unnatural

Links are vital; they help us find what we need. On the opposite end, it helps businesses lead us where they want you to go. Without links, the Internet is no more than a stack of papers without any method for streamlining and accessing information. Google wants to guide you to the logical next step in the search for information. Penguin will technically look for building links that are based on satisfying results, not manipulation. Manipulation is essentially building links to take you where someone else wants you to go, which can often have no relevance to your initial search.

Avoid Low Quality Links

Natural links was the original idea behind Google. Through links, a subject was deemed worth ranking, allowing the user to link to it naturally. Yet, in a bid to outrank everything else, ways were to found to fill material with not just natural links, but an increasing number of spammy, or unnatural, links.

Avoid Paid Link

Google Penguin isn’t necessarily used to block anything. It wants to wean out unnatural links like paid links using keywords as anchor text; comment spam; guests posts used solely to get a link back to one’s own site; and, lastly, links flagged for malware, spam issues and sites that focus on porn or drugs.

Poor Quality

At the end of the day, Google Penguin will have a prominent effect on exact-match domain usage, or rather, overuse; both inbound and outbound use of keyword stuffing; extremely aggressive exact-match anchor text links and, of course, duplicate content, poor quality SEO material and blog spamming.

What Now?

Google Penguin is increasing the value of strong links and pruning the weak and unwanted to produce top notch and better analysed content to give the user better SERPs. This is a good thing and actually won’t disturb the traffic of anyone that’s providing legitimate SEO material in the first place.

Warranted Concern

Not surprisingly, a number of businesses are unhappy. Content writers are concerned as well, but there is no need to panic. Placing effectiveness and quality above links and cheap production is more crucial than ever and will probably need to be with each subsequent release that strengthens a search engine’s ability to differentiate material.

There are still plenty of active tools to be found that can be used for the benefit of correct and original optimized material. They provide Internet marketing solutions with dedicated staff promoting quality content. Seek them out and Google’s Penguin will not affect your production in the least.

Great content marketing can often be hard to do. SEO Brighton offer a wide range of viral link bait, social media strategies, competitions and tactics to compliment any SEO or PPC campaign.  

Utilizing Multi-Screen Marketing & Social Media Effectively

0

The social media and online marketing landscape is ever-evolving. Facebook and Twitter, and to a lesser effect LinkedIn have solidified themselves as leaders in the social-space with Google on their heels garnering the power of YouTube and their newly launched social network Google+. Other players like Foursquare, Tumblr, and most recently Pinterest and have entered the fray and showed strong growth throughout 2011 and into early 2012. All of these social platforms offer a massive influx of users and with that comes opportunity. This begs the question, how can one incorporate these platforms into their marketing strategy effectively?

Meeting Customers’ Needs Across Multiple Platforms

After watching a recent roundtable webinar entitled “Meet the Screens” the central idea was about integration of advertising and marketing across four platforms. TV, PC, mobile and tablets. The key focus was that in order to be successful, brands would have to utilize advertising that combined all of these platforms together in a cooperative effort. The research and metrics were all provided by Microsoft Advertising who was the official sponsor of the event by targeting “multi-screen consumers”.

Multi-Screen Marketing

Most people nowadays sit in front of 2-3 screens at any given time. Consider this example: You are sitting on your couch watching TV, you are likely to have a cell phone somewhere nearby within arm’s reach, and even more common you are likely to have a laptop and/or tablet there with you for work. The study went on to show that the most personal of all those relationships was with the smartphone. The research continued to show that a fair percentage of people actually touched their mobile device before they touched their significant other first thing in the morning! Shocking I know.

While most users only use their mobile for its usage as a phone for calls and/or text messages, an increasing proportion of Canadian multi-screen users use their phones to communicate online as well. Social networks like Twitter and Facebook have played a key role in this engagement but also phone technology has gotten increasingly more robust allowing users to easily access internet applications.

Taking Advantage of Multiple Channels for Advertising

So what does this mean from an internet marketing perspective? Well firstly this enables marketers a greater channel stream in which to promote their products and/or services. Engagement across all four platforms will play a vital role in branding and awareness for 2012 and companies that aren’t leveraging the viewers across these technologies they will be missing out. Internet marketing is moving from the web to mobile and most recently tablets at an alarming rate. Just recently a study by eMarketer showed that ad spending online (Internet, mobile, tablet) will for the first time in history surpass print. This is an exciting time to be an internet marketer as you will effectively have access to leverage more ad spend than ever before in the history of the internet.

The future of Social Media Marketing is growing exponentially with new social networks, platforms, and applications being developed all the time. Staying ahead of the curve and being able to identify trends across multi-screen consumers will be the difference between those who succeed and those who fail. Brands will look to utilize social media across multi-platforms and multi-screens, and with all this diversity having an organized, structured marketing plan to encompass all platforms will be the deciding factor.

Lorne Fade is an Internet search marketer for 9th sphere a local Toronto SEO, web design & marketing firm.

Five Business Tips The Apprentice Taught Us

0

by tEdits

The BBC television series “The Apprentice” offers an interesting and entertaining insight into the business world as contestants compete to go into business with Sir Alan Sugar. Whether they are developing a new product, selling on a market stall or creating an ad campaign, business tips can be learned from “The Apprentice”.

First Impressions Are Everything

It can take less than a minute to form an opinion about somebody. Wearing the right clothes, showing up on time and having the right attitude; the small details make a big difference.

In episode 3 of series 8 of “The Apprentice” the task was to create and market a new condiment. After ruining their first batch, Team Sterling showed up to their important business pitch without the product. The client bluntly told them that they would never enter a business agreement without even seeing the product first and the team seemed unprofessional and completely unprepared.

Know Your Market

Even a well-researched and developed product can be completely useless if it’s sold to the wrong market. This was well demonstrated in The Apprentice when the teams were instructed to make and sell street food. One team went to a nearby football ground selling meatballs. Made with the best ingredients and competitively priced against other gourmet products the team expected it to sell well. However, the football fans were accustomed to pie and chips and not gourmet meatballs. It didn’t matter that they had been made by a professional chef as it was the totally the wrong target market.

Listen to the People Around You

It can be easy when making a decision to remain steadfast and even stubborn in your own judgement and decisions. However, it is always beneficial to listen to others and heed their advice. Fellow colleagues may have different skill sets which can help identify potential problems or even offer improvements that you may have overlooked.

Be Positive

A confident and optimistic attitude always shines through. A sales presentation can be researched and delivered well, but it always shows if the speaker isn’t positive. Clients want to see that the person selling to them believes in what they are doing.

In episode 8 of the latest “The Apprentice” series, both teams were meeting with a street artist and the artist had to decide which team he wanted representing his art. Even though contestant Tom proved his extensive knowledge about street art as a medium, the artist chose Gabrielle from the opposing team simply because since she displayed so much enthusiasm.

If You Delegate, Delegate to the Right People

When working on a project it can often be useful to split into different smaller teams so that tasks can broken up and achieved quicker and more effectively. However, when delegating you need to identify which team members have strong leadership attributes. They need to be on board with the overall aims of the project while also being able to show initiative when needed. Delegating to the wrong people can result in projects going in the wrong direction.

The tasks on “The Apprentice” are often excellent examples of the types of decision-making that has to go into a successful business. Although the contestants often make mistakes, their actions make excellent discussion for business ideas and choices that can lead to success or failure.

This article was written on behalf of London meeting rooms supplier De Vere Venues. 

How To Price Your Product For Maximum Profit

2

This is a question that each new business owner grapples with.

For those without an official marketing education, the answer seems simple: calculate how much the material costs, how many work hours where required to manufacture the product, add advertisement, shipping costs and your profit and voila — you have your product price.

It is called the 4 ‘P’s: Product, Place, Promotion and Price.

But it gets more complicated than this: Price is a perception of value — it doesn’t have to be the actual value of the product. The customer has to feel that the product’s perceived value exceeds the price he is asked to pay. Pricing is a very delicate balancing act between over-charging and losing customers, and under charging and ‘leaving money on the table’. What if your calculations show that the product price you came up with is low to the standards of the market? Should you hike up the price? What if the price you came up with is more than your competition charges?

To price your product for maximum profit, you have to ask yourself the following questions:

● How unique is my product? Unique products can be priced higher because of its limited supply.

● How important to the customer is your product? The more important it is the more you can charge for it. Apple uses that technique, emphasizing how much their products will improve customer’s lives, and then charging as much as they want.

● What is the amount usually spent on a product like that? Your price has to be compatible. Look at Blackberry as an example. They came out with a tablet that costs as much as the iPad did, but wasn’t as good. They got crushed.

● How often will this product be bought? Is it consumable? Based on repeat customers? Then you want to retain those customers and price accordingly.

Decide what your objectives with the product are:

● Do you want to penetrate a market and gain customers? Is this a one-and-only product or a secondary product to the one you really want to sell? Or do you have a product that will be bought over and over again, like a consumable product? Then you might think of pricing low

● Do you want to get the maximum profit from this one product? Do you have a unique product that has a short window before the competition will come up with their version? Price your product high for maximum profit.

● Do you want to crush the competition and price low? It is illegal to squeeze the competition out of the marketplace. However, you can use it when you are competing with one or two.

● Do you want to continue with this line of business? If so, you want to create relationships with your customers by pricing at the lower level of cost+.

● Is your objective to be competitive? If you want to be considered for proposals, biddings and auctions, you have to stay competitive.

You also have to decide what your “teeter point” is. Teeter point was coined by Ken Evoy the co-author of “Make your Price Sell”, and means finding the price point that if you add only $1, you are going to lose the sale. To find the point ask yourself what price will be too high to buy the product and what price is just a bit too high. Your teeter point is between the two.

How you present your price to the customers is important:
How to make the price appealing? It has to do with human psychology more than with logic. Here is what works:

● Compare or contrast your price with another, similar product to show you come ahead.

● Offer installments to entice people to buy. The cheaper amount will be more appealing.

● Break down your price into components, total it and show the customers they are getting a good deal by buying the whole package.

● How to post the price? If the price of the product or service is under $10 — end the price with $.99, for obvious reasons. Between $10-$100 end with $.95 because $.99 seems greedy at this price range. Over $100 — Present the price in whole numbers.

Andre is a staff member of Open Colleges, Australia’s leading provider of TAFE courses equivalent. When not working, he can found at his personal blog, Journey To Earth.

What Made Google the Best Search Engine?

1

There are many search engines today, but few are the ones that could be considered as powerful. Google is definitely a leader in this area and since the start of Google back in the early 1998, the company updated their algorithms many times and reaching up to 500 — 600 updates per year lately.

Almost every month there is a major update that has effect on the search engine ranking results. Toolbar PageRank (TBPR) is considered by some SEOs as the application that gave start to the search engine optimization. Over the years, the Google Company releases different algorithm changes and new applications all in the name of the easier search and better results.

Some of the changes made over the years are: filtering the content and removing the low quality one, personalizing the search so it can be easier for the normal user to find the information desired and presenting few new successful hits like Google Chrome web browser. The Google + network is one of the major moves in the history of Google as they made their own social network.

Google algorithm changes

Lyuben Georgiev works for one of the leading search marketing agencies in Europe – Outrider. You can check all sources used in the infographic if you click here.

The Psychology Of Search Engines And Dentistry

0

The way in which people relate to the internet is a study in psychology that is so interesting that endless theories of the human condition can be postulated and learned for over milenia. The most obvious has been the collective thirst for knowledge. Every person who goes on the internet in one way or another looks for information of some sort. Information is the key to power, regardless of whether the specter of influence is a tea-cup or the vast fields of battle.

A person in search of a dentist, for example, is in need of the service. The same with a person in search of a dietician. There is a simple psychology ticking in the background. First let us relate Maslow’s Hierarchy of need to search engine patterns.

Maslow’s Hierarchy

Abraham Maslow proposed, too much eventual acceptance, that the human growth traverses similar needs and are motivated by five different groups of stimuli. The five stages are Physiological, Safety, belonging, esteem and self-actualization. This is in ascending order. In an individual’s early stages they are more motivated by physiological needs and that ascends through the ranks until it culminates in needs of self-actualization.

By monitoring what a person frequently searches for, a profile can be built to understand the elements that motivate the person. In the Physiological need stage, people are motivated and crave for basic necessities, breathing, food, water, sex and so on. This level is not really a target of most advertisers as the person is probably still a minor. However, it does tel the researcher that there is a child in the household.

Understanding Search Habits

At the highest, apex of the Maslow pyramid is morality and creativity – all parts of the self-actualization level. It is easy to see the correlation when self-actualization is prevalent. The demographic for Wikipedia research with the highest index of users are this group that attains this apex who are beyond the ages of 45. It correlates well for Maslow’s ideas.

By monitoring each site that is visited and each search that is made the profile begins to emerge after a prolonged period and that is a treasure chest of information for the researcher. Once it is determined which category the searcher is a part of, it is easy to then drill down and look at more detailed data.

The next level of data mining is to determine if the person is of B-needs or D-needs. B stands for being and D stands for deficiency. A B need person is a person who is motivated in life by self-betterment and a D person focuses on deficiency. It’s a classic situation of seeing the cup either half full or half empty.

Understanding the psychology behind searches is a far more accurate way of determining what the person will most likely search for and what services to direct to their advertisements. It is highly accurate and highly efficient. As far as a dentist is concerned his target audience for adults should be those profiling under the highest of the Hierarchy and as a B personality.

Your author is Elliot Pearson, he enjoys writing and editing Dentist Identity, who provides dental website services and dental seo marketing for dentists worldwide.

Twitter Breaks U.S. Records During Super Bowl 2012

0

The Super Bowl, no longer just a major sporting event, but one of the worlds largest advertising and marketing phenomena. Each year advertisers and marketers come together to dream up new and exciting advertising campaigns to wow the Super Bowl audience, resulting in sales records being broken year on year. At this year’s Super Bowl there was a new, less obvious record breaker – Twitter!

Discussion on Twitter ranged from the sublime to the ridiculous during the Super Bowl, many Tweets having nothing to do with the actual game. The controversial Ferris Bueller/Honda advert got a lot of attention as did the half time performance.

The highest number of Tweets per second was broken when 12,223 Tweets were made at full time. This smashed the previous record of 7,196 tweets per second, which happened at the final siren of the Japan v United States, Womens’ World Cup final in July 2011.

It wasn’t only the Tweeting at the end of the game that caused a stir. Madonna’s half time performance also received record breaking attention, with over 10,000 tweets per second during the peak of her performance. I wish I could say that all the Tweets were favourable, but it appears Madge has lost her appeal! (we’ll say no more)

Twitter has grown substantially over the past 5 years. Worldwide, there are now over 100 million active users. These users sent over 60 billion tweets last year (that is an awful lot of character counting). With sign-ups increasing every day, no doubt we will see more records being broken before 2012 is out. At this stage, Twitter shows no signs of slowing down and with the sale of mobile devices on the rise it can only mean more tweets.

In itself, Twitter has already revolutionised communication. Whilst it doesn’t have the same following as some of the larger social networks (e.g. Facebook has almost 850 million registered users), it has made a huge difference in the way we communicate.

Movements such as Occupy have been able to establish themselves worldwide thanks to the quick thinking of Twitter users. We have also seen many high profile political personalities turning to Twitter as a way to communicate with the voting public and the younger generations.

With the introduction of Twitter Brand Pages we can expect a further upsurge in users over the next few months and no doubt new records being set and broken.

It’s taken a sporting event for these heights to be reached, what will be the next record breaker? I’d put my money on the U.S. Presidential results…if you’re the gambling type it might be worth a bet!

Matt Beswick runs a digital agency based in London, amongst his clients he lists the company who operate airport lounges in Heathrow, Stansted and Gatwick. 

Top 10 Android Apps You Can’t Live Without

0

There are hundreds of thousands of Android apps on the market today. When it comes to choosing the ones that you want, the options are nearly endless. Of course, even with so much to choose from, there are still some apps that are better than others. Take the time to explore your options and consider the following 10 apps for your download, because they’re ranked among the must-haves for Android phones:

RingDroid: This application is a free download that allows you to edit mp3 files, including ringtones and alerts. It’s handy, easy to use, and allows you to customize anything.

Spotify: This music app is a must-have for anyone considering a music app. You can save music to your SD card, saving your data usage for better things.

Yelp: If you travel a lot or live in a city, this app is ideal. It will give you information and reviews on places to dine, entertain yourself, relax, and enjoy wherever you are.

Meebo IM: There are a lot of IM apps out there, but this is one of the finest in the Android marketplace. It handles all the major IM clients at once, allowing you to stay connected with ease.

Twidroid: Even though there are tons of Twitter app options, this is the easiest, cleanest option to use. You can choose between the paid version and the free version, depending on what you prefer.

LauncherPro: Most Android phones make customization of the bottom of the home screen difficult. This app replaces the typical home screen operation and allows you to customize everything.

Battery Widget: While it might seem obviously overstated, this is a must-have app. It will show you how much battery life remains in percentages so you’re not trying to guess what the green bar really means.

Amazon Appstore: You’ll have to get this from Amazon.com, but since Android lets you download to your phone from a PC, it’ll be easy. Every day a different paid app is offered free on Amazon’s app store.

Volume Control +: This will give you the chance to access volume controls for your home screen so that you can set different volume levels for different events.

Advanced Task Killer: Available in free or paid form, this app will ensure that your phone isn’t running wasteful apps in the background. Simply open it, highlight the apps you want to kill, and then click “kill selected apps” to save your battery.

This article has been provided by Kevin Pritchard who is a contributor for click discounts co uk where you can find some useful vouchers to help you save money.

The Four Rules of Prospect Marketing

0

Every prospect-marketer relationship building process has four stages and if you handle these four stages intelligently then you can definitely achieve success. These four stages are:

Stage #1 – Initially, your target audience and your prospects do not know who you are and what offer do you have for them.

Stage #2 – Then you achieve some recognition but still the relationship lacks awareness. Your prospects recognize you but they still do not know much about you and the services or products which you are offering.

Stage #3 – The third stage is when your prospect recognizes you and is also aware of the services and products which you offer however, the prospect does not know what these services or products could do for them and how the services or products which you offer could help your prospects.

Stage #4 – In the last stage, your prospect knows about you and your business and the prospect is completely aware of the services or products which you offer. The prospect is also completely aware about how these services or products could benefit them. But it is only the matter of trust which stops the prospect to agree on your terms. The prospect is uncertainly if you really are the right person with whom he or she should do business. This is the most sensitive stage which can conclude a deal/contract.

In order to run a good marketing campaign every step of the prospect-marketer relationship process requires a different approach and focus. Stability and consistency is very important for the professional who handles all these steps exclusively in an organization. Every member of staff an organization should have the same mindset, approach and message and this should achieved by providing proper training to the employees.

Tips For Strong Marketing Relationships and Increasing Your Clientele

#1 – Get recognized

The first aim in order to build a relationship with a targeted prospect is become known to the prospect. This can be done by creating an attractive message for the prospects which will draw the attention of the prospects.

A core marketing message or the “elevator speech” is a brief and concise message which is delivered to the prospects to give them the introduction of you and your business. This message will inform the prospects about the kind of client with whom you work, how you fulfill the requirements of your clients and how you achieve positive results.

The core marketing message should not be lengthy. It should be of only one or two sentences and at the same time it should be informative and appealing.

#2 – Increasing awareness

Due to the elevator speech which you have delivered to your prospects you will be able to draw the attention of your prospects and this is the time when you need to utilize this attention. Your prospects will certainly have questions about who you are and how your services and/or products work.

At this point you should be very clear about the benefits which you offer to your clients and how you should respond to the questions of your prospects. These questions can be like:With whom do you do business with?What is the system or approach which you apply while working?What are your expertise, qualification, and specialty?What is the track record of your success?

As a business coach, mentioning some past success stories to the prospects is the easiest and most convenient method to answer all these questions. People understand success stories more easily and success stories are considered to be more credible as well.
Usually organizations create marketing brochures to increase awareness about their business and products/services. Thanks to the advancement of technology, people are increasingly using the internet and it is also a good marketing strategy to have a good website for establishing integrity and credibility.

#3 – Get more personal with the prospects

Dale Carnegie is a creative writer who has written the famous book “How to win friends and influence people”. In this book he mentions that one of the best ways to build a personal relationship is to allow people to talk about themselves and their situation. This same rule applies to marketing as well.

Ask questions from your prospects about the challenges which they face when they live without the products or services which you offer. Let them speak and explain their situation and problems. They do not want to hear about you, but instead they are more interested to talk about them and their problems.

Besides improving and building a relationship with the prospects, asking questions is also vital because it allows you to deliver the products or services which is exactly according to the requirements of the clients.

#4 – Obtaining the consent of the prospect to continue

The final and the concluding stage is to obtain the consent of the prospect to move forward and initiate a deal. At this stage, you need to intelligently prepare a proposal. This proposal will mention how the services or products offered by your organization will benefit the prospect or the client.

The proposal will also mention the terms of the contract and the time frame involved in the deal.In case your proposal is not accepted by the prospect, you should try to probe and ask about the concerns of the prospect. Perhaps you might be able to solve the issues of the prospect and in this way they might be able to do business with you.

One of the most important factors of marketing is to focus on the requirements of the prospects and building trust. By increasing your credibility and competency you can develop the trust between your organization and the prospects.

About the Author:

Morris N. Mann, P.D. — As a mid-life coach, Morris provides business owners and professionals with advice on how to achieve success in business and greater happiness in their personal lives. As a business executive responsible for marketing and systems management in international product and service companies, he has over 15 years experience. With a Ph.D. in psychology he has been a successful coach for over 10 years.

How is the Government Supporting UK Technology Businesses

1

The government appears to be heavily committed to helping technology businesses, particularly start-ups, grow and thrive, and is putting real money into doing so. They have brought in a range of different types of financial support aimed to helping technology businesses, which they see as very much the future of innovative capitalism in the UK. With more traditional industries struggling to compete against countries like China, and the economy still in a very difficult place in general, it is hard to disagree. The technology sector in the UK is one of the few which is actively thriving in the current climate. In the area of East London now known as ‘tech city’, a diverse base of new technology companies is developing, helped by government support. Creative technology solutions are one area in which the UK can and does really excel. If you have or would like to start a technology business, what help can you get?

Grants
There are all sorts of grants which are aimed specifically at technology businesses. Research and development grants are offered specifically for businesses in the technology sectors (as well as for those in the science and engineering sectors). They are aimed at businesses who want to carry out original research and develop something new. Applications for these grants would need to prove that they have a market-worthy concept which is likely to succeed. Grants are also available for R&D through the EU. Specifically, the EU Framework Programme funds research in technology, among other areas. In some areas, technology business may also be able to apply for general business grants, such as the Regional Growth Fund. While not tech-specific, these grants are available to any business which will contribute to growth in depressed regions.

Tax-Breaks

Grants tend to help businesses get off the ground, but what happens when they are already there, but just in need of a little nurturing? Business tax-breaks are available of 225% for research and development projects, which should help technology businesses in particular. Those investing in companies can also get tax-breaks. The Enterprise Investment Scheme is aimed at small, high-risk companies (which many technology businesses are by their nature). It provides tax relief on shares purchased in these companies.

Training and Knowledge Development
As well as helping business with hard cash, the government tries to help businesses meet their training needs and share knowledge with each other, through a range of programmes. The Knowledge Transfer Partnership programme helps business recruit experts in particular areas which a business sees as strategically important to them, and helps them meet the cost. It is also helping to create a network of technology and innovation centres which act as hubs for a particular skill or area of knowledge. They will allow technology businesses and universities to collaborate on research projects and share their knowledge for mutual benefit. There are also a number of training grants available, aimed at helping businesses train their staff in new technologies.

This article was written by Workbooks, a leading supplier of CRM software.

A History of Guinness’ Advertising: Through the Decades

0


via Wikipedia

Guinness’ advertising campaigns are almost as iconic as the drink itself. For years they have brought consumers striking, clever and amusing adverts which are as memorable as your first taste of the Irish stout. Until the 1930’s Guinness relied on word of mouth to sell but after a slump in sales they decided to invest in advertising and have produced effective campaigns ever since. Here is a rundown of the best adverts we think Guinness has ever made and there are many to choose from. Benson’s poster campaign.

 

John Gilroy’s Poster Ads


credit: foshie

In the 30’s and 40’s Guinness started to worry about their sales figures and so enlisted advertising heavy weight Bensons to hit consumers and increase sales. What Bensons came up with was a poster campaign which could be considered propaganda of the drinks world. Slogans appeared such as Guinness for Strength, Guinness Makes You Strong and the most well known one of all, “Guinness is good for you.” The convincing slogans, alongside the work of artist of the moment John Gilbert were a recipe for success and Guinness saw their sales sky rocket.

 

“Toucans” TV Advert

 

In the early 1950’s Guinness chose the toucan as its mascot to advertise the Guinness brand and has become as well known as the brands other symbol, a harp. In 1955 the ambitious company decided to ‘bring a Guinness poster to life’ and produced a televison advert to run alongside their toucan posters. The ad ran in America and Canada as well as the UK and featured several toucans descending on an army mess and stealing all the soldiers’ beer. It is one of the most well remembered adverts of that generation.

 

“Surfer” TV advert

 

This has won ‘Best ad of all time’ categories regularly since it was first shown on UK TV in 1998 and was universally considered a beautiful piece of work by many critics. The ad was directed by Jonathan Glazer and launched by agency Abbott Mead Vickers under the name of Surfer. It features a group of eager surfers waiting on the beach for the perfect wave to come along. When it does they are taken by surprise as real (and now iconic) horses rise out from the water. The soundtrack ‘Phat Planet’ makes it particularly memorable and was created by UK band Leftfield.

 

“Tipping Point” TV advert

 

In the early 2000’s Guinness’ ad’s were becoming more and more sophisticated and in 2007 it launched an advert which was part of the most expensive advertising campaign the company had ever run. The advert features a huge dominoes game which brings the whole population of a small village together to play. Among the dominoes are odd and surprising objects which topple down including a suitcase, fridge and car until we reach a collection of books, shaped like a pint of Guinness. It was directed by Nicolai Fuglsig and the cast was made up of residents of the remote Iruya village in Argentina where the sequence was filmed.

 

“Body Parts” print adverts

As well as sophisticated big budget TV commericals Guinness has also favoured striking print adverts to win them fans. Most recently their ‘Body Parts’ poster ads which show heads and fingerprints morphing into pints of Guinness. The result is an effective, clever campaign which implies that a beer is as individual as a person and fits in perfectly with you and your requirements. It also jumps on the back of marketing Guinness as a product which is ‘alive,’ something the company have been doing for the last twenty years.

 

If this article has given you a thirst for Guinness then check out GoIreland’s catalogue of hotels in Ireland, and visit the place where the world’s favourite stout was invented.

SEO – A Website Marketing Powerhouse

1

SEO has been a hot-button word in the website marketing arena for quite some time. I still hear on a daily basis, “will search engine optimization help my company?” The fact of the matter is unless you have a SEO consultant look over your site, your current marketing, etc. and make the necessary changes, there is a 99.99999% chance that search engine optimization can help your company. Let me clarify just how this form of marketing can help contribute to your company’s bottom line.

Great SEO = Location, Location, Location

Picture your website as a retail location, now imagine that you are in the busiest shopping mall in America and that almost everyone that walked by your shop was a potential customer. This is the advantage of SEO in a nutshell. Search engine optimization enables you to attract the right kind of visitors to your site when they are in buying mode. How do you know they are in buying mode?  Their search habits give us insight into their true intentions.

Imagine you run a printing shop that specializes in Brother laser printers. Now imagine that a search engine user opens up their favorite search engine (Google, Bing, or Yahoo) to look for a laser printer and types in the search phrase “Brother Color laser printer,” which is exactly what you carry. Now, envision a search engine user typing in the phrase “color printer.” Do you think your chances are better converting a visitor that is looking for a “color printer” or one that is searching for the exact brand (Brother laser printer) the search engine user happens to prefer? How do we know that’s what the customer is looking for?  It’s because they typed it in… plain and simple. In what other form of marketing do you have the ability to pinpoint potential customers at the height of their buying cycle?

Unique Ability To Target Potential Clients

Search engine optimization gives us the ability to harness the power of keyword relevant searches/research and use it to our advantage. By determining what keywords your customers may be searching for we can effectively target your potential client.

Now picture your website as a retail location in a shopping mall in the middle of nowhere. Now imagine the lack of visitors to your retail location, this is your website without SEO. It’s pretty cut and dry when you look at the facts, SEO has been and remains to be extremely important for your business.

Chris practices search engine optimization over at St. Louis SEO. He enjoys helping St. Louis area business owners with their local SEO and website design needs. On top of being an avid fan of analyzing search algorithms, he also enjoys helping clients throughout the United States with their local and nationwide website marketing needs.

Google Changes Search – Don’t Put All Your Eggs in One Basket

8

What is Search Plus Your World?

‘Search Plus Your World’ is Google’s latest major update, and the first to actively incorporate the user’s social network into the SERPs.

So, along with the usual web pages, blog posts shared by people in the user’s Google+ network will appear, as well as image results from friends’ Picasa accounts and videos liked by friends on YouTube.

With the Twitter deal having ended, Google’s primary source of data is Google+, so a high priority will be given to activity from the user’s Circles. However, as social is clearly the direction Google wants to go in, don’t be surprised if a new deal is made with Twitter (and perhaps Facebook?) very soon.

How does this change my SEO strategy?

As part of the update, Google has made a very prominent toggle allowing you switch off Your World and just stick with the usual SERPs. However, most people are unlikely to do this. That means maximising your potential for appearing in people’s Search Plus Your World results should be a priority.

Link building by itself will no longer be enough. A strong presence on Google+ will be essential, as well as a content strategy geared towards a high number of +1s. The more your content is shared on Google+, the more likely it is to show up in Search Plus Your World Google results.

This also means that the emphasis will have to shift away from the homepage, as the chances of penetrating the Search Plus Your World results will be much higher with blog and video content.

If you haven’t already, incorporating a ‘passive’ approach to link building (i.e. generating content for the purposes of ‘linkbait’) will be essential. Content likely to generate links is also likely to attract +1s and shares, the worth of which will undoubtedly to grow over time.

Finally, as Google is clearly incorporating social data into their algorithm, it’s safe to say that links from pages with high social worth will be more valuable than those without.

This last point is important — some niches (e.g. plumbing) won’t have to worry about the social aspect as much. Searches like these are unlikely to generate Your World results. However, the approach to link building will probably still benefit from an emphasis on social worth; so when conducting ‘traditional’ link building, social metrics will become just as important as PageRank et al.

Diversifying your approach

The ‘take home’ point is that if your online marketing strategy, whether for your own business or a client’s, is solely focused on traditional, link building based SEO, then it’s time to diversify your approach.

How much SEO changes directly in the wake of Search Plus Your World remains to be seen. What is certain is that it is the first step towards a more social Google, requiring a correspondingly more social SEO strategy.

If you’ve managed to escape social marketing in your approach thus far, Search Plus Your World should at the very least serve as a wake up call to the importance of social in your online marketing.

Jamie Graham blogs on online marketing topics for SMEs. You can read more of his posts on the Web Development and SEO blog.

Mobile Websites are Becoming a Business Necessity

1

Traditionally mobile websites were considered to be the poorer cousins of the desktops websites. Most businesses gave little attention to them as they hardly brought in any sales and revenue. Mobile users would have to visit the desktop version of the website which was a painful exercise. But mobile browsing has gone through a monumental shift with the popularity of smartphones and tablets. It is estimated that close to 25% of the Internet users access the web using their mobile phones. And by 2015 this is going to be the dominant way of accessing the Internet. The advent of technologies such as 3G has made mobile browsing a worthwhile experience.

In such a scenario businesses are increasingly focusing on the mobile versions of their website which has become a business necessity. Mobile web development has become the focus for most businesses which foresee the future. It is no longer an extension of the website development process but a dedicated field in itself. Mobile applications for platforms such as iPhones, Androids, BlackBerrys have become common for most professional business organizations. It won’t be wrong to say that businesses which continue to ignore mobile website will struggle when it comes to attracting new customers to their business. If you don’t have a mobile compatible website you are missing out on a huge marketing opportunity for your business.

Reasons for Popularity of Mobile Websites

  • Handy Solution – Internet is a part and parcel of our lives each and every minute. From browsing through the news headlines to trading stocks and locating places most users spend hours on the Internet. Mobile devices are handy when it comes taking full advantage of the Internet as you can access information even when you are on the move.
  • Load Speed — Mobile website render fast on the mobile browser which makes it one of the quickest ways of accessing information. Even Internet users with slow connections such as GPRS and EDGE prefer to access the mobile version of the website on their desktops as this adds to their convenience.
  • Potential Users Is High — More customers buy mobile phones than they purchase laptops and desktops and thus mobile websites potentially have a larger target audience than desktop users. You stand a chance to gain substantial traffic when you have a well design and developed mobile website.
  • Marketing Tool — Mobile phones have always been one of the best marketing tools for any business and the popularity of mobile Internet has multiplied the marketing potential of this device. You can promote your products and services on the mobile website using mms campaigns which drive traffic to your website.
  • Young Users — Mobile Internet is been driven by youngsters who prefer to access their favorite websites using their smartphones and other Internet enabled phones. The average use of Internet among this age group is very high and to cash in on this target group mobile websites a must for every business.

Mobile web development is a dynamic and challenging field as these websites need to cater to a variety of devices. It takes a lot of technical expertise for any developer to design a mobile website which is compatible with all the major mobile web browsers and devices. There are many firms which offer customized mobile web development services and hiring their services would be an ideal thing to do. Take a look at their portfolio to ensure they have handled quality projects in the past. Make sure that you don’t treat mobile web development as a mere extension of your website development but focus on it as a separate marketing tool.

Justin Spenser is an emarketing specialist working at MarkupBox, one of the leading PSD to HTML service provider offering PSD to WordPress Conversion services as well

How to Create an Outstanding Call to Action

3

A call to action (CTA) is simply the process of asking or telling a reader to do something. In the blogosphere, it’s not only acceptable to give your readers a CTA, it’s a necessity.

Whether you want readers to fill out a form, subscribe to your newsletter, buy your e-book or share your latest post on social media sites, like Facebook or Twitter, an effective call to action makes it happen.

Here are four simple tips to help your CTA resonate with readers, guide them to perform certain actions and generate the response you want.

  1. Make your call to action direct and specificThe more direct and specific your call to action is, the more effective it will be. Instead of just adding a link or a “click here” button, let readers know exactly what they’ll get when they click.Do you want readers to share your post on Facebook? Ask them to share and provide the link: “Did you enjoy this post? Click here to share it with your Facebook friends.”

    Do you want readers to subscribe to your newsletter? Tell them why they should and how to do it: “Click here to subscribe to my newsletter and get all the latest blogging tips delivered directly to your inbox.”

  2. Keep it simple and user-friendlyOffer only a few specific, distinct actions; if readers have too many options or receive excessive calls to action, they may tune out and move on. Sometimes a bit of hand-holding may be in order; point the reader in the right direction by directing them to a specific place on the page: “Share this post on Twitter by clicking on the ‘Tweet’ link below.”
  3. Use images, colors, contrasts and positioningGraphic attributes like color, contrast, size and positioning grab readers’ attention and guide them toward taking action. Avoid dark backgrounds with light text; they’re much less readable than light backgrounds with dark text. Using bright text or background colors, especially those that contrast with the rest of the site, attract the eye and create interest.Size does matter, especially when it comes to online design. As a general rule, the larger your call to action, the more attention it will generate. Make sure your font is large enough as well. Anything less than 16 pixels is probably too small.

    For the best results, place the call to action centrally and high on the page. Don’t clutter the area around the call with text. Instead, leave enough white space to draw attention to the call itself. Alternately, use an image or logo to attract eyes to the call.

    Though calls to action seem to fit well as the last sentence of a blog post, “Learn more about this topic by clicking here,” you can also include them earlier in the post, on a sidebar or in a header.

  4. Create a sense of urgencyExperienced salespeople know that customers are more likely to buy if they feel like they need to act right away. Maybe the sale ends today, another customer was really interested or, there are only a limited number left — whatever the scenario, a sense of urgency tends to make people take action.Communicate this sense of urgency with your readers by using active verbs, like subscribe, donate, register, buy, click, or share, in your call to action.

    Increase the desire to act by using action words in conjunction with time-sensitive phrases, like:

    • Offer good until midnight only
    • Purchase today and also receive a free…
    • For a limited time only
    • Be the first to know

    Test out different strategies by adding calls to action on several posts. Track the traffic and conversion rates until you get a handle on which methods are most effective with your audience.

    Every successful blog should include calls to action that incorporate direct language, user-friendly features, good design and effective persuasive techniques. In your blogging experience, which calls to action have you found most effective?

Kit Pierce loves to read classic literature and blogs about human rights. In her spare time, she writes for www.attsavings.com. She’s interested in steampunk, likes watching funny cat videos, and enjoys discussions about philosophy.

Thank Goodness for Google Panda

2

When Google Panda was announced there were all sorts of rumbles of discontent from various quarters about how SEO has become more difficult for them. All sorts of website owners and SEO managers have had a good old moan about how their job is now much more difficult as they now need quality content more than ever. In all their complaints that Google are in the wrong for making things more difficult many seem to have missed something – making it more difficult is the entire point.

Throwing Out the Rubbish

As a freelance writer I have spent time browsing the global networking sites and although there is the occasional worthy job, much of it is quite soul destroying stuff. $0.50/hour, $0.001/word, and so on. I don’t know what’s more astonishing: That people would even consider paying such criminal rates for labour or that people would work for such a pittance. It actually seems to be considered an acceptable practice among many now to the point where anybody that is unwilling to work for such low amounts is criticised for it. I have literally been called greedy for being unwilling to work for $2/hour, that won’t even cover the tea that I drink. While I and others are able to rise above the exploitation and work for what we are worth, it is still saddening to see that many others are treated in such contempt by the greedy.

When you have people that are trying to pay so little in their SEO efforts, it is clear that you should not expect anything even resembling quality. The internet is full of ‘spammy’ material that is of no good to anybody, making the net much less useful than it otherwise could be. The internet has the potential to be such a powerful tool for all of us but unfortunately it is being exploited by too many people that are out for nothing more than a quick buck.

Time to Pay for Quality

One of the saddest things about the huge amount of spam that can be found on the internet is that the sites with genuine quality that could be of real use to people are often being overshadowed by the junk. Not everybody has the know-how or the financial means to compete against spammers with greater resources so a lot of really good sites go unnoticed. The good news is that Google are well aware of this and have sent along Google Panda to the rescue.

With Google Panda trying to give priority to sites with quality content; sub-par material will soon become completely useless. This means that, hopefully, the spammers will soon realise that they are not wanted and that they will need to buck up their ideas or look elsewhere for their ill sought gains. This will hopefully have the effect of allowing some of the smaller, quality sites rise up the rankings giving web surfers what they asked for rather than nonsensical off topic rubbish. Even if Google Panda is not the magic wand that will get rid of all the spammers on the net, it is certainly signifying Google’s intent that they are not wanted. Although Google Panda may mean that SEO will be more difficult, it should be embraced by anybody with a genuine and useful website.

By Chris Hoole. Google Panda is a great thing for good quality websites. An SEO copywriter from Apple Copywriting will help you to benefit from what Google Panda brings.

 

The Rise of Microservers in the Web Hosting Industry

0

Tablets are slowly eroding netbook sales, but in the web hosting industry, they may eventually return with a vengeance. This time around, data centers around the world are using netbook-based platforms as microservers.

Their rise in the industry has been predicted as far back as early 2009. Later that year, Intel released a new reference design that was considered as an early microserver platform; it was essentially a 5U rack filled with sixteen hot-swappable micronodes, More recently, in collaboration with TYAN (a system board maker), Quanta (a server hardware maker) and Intel; the SSI Forum released a new specification for micro module server. The use of microserver is rising, thanks to Facebook, which plans to utilize low-power microservers in its data center, while Mozilla Corporation is implementing microservers to direct download process.

A microserver is essentially a server with multiple nodes, often with shared infrastructure and multiple low-power CPUs. Although it’s perfectly possible to use regular netbooks for microserver nodes; web hosts usually use a dedicated microserver solution that has up to four RAM slots, multiple high speed Ethernet ports and multiple SATA hard drives. Microservers often use low-power CPU’s such as Intel’s Atom or AMD’s C-series and E-series. A newcomer in the industry is multi-core ARM-based processors that promise even lower energy consumption. In 2012, Intel will release Atom-based processors optimized for microservers. Also, on the roadmap are new Xeon processors that consume less than 45W of power.

Small, low-power nodes attract a growing number of web hosts because they’re energy efficient. Many web hosting companies and data centers are seeking to cut energy costs, microservers can answer the requirement as they consume less power, take up less space and need less cooling. They are not suitable for websites that incorporate large database and mission-critical workloads, but latest netbook processors, such as Intel N570 and AMD E-450 are ideal for hosting standard websites, such as blogs, forums, video streaming services, Web 2.0 activities and file sharing. Overall, microservers use 75 percent less power and take up 75 percent less space when performing similar computational works of top-of-the-line servers.

Because full-fledged blade servers are often overkill when used for dedicated web hosting plans, microservers are more ideal for many customers who need single-tenancy server. Microservers can also reduce the use of virtualization in web hosting companies, as virtualization can cause scaling issues and due to increased demands. Today, many physical servers virtualized more than administrators would like. Due to lower costs, microserver racks can contain more cards (nodes).

Virtualization is often considered important in web hosting industry, because it allows web host to offer virtualized dedicated hosting plans without purchasing a new physical server. But because microservers are affordable and getting even cheaper, it is now financially more acceptable to dedicate one server (node) for one client. With microservers, clients get good performance without raising costs too much.

Microserver market is still young and it remains to be seen whether producers of microservers can compete with established web servers vendors like IBM and HP. Hardware makers are expecting to see a significant growth in this market as web hosting industry is increasingly more aware about the benefits of affordable, low-power platform.

About: Searching for a Reliable Web Host can be hard without proper guidance. Dont Pay for a Web Hosting Service without reading Dedicated Hosting Reviews and Windows Hosting Reviews at WebHostingReview.info

Hey Marketers! Does Grammar Matter?

0

When it comes to marketing your business, there are so many variables to consider. Do you stick with traditional mediums, such as print advertising or radio/TV commercials? Do you go the digital route and invest in a website, email marketing and social media? Or do you utilize a healthy mix of both? No matter what type of marketing collateral your company decides to use, one of the most important components is your content. And yes, this includes grammar.

Having consistent content composed of the same style and tone will help your company create a brand, but no matter how reputable your brand may be (or become), nothing deters potential customers more than poor grammar.

If your marketing collateral is full of run on or fragment sentences, or if you have an abundance of misspellings, potential companies are not going to take you seriously. Your marketing collateral is a reflection of your company and the quality of work you provide. If you can’t commit to ensuring that your own company is represented properly, why should they trust you with their own company?
For example, i

magine you’re looking at the websites of two companies that provide the same service. One website has clear and succinct copy that is easy to read and understand. The second website has run on sentences and every other word is misspelled. Which company seems more reputable? Which one are you going to buy services from?

Having poor sentence structure can also leave your potential customers confused as to what you are offering. Your marketing collateral should enable customers to get a better sense of who you are and what services and/or products you provide. If your collateral does not portray this information, potential customers are going to overlook your company.

The most influential content is clear and concise. Give people the basics of what they need to know about your company, and make sure to tell them how to find out more (known as a call-to-action). Tell them if they should call your office, come in for a visit, or visit your website. Companies use marketing collateral to get their foot in the door, and then rely on their sales team to seal the deal.

Having effective grammar does not mean that you have to read up on APA or MLA style or re-take a basic English class. In fact, most professional writers tend to stray away from conventional tactics in order to give companies a specific style and tone. For example, while most people may not believe it is considered “grammatically correct” to start a sentence with conjunctions–and, or, but–you will find many articles, websites and other publications that contain sentences starting with conjunctions.

The fact is that while you don’t have to stick to traditional copy rules (unless it is the style and tone your company wants), you still need to make sense. Don’t mistake “your” for “you’re” and don’t leave your readers hanging with fragment sentences. Be sure that your tone and style are consistent among all collateral, and most importantly, make sure to proofread your work before making it public.

To ensure that your grammar is correct, you may want to enlist the help of a professional writer or proofreader. Their expertise can be the deciding factor in whether or not your marketing collateral generates results or ends up a lost cause.

This article presented by the professional proofreaders at the world’s best grammar checker. Any time you write professionally or personally, always remember that attention to detail is essential.

Most Profitable Items to Sell on eBay

0

While eBay’s biggest profiteers are unlikely to ever reveal the secrets of their most lucrative sales, a bit of time, effort and trial and error can help uncover a number of items that are sure to reap a reasonable profit.

While this list by no means contains the most profitable items you can sell on eBay, these items, combined with a positive sellers rating and professional packaging materials (be sure to stock up on cardboard boxes and bubble wrap) are certainly safe bets if you want to make a steady second income.

Goods You Make Yourself

If you’re a dab-hand at crafts you’re sure to have the means to make a sizable second income thanks to eBay.

Not only do consumers love hand-made and one-of-a-kind goods but the profit margin on something that only cost you materials and your time should be huge.

Jewellery, handbags and clothing are all safe bets. Be sure to offer close-up and high-definition images as well as a clear and fair returns policy, so that buyers can sure of the quality you’re selling.

Exclusive Items

E.g. items that aren’t readily available in the country you’re selling in. Confectionery, drinks and clothing brands are all good bets.

DVDs

Despite the (albeit slow) growth of Blu-ray and 3D, DVDs still sell well; they’re also items that can be bought cheaply in abundance (try car boot sales and even other discount online retailers) and sold on for a profit.

Limited Edition/Rare Items

Rare books, limited edition games, CDs and DVD box sets are all quick and profitable sellers. For instance, the game ‘Discworld’ for the PS1 sells for around £25, despite being released in 1995, while ‘The Legend of Zelda’ for the Gamecube commonly fetches £35.

Car boot sales are great places to find these sorts of items for sale from sellers who have little idea of their true value.

Items Listed on eBay Pulse

eBay pulse is a free resource offering up-to-date information on the most popular searches and most watched items.

Unsurprisingly, many of the most searched for terms are for high value items like Kindles and iPads; not goods often sold by newbie sellers. However some of the most watched items are more unexpected. At the time of writing some of the ‘most watched’ items include custom engraved dog tags, men’s shirts and a USB webcam.

Don’t Forget…

That making good money on eBay is not only about picking the right items to sell. Your reputation will have a drastic effect on the number and quality of bids you get. If you want to build a positive rating you need to offer an honest service (e.g. no selling items that aren’t 100% as described), fast delivery and professionally packed goods.

Take time with your packaging, remember that if done properly (with perhaps in branded cardboard boxes and bubble wrap) you are not only protecting items, you are also enhancing the customer experience.

This post was written by Crispin Jones on behalf of UK Packaging who can supply bubble wrap and a great range of cardboard boxes to suit all needs. Crispin writes on small business ideas.

Comparison of the two Giants – Linux vs. Windows

3

Even if you’re a dedicated Windows user you have probably at least heard of Linux, and it may be possible you even know a few people who swear by Linux. It wouldn’t be unreasonable for you to often wonder whether Windows or Linux is the better operating system. One thing to remember is Linux is different than Windows. You may download Linux thinking you’re getting a free souped up version of Windows.

Many people do this and are disappointed because they have to learn the ins and outs of Linux, but most people find once they are familiar with the operating system it is fairly easy to use. Windows was the first operating system to break away from DOS and is very user friendly, but it is not without its problems. Each product has its benefits and drawbacks. To determine which operating system comes out on top each deciding factor should be looked at.

Price

As a whole Linux is a free download that can be installed on any computer, in comparison Windows comes with price range of $60 to $200. Another price consideration is that the Linux Software is usually available for free and can easily be downloaded directly onto your computer. Software for Windows can range in price from $20 to well over $200. A final price consideration is that Windows is constantly putting out new window versions that cause users to replace their games and software.

Reliability

Linux is known for solid reliability and can often be run for months without ever having to be rebooted. In contrast Windows has always had reliability problems that require the user to stop what they’re doing and reboot. Additionally with Windows, the user constantly has to download patches to improve reliability issues. New versions of Windows are being developed constantly. For example, programs and software for Windows 3 are not compatible with Windows Vista or Windows 7.

As Windows keeps fine tuning and upgrading their operating systems, users have to purchase new programs and reinstall data to keep up with the current version of Windows they choose. Linux upgrades come as kernels and address the upgrades and operating issues all in one download. Linux is basically the same program it was when it was introduced. This is not to say it is a static program without advancement, but the advancements are easier and less traumatic to install and start to use.

Ease of Use

This is the area that personal preference really comes into play. All in all Linux has a higher ease of use platform, however it isn’t a natural ease of use and takes a little exploration to develop understanding. In contrast, Windows has a better ease of use for new users, the Windows operating system is practically plug and play. Linux does what Windows does, but it does it differently. Experienced Window users may find it harder to switch over to Linux than someone who is not as proficient with their computer since their habits are so ingrained.

With Windows the majority of the choices of programs and preferences have pretty much been made for users, Linux gives users many choices. This amount of freedom and choice may intimidate some users, and it is not uncommon for Window users to get frustrated and stick with Windows because of the amount of choices to make.

Security

Both operating systems can be attacked at any time; however Linux has always been very secure and as a result has fewer security problems. In actuality Windows has a higher level of vulnerability for both viruses and attacks. There have been online attacks on Windows operating systems in the past that were so severe that they were turned into national news.

Window has backdoors easily accessible to malware, viruses and computer hacks. Linux was designed without any of these doors so it is a much more secure operating system. Attacks and hacks on Linux are very infrequent. Users can use Linux with the confidence their computer and data are more secure than with Windows.

Support

Both Linux and Windows offer a great level of support. Linux has support available online through documents and many books. Windows like Linux also has a stream of support options online, however Windows support is superior to Linux in that it has a built in help solution in addition to an online chat option that will connect the user to a live person capable of walking them through any problem. If that weren’t enough they also have the ability to remotely connect to the users pc and repair any troubleshooting problem.

Linux support is a community of volunteers and former Window users may feel frustrated at the lack of speed in which they receive help. Window users are used to paid-for support and this means quick and dependable support for their operating system. Linux users realize their form of support comes from the community of fellow Linux users, websites or books. This culture shock may be one of the biggest hurdles to get over when considering switching to or installing Linux.

Making Your Choice

It’s clear that Linux is superior to Windows across the board, however new users and users that want the security of knowing there’s help when they need it, would be wise to stick with a Windows platform since support for Linux is purely on a volunteer basis. Users must also be ready to learn how to use Linux and realize it is not Windows. Many Linux users say once they learned the ins and outs of the operating system they found it easy to use and very secure.

For those who are ready to get a safer, more reliable and cost effective system, Linux is definitely the way to go. It really comes down to whether someone wants to stay within their comfort zone, or step out of it and spend a little time learning the basics behind everything that Linux has to offer.

Contributed by Jason Phillips, Jason’s immense knowledge on web designing, web hosting, and web development drives him to write exceptionally great articles. For more information visit his site Flash templates.

5 Ways Quality Content Can Help Your Business Succeed Online

3

How Quality Content Can Generate More Leads and Increase Sales

The web content craze isn’t going anywhere. Great website content can help you increase your traffic and generate new business online. From blogging to social media and more, companies all over the world are using written content to engage their existing audiences and win over others.

This post is designed to help website owners who want to better understand the value quality content can bring to a website and the organization behind it. It will give you concrete reasons why you should never underestimate the power content can have in helping achieve your business goals. Hopefully it will also give you some ideas on the type of content you can start creating on your own website if you haven’t already.

1 > Content helps you get noticed.

When you write great content that resonates with a targeted audience, trust me, they will share it. Blog or other web content that actually takes a unique position — not just content that repeats the same old story — is more likely to be shared and linked to. Remember, those in your network have people you want to reach in their own networks as well. Your reach isn’t limited to just one person you’re connected to, it’s all of the people they’re connected to, as well. Have something compelling or valuable to offer and you are more likely to not only reach one person, but all of those people around them.

2 > Content helps you connect.

Publishing content regularly on a blog or another channel is the best way to assert your brand’s voice and perspective. When you are successful in creating an engaging and consistent tone, your audience will connect with the humanness behind your business. You can’t put a price on that. How do you know if you’re audience is connecting? It works much like it does in real life. If no one is talking to you at a party, you might want to think about the way you’re communicating. Are you speaking their language? Are you giving the impression you don’t want to engage? If no one is responding to your content (be it on Twitter, Facebook or a blog) it’s probably time to take a closer look at why your message isn’t having an impact.

3 > Content helps you in the search engines.

Everyone knows how important it is to rank well in search engines, such as Google and Bing. Content is one of the most crucial elements to getting there. There are several reasons for this.

  • Keywords are critical.

People use keywords to find essentially everything in search engines — from restaurants to recipes. This means you need keywords on your website to get Google to display your site for the terms your customers are searching for. If you have minimal written content on your site and you don’t regularly publish a blog, how will they ever find you? Where do your keywords go? There is a fine line between a web design that wows and a web design that prevents your customers from finding you online. Your website must have keywords and keywords are content.

  • Fresh content is favored.

Fresh content is the key to being found more easily by your customers in the search engines. Not only does regularly published content (such as blog posts) get indexed by the search engines every time you post, they also treat new content as more important. This means, despite how your website is competing with others in Google, your fresh pages can rank higher than your competitors’ older content. This makes your website favored over another that may be just as relevant to what the user was searching for. Fresh content is a great way to compete for web traffic.

  • Links are a goldmine.

A link to your site from another site acts as a vote for your site in the search engines. Quite simply, the more votes (links) you have for your site, the higher your site will show up in Google and Bing. This makes links a number one currency for website administrators. What this says about your content is that you should try to create content that others will link to. Never underestimate the power of one link. The more links you have to your website or blog, the closer you get to the first page of Google.

4 > Content helps you keep your social networks alive.

We’ve all been there. You don’t know what to post on your Facebook page today. Yesterday you talked about your promotion. The day before that you talked about… your promotion. Chances are, you’re one-track updates are being ignored and your social media networks are going nowhere. That’s where great content comes in. Imagine if you could post a link to content on your website that your audience actually wants to read. And just imagine if that content actually grew your audience. Quality content can do that. When you publish content regularly, not only do you have more to keep Facebook and Twitter alive, you may actually be able to drive traffic through those networks. Instead of posting updates about you all of the time, post links to content that your audience actually wants to read. The first step? Find out what that is.

5 > Content helps guide your customers.

Is the content on your website focused on gently driving your visitors to the reason why you have a website in the first place? Or does it simply tell them all about you, you, you, and why you think they should call, buy or whatever? If you picked the latter, we need to talk. That’s because great web content should be strategic. It needs to first engage and then guide your visitors to the places you already know they want to go. This includes knowing your audience like the back of your hand, determining what they want, and then giving it to them through engagement and well-placed calls to action. Don’t ever assume that just because you have something your audience wants or needs that they’ll exhaust large amounts of time searching for it. Show them the way!

These are just a handful of ways great content can help improve your lead generation and sales. However, if you even adopt one of these philosophies into your content strategy, you’re well on your way to seeing better results from your efforts.

Image by toastytreat87 and licensed through Creative Commons.

Camella Mendez is a copywriter and content strategist with Internet Exposure, a Minneapolis web design agency that provides web development, SEO, content strategy and internet marketing services to its clients. 

Making Your Business an Online Success

0

No matter what your goals are regarding your company’s website, it is vital that numbers of inbound traffic and your conversion rates are consistently increasing. Ensuring that visitors from your website are not only plentiful, but also relevant to the product or service your company supplies is vital when looking to increase sales or ‘conversions’.

So, as with every strategy we must begin with a simple starting point:

  • Who is our target market?
  • Which range of people is your product or service aimed at?

Many companies provide products and services that can be applied to most demographics; it’s fair to say that a national online clothing megastore is accessible to most genders and ages if the wears are suitable. Many online stores however, provide items and service that have a smaller customer base and therefore may need a little extra help to pull in the customers they are looking for. So, here are a couple of the marketing methods which could make a world of difference to the success of an online business.

Paid Ads

Commonly referred to as banners; this is a simple, straight forward method of advertising on various websites which your target market would likely visit. For example, let’s say you own an online store that deals in office supplies; it’s fair to say companies that would buy bulk office supplies would also be interested in products such as computer hardware and software, and perhaps office space rental. These would be ideal websites to place linked banners on; the adverts would link through to a relevant product page on your website and could result in a sale. A clever tactic here is to place a conversion box or ‘shopping cart’ feature on each page, this makes a product more accessible and easily purchased to prospective customers.

Search Engine Optimisation

This involves changing features on and off site to allow your website to rank higher on SERPS (search engine results pages). Researching and sourcing search terms which apply to your website, product, service or brand name will give you some indication as to what search terms you will benefit from the most. For example, ensuring the words ‘Ink Cartridges Northwest’ is on your ‘Ink Cartridges’ page will help this page to rank well in terms of ‘on-site’ content.

The other side to this is the off-site aspects of your website. Search engines need evidence from other websites that you are supplying quality content and are a trustworthy source; this is where the power of the link comes into play.

Links are much like votes or vouches; if other websites which are relevant to your office supplies store (e.g. computer hardware stores) link to your ‘Ink Cartridges’ page using the text ‘Ink Cartridges Northwest’ then this tells search engines that your page is specifically about this topic. The number of links you get from strong, trustworthy and relevant websites will contribute to how highly your site will rank. This applies to each search term you wish to target.

This is merely the tip of the iceberg when it comes to SEO, and sizable companies should seek to find local SEO teams with a successful history to help their website rank higher in the SERPS. Choosing a local SEO team will make meetings easier for both parties and commuting less troublesome, our Northwest based office supplies company may benefit from searching for digital marketing Manchester, and finding a successful and dedicated team to lead their site to success.

So there we have two methods of online advertising and marketing that could skyrocket your website’s success and spread your brand name effectively.

This article was written by Daniel Travis Brown, for more useful tips and information follow Dan on Twitter @DanTravisBrown 

Psychology Applied to Sales

0

In today’s highly competitive business world finding an edge can make the difference between success and failure. All businesses rely on sales to survive, which is why companies across the world spend millions each year trying to improve the effectiveness of their sales teams.

Determining how to sell your product or services and increase your number of clients is a priority of any business. Using psychology in order to identify sales trends can enable you to plan effective marketing strategies that will promote your business and increase your number of clients.

Knowing Your Customers

The first step to the successful use of sales psychology is knowing and understanding your customer. How clients and customers shop and respond to businesses is key information that can enable you to effectively target your desired clients. Understanding mental processes is therefore vital and enables you to ensure that your expenses are focused purely on the relevant areas and that expensive marketing strategies are not being wasted on unresponsive sectors.

Don’t Let Them Forget!

The main mental process sales psychology tends to address is that of memory which, if understood, can be utilised in order to ensure that your business is kept in the forefront of people’s minds.

The first widely accepted psychological model of memory was proposed by Atkinson and Shiffrin in 1968 with a number of later models and ideas, such as Craik and Lockhart’s 1972 Levels of Processing Model, being presented afterwards. Models of memory such as this suggest that human memory operates as a series of stages or functions which combine together to create an overall end result, much like a business.

These models of memory suggest how information is retained by the brain and techniques for improving retention: such as repetition, association and the use of ‘hook-lines’. Understanding these processes therefore enables sales teams to effectively promote and market their products and services, ensuring the acquisition of new customers and successful, cost effective, marketing strategies.

You could improve your psychological sales procedures by monitoring social network feeds and forms of communication such as email to identify market trends and discover customer responses to products, enabling successful marketing strategies to be thoroughly planned and targeted at particular individuals.

The ability to build views and reports as well as spotting weaknesses in sales early on is a key psychological based strategy that can aid the effectiveness of a sales team and identify key areas for marketing. Customer Relationship Management (CRM) software can provide forecasting tools to achieve this and enables accurate forecasting and predictions for a businesses’ financial period.

Helping you to identify the best way to increase your sales and market your business can be a difficult objective to achieve, but the effective use of psychology can improve your sales. Monitoring effective strategies and looking carefully at what works and what doesn’t should increase your new business sales and help your business develop new ways to grow your business.

This article was written by Workbooks, a leading supplier of web based CRM systems.

10 Tips for Webmasters Using Google Plus

0

The gloves are off, and Facebook and Google seem to be in a battle of the titans as to who will control not one or the other of search engines and social media, but both. Facebook’s forays into search seems to have prodded the giant of search engines to strike back with social networking. Meet Google +, where searchers not only find what they want, but pass these great finds along to their friends.

What does this mean for Webmasters?

How the entire battle will play out is anyone’s guess right now. But what is clear is that webmasters have to include Google + on their pages, along with a Facebook like button and a Tweet follow me. How do Webmasters maximize this new addition?

  1. Set up a Google + page. Google makes it simple and easy, with a step by step video on their site that you can follow to get it done.
  2. Publish posts on a regular, consistent basis. You will get more followers to your pages when you consistently post content that optimizes how they find you.
  3. Use the Hangout feature. This feature lets you interface directly with customers and users by requesting feedback, offering suggestions, etc.
  4. Manage your circles wisely. You will have different people coming to your sites for different reasons. By managing your circles properly, you can not only target specific interests, but expand circles with overlapping interests.
  5. Prominently display the Google + badge. Bring users from your other pages by making it easy for them to plus you whenever they can.
  6. See if Direct Connect works for you. This is a limited feature right now, but if you can use it, it enables users to search, then add +, which will bring them to Google + pages that are relevant.
  7. Connect all of your +1s. You do this using Google’s code to connect +1s on your website to +1s on your Google page to +1s on your ads. Each click is extended three ways.
  8. Use +1 Annotations in Google search. This added feature pops recommendations up like a Google ad when there is an appropriate search.
  9. Use the ripple feature. This reporting feature allows you to see how your information is being spread (rippled) through the use of the + button.
  10. Learn to use the Analytic feature for +. Google is still developing this, but they hope to be able to allow users to view aggregates, analyze demographics, etc.

As it looks right now, searchers will probably have their favorite method, be it Facebook, Tweet or Google +, but since you don’t know which one your prospective visitor will be using, you have to add Google + to the roster.

Submitted by Finder Mind. If you need a webmaster than you might want to try a people search. It makes finding anyone easy.

The Big Reveal: How to Use Psychology for Effective Marketing

0

Selling an idea or a product entails studying the mind of your target market. This may seem intimidating at first, but it actually is quite easy to do, even for busy entrepreneurs like you. You don’t even need a degree in psychology to understand the workings of a consumer’s mind, and to use such knowledge to your advantage.

Post that Photo!

There had been many studies made that validate the importance of pleasing photos in influencing positive consumer decisions. One such study pertains to consumers being influenced in their choice of beverage. The research made by Winkielman, Berridge, and Wilbarger (2005) exposed the respondents to two groups of pictures, one being positive while the other being negative, before presenting them the beverage choices available and their corresponding prices.  Results showed that consumers who have been exposed to pleasing, positive images purchased and drank more beverage compared to the other group.

This particular research proved and implicated so many truths about consumer behaviour. However, there is one thing that must be noted by Internet marketers like you: positive, pleasing images do influence consumers to spend more. For this reason, it’s only wise to include photos or images in every article you feature on your site. A gallery of images relevant to your product is also quite necessary to make your website attractive.

Getting the right photos is never a problem with the abundance of royalty free images on the web. If you don’t already know, royalty free images are photos or other forms of graphic representation that are being sold with a one-time fee for an unlimited number of uses. Royalty free images are affordable, costing as low as a dollar per photo. Some photographers or artists even offer a gallery or folder of photos for a very affordable price.

Sites like iStockphoto.com and photodune.com offer high-resolution images that come at an affordable cost. The best thing about purchasing images online is the fact that it’s easy to edit the images. And if you don’t know how to retouch a photo, all you have to do is download free Photoshop retouching videos and you’ll be an expert in no time.

Apart from purchasing royalty free images online, Internet entrepreneurs may also buy royalty free images from artists who sell the photos in hard copy or printout forms.

What’s Your Color?

Another strategy to use in improving the overall appearance of your web page or website is the use of colors. This method is also founded on psychology, as certain colors are believed to influence consumer decisions. Since shoppers or consumers regard the visual appearance and color as their primary gauge in purchasing a product, it’s only logical for you to value the importance of colors, too.

These five (5) colors and their corresponding meanings will surely make you do some changes on your choice of hues in designing your web page or website:

  1. Yellow. This color is used to grab the attention of busy shoppers, those who just browse and skim over the web. This color implies optimism and youthfulness.
  2. Red. This color is used to depict a sense of urgency in consumers. Most often used when advertising bargain or clearance sales, this color is said to increase the heart rate as well as the energy of people.
  3. Pink. This color is often used to market products for women. A romantic color, pink implies the sweet innocence and beauty of women, especially the young.
  4. Orange. This color is used to influence consumers to immediate action. Known as an aggressive hue, orange creates the sense of immediate resolve to buy a product or subscribe to a particular service.
  5. Blue. This color is used by advertisers to create the sense of trust. Often seen on banks and businesses, blue represents financial stability and security.

Using pleasing images and using the right colors to enhance your webpage, website or web article is necessary for you to be able to deepen the interest of your target market, as well as to influence them in making a positive action such as to make a purchase or to sign up for a subscription.

About the Author:

James Martell is an expert in using affiliate marketing podcast as an effective marketing tool. A full-time affiliate marketer since 1999, Martell has established a solid reputation. He is in demand for teaching and speaking in various institutions and engagements to share his knowledge.

What Whitney Houston Taught Me about SEO

1

The sad death of Whitney Houston got me thinking. I would never have classed myself as one of her biggest fans but I have plenty of special memories tied in with her astonishingly popular songs.

On the face of it most of Whitney’s songs are of the romantic type but I have always thought that truly great songs can be interpreted in any one of number of ways. To prove it I decided to see what lessons I might have subconsciously picked up from her over the years to help my SEO copywriting career. Hey, it’s late in the evening and I’ve nothing better to do so bear with me folks.

I Will Always Love You

I always found this song a tad too melodramatic for my liking. However, I have just listened to it again and while maybe it is her recent death which has given it an added poignancy I really enjoyed it. What does it tell me about SEO? On the face of it not much as it is about letting someone go without feeling any bitterness, isn’t it? Well, really great writing is designed to work people’s emotions, just like this classic tear jerker. I don’t think any of my articles have ever reduced anyone to tears, although I did write a bit of a sob story about wooden chandeliers a few months back. However, pulling people’s emotional strings and making it believable is an art Whitney mastered brilliantly and which we can all learn from. I remember reading a famous songwriter saying once that by the time of the studio recording the initial raw emotion of the lyrics is gone and the singer is already having to act, which is something Whitney did on this song to memorable effect.

I Wanna Dance With Somebody (Who Loves Me)

I reckon this was probably the first Whitney song I ever heard. If you are roughly the same age as me — old enough to know that Chelsea Whopper bars once existed but not quite old enough to remember the taste — then you probably remember the video of her dancing around exuberantly with big hair and a tight dress. I was always intrigued by the vagueness of the desire expressed in the song and I think that I can apply it to SEO copywriting with a bit of lateral thinking. When I write an article ‘I wanna write for somebody’ (who likes my writing). This is important because you need to remember that you are writing for other people instead of for yourself. I love to write about subjects which I am interested in but I can’t lose track of the original purpose of it. Oh, and I might have, ahem, had a small crush on her around this time as well.


I’m Every Woman

The relevant point I see in this Whitney song is that to be a successful copywriter you need to be able to think like every woman (and man). Several times I have written something which I quite liked but then realised or been told that it does not have a universal appeal. Ah, universal appeal that is what Whitney Houston had and it is what I strive for as well, on a different level from the singing legend obviously but we all need to try our best in whatever we do.

By Chris Hoole. For copywriting services which will make your site soar up the rankings like an 80s disco classic up the charts give Apple Copywriting a try and see what difference they can make to your business.

 

Starting Out In Business — The Basics

0

Dickens’ phrase “the best of times and the worst of times” is one of those descriptions that can find its place in every generation. Today, for many employees it’s beginning to feel like the worst of times, for those who choose to throw it all in and set up their own business, it could well be the best. With large, established, businesses contracting rapidly, struggling to keep up with staffing and other costs that they’ve built up during the good years, small, robust and streamlined newcomers can discover there are surprisingly rich pickings out there. If you’ve recently joined the ranks of the record numbers of the self-employed or are planning to, getting the basics right may well set you and your business up for life. Here are a few things to consider as you start out.

Attitude, Planning, Technology and Tools

  • Running a small business means waving goodbye to the nine to five routine. That’s usually sold as one of the benefits. Not everyone mentions the six to eight routine or the half five to midnight one. Small, fledgling businesses take a lot of nurturing and accepting that the nine to five routine will be something that you’ll find yourself begging for in the early days, months or years, is the first step. One of the biggest assets you’ll have is your attitude — if you’re self-reliant, resilient and persistent, you’ve already got what it takes.
  • Plan, plan, plan. Also be prepared to tear up the plan and start again, but always get a business plan written down. It’s important in two respects — it helps to focus your goals and monitor your progress but it will also give your business the professional edge that banks are extremely fond of. There is a wealth of resources on the internet to help you do this, or visit the Directgov or Business Link sites for advice and help.
  • If you are a technophobe now is the time to confront your fears. Whether you like it or not, technology has become a crucial part of every business. Retail sales on the High Street are plummeting, retail sales on the internet are rocketing. Customers expect an email address where they can contact you at any time of day, and if you have a website you have access to a world of potential customers. Again, advice is available from government organisations and ‘Getting British Business Online’ will give you advice and a free, easy to create website. You’ve no excuse!
  • Crucial to any new business is your ability to concentrate on your core business. Unless you’re setting up as an accountant, you’ll need one. There are a number of aspects to accounting that need to be handled professionally — VAT, Payroll, Invoicing and Companies House paperwork. Accountancy software and invoicing software will be an asset to your business and cut the time your accountant will bill for. Find a suitable package from the outset and let the accountancy software and your accountant take the strain.

Setting up a new business can take hours of commitment, hard work and dedication. Despite the current recession there are incredible opportunities for small, agile young businesses to make startling successes, very quickly indeed. By ensuring you bring the right attitude, plan carefully, embrace technology and delegate important tasks such as accountancy, you may find yourself experiencing the best of times against all the odds.

Neil blogs on small business issues, on everything from digital marketing to invoicing software. When he’s not online he is an avid film buff with a particular interest in Asian cinema.

 

7 Apps that Help Keep Businesses Running Smoothly

0

Advances in computing technology continue to provide businesses with powerful tools that enable them to increase their productivity. Now that smartphones and tablet PCs are rapidly becoming the most important way to stay connected while mobile, developers are designing numerous apps to assist with the everyday tasks involved in operating a business.

Productivity Apps:

Professionals on the go can take advantage of a number of apps designed to increase productivity, and since many of these are available on all mobile operating systems, business owners won’t have to worry about compatibility issues. Here are just a few of the 36 apps recommended by eCommerce owners.

Dropbox

Dropbox enables iPad and BlackBerry PlayBook users to share and access files on any computer where Dropbox is installed. Although the program is free, those who need to store more than 2GB of data have three subscription-based tiers to choose from.

Skype

Skype now offers its great video calling system for all kinds of mobile devices, and since Skype-to-Skype calls are free, this is an affordable way to stay connected with clients and employees while traveling. Users can also call other contacts for a low price.

Evernote

Evernote is a powerful free app that not only enables users to type or use a stylus to take notes, but it also captures voice memos and photos. Users can then sync their notes to desktop PCs, which makes keeping track of them incredibly easy.

Finance Apps:

Sometimes business professionals need to access financial data while traveling or generate expense reports to receive quick reimbursements, which is why these apps come in handy. There are even ones designed to manage budgets, which is great for those who own a small business and want to keep track of their bank accounts.

Expensify

Expensify allows iPhone users to manage receipts and generate expense reports while traveling. This free program also takes advantage of the iPhone’s camera to photograph and organize receipts. Expensify also connects with QuickBooks to make life easier for bookkeepers.

QuickBooks

QuickBooks accounting software is used by many accounting professionals, which is why Intuit has designed a free app that enables them to view their files on-the-go. While the app does not yet allow users to add or modify data, it works as a handy reference to show to clients.

FireWallet

FireWallet is a low-cost solution to Android users who want to balance their budget. It offers visual features such as charts and graphs to track spending habits, and it also alerts users about any upcoming bills. Most importantly, it uses a four-digit pin system to keep information secure.

News Apps:

Keeping track of the latest business news is important for grabbing hold of lucrative new trends or avoiding financial disasters, which is why the Bloomberg Mobile app helps keep businesses running smoothly. Users can watch the stock market and stay informed about current events all for free.

Anyone with a business administration degree can see how these apps represent the future of business. Not only do they carry robust features on a mobile scale, they also take advantage of the latest technology such as cloud computing, which allows businesses to store all their data online and sync it across multiple devices with ease.

In fact, customizable cloud-based apps are becoming popular as a cost-effective way to purchase software for entire networks, which may mean that disc-based licensed software packages will ultimately go the way of the dinosaur when it comes to business computing.

Danielle Ridder is a mobile app fanatic. She writes about current trends in mobile apps. When she’s not writing about apps she focuses her attention on business technology advancements and college business administration degree programs and training courses.

Why Facebook Can’t Resist Mobile Ads

0

Social media patrons always treat ads as the ultimate evil, forcing major social networking sites to be prudent in running ads. Facebook has managed to run ads without annoying users, but the temptation of increasing mobile ad revenues is now haunting popular sites like Facebook. In the February IPO filing of Facebook, the company hinted on possible monetization of its mobile offshoot like in the form of sponsored stories displayed as mobile News Feeds.  The social media giant also revealed that more than half of its 845 million users sign in on their phones, yet the site is not yet maximizing revenues from such visitors.

When Facebook introduced Sponsored Stories last year, desktop visitors barely complained. Such activity updates of your friends would appear anyway even without Sponsored Stories. You see Sponsored Stories when your friends like or interact with the Facebook page of advertisers. Commenting, casting a vote, using a third-party app, playing Facebook game, and sharing a page are delivered as Sponsored Stories. Just as the usual updates you get from your FB friends, Sponsored Stories can be hidden, removed or restricted.

Facebook is expected to trade publicly in May, thus mobile advertising, whether in the form of Sponsored Stories or regular banners, is hard to ignore knowing that it can  attract shareholders. In 2011, there were 487.7 million smartphones shipped worldwide, 58.8 million of which were in the fourth quarter; whereas annual PC shipments only reached 414.6 million annually and 20.2 million for the last quarter of 2011. The figures include laptops and netbooks. The annual figure for smartphones increased 63% year-on-year, compared with just 15% growth rate for PC shipments.

Facebooks’ mobile traffic is expected to grow more rapidly than overall monthly visitors in the foreseeable future.  It is now apparent that Facebook is under pressure more than ever to tap on mobile revenues as smartphones become the dominant platform to access the site. Emerging countries like Brazil and several Latin American markets are more likely to use smartphones than PCs when accessing the Web. In the US, 69% of smartphone users view the world wide web every day.

eMarketer estimates that mobile ad spending in the US will jump by 80% to $2.6 billion in 2012, compared with $1.45 billion last year. Google and iPhone currently dominate the mobile advertising market, pocketing  $750 million and $90 million in mobile ad revenues in 2011, respectively.

Anti-Ad Sentiments

Facebook knows subdued advertising better than Twitter. Last year, the microblogging site ran a short-lived advertising platform, Quick Bar, on its mobile site. Quick Bar regularly flashed sponsored Twitter topics when the page is refreshed, which many users found intrusive.

Twitter’s mistake might have served a good lesson for Facebook. Sponsored Stories can easily be mistaken for regular FB updates or news, unlike text ads and banners that are prominently displayed.

Financial Times reported that Facebook’s mobile Sponsored Stories would be rolled out this March. Due to relatively low click-through-rates of mobile ads, some speculate that Facebook would experiment with various ad sizes and positions as it expands its mobile portfolio.

Bradley Zarich is one of the most published guest bloggers in the fields of consumer electronics, online marketing, satellite communications and wireless technologies. Some of his posts appear in searchenginepeople.com, tripwiremagazine.com, netchunks.com and other leading web sites.

Five Popular Business Apps for iPhone

0

1. Flashlight

The brightest light application for your iPhone, this will light up your world. We all know how essential it is to carry around a torch or a light of some kind as you may fall in a fix at anytime. This handy application will ensure that you get light even in your darkest hour just by tapping once. It even comes with a storbe and hence you can use it anywhere. You can even manage the speed of the strobe and instantly turn up the LED light at the back of your iPhone if you have the iPhone 4.

2. Adobe Reader

This is the most standard of all PDF file readers available globally and now it has been tailor made for your iPhone and iPad. Get this application and read along with sharing PDF documents across various platforms. If you are looking for a faster and efficient method for interaction through PDF then this is what you should get. Using this application you can quickly access documents, view portfolios and packages, read annotations of various texts as well as open password protected files in PDF format. Hence, this application can get you access to even encrypted PDF files.

3. Craigslist Mobile for iPhone

Craigslist is now available in iPhone and iPad versions and just with the tap of a finger you can access thumbnail previews of photos and maps along with easy access to posters and your personal craigslist account. This application has all the features of the good old craigslist and more. It will give you a map browser, a multi city searcher as well as tools for communication so that you can respond to postings by your friends on interesting stuff. There is even a photo browser along with a craigslist area selection device which can pin poit and track areas by using an effective GPS system.

4. Dragon Dictation

A voice recognition application that is extremely easy to use, dragon dictation meets your all every need for not typing texts. You can dictate your emails as well as your text messages and even view them as they get typed. With just a touch of your finger then you can send the very same off to whoever you like without bothering your fingers. Plus, you save time because dragon dictation is at least five times faster than normal typing on the keypad or keyboard. What’s more, this application also allows you to get your status updated in Facebook and twitter and all you have to do is speak it up. Dictate notes and reminders as per your personal use and experience life as easier.

5. Battery Boost Magic App, free

This is your battery performance booster which will give you news not only of how much is left of your 3G and 2G talk time but also how much MB you have remaining in your internet account. This application also features video playback timing along with sound recording playback. It gives you accurate timings of your three and two dimensional gaming and standby time of your phone battery as well. On top of all that, this application even gives you tips direct from Apple on how to increase battery performance and maximize battery utilization competently. It is a fully automated application service.

WorkingHostGatorCoupons is updated daily with vouchers for hostgator webhosting that can get you discounts of more than 90% on select hosting planss with hostgator.com through out this year 2012

5 Web Design Disasters to Avoid at all Costs

1

Your website is often your first window of opportunity when targeting potential clients. If it acts as your first introduction, you want to make a lasting impression — for all the right reasons. Creative and professional web design can make the difference between browsing and buying.

With this in mind, it is important your website effectively combines usability and creativity. There are however, 5 design disasters that you should avoid at all costs:

1) Flash

Flash based websites can look attractive, but many people are unable to see your site. If they don’t have the right software, or it’s out of date, your website won’t show up. And there’s no guarantee that they will download the software.

More and more people are viewing websites on their mobiles and many of these don’t have flash capability. It is important to bear all of your users in mind. Flash based websites also take a long time to load as they use a large bandwidth.

2) Auto Sound

Blasting music at your visitors as soon as they visit your website is a sure fire way to make them leave again. Before adding any form of music to your website you need to ask yourself if it is relevant. If your site doesn’t have anything to do with the music, is there a need for it?

Forcing visitors to your website to do anything — either making them register before they can view the site, or listen to music that can’t be turned off — is the quickest way to make them leave again.

3) Navigation

Navigation is hugely important for any website. If your visitors can’t navigate the website easily, and find the information they’re looking for, they will look elsewhere. While creative and ‘out there’ designs make you stand out from the crowd, usability should always come first.

Clear navigation is a vital ingredient. You need to guide your users to the all important call to action, be it signing up or making a purchase. Make life easy for customers with site maps and breadcrumb trails if you have a number of heavily embedded pages.

4) Clashing Colours

Along with poor navigation, dreadful design and clashing colours are major reasons why visitor leave your website. Just because you use certain colours in your logo and brand identity, it doesn’t mean they will always work as a background colour on a website.

Consider how people are viewing your site. With desktops, laptops, mobiles and tablets, it is important your colour scheme is clean and crisp. Your website needs to match your brand identity, but also work for the web.

5) Small Font

Similarly with the colours used on your site, overly small fonts are a big turn off. While a smaller font may work for the smaller screen of a smart phone, it won’t always work on a desktop. If visitors find themselves straining to read the small text on your site, the chances are they won’t bother.

It is easier than you may think to benefit from effective website design. It is also easier than you may think to lose out as a result of poor web design. Do your research and work with a developer that has your business in mind.

Looking to drive sales through effective web design? Bird and Co Creative is a full service digital agency with an expert team of web developers specialising in business web design , CMS and ecommerce web design.

Top Tips for Starting Your Own eBay Business

0

Within the current economic climate many are struggling to find and retain work and therefore stable income can be elusive. For this reason many are turning to new and innovative means to earn money, either as a standalone income or to supplement existing income.

Some have turned their hand to beginning their own business. However, becoming an entrepreneur is not for everybody. Another option that is proving to be attractive to many is beginning a business based upon the eBay online auction website. This is a relatively straightforward means of generating additional income in the current economic climate.

The beginnings

The most difficult part of establishing an eBay business is thinking of a unique idea for a product to sell on this auction website. Although the idea does not necessarily have to be unique it should at least not be saturated with other sellers.

Once a business concept has been established it would be advisable for the seller to test the market by selling a small quantity of the product in question. The product should be available at a low enough price for the seller to be able to viably sell the product at profit. Once the market has been tested with a viable profit margin the seller may then choose to pursue the business idea first.

The operations

First the seller must list the item which is to be sold on eBay. This process may be time consuming initially when creating an attractive and appealing listing but when selling multiple examples of the same product the process is exceptionally straightforward. The seller then must simply wait until the conclusion of the auction, only answering queries from potential customers as they arise.

After the auction has concluded and payment from the buyer has cleared the seller must then dispatch the item. For this reason a substantial stockpile of jiffy bags and cardboard boxes are essential to any fledgling eBay business.

The overheads

The overheads associated with establishing an eBay business are relatively low as most of the work is completed by the auction website itself. The seller will be charged a fee by eBay to list the item as well as additional costs for special features such as multiple photos, reserve prices and fixed price auctions.

Moreover, at the conclusion of the auction eBay will take a percentage of the final selling price. Further to this the seller must consider the costs of accessing the internet, the initial outlay for stock prior to sale and the cost of packaging such as jiffy bags and cardboard boxes.

The savvy eBayer will seek packaging from a wide variety of different and innovative sources in order to minimise overheads.

Compared to the vast majority of small business ideas starting up an eBay business has relatively low associated overheads. Moreover, the process of selling products is straightforward and requires a minimal amount of time. The most difficult aspect is often thinking of a viable product to sell at the outset.

Article written by Crispin Jones on behalf of UK Packaging; suppliers of cardboard boxes and jiffy bags to businesses of all sizes.

Samsung Galaxy S II Skyrocket Review

0

If you are in the market for a new cell phone and feeling a bit overwhelmed, we don’t really blame you. The last phone you purchased most likely couldn’t hold a stick to some of the awesome new features that today’s phones have, not to mention that technology didn’t slow down after you bought you last phone. Two years is like a lifetime in cell phone terms, with several generations of cell phones circulating through service providers — and each cell phone generation has multiple phones with new and different features.

Cell phone technology has seemed to hit hyper speed recently, so if you are a little confused as to how phones went from your little mobile device to a full blown semi-computer with a processor, and a camera that rivals an actual digital camera — not to mention HD video recording — really who wouldn’t be a little bit confused and overwhelmed by the differences in the cell phone market of today. The important thing to realize is that no matter what you are looking for in a new phone, your service provider will have something that either matches or closely resembles exactly what you are looking for, so don’t hesitate, get in the game and get a great new phone.

About The Samsung Galaxy S II Skyrocket

So let’s talk about a great new phone that is one of the top rated smartphones on the market today, the Samsung Galaxy S II Skyrocket. The Skyrocket is a one of a kind phone, with a 4.5 inch AMOLED screen, not to mention the fact that it comes stock with a 1.5 GHz processor, a NFC chip, and all is supported on the AT&T 4G LTE network. This phone comes standard with Android 2.3 Gingerbread, and if you are a camera lover, then this is indefinitely the smartphone for you, with its 8 megapixel camera, 2 megapixel front facing camera, and 1080 p HD video capture — you really just can’t go wrong. Though this phone has quite a few features that reviewers found to be very pleasing, it also has some things that users found to be less appealing.

Are There Negatives?

The Skyrocket uses AT&T’s LTE network, but unfortunately the network was only functional in several different places at the time of the phone’s release, which many people found to be very problematic. Users also complained of the feel, saying that the phone felt cheap and plastic, definitely not made of materials that they would have expected a world class smartphone to be made from. There were also some complaints about users not being able to remove bloatware.

It is certainly not one of the most expensive phones available right now so there will probably be some pretty good deals on mobile contracts.

An AT&T customer for as long as he can remember, Kyle Bennett is a big fan of the Skyrocket and its rapid downloads on a 4G network. He is an expert on mobile phones in the UK.

Top 3 Facebook Timeline Apps

0

Facebook Timeline has just become mandatory for all users. You’ve had a week to preview your timeline and get it looking how you want, but have you discovered the new Timeline apps? These differ slightly to previous Facebook apps as they are designed to appear on user’s Timelines and be highly interactive. The apps are social so your actions appear on your Timeline and your friends’ Newsfeeds. This makes them great for sharing your interests with your friends. In this post we look at 3 of the best Facebook Apps you should start using with your new Timeline.

Yummly

Whether you’re a chef in the making or like to experiment with food at the weekend, Yummly is great for finding new recipes. Not only can you upload your own recipes and search your friends’ recipes but you also have access to all publicly uploaded recipes. What sets Yummly apart from your celebrity cook book or other recipe sites is the search functionality. You can search by:

  • Ingredients  – fancy something with orange in?
  • Holiday — for the perfect Christmas cake.
  • Taste – crank up the ‘spicy’ level if you like your food hot!
  • Allergies — Find some great alternative recipes.
  • Diets — Great for vegetarians/vegans/pescatarians etc.
  • Nutrition — Use to stay clear of those fatty foods.
  • Time/Price — Short on time and money?
  • Courses — What sort of dish do you want to cook?
  • Cuisines — Dying for some Russian food?
  • Sources — Check out Martha Stewart’s recipes.

As you can see, the search function makes this app essential for all foodies. Whether you have a specific dish in mind or just want to find something tasty, Yummly is the perfect tool.

Words With Friends

For all you Scrabble lovers, Word With Friends is the popular Facebook/ Mobile crossover app for a virtual word game. Based loosely on Scrabble (different board and scoring but same principles), the app works on Facebook, Android and iPhone and is cross-compatible so you can use your iPhone to play someone on Facebook and vice versa. You can also continue a game you start on Facebook on your phone if you leave the house!

It’s an addictive game you can play against friends or against random opponents if your friends are getting annoyed with you winning all the time.

The Guardian

Newsreader apps are all the rage on Facebook at the moment with all of the top Newspapers providing their own versions. The app draws news articles from the publisher’s website and presents them on Facebook for browsing and sharing. However, unlike reading an article on the website where you have to click a button to share with friends, anything you read using the Facebook app automatically appears on your Timeline as a ‘…. Read…. ‘ box with a link to the article. You can see what your friends have been reading too.

One of the main problems with the newsreader apps is that they don’t show how old a story is so sensationalist stories from 5 years ago often get more coverage than new stories. You only find out it’s an old story once you’ve clicked on it, by which point the app has told all of your friends you are reading the article and it spreads. This means that the most popular articles are those with attention grabbing headlines. Either the app needs some work or news writers will have to make new headlines more appealing!

Why not try out the apps yourself? Cook a new dish, play some Scrabble without spending an hour looking for the missing ‘S’ and then catch up on the day’s news.

This report was written by Silicon Beach Training. Based in Brighton, we offer one of the best Social Media courses in the UK alongside our ever popular SEO course and new Content Marketing Training course.

What is Lifestyle Design?

The term “Lifestyle Design” has been tossed around a lot lately. But what is it? More importantly, what can it do for you?

A little history

The term “Lifestyle Design” was coined by Timothy Ferriss in his bestselling book “The 4-Hour Work Week.” The concept he presents in his book and on his blog is that anyone can be freed from financial pressures and dependence on a traditional job. Rather than working at a daily grind, he proposes the idea of developing a business that will require less than a day of work, yet will provide financial support, setting you free to pursue dreams and passions.

The concept isn’t a new one, however. The idea has been presented by a surprising number of writers over the years. Richard Nelson Bolles, in his book “What Color is Your Parachute?” presents the idea of finding a profession that brings joy, of finding meaning in life through creative labor.

Joe Dominguez and Vicki Robin present a similar concept in “Your Money or Your Life.” The book discusses striving for freedom through financial independence.

Lifestyle design is NOT…

It can be easy to get fixated on the money aspect of the lifestyle design concept; however, the endless pursuit of money for the sake of eventual “freedom” can be deceptive — and ultimately a death trap. Rather than actually allowing you to achieving freedom, the pursuit of money can become an obsession that will take years off your life, trap you in the very grind you want to escape, and very often, end in failure.

Lifestyle design IS…

Lifestyle design encompasses the experiences you want to have in life. Rather than aiming for goals like a fancy car or expensive vacation house, lifestyle design describes how you want to live your life. It means taking all those great dreams that you have planned for retirement — hobbies, volunteering, travel, and more — and making them a reality here and now.

It’s about making choices in life. It’s about breaking out of the preconceived ideas of what you “should” do — go to college, take a specific career path — and taking steps toward what you want to do. Ultimately, you are the only one in control of your life, and only you can make the choices to get where you want to be.

It’s about figuring things out. It’s too easy to live life without ever thinking about what we really want. Lifestyle design means stopping to think about what you want and where you want to be.

It’s about creating the lifestyle that’s right for you. It really doesn’t matter if a typical lifestyle suits others just fine; if it doesn’t suit you, why should you follow it? If you aren’t happy with the way things are in your life, get down to brass tacks and design a lifestyle that puts a smile on your face and a spring in your step.

It starts with a plan

All the great ideas in the world won’t set you free. All the motivational jargon in the world won’t change your life.

When it really comes down to it, lifestyle design means getting serious about where your life is headed. It takes serious thought and planning, and that’s often the very hardest part. Stop and figure out what’s stopping you from living the life you want. Think ahead to what obstacles you might encounter on your way. Plan out how you intend to tackle each potential challenge, and come up with decisive steps to get you to your goal.

It means action

Lifestyle design is still only pretty words until you take action. This is where it can get scary. But if you’re willing to keep putting one foot in front of the other, you will see your dreams start taking shape.

Remember, your lifestyle design doesn’t need to include some extravagant lifestyle. The best ones are often those that are serious and down-to-earth. The point is, lifestyle design means taking control and making more of your life.

One of The Best Resources for Lifestyle Design is The 4-Hour Workweek by Timothy Ferris.

Visit The Personal Development Company to Learn More.

The Implosion Of Blog Farms: Why Their Loss Is Ethical SEO’s Gain

0

Raise your hand if, while performing an online search, you have ever found yourself on a webpage that is hosting low quality or regurgitated content that is of dubious origin and surrounded by a ridiculous amount of links. Congratulations, you, along with everyone else who has searched for something on the internet, have encountered a blog farm and, even without an SEO background, can probably articulate why content farms became a primary target of Google’s Panda update.

Unfortunately, whenever the world’s largest search engine makes an algorithm change, bad things can happen to good sites, and sometimes the distinction between a reputable site and a content farm is not always obvious. Even if Google gets it wrong sometimes, the implosion of blog farms is a good thing for everyone, including SEO professionals.

How To Tell When You May Have Landed in a Blog Farm

Before we can fully appreciate why, we need to be able to discriminate between content farms and trustworthy sites that, at first glance, may seem to share some traits. For example, a site that aggregates or syndicates content is not the same as a site that duplicates content by scraping other sites with bots or plagiarizing them with humans. As the internet has evolved, original reporting has diminished in favor of an accelerated and mercurial news cycle. It is not uncommon to see the same information presented by a number of well-respected websites with the distinguishing characteristic being the author’s analysis of the story. Similarly, there are several sites that host legitimate syndicated content, which technically is duplicate content but contrasts starkly with what you would find on a content farm. Ultimately, the difference between the two is quality, but quantifying something so subjective can be a tricky business. While it may be difficult to define, there are also some telltale signs that clarify the matter.

Links are the most conspicuous element of any page. The quantity and the quality of those links will quickly reveal whether or not you are on a reputable site. If a page seems geared towards driving traffic to a high volume of other sites, especially if those destination pages appear to be doing the same thing, you have definitely stumbled upon a content farm.

Some of these sites have 100 or more links embedded, but there is no magic number that signifies you have entered blog farm territory. Truly, it is about proportion, and if the number of links looks excessive at first glance, it probably is. You also need to factor in the quality of these links. Content farms exist to manipulate page rank via short cuts such as link stuffing. If you are being delivered to high quality, valuable content then you may need to rethink your initial evaluation. When content is swarmed by links, however, it is unlikely you will be pleasantly surprised.

The simple mechanics of writing are another excellent tipoff. A page riddled with spelling errors, grammatical mistakes, and typos is a strong indication of a low quality page. Poorly written content that does not engage or inform the reader in a meaningful way is also a hallmark of blog farms. In fact, some pages are so poorly put together that they do not even make sense when you read them.

It is pretty easy to assess a page accurately when the use of language is not compelling and the same keywords are inelegantly crammed into the text repeatedly. Keyword density for a particular word or phrase over 10% is highly suspect. While a clear metric like that is definitely useful, it is hard to miss the needless repetition of words and phrases associated with keyword stuffing.

Unfortunately, stolen or scraped content may not be evident immediately. If you are doing a comprehensive web search, however, it is likely you will come across the original source of the material as well. Legitimate sites will always cite the source or properly attribute quoted material, as well as provide links for their readers. Sadly, the same cannot be said for blog farms. Often, they will repost the content in full without properly crediting it or cannibalize a high quality article into something devastatingly inferior. This blatant disregard for the work of others is truly appalling and should be penalized heavily.

It is difficult to have any sympathy for sites that exist merely to drive traffic to other sites. When a site cannot be bothered to present itself in a professional manner or contribute meaningfully to the conversation, it wastes your time and makes navigating the internet needlessly cumbersome. One the other hand, some excellent sites may suffer some collateral damage initially. As unfortunate as that is, legitimate sites should be able to regain their foothold relatively quickly by improving components that are currently undermining its success. Penalizing blog farms and rewarding unique, high quality content deters unethical SEO tactics. Furthermore, it urges us to heighten the quality of our sites, and that is a win for us all.

When Google targeted the low quality content of blog farms, it did everyone, including SEO professionals a favor by penalizing unethical SEO practices and encouraging the rest of us to do better.

Ryan Farrell

Google Moves Ahead With Policy Change Despite Privacy Concerns

11

As Google continues to move ahead with their plans to change their privacy policy more concerns have been raised, this time from members of congress and European data-protection authorities.

Google new privacy policy is set to change on the 1st of March and will consolidate 60 services under a single policy.

Google state “The main change is for users with Google Accounts. Our new Privacy Policy makes clear that, if you’re signed in, we may combine information you’ve provided from one service with information from other services. In short, we’ll treat you as a single user across all our products, which will mean a simpler, more intuitive Google experience”.

On the 2nd of February, U.S. Senators met with Google Deputy General Counsel Mike Yang and Public Policy Director Pablo Chavez to give the search giant a chance to explain the new policy and what the ramifications are for its users, as it plans to track surfers activity across all Google services.

However Google do not appear to be as forthcoming as they could be about their intentions, specifically avoiding details on how it will handle user data in the future.

Rep. Joe Barton said Google “danced around actual details, and instead spoke in generalities, highlighting their efforts to ‘enhance the user experience’ – but at what cost?”.

“Consumers want to know if they hit the delete button, that something truly is deleted,” says Rep. Mary Bono Mack, who arranged the meeting.

She accused Google of not being “very forthcoming necessarily in what this really means for the safety of our families and our children and ourselves.”

She told USA today “It was obvious to me, as I left the room, that this company has established this policy so instead of the consumer being the master of the Internet, Google is the master of the consumer. I think that is just wrong.”

Jacob Kohnstamm, chairman of the  Article 29 Working Party said “the French data-protection authority (CNIL) will be conversing with Google about the changes so that there can be no misunderstanding about Google’s commitments to information rights of their users and EU citizens.”

Google responded “We briefed most of the members of the working party in the weeks leading up to our announcement. None of them expressed substantial concerns at the time, but of course we’re happy to speak with any data-protection authority that has questions.”

Over recent months, congress has been investigating the possibility that Google has become too large, and are asking questions about the possibility of the company promoting sites which use Google Adsense and penalizing those that don’t.

What do you think? Has Google become too powerful?

Five Myths Debunked Surrounding Internet Providers

0

Many myths exist in the world of internet providers, and with just a simple search online, you’ll see that many of them have been disproven. Here are five of the most common misconceptions about internet providers.

The Cost of Bandwidth

Many publications claim that it’s the high cost of bandwidth which has resulted in numerous companies imposing usage caps on their customers. But how accurate is that statement? A report released by Plum Consulting in 2011 revealed that the costs of meeting rising customer demand have been grossly overestimated by internet providers. In fact, it was discovered that some broadband companies were actually inflating their prices by a thousand percent or more. The actual cost of internet traffic weighs in at a few pennies per gigabyte, says the report. And yet, customers are paying from twenty cents to over ten dollars per gigabyte with various ISPs.

Usage-Based Billing, Or Double Billing?

Many internet providers offer packages which feature usage-based billing. This makes it easier for customers to choose the exact amount of internet they need so that they don’t pay more for the service than they have to. Or does it? If you have internet, the package you chose was most likely based on speed. And all connection types have inherent limits. But some ISPs are considering either the insertion of new tiers of service or usage limits in order to further increase their revenue. Unfortunately, this would also cause a double billing situation, as the customer would be paying for their usage in addition to having already paid for their service based on speed level.

Internet Speed Test Accuracy

Some customers will lament about their internet provider not providing the speed they promised when they signed up, citing results from one of the many web sites that test the speed of your internet connection for free. But how fast the requested information reaches your computer depends on the route it took to get there. So even if you have the fastest connection available, if there’s a traffic jam on the information highway or a web site is having loading issues, the information will take longer to reach you. Speed tests always use the same path – their web site directly to your computer – in order to measure speed. The other data you request online will not.

A Computer’s Age Will Not Affect Internet Speed

You might think you got that older computer for a steal. After all, you’re only going to use it to surf the net and check your email once in awhile. In reality, the age and speed of your computer will directly affect the performance of your internet connection. And you’ll really notice how much the age of your computer affects your surfing experience when you try and view online video or stream a radio station. Internet content is becoming more sophisticated by the day, and without a computer that can handle that increasing complexity, users with older computers will definitely miss out.

Getting High Speed Internet Without Paying For It

With all of these internet myths being debunked, it’s certainly easy to think that your internet providers have the secret unlimited internet speed, and that you can reveal it. As a result, there are many who say that it’s possible for you to ‘unlock’ your cable modem. While it was once possible to hack into some cable modems to get around usage limits, technology has evolved to the point where this is no longer possible. And when you think about it, it’s not likely that a circumvention of data limits would be invisible to any ISP.

Jesse Schwarz describes himself as a serial entrepreneur dedicated to helping consumers find the best products and services online, especially in the internet providers and related industries.

Will Online Education Outgrow Traditional Education?

4

With the advent of the internet, a new medium for education has gained momentum. Throughout the 1990’s online education has evolved from basic computer-based learning programs to a custom education medium accepted worldwide. As technology continues to advance, so does the nature of online education.

Innumerable surveys have shown that the number of online education institutes have continued to multiply over the years. Research studies and surveys conducted by the U.S Department of Education have revealed that online courses incur better results compared to the traditional classroom. Since the economy has taken a dip, online learning is expected to take a jump because it’s comparatively less expensive.

CNN has reported that the number of people turning towards the internet has increased and the new medium of education has experienced a bump during the recession. With the advent of online education, I considered it a primary subject to conduct a research study. The study revealed interesting aspects about many online universities like Capella Univeristy, Northern Port University, and University of Phoenix etc.

The study revealed a number of aspects that seemed to arch towards web-based learning compared to the traditional class. On an average, students from an internet education performed a lot better than traditional university students since they could experience the practicalities of life along with their course study. An online study experience helps to enamor a complete study experience alongside a genuine experience of the practical world.

It’s a fact that online students get to spend time doing actual tasks in comparison to students attending face-to-face class-based learning. Online learning prepares students in a performance based outcome where the entire process of achieving the final outcome relies on the students themselves. The web-based learning model presents a broad spectrum across various types of studies and learning dimensions that assist in overall development of an individual.

Overall communication with the students has improved with the introduction of social media. Online institutions have begun to use social mediums effectively with time and a number of them have reaped benefits from a carefully designed social media strategy.

Today’s generation of web-based learning will eventually revolutionize education. Online mediums taken on a life on their own that is attracting more and more people across the world.

Online education is not a fad – in fact it’s just started to grow, and it’s definitely here to stay!

Freida Gnomes is an MBA from Panworld University and also a member of the Alumni association at the University. She loves to blog and share experience with students in a quest to support online education.

7 Reasons to Regularly Look at Your Analytics Report

0

If you were an active investor, wouldn’t you look at your accounts on a daily basis? Of course you would. You have to know which positions are performing well and which are not, and make portfolio adjustments accordingly. The same principle applies to your Google analytics reports. How can you tell which advertising campaigns are doing well and which are not?

  1. Bounce Rate. The bounce rate tells you which people are getting to your site (probably by accident) and then leaving right away. Why are you wasting time, money and resources on a market that is not interested in your product or what you have to say?
  2. Abandonment. Do you have too many people clicking the “buy now” button and then leaving before they have bought? Analytics can help you find out why they are leaving by letting you test various scenarios. Perhaps a buy without setting up an account feature may help. A lot of people don’t want to go through all that trouble for what may be a one time purchase from this vendor. Google’s Paditrack will let you test various scenarios to find out eliminates the most abandonments.
  3. Conversion rates. If you have ads that are not converting, or are converting poorly in comparison to others, you need to analyze those rates. Similarly to the bounce rate, why are you paying for ads that don’t convert well? Perform a conversion rate analysis at least once a week and start to winnow out low performers and move that budget to higher performers.
  4. Assisted Conversions. This Google Analytics feature allows you to identify assets in an Adword campaign that you may not be using to their full value. Using channel groupings (organic searches, paid advertising, direct, referral and email) you can find segments that are the best or worst performing segments, and re-evaluate the way you weight these segments.
  5. Top Conversion Paths. This report allows you to break down your traffic into conversion “paths”, and lets you see which are converting best. It is especially important, since it allows you to segregate which paths are getting less conversion simply because they get less traffic from those which are getting the traffic, but not the conversions.
  6. Time Lag. Using the same Multi channel funnel that serves to analyze assisted conversions, the time lag report tells you how long it takes for conversions to occur. Does a buyer come in once and buy, or the next day, or even days or weeks later?
  7. Path Length. Now that you have analyzed your conversion paths (#5), you can dig down further and learn the exact series of steps (clicks, channel referrals, etc.) that brought them to a final conversion, and how long it took.

With this incredible amount of finely tuned information, you can follow each visitor and understand why they are converting (or not converting) on your site, and follow up with steps for improvement.

This is a guest post from Bail Bonds Nation which explains the process on finding a good bail bondsman for your state.

Obama Uses Google Plus To Expand Social Media Presence

0

Doing slightly better with social media than McDonalds, tonight President Obama logged on to Google Plus to answer questions in an effort to expand the White House presence on social media networks.

The event was the Oval Office’s first virtual “Hangout”, where Obama appeared for a 45-minute live video chat, answering live and pre-selected questions submitted via Google and Youtube.

Besides answering questions, the President also promised to help one potential voter find a job.

One woman, Jennifer Weddel of Fort Worth, Texas, told the president that her husband had been an unemployed engineer in the semiconductor industry for three years, to which he responded: “ If you send me your husband’s resume I’d be interested in finding out what’s happening right there.”

18 of the 20 most popular questions relate to marijuana policy,  the war on drugs and the legalization of marijuana use.

“We always try to take the opportunity to get our message out whenever the White House puts out these public forums. It appears to be one of our only opportunities to engage with policy makers and our nation’s leaders on this issue,” said Tom Angell, media relations director for LEAP, a group that advocates the legalization of marijuana and heavily promoted tonight’s chat through Twitter and Facebook.

It’s not the first time Obama has used social media to his advantage, he has previously answered questions on Facebook and Twitter “townhalls”.

Over 133,000 questions were submitted via Google Plus and received over 1.6 million “thumbs up” or “thumbs down” votes on Youtube.

According to Google, 90 million people now subscribe to Google Plus.

33% of Small Business Turning to Viral Marketing

2

A new survey conducted by Staples has found that one third of small businesses are moving away from traditional advertising in place of viral and word of mouth marketing.

The study asked the opinions of 500 random businesses that have 20 employees or less.

Staples also found that two thirds of small business owners have a marketing budget for the year ahead, an average of over $2,000 per business.

The survey discovered that 35% of businesses have increased their social media presence in the past year and that seven out of 10 small business owners are optimistic about the future.

“With more than 25 years of experience working with our core small business customers, we know that investing in marketing to grow a small business is essential, yet many do not have the money to do so,” said John Giusti, vice president of small business marketing at Staples.

The survey also indicated that over 50% of small business owners want to do more marketing and advertising, but budgets will not allow it.

“Successfully marketing your small business is the life blood of any company, but with limited budgets, entrepreneurs must be creative and resourceful,” said Rieva Lesonsky, CEO and President, Grow Biz Media/SmallBizDaily.com. “Any marketing boost that they receive from a program such as the Staples ‘Give Your Small Business the Push It Needs” can make all the difference in the world, especially in the current business climate.”

Staples have also reported annual sales of $25 billion and is now ranking second in world eCommerce sales.

 

 

More Internet Users Trust Social Media in Emerging Markets

2

A number of studies conducted by eMarketer, PEW and other regional groups have looked into the use of social networks and their trust ratings from all over world. According to these studies, more and more people have been utilizing and, more importantly, been trusting social networks. Just in the United States alone, a whopping 60 percent of internet surfers also make use of various social networks. However, Indonesia and Russia have registered higher numbers with 86 percent of internet users in this development making use of social networks. This means that although social media first gained success in the USA, these websites are also becoming increasingly popular in other emerging markets.

But there is another side to these statistics.

The number of internet users who make use of social media should not automatically be seen as an indication that all of these users trust these websites. Countries like India and Brazil have more internet users which view social media websites as best places to buy products or avail of services with 28.1 and 17.3 trust ratings, respectively. On the other hand, USA and UK have trust ratings of -12.4 and -20.3 respectively despite the fact that these countries have pioneered the use of social media websites. Basically, this means that users from emerging markets like India, Indonesia and Brazil are more likely to be receptive to information broadcasted through social media websites and networks.

What do the statistics really mean?

These figures simply mean that individuals who are peddling their services and goods through the internet should not rely too much on social media just because it’s generating a lot of buzz nowadays. Although there may be countless of Americans that have subscribed to social media websites like Twitter or Facebook, this does not necessarily mean that they use these websites to make purchases.

Best solution:

Individuals putting their services or products for sale, including dentists, shouldn’t put their eggs in one basket. Although a Twitter account or a Facebook account can link dentists to their patients, sales pitches and other marketing pitches are still better off included in their dental websites. Consequently, dentists from other countries which may have been scared to bring their dental practice online through social media websites should try using these various platforms to introduce their services to users of these networking sites. If these dentists do not have any social media strategy yet, now is the right time to come up with one.

I hope you enjoy my post and find it useful. I like to write on the subjects of dental web page design and Dental Office SEO. Thank you for your interest, Elliot Pearson, Dentist Identity.

Facebook Sues Marketing Firm

0

Facebook has taken legal action against marketing firm Adscend Media for allegedly conducting a form of spam known as clickjacking, which creates ‘likes’ on users pages without their permission.

The social media giant claims that millions of Facebook users have been exposed to the spam, while Delaware-based Adscend Media released a statement on their website that denies the claims.

“At no time did we engage in the activity alleged in the complaints. Adscend Media will provide a vigorous defense against these false claims,” said the company.

State attorney general, Rob McKenna, estimates that Adscend Media had earned as much $1.2m (£766,000) a month from the practice.

“We don’t ‘like’ schemes that illegally trick Facebook users into giving up personal information or paying for unwanted subscription services through spam,” said McKenna.

Speaking a news conference, Facebook’s general counsel Ted Ullyot,  said “Security is an arms race. “It’s important to stay a step ahead against spammers and scammers.”

“Facebook’s security professionals have made tremendous strides against this particular form of attack and we are intent on eradicating it completely,” said Craig Clark, the firm’s lead litigation counsel.

“We will continue to use all tools at our disposal to ensure that scammers do not profit from misusing Facebook’s services.”

 

 

Does Your Website Need a Re-Design?

3

Editor’s note: Well, I don’t know about your site but RINF certainly needed a redesign.

The thought of a website redesign sends shudders down the spines of many, however it is often a necessity. So what should you look out for and what are the signs of a site in need of redesign?

SEO & User Engagement Metrics

Sites often show their need for a redesign in the amount of people visiting, staying and engaging with it. This may not necessarily be a design issue, but often can be. Falling conversions, sales and other factors can show that a site has aged poorly and that it is tired, compared to your competitors. Try and get to grips with what has gone wrong and then adjust your page, or even consider a complete redesign if necessary. Tools like Google Analytics are great for showing how many people have visited, how long they’ve stayed and how many have ‘bounced’ off.

Tip: Always compare your data year on year if possible to account for any seasonal fluctuations in demand for your business.

Design

Some sites just look out of date and need a rethink. The pace of website design is lightening quick and aesthetics change radically in a few years. The best way to decide whether a redesign is necessary is to look at other company’s sites, which seem to be doing well, and then assess how good your site is in comparison to them. Be objective, but fair and don’t slate your own site as you may just be personally bored with it, and it may still be excellent. Create a cross-section of things to look out for and then decide based on that for fairness.

Tip: Be aware you’re probably not the best judge of how good or bad your own site looks — always seek an objective opinion.

Customers

Customers are the best people to ask if you need a redesign. This is because they’re the people who matter, and are most likely to be objective about the site (whereas staff, friends or family are likely to be biased). Perform some usability tests with people and ask them what they think could be changed on a one-to one basis. Surveys have poor return rates and can also irritate customers. Talk to them directly and take it all in like a sponge.

Tip: Rocket Surgery Made Easy by usability expert Steve Krug is a great read for anyone looking to perform usability testing on their site without spending a fortune.

Tech Debt

Sites gather a thing called Tech/ UX debt over time. Essentially time, and corner cutting cause this, though is very common on sites and can greatly affect usability. Upgrading does help with this Tech/UX debt, though in time there is only so much that can be done, and it eventually becomes costlier to keep upgrading rather than getting a new site. New clean sites, built on the latest technology and with streamlined code should fix these issues and ensure you have a fast, functional website. Think of it as similar to replacing an old unreliable car with a new one.

Tip: Sites that have been worked on by multiple developers over the years are likely to be ‘bloated’ when it comes to the code working the site behind the scenes — this can slow your site down and impair user experience

One Year On

Ideally you should look at refreshing or reevaluating your site every year. By refreshing, overhauling, or creating a new site, you breathe fresh air into your company and ensure your brand looks up to date and your customers know you’re still growing and improving. People are often very impressed with new, brighter sites but be sure not to “throw the baby out with the bathwater”, although your design may look tired, your websites visitors may love the content or the ease of navigation, so never sacrifice this in favour of design.

Tip: Get some quick feedback on your website using a service like usertesting.com — then repeat the process, asking respondents the same question in 12 months time.

So does your website need a redesign? Redesigns can be costly, especially for large or complex sites and the decision to start from scratch should not be taken lightly. There may be incremental improvements you can make to your existing design first to improve performance. But by contrast you shouldn’t delay the inevitable either — if your site is in dire need of an overhaul, every day you delay you could be losing business.

John wrote this guest post for Basekit. When you build a website with Basekit you don’t need any technical skill to create professional looking sites which work, quickly and easily.

The Future of the Cloud

1

The cloud has been with us for some time now and growth for the Software as a Service (SaaS) market is extremely positive for the future. But what trends are likely to take place with the cloud in the future? We explore some of the current trends and areas where we can expect to see growth.

On demand software hosted centrally in ‘internet clouds’ has the ability to totally transform how businesses operate. The benefits include the ability to increase scalability without having to invest in expensive IT infrastructure. Technology research company Gartner has tipped the SaaS market to top $12 billion in 2011, an increase of more than 20 per cent in just one year and indicative of the way that more and more companies are becoming switched on to the possibilities of the cloud.

So where can we expect to see future growth in the SaaS market and for the cloud? The opportunities that the SaaS market and the cloud offer are endless. But continued innovation and development by specialist cloud companies is undoubtedly set to produce a very interesting future for the cloud, consumers and businesses in the future.

Some of these include:

Cloud Computers — This is an area where both businesses and consumers will soon see a real uptake in cloud based services. Thanks to the cloud, instead of downloading software to your laptop and saving documents to your hard drive — all things that could be lost forever if your laptop is lost or broken — new cloud based computers such as the Samsung Google Chromebook operate fully via the cloud. The Chromebook doesn’t have an operating system like Windows or Apple’s Mac OS X, instead everything is operated via the Google Chrome web browser.

Cloud Video Games — Currently, the games console is the standard way of delivering video games to consumers, but that could all change in the future with the cloud. There are a number of cloud based video game platforms in operation around the world. The largest is OnLive, which launched in the UK this year, closely followed by Playcast Media, which is already operating in Portugal and plans to launch in the UK and the rest of Europe soon. In much the same way as we access films ‘on demand’ through our digital and satellite TV subscriptions, the on demand gaming service allows consumers to access a catalogue of video games. The number of games available runs into the thousands and consumers simply pay and play via your TV using an appropriate handset.

Cloud Music — There are a number of new cloud based music services in existence that could transform the way we consume music in the years to come. Instead of buying individual albums or singles from online stores such as iTunes, the future of the music industry thanks to the cloud could be very different.

Cloud based services such as Beyond Oblivion, part owned by NewsCorp; Music Unlimited powered by Qriocity, Sony’s cloud based music service; and Amazon’s Cloud Drive, all in some shape or form, are designed to let consumers store and access all of their music files in the cloud, which can then be accessed via a web browser or specific operating device, such as a Smartphone. These services essentially mean that consumers will soon be able to access all of their music, all of the time, wherever they are.

This article was written by Workbooks, leading supplier of CRM software.

Creating a Great Mobile App for Your Business

0

If you’re going to create a mobile app for your business, it needs to be great. Millions of people rely on apps on a daily basis, and you want to convince them that yours is worth their time, too. A mediocre app won’t cut it in the least. If you want to be noticed, you’re going to have to put a significant amount of effort into making an above-average app. Here are the things you need to consider in order to create a great mobile app for your business.

Function

The most important aspect of a great mobile app is the function it performs. The app has to add some kind of value to your customers’ lives, or they won’t have any use for it. If they don’t have a use for it, they’ll quickly delete it. It can be difficult to come up with a great function for your app, especially because there are already hundreds of thousands of apps available. You might not think of something completely original, so at the very least your app has to perform better than similar applications. If your app has a useful and unique function, people will appreciate it and use it. The function that your app performs should also be so useful that they’ll want or need to use it on a regular basis. If the function of your app is only useful one time or in rare circumstances, people will quickly forget about it quickly.

Graphics

The way your app looks will have a significant impact on your customers. It has to look professional and present your company in an attractive light. You can’t afford to offer an app with an amateur design. If it looks unappealing, people will assume that it’s poorly designed or has little value. It’s a good idea to put a lot of effort into the graphics of your app. If you need to, hire a professional designer to come up with a color scheme, fonts and layout that will look appealing and professional.

Performance

When any app is first developed, it’s likely to have some bugs and kinks that need to be worked out. Before you launch the first version of your app, it’s incredibly important to fix as many of the problems it may have. You may have a great idea, but if it doesn’t work well no one will use it, and worse still, they will complain. It can take many, many hours of developing and testing before your app is up to par and ready for release. It’s essential that you spend as much time as needed to straighten out the app and get it in top-working order before you offer it to your customers.

Advertising

A great mobile app won’t be so great if no one downloads it. Make sure you spend considerable effort promoting your app and letting your customers know it exists. At the very least, announce your app on your website and provide a link to where they can get it. You can also promote it on all your social media profiles, and try to entice bloggers to write about how great it is. Also, offer it for free. The best advantage you’ll get from your mobile app is another platform to promote your business, so focus on that instead of trying to generate profits directly from selling your app. Great apps are even better when they don’t cost anything.

Terry Ford is a technophile, professional freelancer and avid reader. She always checks her work with a grammar checker to avoid embarassing mistakes. Currently she is enjoying the classics and has a first edition copy of To Kill a Mockingbird on her nightstand.

Utilizing Twitter For Your Web-Based Business

0

As most veteran and new website owners will know, social media is a thriving form of advertising that can seriously maximize the amount of traffic you draw to your site. When it comes to getting yourself started in the wonderful world of social media, you may find that the wide range of options out there are a little baffling, in which case you will want to go back to basics. Without a shadow of a doubt, Twitter is the easiest form of social media to manipulate, but that does not mean that you can make the most of it without hard work. Before diving straight in and tweeting, you will need to form a plan.

How should I get started with Twitter?

Getting started with Twitter involves so much more than just opening an account and Tweeting. In order for your Tweets to be noticed, you need to have followers. There is a frustratingly difficult to answer ancient question that most people are familiar with: “If a tree falls in the woods and no one is around to hear it, does it make a sound?”. The Twitosphere version “If you tweet and have no followers, is it seen?” can be answered with a big, fat, no.

In order for your tweets to have an impact, you not only need to have followers, you need followers that are relevant to whatever it is that you are marketing. Many Twitter newbies are in the habit of following others in the vain hope that they will follow back. As impressive as a follower list with numbers reaching in to the thousands looks, this is useless in terms of marketing unless those that follow you are interested in what you have to say. The best way to get the right followers is to promote your twitter feed on your blog and website. Look for people that are related to your market on Twitter and then strike up conversations with them. Finally, make the most of hash tags, so that when people search for certain things they find what you have to say about that subject.

How to let people know what your Twitter feed is about

Although Twitter posts are minute in size and easy to read, the majority of people visiting your feed will still base their first judgements of your page on its visual quality alone. It is for this reason that you need to mess around with your Twitter background designs. By experimenting with Twitter background designs, you will be able to develop something that others recognize as being relevant to your cause or brand.

Take ASOS for example, their Twitter feed could easily just have their logo on it, but it doesn’t. A good Twitter background design will let visitors know what you are promoting instantly, and ASOS recognize this. Their Twitter background immediately lets people know that their website promotes fashion for the 18-35 age group. Not only do well researched designs let your visitors know what your feed is about, they also look professional.

Finally, make sure you utilize your description box. This can be as simple as stating what you are promoting, or you could go as far as letting web users know that your feed is about updates, new product releases, blog posts or events. This brief piece of text needs to be useful and it must be one of your key selling points.

When it comes to social networking, very few websites are as easy to use as Twitter. Although it is simple, you do still need to implement a great strategy before you begin attracting users. From designs that scream what you are about to a group of followers that are useful to your promotion, every aspect of the way you approach the Twitosphere should be carefully considered before using it. Once you get to grips with Tweeting, you will find that you never turn back.

Stephanie Wagner is a freelance blogger who uses Twitter frequently to promote causes and her work. Although she is not associated with Logo Mojo, she does recommend them for their excellence in providing stunning Twitter background designs.

“95% of marketing efforts are flawed”

2

Speaking at the International School of Business and Media (ISB&M) in Pune, consumer behaviour expert Neale Martin has claimed that 95% of marketing efforts are flawed.

“One should become a customer’s habit, and not their choice. Today, 95% of marketing efforts are fundamentally flawed. Habit is not the answer to every solution, but it is part of every solution,” said Martin.

“For the past several years, I have worked on updating the principles of marketing based on cognitive psychology and neuroscience that reveals most of the human behaviour is the result of unconscious habits.”

During his talk Martin informed students that marketing consulting firms should make greater use of ‘habit-based marketing’ to shape and change consumer behaviour.

Neale Martin has been helping technology firms improve marketing strategies since 1994.

REVIEW OF JOAN MELLEN’S FAREWELL TO JUSTICE — THE KENNEDY ASSASSINATION AND JIM GARRISON’S INVESTIGATION

0

JOHN CHUCKMAN

A note to readers: Normally, I post my book reviews only on another site of mine, Chuckman’s Miscellanea of Words, but because of the nature of this book and its being the 48th anniversary of John Kennedy’s assassination, I am also posting on this site.

The blurb inside this book tells us that Joan Mellen is a professor of English and creative writing at Temple University, and sadly that fact confirms my darkest fears about American education, because Ms. Mellen, as amply demonstrated by significant portions of this book, often cannot write a literate paragraph. It is appalling how many badly written pages are in this volume.

Why did I continue to read it? I am a great admirer of the late Jim Garrison, who incidentally was a pretty fine writer, and being aware of the hatchet-job books done on his efforts in the Kennedy assassination, I wanted to read something of a defense. Ms. Mellen’s book is one of the few, so I persevered through her muddy paragraphs in hopes of reaching a bit of clear water and learning something.

Well, it does get somewhat better through the middle of the book, and there are some interesting points and details raised here.

I very much believe that Jim Garrison stumbled upon something big in New Orleans, something very big, part of the conspiracy to kill John Kennedy, a conspiracy carefully ignored by the Warren Commission and later by The House Select Committee.

Garrison was a very intelligent and able man, but no individual, no matter how bright and brave and dedicated, could have completely withstood the assaults of a Washington establishment determined to smear and mislead and destroy him. The imbalance of forces was terrifying, and the efforts likely shortened Garrison’s life. This book does document some of that in its better-written portions.

I never shared Garrison’s belief that the CIA as an organization killed Kennedy, although it just could not be clearer to people who’ve read enough on the subject that the CIA always worked to manipulate and distort evidence in this matter. Indeed, it continues to do so to this day.

For Jim Garrison, fighting all the dirt and abuse, it would naturally seem that they were covering their own responsibility. I believe rather that they have been covering what would have been explosive information in the 1960s: that their private army of Cuban terrorists killed the President, aided more than likely by the direct or indirect help of the CIA handlers responsible for arming, training, and paying that gang of cutthroats in their long efforts at mayhem and murder in Cuba and in Florida.

People today almost cannot imagine the fetid political atmosphere in the United States of the 1950s and 1960s. It was poisonous, so much so that in many other places people were deeply concerned that the United States would do some terrible things. That view was part of what informed spies the Britain’s Cambridge Circle. The United States in that era seriously considered a pre-emptive nuclear attack on the Soviet Union and later on China and it thought nothing of invading a country like Cuba or of overthrowing even democratically-elected governments like those in Guatemala and Iran.

Discrediting the CIA in any way at that time, much as it was deserved, was regarded almost as treason, and that was why the CIA lied and cheated its way through every effort at genuine investigation. The CIA was up to its armpits in collusion with mobsters and thugs of every description to achieve the overthrow of Castro, and when its secret army of Cuban fanatics killed the President, with or without the assistance of their professional CIA handlers, it simply could not be revealed. Truth be known, I feel confident many of the CIA’s career men were glad when he died, believing he did not possess the blind faith they embraced.

The FBI too was glad. Hoover hated the Kennedys beyond describing. And with CIA backing and other political backing, it felt safe to cover and even destroy evidence in its almost laughable race to find poor Oswald guilty, and it was very convenient to portray Oswald as a “Commie nut” since the lifelong passion of Hoover was to lynch as many Communists as he could, even while he was friends with American gangsters.

For some while after the assassination, the CIA tried – through articles and books by its assets in American publishing – to blame Castro for the assassination, but that pathetic story pretty much withered away, Castro being far too clever to have hired someone like Oswald or to have given America’s establishment the excuse it wanted to cover an invasion.

It is well known in intelligence operations that you not only prepare a primary fall-back story – the Castro story – but a secondary one should that fail to gain traction, and that second one is blaming the mafia. The inept Robert Blakey, largely responsible for the feeble efforts of the House Select Committee investigation, put that idea forward. So too did others in a series of contrived books.

It is still around today, with new proponents surfacing periodically. What the story ignores is the virtual impossibility of getting the various mafia clans – the mafia not being a single organization but a group of loosely cooperating families – to agree on so extreme an act, putting all their billions in assets at risk and giving law enforcement the perfect excuse to shut them down completely.

Again, in Bertrand Russell’s profound question, “If, as we are told, Oswald was the lone assassin, where is the issue of national security?” So we pretty much know ipso facto that Oswald cannot have been the lone killer, and that’s apart from his lack of motive and talent and an almost complete lack of sound evidence.

So what is the CIA hiding? Its own embarrassment and incompetence and criminal behavior with terrorist groups like the Cuban refugees, as well as the extreme danger to a free society of having such a well-financed organization with almost no responsibility to anyone.

Improving Subscriber Open-rates

0

Having thousands of email subscribers is a great achievement but open-rates is where it really counts. Ada Ivanova provides tips on how you can boost your newsletter’s readership.

Provide Great Content

The first trick is the simplest one and it is hardly a surprise — if you want your subscribers to read your newsletter, you need to provide great content. Pretty straightforward and pretty efficient! When your subscribers know your stuff is top-notch, they will be looking forward to each new issue and even if they are busy the moment they receive it, they will certainly keep it to read it later.

Make Your Subject Line Clear about What’s Inside and Who It Is from

You might consider yourself really lucky, if you manage to make your subscribers wait impatiently for each new issue. Even if you don’t achieve this, the next best thing is to provoke their curiosity when they see your newsletter in their mailbox. The best way to do it is to make the subject line of the email with your newsletter clear about what’s inside and who it is from.

This way if the topic(s) of the email are intriguing and you are a recognized brand, your chances to have your newsletter opened increase in heaps and bounds. Also, if there is anything special inside — i.e. a promotion, a deal, a coupon, a free download, etc., don’t forget to mention it as well because such special items are like a magnet for your readers.

Do Your Best Not to Be Caught By Spam Filters

Your subject lines might be catchy but if your newsletter gets caught by spam filters, this isn’t of much use. Words such as ‘free’ that are treasured by marketers and that basically boost the open rate are considered spammy by many spam filters, so try to avoid these words because they can make your newsletter head straight to the spam folders of your subscribers. Additionally, check if the email you are sending your newsletter from hasn’t made it into a spam blacklist list because if it has, then you have no choice but to replace it with a clean one.

Try to Have Your Newsletter Delivered Early in the Morning

Timing is very important and this applies to newsletters, too. The best time to have your newsletter in your readers’ mailboxes is early in the morning because this is the time when they arrive at their desks and start checking their mail for messages received during the night. When users are done with this, they get to other tasks (or have their lunch break) and even if they see your newsletter, they might be too busy to read it.

You need to bear this fact in mind when you schedule your newsletters. If your mailing list is huge, it might take hours for the server to send all emails, so factor this as well. Of course, with the global nature of the Net you can’t have your newsletter served in the morning for everybody but if you have a specially targeted geo-region (i.e. the US), try to have your newsletter delivered in the morning at least for them.

Post at the Same Time Each Day/Week/Month

In addition to the time of the day your newsletter is delivered, the day itself is also important. If you publish at random intervals, this will make your users confused. It is best if you publish at regular intervals (i.e. once a day, once or twice a week, once or twice a month, etc.) because this way your users will know when your newsletter is to hit their mailboxes. Stick to a regular schedule and break it only when something exceptional and urgent must be communicated.

Track Your Open Rate and Conversions

I guess you have heard that if you can’t measure something, you can’t manage it. This is valid for newsletters as well. This is why you need to track your open rates and your conversions. If the WordPress newsletter plugin you have picked to run your newsletter supports this, you are lucky but if it doesn’t, then you have to search for third party solutions.

Publishing a newsletter might be your best move but when your readers don’t even bother to open it, all your efforts are in vain. Because of this, it makes sense not only to spend time on gathering newsletter subscribers, but also on keeping their interest alive. I hope that the tips in this article will help you to achieve this.

Ada Ivanova is the Blogger Relations Manager at WinkPress — the ultimate resource about WordPress, its themes, and plugins. If you are interested in more tips about how to use newsletters and which the best WordPress newsletter plugins are, please visit our site.

The Bold New Face of Article Marketing

1

The days are limited for a wimpy, weak style of article marketing based on churning out slightly modified versions of the same content after ‘spinning’ some terms and phrases using online thesaurii and word banks. Technology will soon become powerful enough to do this automatically – and algorithms will grow smart enough to sniff them out, and then suitably devalue them.

But does this automatically mean article marketing is dead in a post-Panda world? Absolutely not. Indeed, this paradigm shift in Google’s approach to valuing and indexing the Web’s content may well mark a renaissance in quality content delivery.

Here’s what your article marketing needs to do in the future to survive – and thrive.

Your Article Must Stand Alone

Think about the reasons behind why you would try article marketing in the past. It was usually in order to get back-links from an author resource box pointing to your website. If you were lucky, you managed to squeeze in an additional link or two into the content itself. And the more times you got these ‘link-carriers’ out onto multiple Web properties, the more successful you used to be.

Not any more. Scrapers and unscrupulous content pirates are ready to steal the content you painstakingly pieced together – but without giving you credit for it. They’re re-publishing your article, minus your author resource box.

What can you do about it?

Get your article to stand alone. Yes, without back-links, without resource boxes, without attribution, your content must be able to make a mark in the minds of your audience. But how to do that? Let’s talk about that next.

Your Article Must Make a Statement

For too long, articles have been mere sentences strung together into content chunks with little purpose or strategy behind their creation and distribution. Today’s smart article marketers are moving beyond this to create articles that make a statement.

The successful article of the future will create an impact by becoming the vehicle that spreads a message. The article will however do more than ferry an idea or concept from writer to reader. It will do so in a way that is inimitable, memorable and sears its way into a prospect’s mind so that they won’t ever forget it. In that sense, a well-crafted article from a master wordsmith will extend the writer’s brand everywhere.

Your Article Must Brand You

Yes, your article must brand you – and do it even without needing recourse to a ‘resource box’ at the bottom. Your style must be distinctive. Your subject matter must be exceptionally expert. Your mission must be passionate. And your targeting must be laser-focused.

A 600-word article like this should be identifiable and easily recognized as coming from an Internet infopreneur like Dr.Mani simply by the way, the style, the energy and the focus with which it is written.

That isn’t going to happen when you write 5 articles, spin them 500 ways, and dump them onto 5,000 “article directories”. But it will happen when you write 500 articles and publish them on 50 authority websites and blogs in your niche, where they are read by the ideal audiences you want to reach.

This, in a nutshell, is the bold face of article marketing for the days ahead. Practice it, perfect it and profit from it. And plan on doing it fast, because before you know it, the future will be upon you!

Dr.Mani, author of ‘Think, Write & Retire’ – www.ThinkWriteRetire.com – is a heart surgeon, Internet infopreneur and social entrepreneur. Pick up his free ‘Infopreneur HOTSHEET‘ and learn more about information marketing at http://www.EzineMarketingCenter.com

INTERVIEW: George Sepich – Talk Marketing Now

3

In a corner of the Internet, some of the brightest Internet marketers are gathering every night to share trade secrets.

But this isn’t your typical marketing forum, Talk Marketing Now is part interactive chat room, part web show… hugely informative and entertaining, this is infotainment at its finest.

I also got the chance to speak with the guy behind it all, George Sepich…

Mick Meaney: George, thank you for taking time out from running TMN to talk to us. Can you tell us about your background.. when and how did you get into marketing?

George Sepich: I have a B.S. degree in Mass Communications from Bradley University in Peoria, Illinois.

Upon graduating there in 1981, i went to work for the local CBS TV Network affiliate, and spent the first nine years of my career there as an award winning copywriter/producer in the Promotions Department. After doing that for some long I decided to get into Sales, and then worked as an Account Executive for the local FOX TV affiliate, selling TV commercial airtime to local businesses for about a year.

Then one day I was reading a trade journal, Electronic Media Magazine, and saw a classified ad that caught my attention. Is was an opportunity to work for Cascom Syndication, a special effects film house, based in Nashville Tennessee. I became their Illinois Representative, as an independent contractor, and started my own first company at that time, selling Cascom’s Animation Library, and Sound Effects Library, to TV Stations, Ad Agencies, and Corporations. I was a top seller for Cascom, generating lots of new customers. It really let me hone my selling skills.

It involved quite a bit of travel that I got tired off and after 2 years I decided to hook up with a locally based national company that sold print advertising in High School Sports Program Booklets. The sales process was done all over the phone, telemarketing really,
and I quickly became one of their top sellers. I was making pretty decent money doing that.

The sales manager at that company decided to open up his own company doing similar publications. I then went to work for him as his Sales Manager. After a couple years of doing the Sales Manager gig, I decided to open up my own print publishing company.

I still own that corporation today. But now have focused on mostly online marketing projects the last several years. The TMN Network being my latest and greatest.

Mick Meaney:  How and when did you first get the idea for TMN.. what inspired you?

George Sepich: TMN has its roots in another online chat that I ran for marketers on Friday Nights.

It had the rather obvious name of Friday Night Chat. It was an open chat where Internet Marketers from around the world would drop by throughout the night. Normally it would ended up lasting until the wee hours of the morning. and we would all share marketing tactics and the news about product launches, and the latest marketing gossip. We call it the FNC for short, and an abbreviated version of it still actually happens each Friday Night as part of TMN.

The cool thing is that over that 2 year period in that chat room I got to know a lot of real smart Internet Marketers Many of them became close friends. Quite a few of those marketers from the FNC are now hosts of their own shows on my Talk Marketing Now Network.

I had casually mentioned to some of them previously over a couple month time period I wanted to create something new for Internet Marketers. A place where Marketers could easily share, learn, and network. At the time I pretty much knew I wanted to use the same Chat Conference system we had been using in the FNC, because it offered webcam, voice, and texting. But I had not yet nailed down the concept of what the
content would exactly be, or had I would execute the whole thing.

Then one morning I was sitting in front of my computer, and I had that light bulb moment.

“What I am going to do is offer all my brilliant Internet Marketing buddies their own show to share their marketing knowledge. I contacted one potential host. He said sure put me down to do it. Then I contacted another one. And another, And another. They all said yes! I had to twist a few of there arms at first to make it happen.:)

But in the matter of one days time, I had a whole day of programming for TMN lined up.

Within the next day, I had another whole days programming lined up. Suddenly I had great marketers with great shows happening on Wednedays and Thursdays. TMN network has since expanded from those days, and we now offer Marketing Show each day of the week, and are still adding more shows even as I speak.

Mick Meaney: What changes do you see for Internet marketing in the future?

George Sepich: I think the term Internet Marketing itself with start to disappear. Those words will lose meaning in the near future. Except when it is talked about in a past tense. Internet Marketing itself will become so dominent there will be no need to call it that. The IM’ers of now will become sort of historical figures in the future. The pioneers, hemesteaders, and outlaws of a virtual Wild West.

With the soon to happen explosion of QR codes, Mobile Marketing, and everyone soon having a Smart Phone, the Internet Marketeting world as we know it will change fast. In a way everyone will be a potential IM’er, within a short few years, I foresee everyone having access to there own personal type of ebay, craigslist, facebook etc.

At that point if you want to sell online, no matter whether it’s your own digital product, or you’re selling a litter of registered puppies, it will just go out into the world wide sales funnel.

Everyone will be an internet marketer. No need for the name any longer.

I also look for more government regulation. As eCommerce keeps growing leaps and bounds, there will be much more government regulation, and most likely taxation.

At that point I think an entire underground online black market will be born. And another Wild West period created. At that point the term Internet Marketing may come back into vogue. :)

Mick Meaney: What advice could you give to those promoting their products and services?

George Sepich: Overdeliver. Understand your customer base. Do what you say you are going to do. Give great followup support if needed.

Mick Meaney: What plans do you have for TMN, how do you see it growing and how can the RINF readership get involved or help promote the network?

George Sepich: The RINF readership can get involved in many ways. You are invited to take part in the shows on TMN itself. There is usually an opportunity on most shows to ask questions or give your own input, using Web Cam, Microphone, or Text Chat.

As TMN expands we are also looking for more great marketers to become TMN show hosts. If you would like to audition to become a TMN host send me an email at talkmarketingnow@gmail.com and I will followup with you as soon as possible.

We also have a facebook page at http://facebook.com/TalkMarketingNow Drop by and post on our Wall. And spread the word about TalkMarketingNow.com With awesome people like the RINF readership now finding out about TMN I see our Network growing and growing and growing fast! :)

Mick Meaney: Thanks George, if there’s anything else you’d like to add or mention?

George Sepich: I am still saving a time slot on TMN for The Mick Meaney Marketing Show! We will get you on TMN, Sooner or Later!

Mick Meaney: That’s very kind George, I genuinely wish I had the time, it would be fantastic to be part of TMN.

—-

Spend just one hour in TMN and you’ll be hooked. In fact, I was so impressed with the quality, ethics and the integrity of the shows and hosts, I have decided to permanently list every daily TMN show in the RINF sidebar because not only this is something that benefits our readership but also benefits the entire online marketing community.

Check out Talk Marketing Now.

How to Keep Your Website Fresh

6

We all know that Google recently released an update in their algorithm, and that it will severely be taking into consideration the Freshness of your content. This is something that is hard to do but Google has always loved content and really it was only a matter of time before something like this happened.

So how do you keep your website fresh? Well there is the route of constantly updating your homepage content, but let’s face it, that is time consuming and pretty boring, it is just a rewrite of what was already there. You should do that occasionally now Google released their fresh update but there is something else you should be doing too.

Blogs have always been a good idea to have and it is because if you are running your blog correctly, then you are generating content almost constantly, which is great for SEO and according to the freshness factor, it still is.

The one problem is that it can be very difficult and demanding to constantly knock out blog posts, so I wish to share with you a site that will allow you to keep on top of Google.

The website is called MyBlogGuest, the gist of the site is that bloggers go to the site and submit their articles and those with a blog will make an offer to publish it on their site. The website has a tonne of different categories which are almost constantly updated. If you want to submit your own articles to be published on other sites, then you have to pay to unlock full membership. A free membership will allow you to make offers on articles and publish them on your own site.

I use MyBlogGuest, and I have had a few problems in the past, for example a few of my articles were stolen, and a few were also edited. The administration team are easy to contact and really go above and beyond to offer help to all of their users. There must have been a rise in articles being stolen and this has been fixed, previously there was a preview section where a lot of the article would be shown. Now there is only a snippet of writing shown to protect the content from being stolen. Also, when one of my articles was modified without consent, I notified the administrations team and they contacted the user which resulted in the article being deleted from his blog and returned to the article gallery on MyBlogGuest.

MBG have helpfully created a video and if I haven’t explained the platform very well, their video definitely will, here is a link to the video: http://youtu.be/qoIZ1vteee8

Conclusion

Googles’ algorithm practically bullies all websites to conform to what they believe to be a good website, and whilst we bow down to Googles’ demands, we must find a way to better our website. MyBlogGuest allows your website to be updated as regularly as you want, without the tedious task of actually writing the content.

This article was written by Lewis Austin, he is the social media manager for SEO Positive, if you would like some more information about SEO Positive, then follow their regularly updated blog and Twitter profile.

3 Self Promotion Tips from a Sales Copywriter

2

When you’re starting out as a freelancer, your skills at self promotion will determine your success to a large degree. Once you’re established, the quality of your work will speak for itself and you’ll get business from referrals — but when you start out, it’s all about selling yourself.

As a sales copywriter, helping people sell themselves is my area of expertise. So here are my three big tips for aspiring freelancers trying to get established.

#1: Make Contact

Send emails, make phone calls, do whatever it takes to let potential clients know you exist. Many successful commerical freelancers, like Peter Bowerman, recommend cold calling — I know it can work, although I’ve never done it myself. I have, however, contacted many potential clients on forums and through their websites.

When you’re contacting someone, it’s crucially important that you aren’t just sending a form letter — that’s spam.

Many potential clients don’t mind getting an email through their website as long as they can see you’ve taken the time to understand what they need and demonstrate that in your message. Long story short, make it personal and tell them what you can do for them, specifically.

#2: Spread the Word

Tell everyone you’re a writer. Start getting the word out through your network of friends. Make use of social networking sites like Facebook and Twitter. You can even get some cheap business cards made up if you like — there are plenty of sites that let you make cards using a template and get a couple hundred sent to you for a few bucks.

Don’t be shy with handing these out. The more cards you have floating around out there, the more people who know that you exist and that you’re a commercial writer, the more calls you’ll get enquiring about your services.

#3: Advertise Selectively

Advertising is a tricky one. Lots of writers never do it and are wildly successful — others swear by it as a necessity. Still others waste a lot of money on it and never see a return. So the moral of the story with advertising is to be very careful where you spend money and always start small, see what the returns are, and then only scale up if it’s worthwhile. Don’t go blowing $1000 on a full-page magazine ad just because you “think” it will work. Start small, track returns, scale up.

Always pay attention to your returns in various promotional streams and do more of what works. If an hour of cold calling gets you more leads than an hour contacting prospects on forums, scrap the forums and focus on cold calling. Figure out what works best and do more of it.

Tom McSherry is a professional SEO copywriter and the founder of Premium Online Writing. You can follow him on Twitter @tommcsherry.

Why Ergonomics Represents A Small Investment — But A Massive Payoff

0

I had been working at the same division in a rather large company for the last 6 years. During that time I have had some laughs, some tears, have been both tremendously impressed and disappointed in some of the employees that I have been lucky enough to have.

Over that time I have learned a few things, how being a nice person does not always work, and how sometimes rules are meant to be broken just a little bit if there are extenuating circumstances. One other aspect to remember is the reason I am writing today — ergonomics make a massive difference in the workforce.

It is not always clear what the problem is

You see, having an ergonomic workstation does not just mean that you are reducing the number of employees that get carpal tunnel syndrome. After we started integrating an ergonomic work station approach, sick days start reducing drastically.

Not everyone is as dedicated to their job as managers would like to believe (or tell ourselves we would like to believe anyway). Sometimes all people need is a day of not feeling great or feeling fatigued for them to call in sick. These can be sometimes of not having an ergonomic work station.

Discomfort can manifest itself in many different ways. So instead of trying to make it impossible or uncomfortable for employees to take sick days (which some people recommended for some reason!) why not take that discomfort out of the equation?

Ergonomics does not mean pricey
Some managers hear the word ergonomic and they immediately assume that it means that they have to spend a great deal of money. I just want to set the record straight and tell everyone, employee, employer, independent, stay at home mother, whoever is reading this — ergonomic does not mean expensive.

In fact, it is much more expensive to make up for the lost production that we encounter because of people being uncomfortable. The only thing that my department had to do was buy new chairs. Our previous chairs did not provide Lombard support and I felt that having a chair that for everyone that had this type of support was worth it.

It increases the productivity of your staff. While we encourage people to get up and take a walk outside for a few minutes if they feel uncomfortable (clear their nose) they now work harder and more consistent while they are at their desk. While productivity is never going to be 100%, it has certainly increased.

The important thing to remember
Some people are scared of change. This may seem weird, especially considering that most employees consider themselves quite progressive, but it is true. Sometimes they do not want that extra cushion to protect their wrist, they do not want an arched chair or new keyboard, and they do not want to be told how they should sit.

While people may initially complain, they are soon going to have to acknowledge (begrudgingly so) that the changes were in fact for the best.

Some important things to remember
The following are some important tips you can use today, sitting behind your computer.

Make sure your feet hit the ground, if your feet are just sort of dangling and your chair is too high, your muscles may be straining and become quite uncomfortable after a while.

Make sure that your keyboard is not too far away. Look at your posture when you are using your keyboard, are your arms bent at more than a 90-degree angle? If so, either move closer to your keyboard or bring your keyboard closer to you.

Your monitor (the main part you work on anyway) should be on about the same level as your eyes. You should never be stretching your neck up or down to make sure that you see everything. If you are constantly looking down, find something to put your monitor on top of so it is raised.

And please, if you do get a chair with Lombard support, make sure you use it right. It took us weeks to figure out why some people were increasingly uncomfortable in chairs with Lombard support.

The arch in the chair needs to go in the small of your back, otherwise you are just going to end up hurting yourself more. You are going to need the best chiropractor you can get your hands on if you have the right equipment but fail to use.

Melissa Cameron currently works as a freelance writer. She discovered that the Internet allowed her to share her information with others in 2003.  She is currently working on series of articles with the help of a Sacramento back pain specialist in relates to treating back pain.  Melissa lives in Austin, Texas, along with her husband – Dave.

New Pictures Of US Atrocity In Iraq, With Documents and Video

0

 

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

The US is Blind to the Price of War – That is Still Being Borne by the Iraqi People

0

 

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

War Without End, Amen: – The Reality of America’s Aggression Against Iraq

0

 

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

Killing Without Consequences – No Fear: Memory Adjustment Pills Get Pentagon Push

0

 

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

US Interference In Syria Could Bring About Another Iraq

0

 

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

Obama : My Commitment to the Security of Israel is Unshakeable

0

 

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

BOOK REVIEW OF BARRY ERNEST’S THE GIRL ON THE STAIRS

0

JOHN CHUCKMAN

A note to readers: Normally, I post my book reviews only on another site of mine, Chuckman’s Miscellanea of Words, but because of the nature of this book and its being the 48th anniversary of John Kennedy’s assassination, I am also posting on this site.

This is a modest book both in its aims and in its physical size, but it is a book which makes a genuine contribution to understanding the Kennedy assassination, and it is the best thing I have read on the subject in some years.

The central finding of the Warren Commission was that Oswald was Kennedy’s assassin. So while Mr. Ernest’s aims seem modest, calling into question Oswald’s movements in the wake of the shooting, they work powerfully against that central finding.

Here is a self-published book written by a man who originally had not even planned to write a book, and it contains genuinely new and significant evidence.

You will find here no unproved theories against the officially accepted explanation, nor will you find phony efforts to protect the official story. Books of both those types have been published in abundance for decades, indeed to the point where I long ago sickened of reading them.

Mr. Ernest documents his long-term, off-and-on again efforts to satisfy his own curiosity concerning the assassination and, particularly, to locate a significant witness the Warren Commission went out of its way to minimize, slight, and ignore, Ms. Victoria Adams. Ms. Adams worked in an office on the fourth-floor of the Texas Book Depository in November, 1963. From a remarkable vantage point, she and some fellow workers watched Kennedy’s motorcade enter the Plaza and approach the fatal area. Then they heard noises like fireworks and saw the president’s car begin to rush away.

As a side note here, just the fact that a group of people, only about 40 or 50 feet above the motorcade, could gather and open a window to look down on it tells us a great deal about the terribly poor security arrangements made that day by all police and protective agencies.

Ms. Adams and a co-worker suspected something was wrong and quickly sought the stairs to the ground floor – the same stairs Oswald is supposed to have taken immediately after the shots, indeed the only full-height set of stairs in a building whose elevator at the time did not operate. Her seemingly insignificant act proved to have many serious implications.

Ms. Adams saw no one on the stairs. She heard no one, even though the creaky and echoing nature of the stairs and stair well meant that you always heard other steps on them, no matter how many floors away. She was accompanied by one of her co-workers, Sandra Styles, who could thus certainly corroborate or contradict any of Victoria Adams’ testimony, yet Ms. Styles was never interviewed by any of the agencies investigating. The FBI made no attempt to re-stage and time the path of these women, as they did for a number of other people.

The author, after finally finding Ms. Adams, gaining her trust (often a requirement with significant Kennedy-assassination witnesses who have been badgered and even intimidated in the past) and having her tell her brief story in fine detail, succeeded also in finding her former co-worker, Ms. Styles, who, indeed, corroborates Ms. Adams perfectly. She also provides a detail of just what was happening in the Plaza when they decided to go down, providing an amazingly accurate time marker for their descent’s start.

Ms. Adam’s own words – recorded e-mail exchanges – tell any perceptive reader that she was (she died a few years ago) an intelligent and perceptive observer, the very kind of witness any attorney or prosecutor likes to put on the stand.

The author also discovers a transmittal letter at the National Archives that has Dorothy Garner, office manager of the same text-book publishing company for which the two women worked, seeing Roy Truly and Officer Marion Baker arrive on the fourth floor after Victoria Adams and Sandra Styles left, an important fact because these two had previously stopped on the second floor where Officer Baker had a brief confrontation with a relaxed Lee Oswald in the cafeteria as they raced up from the ground floor to inspect the building.

Ms. Adams not only saw no one on the stairs, but when she and her friend briefly went outside, she did see Jack Ruby, a man she did not know until she saw the television pictures later of him shooting Oswald.

Many of the more unhelpful and even crazed books on this subject I sometimes think likely come under the auspices of the very agencies who have worked so hard to promote the official story: lunatic books help discredit all critics of the official story. When I say lunatic books I mean books along the lines of The Man Who Knew Too Much or JFK and the Unspeakable.

Worthless books which seem to serve the opposite side include Gerald Posner’s Case Closed, which offers the pretence of tough-minded analysis, or Reclaiming History by Vincent Bugliosi, which is just a giant prosecutor’s brief supporting another prosecutor’s brief, or Edward Jay Epstein’s Legend and Counterplot, both efforts to confirm the main conclusions of the Warren Commission after the author’s having gained some credibility with his Inquest, a book which supports limited and late criticism of the Commission.

For people coming to the assassination for the first time, Mr. Ernest provides a few nice little summaries of fact, the most important being J. Edgar Hoover’s virtually immediate acceptance of Oswald’s guilt, his then having prepared within weeks a report setting out the flimsy case. Lyndon Johnson’s appointment of the Warren Commission made the publication of his report inappropriate, but that report provided the structure on which the commission report was built, the commission itself never doing any genuine investigation of its own. Indeed, since the entire Warren Report was created in a few months, there is a prima facie argument for its complete inadequacy to so demanding a task.

Readers who wish to know more after reading Mr. Ernest’s book cannot do better than the books of Joachim Joesten, the finest and certainly the sharpest of all early critics, and Anthony Summers’ Conspiracy, which although dated remains the best single book ever written on the subject. Interestingly, both these authors came from Europe. The Warren Commission Report itself offers a valuable comparison for these and any other books on the subject.
My only serious criticism of Barry Ernest’s book is that he failed to provide an index, an important omission. However, except for that fault, I recommend this book virtually without qualification to all people curious about the greatest unsolved crime of its time.

I take this opportunity to remind readers of Bertrand Russell’s penetrating question, still never answered: “If, as we are told, Oswald was the lone assassin, where is the issue of national security?”

Further, I remind them that if a matter so important as the assassination of an American president in the mid- 20th century could be handled in so careless and dishonest a way by government agencies, why would anyone expect something more with other sensitive issues and what are the limits of government’s lying? That is why the assassination of 48 years ago remains a timely matter.

Internet Marketing – 7 Future Proofing SEO Tips

293

The landscape of Internet marketing, specifically Search Engine Optimization (SEO), could look set to change yet again, at least according to some SEO’s. While it is too early to tell how much of an impact the Yahoo/Microsoft search partnership will truly have on the U.S search market, some experts are predicting the new joint venture, Bing, will hold a 28% share.

That’s a significant loss in traffic for websites not prepared for the coming 2010 search engine battle.

So does this mean webmasters will need to hire an SEO professional to make essential website changes?

The short answer, I’m sure you’ll be pleased to hear is; no.

If your website is already ‘engineered’ for Google, there is little need to make extra investment. While Bing currently operates in a different way to Google, it is still based on the solid cornerstones of SEO.

So now, more than ever, correctly optimizing your site for Google is important for long term success. Bing tends to give better rank to sites that have a strong Meta description, but does not give the same weight to backlinks.

This is a bonus for new and small sites as Google considers the age of a webpage, and indeed the age of the domain name the page sits on, before ranking.

So for Bing it looks like it’s back to basics at least in terms of SEO, but as the search engine often only displays 5 results per page, how do we ensure our sites are seen in the top 5 results of both Bing and Google, to avoid missing out up to 80% of search traffic from being ranked below the scroll bar?

The entire process, while very quick and easy to impliment, goes beyond the scope of this short news report, but here’s a few tips to get you started:

  1. Unique and keyword based Titles for each page.
  2. Unique and keyword based Meta Descriptions for each page.
  3. Keyword based page URLS.
  4. Topic specific pages containing on topic content and links.
  5. Both a Sitemap and Site-Map.
  6. Auto Pinging your RSS feeds.
  7. Strong internal linking structure and navigation.

In fact, there’s over 60 essential core factors that Google uses to rank every page it indexes.

Could it be the more things change the more they stay the same, as wherever Google goes others will follow?

What tips would you share for long term SEO success?

FORTY YEARS OF LIES

0

A Note to Readers: I am re-posting this article in view of the coming forty-eighth anniversary of the assassination of John Kennedy. It remains an accurate critique of many key aspects of that event and was repeated in many publications around the world. You may also enjoy another later piece, “Lincoln was Wrong: The Ease of Fooling Most of the People Most of the Time,” at http://chuckmanwords.wordpress.com/2009/06/06/lincoln-was-wrong-the-ease-of-fooling-most-of-the-people-most-of-the-time/</

November 12, 2003

FORTY YEARS OF LIES

“If, as we are told, Oswald was the lone assassin, where is the issue of national security?”
Bertrand Russell

John Chuckman

Bertrand Russell’s penetrating question, one of sixteen he asked at the time of the Warren Commission Report, remains unanswered after forty years. That should trouble Americans, but then again there are many things around national secrecy today that should trouble Americans.

The most timely lesson to be taken from the fortieth anniversary of President Kennedy’s assassination concerns secrecy and the meaning of democracy in the world’s most powerful nation. Perhaps no event better demonstrates the existence of two governments in the United States, the one people elect and another, often far more influential, as capable of imposing false history about large events as the fabled Ministry of Truth.

Since the time of the Warren Commission we have had the investigation of the House Select Committee and, in the last decade, the release of truckloads of previously-secret documents.
These documents were suppressed originally in the name of national security, but the fact is, despite their release, much of their content is heavily blacked out, and dedicated researchers know many documents remain unreleased, particularly documents from the CIA and military intelligence. Would any reasonable person conclude anything other than that those documents are likely the most informative and sensational?

Was it ever reasonable to believe that material of that nature would be included in document releases? Just a few years ago, records of some of the CIA’s early Cold War activities, due for mandated release, were suddenly said to have “disappeared,” and that declaration was pretty much the end of the story for a press regularly puffing itself as the fourth estate of American society. You do not have to believe in wild plots to recognize here the key to the Warren Commission’s shabby job of investigation. As it was, several members of the Commission expressed private doubts about the main finding of Oswald as lone assassin.

There is a sense in these matters of being treated as a child sent to his or her room for not eating the spinach served. This is not so different to the way the American government treats its citizens about Cuba: it restricts them from spending money there so they cannot freely go and judge for themselves what is and isn’t.

As it happens, the two things, Cuba and the assassination, are intimately related. Almost no one who studies the assassination critically can help but conclude it had a great deal to do with Cuba. No, I don’t mean the pathetic story about Castro being somehow responsible. That idea is an insult to intelligence.

No matter what opinions you may hold of Castro, he is too clever and was in those days certainly too dedicated to the purpose of helping his people, according to his lights, ever to take such a chance. Even the slightest evidence pointing to Castro would have given the American establishment, fuming over communism like Puritan Fathers confronting what they regarded as demon possession, the excuse for an invasion.

There never has been credible evidence in that direction. Yet, there has been a number of fraudulent pieces of evidence, particularly the testimony of unsavory characters, claims so threadbare they have come and gone after failing to catch any hold, remaining as forgotten as last year’s fizzled advertising campaign for some laundry detergent.

The notion that Castro had anything to do with the assassination is like an old corpse that’s been floating around, slowly decomposing, periodically releasing gases for decades. And it is still doing so, Gus Russo’s Live by the Sword of not many years ago being one of the most detailed efforts to tart-up the corpse and make it presentable for showing.

Any superficial plausibility to the notion of Castro as assassin derives from the poisonous atmosphere maintained towards him as official American policy. Researchers in science know that bias on a researcher’s part, not scrupulously checked by an experiment’s protocols, can seriously influence the outcome of an otherwise rigorous statistical study. How much more so in studies of history on subjects loaded with ideology and politics?

When you consider with what flimsy, and even utterly false, evidence the United States has invaded Iraq, it is remarkable that an invasion of Cuba did not proceed forty years ago. But in some ways the U.S. was less certain of itself then, it had a formidable opponent in the Soviet Union, and there was an agreement with the Soviets concerning Cuba’s integrity negotiated to end the Cuban missile crisis, an agreement which deeply offended the small army of Cuban exiles, CIA men, and low-life hangers-on who enjoyed steady employment, lots of perquisites, and violent fun terrorizing Cuba.

Considering America’s current crusade over the evils of terrorism, you’d have to conclude from the existence of that well-financed, murderous mob in the early 1960s that there was a rather different view of terror then. Perhaps there is good terror and bad terror, depending on just who does the wrecking and killing?

If you were a serious, aspiring assassin, associated with Castro and living in the United States during the early 1960s, you would not advertise your sympathies months in advance as Oswald did. You would not call any attention to yourself. It is hard for many today to have an adequate feel for the period, a time when declaring yourself sympathetic to Castro or communism could earn you a beating in the street, quite apart from making you the target of intense FBI interest. Oswald was physically assaulted for his (stagy) pro-Castro efforts in New Orleans, and he did receive a lengthy visit from the FBI while held briefly in jail, but this was not new interest from the agency since he was already well known to them.

Whatever else you may think of Castro, he is one of the cleverest and most able politicians of the second half of the twentieth century. He survived invasion, endless acts of terror and sabotage from the CIA and Cuban exiles, and numerous attempts at assassination, and he still retains a good deal of loyal support in Cuba. A man of this extraordinary talent does not use someone like Oswald to assassinate an American president. And if Castro had made such a mistake, he quickly would have corrected the error when Oswald made a (deliberate) fool of himself, over and over, in New Orleans well before the assassination, his actions there looking remarkably like the kind of provocateur-stuff a security service might use to elicit responses and identify the sympathies of others.

Oswald’s (purported) visit to Mexico and clownish behavior in New Orleans laid the groundwork for the myth of Castro’s involvement, and that almost certainly was one of the purposes of the activity, laying the groundwork for an invasion of Cuba. The motive for the assassination is likely found there. It is just silly to believe Castro risked handing the U.S. government a new “Remember the Maine.”

In recent years, we’ve had Patrick Kennedy say he believes Castro was responsible, but his views on this matter are more like built-in reflexes than informed judgment. Besides broadcasting a tone agreeable to America’s political establishment, his statement comes steeped in de’ Medici-like conviction that Castro’s success stained the honor of his ferociously ambitious family. Cross that family’s path, and you earn a lifetime grudge. That’s the way the family fortune’s founder always behaved.

Robert Kennedy hated Castro (just as he hated other powerful competitors including Lyndon Johnson), and he took personal oversight of efforts to assassinate him. Robert also hated certain elements of the Mafia, who, after supporting his brother with money and influence in the election, felt betrayed by Robert’s legal actions against them. The killing of Castro would have made all these people much happier, Havana having been one of the Mafia’s gold mines before Castro. Interestingly enough, it appears that the FBI, under pressure from Robert, was at the same time making efforts to crackdown on the excesses of the Cuban refugees. Their excesses , including insane acts like shooting up Russian ships and killing Russian sailors in Cuban ports, threatened relations with the Soviet Union.

One of the centers of the FBI’s crackdown effort was New Orleans, and that is where it appears clearest that Oswald worked for them. His defector background made him a logical candidate for provocative activities like handing out leaflets about Castro. At the same time he was offering his services as an ex-Marine to at least one of the refugee groups.

Oswald almost certainly had a minor role in American intelligence, an assumption that explains many mysterious episodes in his life. We know the Warren Commission discussed this in closed session. We also know Texas authorities believed they had discovered such a connection. And we know the FBI in Dallas destroyed important evidence.

If you’re looking for Cuban assassins, why not some of those nasty refugee militia groups, armed to the teeth by the CIA and trained to terrorize Castro’s government? They also terrorized their critics in Florida. The extensive preparations necessary for assassinating the President might have raised little suspicion from the CIA or FBI at a time when these groups, subsidized and protected by the CIA, were carrying out all kinds of violent, lunatic acts. There are strong parallels here with the suicide-bombers of 9/11, who undoubtedly eluded suspicion because the CIA had been regularly bringing into the country many shady characters from the Middle East to train for its dark purposes in places like Afghanistan and Iraq.

The Cuban extremists in Florida were furious over the Bay of Pigs and felt betrayed by Kennedy’s terms for settling the missile crisis. You couldn’t find a better explanation for the CIA’s unhelpful behavior over the years since. Imagine the impact on the CIA, already badly damaged by the Bay of Pigs and Kennedy’s great anger over it, of news that some of its subsidized anti-Castro thugs had killed the President?

I don’t say that is what happened, only that there is at least one conjecture with far more force and substance than the official one. Assassination-theorizing is not one of my hobbies, but I have contempt for the official explanation, and it seems rather naive to believe that the American security establishment would have been satisfied with the insipid conclusions of the Warren Commission.

Furthermore, it is difficult to believe that the vast resources of American security and justice employed at the time – that is, those not concerned with kicking up dust into the public’s eyes – were not able to identify the assassins and their purpose. Documents covering a surreptitious, parallel investigation almost certainly exist because what we know includes suggestions of two investigations intersecting at times. Perhaps, the best example of this is around the autopsy (discussed below).

Kicking-up dust around the assassination is an activity that continues intermittently to this day. In a piece a few years ago in the Washington Post about new Moscow documents on the assassination, a reporter wrote, “Oswald…defected to the Soviet Union in 1959 and renounced his American citizenship.”

Oswald never renounced his citizenship, although he made a public show of wanting to do so. This was one of many theater-of-the-absurd scenes in the Oswald saga. We now know that on one of his visits to the American embassy in Moscow, Oswald was taken to an area reserved for sensitive matters, not the kind of business he was there to conduct.

The Soviets let him stay, never granting him citizenship, always treating him as an extraordinary outsider under constant scrutiny.

The Washington Post reporter also wrote, “Historians have expressed hope that the documents could shed light on whether Oswald schemed to kill Kennedy when he lived in the Soviet Union….” That begs the genuine question of whether Oswald killed Kennedy and kicks-up more dust. No historian of critical ability could think that way. The Soviets went out of their way at the time of the assassination to reassure the U.S. government that they had no connection with it. Any credible evidence they could produce, we may be absolutely sure, was produced. The stakes were immensely high.

The testimony of many Soviet citizens who knew Oswald agreed that he was a man temperamentally incapable of killing anyone. An exception was his (estranged) wife, Marina, who found herself, after the assassination, a Soviet citizen in a hostile country, able to speak little English, the mother of two young children with absolutely no resources, and hostage to American agents who could determine her destiny.

Even so accomplished and discerning a journalist as Daniel Schorr has assisted in kicking-up dust, writing some years ago at the release of more than a thousand boxes of memos and investigative reports from the national archives that there wasn’t much there. Somehow, Schorr had managed to digest and summarize that monstrous amount of information in a very short time. Then again, in view of all the blacked-out information, maybe Schorr’s assertion owed less to incredible skills at reading and digesting information than to serene confidence in the methods of the establishment.

Schorr went from the merely silly to the ridiculous with his assertion, “There remains no serious reason to question the Warren Commission’s conclusion that the death of the president was the work of Oswald alone.” How re-assuring, but, if you think about that for a moment, it is the equivalent of saying what never was proved has not now been disproved, so we’ll regard it as proved – absurd, yet characteristic of so many things written about the assassination.

Schorr went on to praise Gerald Posner’s new book, Case Closed, as “remov[ing] any lingering doubt.” We’ll come back to Posner’s book, but Schorr also saw fit to trot out the then obligatory disparaging reference to Oliver Stone’s movie JFK. Why would a piece of popular entertainment be mentioned in the same context as genuine historical documents? Only to associate the movie with Schorr’s claim that the documents had little to say.

Every handsomely-paid columnist and pop news-celebrity in America stretched to find new words of contempt for the Stone movie, miraculously, many of them well before its release. The wide-scale, simultaneous attack was astonishing. You had to wonder whether they had a source sending them film scraps from the editing room or purloined pages from the script. When Stone’s movie did appear – proving highly unsatisfactory, almost silly, in its explanation of the assassination – you had to wonder what all the fuss had been about.

I was never an admirer of President Kennedy – still, the most important, unsolved murder of the 20th century, apart from the lessons it offers, is a fascinating mystery for those who’ve studied it.

The President’s head movement at the impact of the fatal shot, clearly backward on the Zapruder film, a fact lamely rationalized by the Warren Commission, is not the only evidence for shots from the front. In the famous picture of Mrs. Kennedy reaching over the back of the car, she was, by her own testimony, reaching for a piece of the President’s skull. Equally striking is the testimony of a police outrider, to the rear of the President’s car, that he was struck forcefully with blood and brain tissue.

The doctors who worked to save the President at Parkland Hospital in Dallas said that the major visible damage to the President was a gaping wound near the rear of the skull, the kind of wound that typically reflects the exit of a bullet with the shock wave generated by its passing through layers of human tissue. We’ve all seen a plate glass window struck by a B-B where a tiny entrance puncture results in a large funnel-shaped chunk of cracked or missing glass on the opposite side.

The President’s head wound, as described in Dallas, is not present in published autopsy photographs. Instead, there is a pencil-thin entrance-type wound in an unknown scalp. Although the Secret Service agent, Clint Hill, who climbed aboard the President’s car after the shots, testified to seeing a large chunk of skull in the car and looking into the right rear of the President’s head, seeing part of his brain gone, the autopsy photos show no such thing.

The wound at the front of the President’s neck, just above his necktie, which was nicked by the bullet, was regarded by those first treating him in Dallas as an entrance wound since it had the form of a small puncture before a tracheotomy was done. But the throat wound in the published autopsy photos is large and messy.

The nature of the pathologists forcefully raises Russell’s question. Why would you need military pathologists, people who must follow orders? Ones especially that were not very experienced in gunshot wounds, far less so than hospital pathologists in any large, violent American city? Why conduct the autopsy at a military hospital in Washington rather than a civilian one in Dallas? Why have the pathologists work with a room full of Pentagon brass looking on? The President’s body was seized at gunpoint by federal agents at the hospital in Dallas where the law required autopsy of a murder victim. Why these suspicious actions and so many more, if the assassination, as the Warren Commission and its defenders hold, reduces to murder by one man for unknown motives?

The autopsy, as published, was neither complete nor careful, rendering its findings of little forensic value. There is some evidence, including testimony of a morgue worker and references contained in an FBI memo, pointing to autopsy work, particularly work to the President’s head, done elsewhere before receipt of the body for the official autopsy, but no new documents expand on this. We do learn the relatively trivial fact that the expensive bronze casket, known to have been damaged at some point in bringing it to Bethesda, was disposed of by sinking in the ocean, but the morgue worker said the bronze casket arriving with Mrs. Kennedy was empty and that the body, separately delivered in a shipping casket, displayed obvious signs of work done to it. The FBI memo, written by two agents at the “earlier stages” of the official autopsy, states that the unwrapped body displayed “surgery of the head area.” The same FBI agents also signed a receipt for a mysterious “missile removed” by one pathologist.

The official autopsy avoided some standard procedures. For example, the path of the so-called magic bullet through the President’s neck was not sectioned. A mysterious back wound, whose placement varies dramatically from the hole in the President’s jacket (a fact officially explained by an improbable bunching-up of the jacket), was probed but no entrance into the body cavity found. The preserved brain – what there was of it, and with its telltale scattering of metal fragments – later went missing. One of the pathologists admitted to burning his original draft before writing the report we now see.

The Warren Commission did no independent investigation (it did not even examine the autopsy photos and x-rays), adopting instead the FBI as its investigative arm at a time when the FBI had many serious matters to explain. The FBI had failed to have Oswald’s name on its Watch List even though they were completely familiar with him, seeing him at intervals for unexplained reasons. His name even had appeared earlier in an odd internal FBI advisory memo signed by Director Hoover. The FBI also had failed to act appropriately on an explicit threat from a known source recorded well before Kennedy went to Dallas. And the agency destroyed crucial evidence.

With a lack of independent investigation and the absence of all proper court procedures including the cross-examination of witnesses, the Warren Report is nothing more than a prosecutor’s brief, and a sloppy one at that, with a finding of guilt in the absence of any judge or jury. The only time the skimpy evidence against Oswald was considered in a proper court setting, a mock trial by the American Bar Association in 1992, the jury was hung, 7 to 5.

Oswald’s background is extraordinary. By the standards of the 1950s and early 1960s, aspects of his life simply make no sense if viewed from the official perspective. Here was a Marine, enlisted at 17, who mysteriously started learning Russian, receiving communist literature through the mail, and speaking openly to other Marines about communism – none of which in the least affected his posting or standing.

He became a defector to the Soviet Union, one who reportedly threatened to give the Soviets information about operations of the then top-secret U-2 spy plane. Some even assert he did provide such information, making it possible for a Soviet missile to down Gary Power’s U-2 plane just before the Eisenhower-Khrushchev summit. Unlikely as that is, for Oswald would certainly have been treated harshly on his return to the United States were it true, he did know some important facts about the U-2′s capabilities, because this Russian-studying, communist literature-reading Marine was posted at a secret U-2 base in Japan as a radar operator before his defection.

At a time when witch-hunting for communists was a fresh memory and still a career path for some American politicians, Oswald returned to the U.S. with a Russian wife, one whose uncle was a lieutenant colonel in the MVD, the Ministry of the Interior, but the CIA and other security agencies supposedly took little interest in him. Oswald’s source of income in the U.S. at critical times remains a mystery. A mystery, too, surrounds the connections of this young man of humble means to some well-heeled, anti-Soviet Russian speakers in Dallas after his return from the Soviet Union. His later ability to get a passport for travel to Mexico in just 24 hours – with a personal history that must have ranked as one of the most bizarre in the United States – is attributed to “clerical error.”

Oswald, so far as we know, was a patriotic individual when he joined the Marines. There is no evidence that he was ever actually a communist or member of any extremist organization. In fact, there is striking evidence suggesting he did work supporting the opposite interest after his return to the United States. Thus the address on some of the “Fair Play for Cuba” pamphlets he distributed in New Orleans was the office of Guy Bannister, a former senior FBI agent and violent anti-communist, still well-connected to the agency.

Oswald’s connections with the FBI have never been satisfactorily examined. There are many circumstances suggesting his being a paid informant for the FBI, especially during his time in New Orleans. A letter Oswald wrote to a Dallas agent just before the assassination was deliberately and recklessly destroyed by order of the office’s senior agent immediately after the assassination with no reasonable explanation.

One way or another, all the major police or intelligence agencies were compromised during the assassination or its investigation. The Secret Service performed abysmally, in both planning the motorcade and responding to gun fire. Some of the agents on duty had actually been out late drinking the night before, as it happens at a bar belonging to an associate of Jack Ruby, Oswald’s own assassin. The performance of the Dallas police suggests terrible corruption. The FBI failed in vital respects before and after the assassination. The CIA failed to cooperate on many, many details of the investigation. These facts understandably encourage the more farfetched assassination theories.

The CIA has never released its most important information on Oswald, importantly including documentation of his supposed activities in Mexico City at the Cuban and Russian embassies where every visitor was routinely photographed and identified by the CIA. We may speculate what a thorough vetting of CIA files would show: likely that Oswald was a low-grade intelligence agent during his stint in the Soviet Union, perhaps working for military intelligence to collect information on day-to-day living conditions and attitudes there, one of several men sent for the purpose at that time; that he was trained at an American military school in basic Russian and encouraged to build a quickie communist identity by subscribing to literature and talking foolishly before defecting. We would also likely find that he was serving American security, probably the FBI, during the months before Dallas in the murky world of CIA/FBI/Cuban refugee/Mafia anti-Castro activities; and that in the course of that anti-Castro work, he was sucked without realizing it into an elaborate assassination plot, offering the plotters, with his odd background, a tailor-made patsy. The CIA assessment of Oswald would likely show, just as testimony from his time in the Soviet Union shows, that Oswald was not capable psychologically of acting as an assassin, lone or otherwise.

The case against Oswald is a flimsy tissue. It includes a poor autopsy of the victim offering no reliable evidence; a rifle whose ownership is not established; a rifle never definitively proved to have actually killed the President; a claim that jacketed bullets were used, a type of ammunition that could not possibly cause the kind of wounds to which many testify; the accused’s record of mediocre marksmanship in the Marines; a parafin test which showed no residue on his cheek despite his supposedly firing three shots from a bolt-action rifle; a single palm print claimed to have been obtained from the rifle after earlier failed attempts; gimmicky, suggestive photographs of Oswald with a rifle declared montages by several experts; a completely unacceptable evidence chain for the shell casings from the site of Officer Tippit’s shooting, those submitted as evidence being almost certainly not those found at the scene; a bizarre history for the bullets supposed to have killed Tippet; an illogical weighting of witnesses who told different stories about Tippit’s shooting; plus many other strange and contradictory details.

Moreover, Oswald had no motive, having expressed admiration for Kennedy. And Oswald was promptly assassinated himself by Jack Ruby, a man associated with the murky world of anti-Castro violence, someone whose past included gun-running to Cuba and enforcer-violence in Chicago.

There is a kind of cheap industry in publishing assassination books, most of which are superficial or silly. This fact makes it easy to attack credible efforts to question the official story, but in this respect the subject is no different from others. Just look at the shelves of superficial or trashy books on psychology, business management, or self-help available in bookstores.

Russell’s question echoes again and again down the decades as adjustments are made to the official story. Employing techniques one expects to be used for covering up long-term intelligence interests, various points raised by early independent researchers like Joachim Joesten or Mark Lane, have been conceded here or there along the way without altering the central finding. This is an effective method: concede details and appear open to new facts while always forcefully returning to the main point.

A significant writer along these lines is Edward Epstein, an author whose other writing suggests intelligence connections. His first book on the assassination, Inquest, conceded numerous flaws in the Warren Report. Epstein went on in subsequent books, Counterplot and Legend to attack at length – and for the critical reader, quite unconvincingly – ideas of conspiracy, Oswald’s intelligence connections, and his innocence.

The Report of the House Select Committee on Assassinations, 1979, was the grandest effort of this type. The Committee was used for selective leaks and plants, as for example the publication of some bootlegged autopsy photos, which ended by raising only more questions. Leads often were not followed-up, greatly frustrating some of the able investigators employed. The Committee squandered the last opportunity to pursue an independent, well-financed investigation – last, in the sense of never again being able to overcome the inertia against assembling the needed resources and authorities and in the sense that with passing time evidence deteriorates, memories fade, and witnesses die. Despite the Committee’s attention-getting conclusion from technical analysis of an old Dictabelt recording that a shot probably was fired from the front, it also concluded that the shot missed, a truly bizarre finding that welds hints of conspiracy to yet another assertion that Oswald was the only killer.

Gerald Posner’s Case Closed, 1993, was another of these. You couldn’t help noticing this lamentable book being widely reviewed and praised. Why would that be? Because, without producing any new evidence and despite a number of errors, it freshly re-packaged the main speculations of the Warren Report, but no repackaging of the Report’s jumble of partial facts, guesses, and accusations can strengthen its conclusions. You can’t build a sound house with large sections of the foundation missing.

Priscilla Johnson’s Marina and Lee,1980 , was another kind of book, one of several resembling the kind of quickie books churned out to discredit Anita Hill in the Judge Clarence Thomas confirmation. Ms. Johnson managed to interview Oswald in Russia – I wonder what connections might have made that possible? – and later used that fact to gain access to Oswald’s widow, Marina. Impressing many who had heard her as a distracted and confused person, Marina was a woman who had been subjected to immense, frightening pressure from the FBI and other security services after the assassination. The book is an almost unreadable hatchet-job on Oswald’s character, effectively diminishing the image that comes through many photographs and anecdotes of a rather naïve, brash, sometimes rude but not unlikable young man caught up in events he incompletely understood.

The official story of the assassination remains pretty much unchanged from just a few days after events of forty years ago: one man with an almost broken-down rifle, no expertise, no resources, and no motive killed the President, and he was himself killed by a man with the darkest background simply out of sympathy for the President’s wife. Those with no vested interest and critical faculties intact can never accept such a fable explaining the brutal work of a well-planned conspiracy.

Now, the really horrifying possibility is that the security agencies never discovered the assassins despite vast efforts. That means officials hold tenaciously to the Oswald story to cover national nakedness. The FBI has a long and shabby record of blunders and going after the wrong people, and when you think of the CIA’s many failures assessing the capabilities and approaching demise of the Soviet Union, the many failures in Vietnam, and its miserable failure around 9/11, that is not a farfetched possibility. The answer to Russell’s question then becomes that national security indeed applies, if only in the unexpected form of hiding miserable failure.

But if you can write false history of an event so large as a Presidential assassination, what truly are the limits?

The Infomocracy Dilemma: Revolution or Disengagement?

0

A very small yet conscious minority has come to the realization that the current world regime is one giant corporate infomocracy that needs to be terminated with “extreme prejudice”, disengagement being the weapon of choice.  The next revolution will not be carried out by mobs of angry people, guerrillas, terrorists or, god forbid, politicians.  It will be accomplished by a small (10%) militant minority that will simply unplug the matrix.


A Very Condensed Case for Revolution
An enormous, dictatorial corporate cartel is ruling the world through its proxies in government, banking, academia and media.  Our entire western culture has become an insidious farce with the sole purpose of maintaining the enslaved masses in their conjured up democracies, religions and histories.  Two developments have increased its control exponentially:  globalisation and the information revolution. 
The world is entering the final acts of a great social, political and economic shift.  The international currency regime, the keystone of control,  is peering into the abyss; the middle east is being turned upside down; the bankrupt United States government is fighting several wars and maintaining more than 560 military bases in over 120 countries.  The insatiable greed and desire for world control have created a breach in the system.  People are becoming aware while their masters scramble for control as the chaotic climax approaches.
The great European experiment (much more than simply the EU), thought by many to be the light of the world, is sinking like the Titanic.  With a total disregard for traditional culture, the ruling elites have turned our schools, universities, arts and mass media into a giant propaganda machine promoting political correctness, pseudo history & economics and the new world religion: debt based consumerism.  Anyone who questions their version of science, world history or monetary policy is immediately branded as a malcontent and removed from the public discourse.  They control the message by controlling the money. 
Many look at the twentieth century as a time of great economic and technical advance, but history, while recognizing the the technical innovation, will condemn this century as the most vile in man’s history.  The miracle that began in Greece, expanded in Rome, flourished in the Renaissance & Enlightenment and finally found its  modern form in the western liberal democracy has been been gutted by a century of materialism, enslavement, slaughter and greed.
The Corporation and Infomocracy


There is no better example of fascism in today’s world than the major corporation: decisions made by a select group of insiders, bureaucratic conformism, communications ripe with propaganda, and the cult of power.  There is nothing democratic about the boardrooms of these behemoths, so how can we expect the governments they rule to be democratic?  They have created a two party charade with news programs, talking heads and opposing  media facing off in faux battles to conjure up their infomocracy.

The corporations control the creation and distribution of our money, our foreign policy, entertainment and news.  The only way to put a wedge between these monoliths and the liberty of individuals is to completely disengage from them.  They manipulate news and opinion to the extent that actual issues are never  discussed, only the distractions are debated.   
Two Examples –  Health care and Iraq
The United States has by far the most expensive health care system in the world, and a decidedly unhealthy population.  Something is clearly wrong with this system.  The debate is carefully divided into those who want to maintain the status-quo – Republicans, and those that want to enhance the status quo – Democrats.  All of the actors fall into line and go either shirts or skins, but the truth is never discussed. 
The Federal Government subsidizes the corporate health care system and the over payed doctors by  regulating the market out of the system and creating a closed corporate hegemony over the industry.  The media and academic shills stick to their subsidized scripts and the real solution is never discussed because that solution would destroy the bottom lines of  the corporate players.
Simply deregulate.  Remove ALL regulations on who can practice medicine and how.  Any drug can be sold in the US, period.  End the FDA.  Private FDA’s will sprout up, vouching for the validity of drugs.  Some will be better than others, but the consumers will decide which ones work.  Any doctor can practice medicine and many private organizations will appear vouching for their credentials.  As long as there is a judicial system that can pass judgement on reasonable claims, the system will work out its kinks and we will have, without a doubt, the cheapest most effective health care system in the world.  It’s that simple.  The only thing the government is doing in healthcare is subsidizing corporate profits.
Those preferring universal health coverage can certainly make their case at the local level without imposing it on a nation of over 300 million people.
The war in Iraq was started by taking advantage of the fear and confusion from 9/11 with the intention of creating a safer Middle East for the state of Israel.  While this idea is far from novel, it’s not allowed to enter the mainstream discussion of the issue.  The truth is taboo because the consequences of accepting it would be beyond the pale for those who conceived of and pushed the country to war;  too much blood to be laid at the feet of the guilty.  The motives and consequences of Vietnam were argued in academia and the mainstream media ad nauseam, but you will not see a Pentagon Papers come out of The New York Times regarding Iraq because the repercussion would reverberate too close to home.  How can the purveyors of morality be nothing more than war mongers?
Why is there a world ‘economic’ crisis?  Is it a lack of able-bodied workers, natural resources, factories, or infrastructure?  Absolutely not.  It’s a lack of liquidity and/or too much debt, however one decides to slice it.  The most important myth supporting the system is the belief in fractional reserve money as a valid store of value and means of exchange.  The banks are allowed to create the money out of nothing, and charge interest for turning the trick while the masses have to earn it.  The right to create money is the right to leverage, and it’s that financial leverage that hoists them to the top of the pyramid.  Without this leverage they would not be able to create such massive amounts of wealth and control.  The only way to destroy this system and create fair money is by creating awareness.  Once people understand the “trick”, the whole house of cards begins to collapse.  
One simple thought experiment is to imagine what would happen if the the mega banks and the Fed came to an agreement to cut all personal debt by 50%, send a credit card with 20K to every American while at the same time paying off all government debt (federal, state and local).  In this experiment everything would be paid for by quantitative easing and removing bank reserve requirements for bad debts.  The “crisis” would be over in about three months:  anyone who wanted to work would be able to find job, factory capacity would surge and the entire world economy would rise on a massive wave of prosperity.  The only trick would be keeping inflation at bay by reducing government spending to a balanced budget and keeping interest rates high enough. This is not to say that creating money out of thin air and giving it away is the answer, but it does point out that the entire crisis is abstract and contrived and the supreme charge of the government is to protect those that live off interest and leverage.  The debts pushed on the 99% by the powers that be are its main source of leverage and wealth, and by overburdening the productive population with debt they killed the proverbial goose. 
People out of work, factories shuddered, fields unploughed, students without teachers, children without food – all because of digital debt money.  Why can’t a man with a strong back and a working brain simply go out, work, create something and exchange it for money?  That would be too easy.  First someone has to create the money, with interest.  The fractional reserve system, by design, creates artificial scarcity, allowing the ruling banker class and their political puppets to skim enough off everyone’s work and turn abundant, productive labor and private property into a giant banker-run slum- turf wars included.  They put massive claims on future production until, at the end of the cycle, their debt chickens come home to roost.
Why is this basic truth not shouted from every newspaper, college classroom, church pulpit and street corner?  In a world of brands, they control who is deemed appropriate.  Anyone who states the truth is isolated, blacklisted or demonized as inappropriate, which is now just another word for honest.  An entire caste of over-educated shills dominate media, film, the arts, literature, and academia.  Organized religion, when not protecting pedophiles and apartheid states, spends the rest of its moral capital railing against the basic pleasures of humanity that have yet to be monetized and securitized by Wall Street.
They tell us to kill and we kill.  Current fashion is that it is okay to kill Yemenis, Bahrainis, Palestinians, and some other assorted Muslims.  Libyans have been put on the no kill list and Syrians may soon find themselves on the same list.  That list means only NATO can kill them (see Afghanistan).  Iraqis have the special honor of being the exclusively killed  by Americans since May 2011 
Education, Religion & Circus
One of the most amazing feats of the regime is how they coerce young people to go into extreme amounts of debt to be brainwashed and taught not to think before they ever even have a career .
Mainstream and not so mainstream religion generally tries to sell people on a hodgepodge of fear and fantasy, with a big pay-off for the self righteous who drink most from the sacred well of Kool-Aid.  What must never be attempted is to actually have an authentic spiritual experience, for this would cause the subject to run from the dogma and quite possibly bring most of the remaining parishioners with him.  Real consciousness as much an anathema to religion as critical thinking is to academia.
But even if one can escape the grasp of schools and universities, dodge the churches, few can evade the tempting trap of the circus.  The television, music, the press, spectator sports, movie stars and the like have an almost hallucinatory power over the sheeple.  Not only do these pastimes steal the money of the masses, they brainwash them to boot.  The regime’s mantra: pay the master for the right to be enslaved.
SOLUTIONS


Violent Revolution?

In the Allegory of the Cave, Plato compares the awakening process to realizing the shadows on the wall are only reflections from lanterns in a cave, but he points out that there is a period during which the eyes need to get adjusted, in these moments the person can see neither the shadows nor make out the real images soaked in sunlight.  
Those who awaken go through many stages, one of which is the strong desire to plant bombs and slit throats.  As Plato points out, there is a period of disorientation as one meanders out of the cave.  While violence is the most appetizingly simple of choices, it is also the most counterproductive.  Anything one does that can be utilized by the masters to fire up their destructive paraphernalia is a mistake.  In fact, anything that even breaks their laws is harmful to the cause and will only create useless opposition.  All forms of violent resistance only generate energy which they use to manipulate news and events in order to create fear and reactionism.  They thrive on our anxieties and use the very energy generated against them as the impetus to foment division among their opponents.
Enlightened Disengagement
The enlightened conscious man needs no school to raise his children, no church to know his God, no banker to validate his work and no government to choose his enemies.  He is free to do as he pleases, when he pleases and how he pleases.  His liberty allows him to need almost nothing, which is how the great evil matrix becomes undone: in a great fire of awareness.
Money — Use fractional reserve money only for what is needed in the short term.  Have no savings denominated in their dollars.  All savings in hard assets.
Work & Corporations — Avoid, to the greatest extent possible, working for and using corporations.  Actively pursue locally owned alternatives and self-employment.  As a consumer, avoid all corporate products whenever possible.  This includes clothes, food, religion, news, etc.
Bread & Circus — Cancel all cable subscriptions immediately. Sell all your televisions and take your best friend out for a night on the town with the proceeds.  Stop participating in the corporate entertainment network.  If you love baseball, follow a local independent team.  If you love dramas, frequent your local theater.  Read independent news services.  Always know the source of what you are consuming. Avoid corporate food at all costs.  Pay the premium for locally, independently grown and prepared food.
Follow the Law to the Letter — That means paying all taxes, following all regulations, and submitting to all their rules while they are still in force.  The cause is not advanced by having militants ensnarled by the criminal justice system. All their efforts must be fully dedicated to disengaging themselves, their families and their friends.  Moves must be calculated to maximize strength and staying power, even if it means remaining “attached” to parts of the system longer than one would like. A financially sound, secure militant family  disengaging and evangelizing is their worst enemy.
Politics – The obvious thing to be done is abstain from participation.  In most cases, this would be the clear strategy.  However, with an iconoclastic candidate like Ron Paul still in the running, it makes sense to give him support.  The more the mainstream avoids him and dances around his campaign, the more he should be backed.  
We don’t need to convince the whole village, we only need 10% of them. A recent study has confirmed that once an idea reaches the 10% threshold and that 10% is demonstrably fixed to the idea, the majority will quickly follow.
“Three conditions are key: a majority that is flexible with their views, a minority that is intractable, and a critical threshold wherein about a tenth of the population advocate the minority opinion. They also saw that the time it takes to reach social consensus drops dramatically as the minority grows past this tipping point”
The focus must be on the best and the brightest, the rest will follow.  There is no need to dummy down the message; on the contrary, the highest level of argumentation and language should be implemented to capture the critical thinkers, leaders and trend setters.

There is only one path to freedom, and it is terribly straight and narrow.  To navigate it one must shed prejudice, education, political correctness, patriotism, greed and fear.  Realizing the profound depth of the deception can be frightening; a slew of long-held beliefs  will come tumbling down.  Much of the truth is, by design, diametrically opposed to what we have been “taught” to consider moral, ethical, even decent.  Whatever term one wishes to apply to consciousness, revolution without it is simply exchanging masters. The enemy is ignorance in all its insidious forms.
The real revolution needs no leaders, banners, or platforms.  Each awakened man’s consciousness is his own guide.  Those looking for a place to sign up are simply looking for more enslavement.  The controllers are well aware of the danger to their pyramid and will surely toss out some interesting schemes to hold on to power.  The enemy of awareness is distraction, but the antidote is simple:  close out, turn off, unplug and ignore.

This article was edited by Jim Horky

On Brands and their Brand Names

5

During the early years of Rickenbacker, the pioneer of the electric guitar industry and the oldest guitar manufacturer in the world, it was clear to Sir George D. Beauchamp that his last name was not a perfect brand name for his products. He knew that his first chosen names for his company–Ro-Pat-In Corporation and Electro String–had no appeal to American guitar consumers. He was certain that a famous name like Rickenbacker, his trade partner Adolph’s surname, was grand enough to carry their then struggling business. And he was correct. The name he had chosen eighty years ago is now a name of class, ingenious musicality, and artistic royalty.

Brand name makes a difference

Who would think that a brand that etched an unreachable grandeur, highness, and superiority into its name would collapse and found itself waning in the market? Goldstar, the second largest South Korean conglomerate company that focused on making less expensive yet quality home appliances, declined in sales during the Asian financial crisis in 1995 due to several revenue losses over other local low-end products that offered better quality and prices. Despite the downfall, the South Korean appliance giant regrouped and rebranded, renamed itself into a classier, shorter LG, the abbreviation of “Lucky Goldstar”, and found its place on the International business scene. But their rebranding wasn’t solely to bounce back and regain its name; the rebranding move was actually their initial step to join the pool of Asian players on the Western market, which was undeniably successful.

Aiming to get “Brandverbed”

Brandverbing, the personification of brand or simply using a brand name as verb and part of daily communication, was highly rejected by brand and marketing experts several decades back. It was unaccepted by many for vague reasons, yet more and more marketers have rejected the idea as well. But the truth is, the practice of brandverbing doesn’t come from the marketers but from its users and consumers. People nowadays are more accustomed to saying “Lennonized it” than “sing it in a rockabilly and rock and roll way”, or “Skype me” instead of “Video call me”.

Every brand today is aiming to get brandverbed by their customers. It’s now part of marketing analysis, wherein brand experts are choosing short and catchy names hoping to get the public’s attention and be part of the modern slang. Just last year, search engine runner-up Bing paid an American crime show to include their brandverbed name in its action-packed script. But it was all failure. The attempt made no change to public’s daily use of “Google it” than “search it on search engine”.

Brandverbing and word of mouth marketing

Brandverbing is a product of a powerful utilization of word of mouth marketing, a marketing strategy that remains the cheapest and the most powerful form of promoting, and advertising Therefore, to get brandverbed, brand experts always consider names that are easy to remember, resounding, attractive, and most importantly, short and appealing. As years go by, “brandverbing” and “word of mouth marketing” have become two inseparable marketing strategies.

Humor in brand names

But not everyone depends on the “once in a blue moon” effect of brandverbing; some, on the other hand, choose to risk on inflicting humor their name for one sole and same reason: to get the consumer’s attention. In California alone, 60 existing brands use “humor” to advertise their brands. Alongside the ever-famous Taqueria/restaurant Juan More Taco, Escape from New York Pizza, Leaven and Earth, and 99 Bottles of Beer on the Wall, has successfully incorporated humor in their brands, for they are remarkably popular among California locals.

Why Our Education System is Insufficient for Teaching us Necessary Skills

2

The SEO world has opened the door for hustlers to make a living without having to sit through class all day long. College is such a huge investment these days – and if you aren’t going to the right college, or if you aren’t going into the right field – then you can forget coming out of college with the right pedigree to getting a job that will turn into a very successful career.

As one of my friends described to me in a recent discussion about whether or not college should be something for everybody these days (Obama thinks everyone should have at least a two year degree i.e. community college), he explained that for many people these days, all a degree really is, is a ticket to an Interview. I thought that this was the perfect description to what college actually is these days.

What college actually really is these days, for a lot of people but not everybody, besides the excuse to drink non-stop for 4-(in some cases)8 more years, is a complete, and disgusting rip off. The costs of college tuition are ridiculously expensive, and the ROI isn’t an absolute sure and complete thing. And if the tuition costs do not scare you away then take a look at the average non-tuition costs of college.

How Not Only College, But High school Misses the Boat

While you are busy getting your underwater basket weaving degree and then coming out wondering how on Earth you are going to pay off your student debt with the “experience” that you gained in college. Realize these two things:

  • First off you probably gained no experience because experience doesn’t come from theorizing or taking someone’s word from it because you read it in a book
  • Secondly you should know that college, and even more so high school, does not require you to learn some of the most necessary and needed skills of today’s world: Internet Skills
  • That is right, Instead of learning the absolute basics of how our world functions as a whole today, the education systems of today’s world are busy trying to make a buck off of you buy requiring you to take classes that will in return teach you nothing or provide you with any further skills.

    For instance: What does the average person know about SEO? What does the average person know about web development – about HTML and CSS – and about search engine and Internet marketing? The average person does not know the basics of how the information that they are searching for a retrieving get to the top of the SERPs (search engine results pages). Knowing the agendas of SEO’s and why sometimes they are not seeing what it is best for them to see at the top is knowledge that every person on the planet should have.

    Now coding and SEO isn’t for everybody, but the Internet is becoming such a huge part of our lives that the very simple basics should be a necessity

    This Opens the Door for the “Hustlers” of the World

    For many people, college is just not the best way to go. However, since society tells us that this is a must, sometimes we have to be burned by the red hot iron and go to college anyways.

    If people knew that they could make money – and a lot of it – from sitting at their computer providing SEO services like link building services to companies all over the world – and work with people from all over the word at an early age – how many of them do you think would still be going to college?

    This opens the door for people that just cannot bear the thought of sitting through pointless classes – and spending so much money on them and the books that you must buy to attend them. Perhaps one of the reasons that high schools and colleges don’t require these types of skills is because no one really knows how long this phase will last. That being said, college and high school have to start becoming more like the Internet – more instant, more real time, and more relevant. This is especially true in today’s world.

    This article was written by Philip Russell. Philip has a two year degree, and dropped out of college when he started making money in the SEO field. He belies that college still holds a great purpose but we as a whole we are adopting a “one size fits all” type approach to education. By day he helps provide link building services over at www.inetzeal where you can get a free SEO quote at any time.

    Should You Have Live Chat on Your Website?

    14

    Live chat windows are becoming an ever more present feature of web browsing. As they become more widespread, business owners inevitably ask themselves, ‘should I have live chat on my website?’

    Virtual sales assistant

    Having live chat integrated with your website is like introducing a virtual sales assistant. It provides a simple, direct and instant way for your potential customer to ask any questions they have, without the need to email or pick up the phone. This ease of use could well be the difference between making a sale and not, particularly if you have a good operator at the other end of the chat window.

    The other main advantage of having live chat is the wealth of analytics data that comes with it, particularly in real time. Although this is primarily intended for operator use (in deciding whether a visitor would be open to a chat for example) it can also provide valuable insights into user behaviour that you don’t get in your standard analytics package.

    Cost-benefit analysis

    Of course, there are drawbacks. As with any other investment decision, a thorough cost-benefit analysis should be undertaken before implementing live chat as part of your web development. Major considerations are:

    Cost of implementation (software, development)
    Cost of maintenance (subscription charges, operator costs)
    Suitability — do your traffic levels justify live chat? How would live chat affect your sales funnel?

    The first two considerations are fairly easy; numbers on a spreadsheet calculations. The last is a more difficult question. As a general rule, live chat is used for sales assistance and technical support. If your site isn’t selling anything directly, or require much technical support (either for the site itself or the products you sell) then it probably isn’t for you.

    Doing it right

    If you do decide live chat is for you, it’s important to do it right. Or more accurately, it’s easy to get wrong.

    Just as pushy sales assistants in a shop can put you off as a customer, if your operators try to open a chat within seconds of a visitor arriving on-site, you’re probably doing more harm than good.

    The key is availability. Having the option is great, and perhaps gently inquiring if a visitor would like any help after they’ve been on-site for a few minutes, but no more. After all, you don’t want anyone distracting users from your carefully constructed sales funnel, especially if they work for you.

    Remote working

    If you have a website that’s truly global and requires client contact 24/7 across different time zones, you’ll find remote working and live chat go hand in hand.

    For example, you could have operators in different countries and even continents across the world who can simply log in to your web-based chat software.

    It can be off-putting for a potential customer who has an enquiry to arrive on your site and see the live chat status is set as ‘offline’ or ‘unavailable’.

    Live chat software is nothing new, but if you’ve never used it on your site before you might want to consider a trial run and analyse the data to see if it’s worth making it a permanent fixture.

    Jamie Graham writes regular blog posts on many aspects of small business web development and SEO.

    Zionism vs Dominionism

    0

    Both Eric Cantor and Michele Bachmann have extreme religious views.  In Cantor’s Zionism  God expressly desires a piece of land in Middle East be ruled and occupied by Jews.  Bachmann’s  Dominionism asserts that Christians should play a special role in the American Republic.  However, the major news outlets have treated their religous beliefs very differently.  While it is open season on Bachmann, Cantor’s Zionism is off limits.  In a bizarre marriage of extremism, Zionism and Dominionism are joined at the hip; one never speaking a word against the other.  But which one is truly dangerous for America?

    Michele Bachmann

    David Remnick, editor of The New Yorker, and Jann Wenner, editor of  Rolling Stone, have a problem with Michele Bachmann’s religion.  Two recent articles by both magazines focused almost exclusively on her religious convictions, which, in the words of Matt Taibi make Mrs. Bachmann “batshit crazy. Not medically crazy, not talking-to-herself-on-the-subway crazy, but grandiose crazy, late-stage Kim Jong-Il crazy”.

    Recent American history has for the most part avoided deep discussions regarding the “validity” of personal religious beliefs in politics.  This is no longer the case and a can of worms has been opened by The New York Times, The New Yorker, Newsweek and Rolling Stone that will have implications for all the political forces in Washington, not just the Christian right.   

    Taibbi’s piece came out first, and he painted her  in very Taibbiesque colors as a politically shrewd religious fanatic. The copycat hatchet job in The New Yorker came off as boring and tactless with far too much cringe factor.  Ryan Lizza’s 8,500 word piece began with the shocking revelation that the middle aged Bachmann is careful not to be photographed in casual clothes.

    The New Yorker of years gone by could have summed up Michele Bachman’s religious beliefs with a terse sentence describing how God spoke to her and told her to become a tax attorney for the IRS: enough said.  The remaining 8,450 words could have been spent on William James or the origins of Lutheran communities in Texas.

    The bottom line on both pieces is that Michele Bachmann is dangerous because she actually believes in her religion, and that will not do for Mr. Remnick and Mr. Wenner; they would much prefer she became a Unitarian.  Both are convinced that we cannot actually have people really believing this stuff running for president.

    The New York Times editor, Bill Keller, jumped on the bandwagon with his editorial: “I care a lot if a candidate is going to be a Trojan horse for a sect that believes it has divine instructions on how we should be governed..”

    Newsweek/The Daily Beast was not to be outdone with their double whammy Newsweek cover of the crazed Bachmann and  Michelle Goldberg’s article explaining how Bachman and Texas governor Perry are dominionists and dangers to the Republic.  “..the GOP is now poised to nominate someone who will mount an all-out assault on (the separation of church and state). We need to take their beliefs seriously, because they certainly do.”  According to Goldberg these overtly Christian candidates are on the fringe because they believe a country that is 90% Christian should be governed by Christians and be culturally biased toward Christianity.

    It’s clear that our mass media is not thrilled about Michele Bachman’s religion.  But to what extent is Michele Bachmann’s  religion really dangerous?  Has it started any wars or cost the taxpayer anything?  Is it guiding our foreign policy or alienating the United States from large swaths of the world?   

    Keller from the The New York Times opens the floodgates for asking tough questions about our political leadership’s religious beliefs:

    “This year’s Republican primary season offers us an important opportunity to confront our scruples about the privacy of faith in public life – and to get over them. We have an unusually large number of candidates, including putative front-runners, who belong to churches that are mysterious or suspect to many Americans.” 

    Eric Cantor

    Eric Cantor is not running for President but he is the House Majority Leader and third most powerful person in the House of Representatives.  In a recent meeting with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, Cantor’s office made the following statement:  “Eric stressed that the new Republican majority will serve as a check on the Administration and what has been, up until this point, one party rule in Washington.” The official statement goes on to say that “that the Republican majority understands the special relationship between Israel and the United States, and that the security of each nation is reliant upon the other.”

    This statement is remarkably dangerous, and possibly treasonous.  Mr. Cantor is basically telling the world that his office will serve as a check on the President on behalf of Israel.  The second part of the statement is ludicrous.  How is the United States reliant on Israel for its security?  It’s a perfect example of how endlessly repeating a piece of rhetoric somehow makes it true.

    Is Mr. Cantor convinced that the United State’s strategic geopolitical interests are intertwined with Isreal’s because of his religious beliefs or did he come to that conclusion through sound strategic thinking?

    Secretary of State Hillary Clinton had a tough chat with Netanyahu following Joe Biden’s humiliation in Israel, when, unbeknownst to him, the Israelis announced new settlements in Jerusalem during his visit.  Later, the administration made a statement that said the “relationship” between the United States and Israel depended on the pace of negotiations with the Palestinians.  An infuriated Senator Chuck Schumer, the third ranking Democrat in the Senate, made this statement.

    “That is terrible,” Schumer said today. “That is the dagger because the relationship is much deeper than the disagreements on negotiations, and most Americans–Democrat, Republican, Jew, non-Jew–would feel that. So I called up Rahm Emanuel and I called up the White House and I said, ‘If you don’t retract that statement you are going to hear me publicly blast you on this,'” Schumer said.

    Mr. Schumer is willing to take the side of Israel over the Presidential administration of his own party because of his allegiance to Israel.  What is the relationship with Israel doing for the United States?  Is Mr. Schumer’s  support of Israel directly related to his religious beliefs and the religious beliefs of many of his constituents?

    AIPAC is sending 20% of Congress to Israel this summer.  According the The Washington Post

    “A record 81 House members, about a fifth of the chamber, are spending a week in Israel this month, courtesy of a foundation set up by the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, a pro-Israel lobby.”

    Considering Congress’s brilliant performance this summer with the debt limit, do they have nothing better to do then spend 10 days being lobbied by the Israeli government?  Are they there because Israel supplies us with oil or because of someone’s religious beliefs?

    Michele Goldberg of Newsweek/The Daily Beast said we must take Michele Bachmann’s and Governor Perry’s “beliefs seriously, because they certainly do”.  But will Perry and Bachmann get us into a regional war because of their beliefs?

    The Arab Spring has invigorated the democratic aspirations of all peoples of the Middle East and its logical last act will be the West Bank and Gaza.  Egpyt’s religious  fundamentalism is no longer under the firm hand of the American supported Mubarak.  Syria’s Assad is desperately holding on to power against the Sunni majority and is certainly capable of making a diversionary attack on Israel to maintain his control.  Finally, when the millions of disenfranchised Palestinians in the West Bank, Gaza and refugee camps in Syria, Lebanon and Jordan rise up, Israel could very well face a a battle on several fronts.  Should the United States commit itself to a multi-front war against practically the entire Middle East because of Eric Cantor’s and Chuck Schumer’s religion? 

    This September the United Nations will be voting on whether it should recognize Palestinian statehood.  This measure will pass the general assembly by an overwhelming majority but it will  be vetoed by the The United States in the Security Council, enraging Muslims across the world and causing lasting anti-Americanism.  Geo-politically it’s  a losing position, yet the United States will sacrifice it’s own well being for that of Israel.  This is a clear example of how religion effects politics, yet Mr. Remnick, Mr. Wenner, Ms. Goldberg and The New York Times will not question the religious beliefs of Mr. Cantor and Mr. Schumer.  

    September 11 and Iraq

    During the tenth anniversary of the September 11 attacks little will be heard on why we were attacked.  Were we attacked because of Michele Bachmann’s religion?

    Robert Frisk of The Independent addresses this directly.

    “But I’m drawn to Anthony Summers and Robbyn Swan whose The Eleventh Day confronts what the West refused to face in the years that followed 9/11. “All the evidence … indicates that Palestine was the factor that united the conspirators — at every level,” they write. One of the organisers of the attack believed it would make Americans concentrate on “the atrocities that America is committing by supporting Israel”. Palestine, the authors state, “was certainly the principal political grievance … driving the young Arabs (who had lived) in Hamburg”.

    The motivation for the attacks was “ducked” even by the official 9/11 report, say the authors. The commissioners had disagreed on this “issue” — cliché code word for “problem” — and its two most senior officials, Thomas Kean and Lee Hamilton, were later to explain: “This was sensitive ground …Commissioners who argued that al-Qa’ida was motivated by a religious ideology — and not by opposition to American policies — rejected mentioning the Israeli-Palestinian conflict… In their view, listing US support for Israel as a root cause of al-Qa’ida’s opposition to the United States indicated that the United States should reassess that policy.” And there you have it.”

    The war in Iraq was part of an agenda created by neo-conservatives in the 1990’s.  The neo-conservatives  aligned themselves with Israel for religious reasons, and they used the events of 9/11 to promote their agenda for a new Middle East. There is no escaping that the neo-conservative agenda was forged in large part do to religious beliefs, beliefs that eventually led to hundreds of thousands of dead civilians, thousands of dead soldiers and millions of refugees, many of whom where Christian.

    American support for Israel has no strategic logic, only a religious one. This begs the question, which religion is the true danger to the United States?
    Matt Taibbi writes that “Bachmann is a religious zealot whose brain is a raging electrical storm of divine visions and paranoid delusions.”  He may be correct, but  is she dangerous?  Mr. Cantor believes that a family in Miami Beach that can demonstrate its Jewishness has every right to pickup and relocate to a settlement in the West Bank  while a Palestinian who was born there, whose parents and grandparents where born there must remain in a refugee camp because he is a member of the wrong religion.  This is abhorrent to any American yet Mr. Cantor and Mr. Schumer insist we must support “the relationship”.   


    Is Michele Bachmann’s Religion a Danger to America?

    It most certainly is.

    Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth 

    One only has to imagine the founder of said religion on a return visit.  A thirty-three year old carpenter in the days before power tools with a visceral dislike for money changers could make quite a scene on the Goldman Sach’s trading desk.

    Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness, For they shall be filled. 

    Would he be hobnobbing at the Council on Foreign Relations and taking AIPAC junkets to Israel or would he be with the disenfranchised in Palestinian refugee camps?

    Blessed are the peacemakers: for they shall be called the children of God. 

    Would he be brainstorming with the neo-cons to dream up new wars or would he be standing with those that say enough already?

    Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 

    Would he be in Davos or Jackson Hole conspiring to make billions for bankers and the mega-rich or would he be comforting those out of jobs, out of homes and out of luck?

    Mr. Remnick and Mr. Wenner are right to fear Michele Bachman’s religion, because if by some miracle the country actually heard and followed its message, quite of few of our current cultural, political and economic leaders would find themselves in the wrong side of history.

    Is Michele Bachmann Authentic?

    The founder of Mrs. Bachmann’s religion was never one to beat around the bush.  A wealthy, well dressed scribe wanted to follow Jesus, but Jesus would have none of him.

    Then a teacher of the law came to him and said, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.”

    Jesus replied, “Foxes have holes and birds of the air have nests, but the Son of Man has no place to lay his head.”

    The fox is cunning- all men have cunning and to get as far as Mrs. Bachmann has in politics, we can safely assume that the fox can rest in her.  The birds of the air are pride and she, like all people, certainly has her share of it.  The question is, does the spirit have a place to reside in her as well and this can only be answered by Mrs. Bachmann and the founder of her religion.

    The more important question is whether we as a nation have left room for the founder of Michele Bachmann’s religion to rest his head.  Mr. Remnick, Mr. Wenner, The New York Times and many others think he has too much room.  

    We should be so lucky.


    The is article was edited by Jim Horky 

    The Small Business Advantage: Personal Touch

    5

    Not so long ago, the best way to position a sales pitch directly to households was through radio. Just years after the television industry had skyrocketed on the market, marketers jumped like feverish grasshoppers from print and radio to moving pictures. These only show that advertisers and marketers put their products and services where diverse behavior and personalities are contained in a group to minimize the arduous task of individual marketing. Since marketing is a game of time– or race for the majority of marketers– they choose to put their ads on these media platforms to speed up their promotion. However, since this form of promotion caters only to a group, a big percentage of early and present marketing messages lack one essential element: personalization.

    In other words, what is absent in most advertisements today is personal touch. If you look on the current ads in these days, you will see that it all caters to a group: shampoos for long hairs, Asian women, Caucasians; milk for toddlers, kids, and young adults; shoes for athletes, businesspersons, and casual wear–everything is grouped and sold according to classification and category. Well, there is nothing wrong with this. Since these big companies cater to wide and diverse audience, they need this tactic to position the products, services, and brand to their target audience in the quickest possible way.

    Personal touch on small and local business owners

    Yet if you are a small business owner, the grouped advertising method large companies do will not definitely work for you. But being in that position makes you the most eligible user of what they call the “personal touch”.

    Every day, a small business owner stays in his store waiting for customers to come in; he does everything from the horse’s mouth: he watches his few employees do their task, monitors and sometimes does things personally–from opening the door for his customers to asking them what they need to actual selling. However, not all small business have the acumen in daubing a personal touch to these regular tasks and have the keenness to talk with their customers and ask them about the things outside their needs on his store. Moreover, not all small business owners are talkative enough to interact with their loyal customers nor have the skill to convey sales-converting words to their customers.

    Small business owners are lucky because the moment they started and built their businesses, their customers and targets have already been identified; since they operate on a small part of locality, the people and entities around them automatically becomes their first target audience. Having said this, they don’t have to conduct comprehensive surveys large companies do just for them to identify their target audience or for them to understand what their target market needs. Utilizing and perfecting the oldschool marketing device of “personal touch” is enough to convert one-time customers to loyal consumers. In other words, personal touch is sufficient already to make one small business successful.

    Personal touch is not just about talking with your customers about personal things. Perhaps literally, it is. But as a business owner who has “success” in his mind as target, you can go beyond its meaning. Since everyone has email and social media accounts today, getting your customers personal online details (email address, Facebook and Twitter sites) can help you understand their needs more. Actually, this is not new anymore nor it is a newfangled idea you can brag about. Several bookshops, restaurants, and small businesses in America are already doing this since the use of social media has become staple business strategy. What these businesses do is they add their customers on their business social media accounts and send them updates, news about their business, as well as the freebies, discounts, and giveaways they give during special months and seasons.

    Personalization or personal touch does not have to be technical or methodological or what; it can be simple, too. For instance, there is this one Filipino restaurant in Seattle that awards “customer of the week” to diners that visited their place the most in a week’s span, wherein the winning person, family, or group gets a free meal and restaurant freebies such as shirts, mugs, and coffee table book about the Philippines.

    Yet the most important thing in grasping the idea of personalization is the idea of having your target audience, customers, and consumers’ presence in every corner of your business–from giving your store the ambience your customers want to providing them the service they expect.

    Warner is a fan of everything online that fuels learning and discovery. I find SEO a facinating puzzle so of course work for an SEO Reseller, Endless Rise. You can become an white label seo today

    Changing Lives with SEO Reselling

    13

    It is impossible to tell when SEO reselling industry has exactly started. Some say its early 2003; some predict it has been existent ever since SEO market dominated the direct selling market. But it doesn�t matter anymore. SEO Reselling has become everybody’s business and has already changed tons of people’s lives.

    It is foolish to say that SEO Reselling was solely built to transform communities and lives. It�s pretty obvious that it�s just like any other business out there that existed to compete and generate income. However, along with SEO�s uncertain date of inception and invention, one sure thing has made the business popular to blue-collar workers who found no future in their 8-hour day job and hard-to-sell businesses. SEO Reselling has become ordinary people�s saving grace, for during the time when recession was signaling its arrival, a lot of them had managed to own personal businesses even though employment rate went down as companies shut down operations, while some others who had detested the businesses ended up jobless and unemployed.

    SEO Reselling is not a clever invention, though. It’s just a copycat of their rival industry, MLM or network marketing. When early SEO firm owners first introduced SEO Reselling to the public, it was not a success. Many thought that it was just an ordinary direct selling business, which at that time was losing its popularity. Americans had a very bad impression of direct selling businesses that used the intermediary system to disseminate their products and services because pyramid schemes, frauds and swindling were very much associated to these.

    Having the computer-knowledgeable and techies as its only market, the entire SEO struggled to publicized and expand its industry. The industry became virtually and realistically unknown to other people, especially to those who needed it most, the local and small businesses with no online exposure. What completely changed the entire industry was the arrival of White Label SEO. Though it took time before it reached its peak, the result showed positive change not just to the entire SEO industry but to early SEO Resellers’ lives as well.

    White Label’s concept was simple: It allows aspirants to become SEO Resellers without paying humongous amount of down payments and application fees; gives the new reseller a 100% complete right to price his services and own his clients; and permits them to come up with their own payment method. These three main qualities of White Label SEO have made SEO Reselling appealing to lots of people.

    The arrival of White Label SEO was perfect. Because of the blogs and websites who simultaneously covers and writes about it, it soon reached everyone’s attention. Almost exactly in the holidays of 2007 when recession hit the entire States, White Label SEO began trending on the Web. But it was only 2008 when it became known to business hopefuls and jobless people who had been victimized by economic downfall.

    Along with other profitable businesses like small business franchising and online marketing, marketers credited SEO Reselling and White Label SEO as one of the marketing innovations that alleviate the current economic problem at that time. And as of this writing, the entire SEO Reselling industry is continuously growing.

    Written by Warner for this blog. I hope you like this post and comment. I work as an SEO consultant for Endless Rise, they supply SEO Reseller Plans only to resellers. Visit the SEO Reseller Overview If you want to learn more.

    BOOK REVIEW OF ANTHONY SUMMERS’ THE ELEVENTH DAY, THE FULL STORY OF 9/11 AND OSAMA BIN LADEN

    0

    JOHN CHUCKMAN

    A note to readers: Normally, I post my book reviews only on another site of mine, Chuckman’s Miscellanea of Words, but because of the nature of this book and its being the tenth anniversary of 9/11, I am also posting on this site.

    I have long been an admirer of the work of Anthony Summers, one of the world’s great investigative journalists.

    His biographical notes on J. Edgar Hoover, Official and Confidential: The Secret Life of J. Edgar Hoover are required reading for an understanding of how the center of American power operated for a major portion of the 20th century.

    His first book on the Kennedy assassination, Conspiracy, is the greatest book ever written on that event, and it has never been surpassed for the depth of its analysis and gripping nature of its writing. Indeed, because so little new evidence of any importance has emerged since that time, it remains the definitive study.

    When I read that he was publishing a book on 9/11 – an event around which swirl clouds of doubt and mystery as great as the ferocious storm of dust which swept through lower Manhattan when the World Trade Center collapsed – I was ready to devour it.

    And while there is a good deal to admire in the new book, my lasting impression is one of disappointment. It simply does not measure up to what I think of as the standard of excellence set previously by Mr. Summers.

    There are assumptions here I cannot accept without better evidence, much of the main thread of detailed facts contained come ultimately from American torture of countless people in the CIA’s “rendition program,” a bureaucratic euphemism for an international torture gulag, and there are important facts not even touched on.

    I have never accepted notions like insider plots and false flag operations pertaining to this event, but anyone who has followed matters over the last decade knows that a great deal remains obscured and unexplained, almost certainly deliberately so by the American government.

    Mr. Summers believes it is essentially for several reasons: one is to cover up the close to utter incompetence of the CIA and other agencies leading up to the event. Another is to cover up the almost criminal incompetence of the Bush administration both before and after the event. And another is to guard the long and deep and fairly secret intimate relationship America has with Saudi Arabia.

    I accept all of these, but none of them comes as news to critical observers over the years, and I do not believe they add up to an explanation of what happened on 9/11.

    The CIA has flopped countless times — failing to correctly read the Soviet Union’s economic and military power, failing even to predict its collapse, failing completely in either preventing or investigating Kennedy’s assassination, and being the author of countless lunatic plots like the Bay of Pigs Invasion. The agency has squandered vast amounts of money in often counterproductive schemes since its creation following World War II, so its failure with regard to 9/11 was for me the expected norm.

    The same Bush administration, which gave us a world record limp and pathetic performance for a government during Hurricane Katrina, could not be expected to operate in an entirely different mode around 9/11, and it most certainly did not.

    The relationship with Saudi Arabia is one of those not-much-discussed matters in America, but it is a necessity so long as America keeps building three-car garages out into the desert of the Southwest.

    New facts Summers presents us with are interesting and not contemptible, but they are inadequate to our curiosity. Some of those involved in 9/11 from Saudi Arabia may well have been double or triple agents for Saudi intelligence. Osama bin Laden was paid handsomely by Saudi princes to keep his various operations off Saudi soil, thus indirectly funding 9/11. After dumbly dawdling at a school-reading photo-op, Bush was finally whisked away in Air Force One where the commander-in-chief was virtually out of the loop with remarkably faulty communications. His Secretary of Defense, Donald Rumsfeld, the number two man in a wartime chain of command, was for some time wondering around the Pentagon unavailable to military commanders needing his authority.

    Summers pretty well accepts the official version of 9/11, with the important proviso that the official version, the commission report, includes such matters as the fact that there was little cooperation from Bush officials during the investigation, and the CIA certainly did not explain itself adequately.

    The collapse of building 7, which was not hit by an airplane and which occurred after the collapse of the North and South Towers of the World Trade Center, is attributed to debris falling from the other towers. I just don’t know, but it did bother me that Mr. Summers seemed to go out of his way to poke fun at some of the scientists or engineers who doubt that.

    The large effort of Israeli spies around 9/11 is not even mentioned in the book, and I found that a disturbing omission.

    There was a group of five Israeli spies who were seen on the roof of their truck taking pictures of the explosions and then behaving in a raucous congratulatory manner, yelling and high-fiving. The police were called and they were arrested, but we know nothing of their purpose or achievements. There was another large group of Mossad agents posing as art students who travelled around the country apparently following some or all of the 9/11 plotters. They, too, were arrested and later deported, but we know nothing of them.

    Summers accepts the “let’s roll” scenario for the fourth high-jacked plane which crashed in Pennsylvania, but I have always doubted it. First, the photos of the debris field certainly suggest to a non-technical person that it may have been shot down. Second, after three deliberate crashes into buildings, it seems almost unbelievable that the huge air defenses of the United States had not finally taken action. Third, on at least one occasion, Donald Rumsfeld spoke to the press inadvertently using the expression “shooting down” the plane over Pennsylvania in discussing the high-jackings. Fourth, only naturally, the United States’ government would not publicize the shooting-down of a civilian airliner because the resulting lawsuits would be colossal. I am willing to be convinced otherwise, but Mr. Summers does not succeed in doing it for me.

    Another important fact is not mentioned in the book. An American consular official at the time was complaining in public about all the visas they were issuing in the Middle East owing to pressure from the CIA. It was not a headline story, but it was an important clue to something unusual going on.

    I have always regarded it as a strong hypothesis that the high-jackers were part of a secret CIA operation which badly backfired, an operation which saw many questionable people receiving visas and being allowed to do some pilot training. Risky CIA operations have a number of times backfired, and they even have nickname for that happening, blowback.

    Of course, we could see the entire matter also as blowback from the CIA’s secret war against the Soviets in Afghanistan in the 1980s. Fundamentalist Muslims in Afghanistan, Mujahideen, were recruited, provided training and money and sophisticated weapons to fight the Soviets. Several billion dollars were poured in. Osama bin Laden was himself part of the business, but, as Mr. Summers agrees, he later did not see the United States as any different to the Soviets when they sent troops onto the sacred soil of Saudi Arabia.

    Mr. Summers is trying to place a good deal of blame on the Saudis for their funding and secret operations, and while I regard it as an interesting observation that certain members of the royal family paid Osama, I do not regard that as a stunning fact. After all, Saudi Arabia’s countless billions come in good part either directly or indirectly from the United States and Osama bin Laden’s family was a very successful wealthy contractor there, so you could say in the same sense that the United States subsidized Osama’s operations. And it goes deeper than that, for Saudi business connections in the United States, including connections directly with the Bush family, go back many years.

    This reader for one would like to see some hard proof of some things that Mr. Summers takes as fact. First, that bin Laden even was responsible for 9/11: the public has never been provided a shred of good evidence. Second, that bin Laden was not in fact killed in the unbelievable bombardment at Tora Bora, his death being kept hidden to prevent martyrdom. Third, that the recent assassination in Pakistan was genuine, not the effort of a president down in the polls and feeling that after ten years he could afford to make the claim.

    Fourth, that there ever was an organization called al Qaeda. I know that sounds odd to people who assume everything they hear on television is true, but there are good reasons for doubting it. While Mr. Summers gives one translation for the Arabic word, people who speak Arabic have said it commonly means toilet, and surely no one running a terror organization would use such a name. Indeed, we have several very prominent people quoted in the past, including former British Foreign Minister Robin Cook, saying that al Qaeda was just a derogatory catch-all term used for various “bad guys” out there. That is a tremendously meaningful difference between the two things, but Mr. Summers does not touch the issue.

    Again, I cannot stress how important it is for all decent-minded people holding to democratic values to accept neither the CIA’s international torture gulag nor the results of its dark work. Yet the bulk of Mr. Summers’ idea of events is based on evidence deriving ultimately from torture, the people being tortured never receiving the benefits of counsel, fair trial, or even opportunity to rebut.

    In summary, a book worth reading, if only to get mad at, but it hardly represents a definitive effort on its subject.

    Google Changes Places and Discards Third Party Reviews

    5

    In the bid to make its Places pages exclusive, Google Inc has made the decision to discard snippets of reviews from third party sites such as Yelp and TripAdvisor in lieu of all-Google content. This move is bound to boost Google’s assertion that it does not violate antitrust laws. Third party websites have been complaining for months citing that their content was being republished by the search engine giant without compensation. Late last week, the Web titan finally made the announcement of the impending changes.

    In the said announcement, Google mentioned that it would remove ratings and snippets from third party review websites from pages of its Google Places. At the same time, information from the aforementioned websites will no longer be featured in Google’s location-based listings.

    There has been a lot of talk leading to the enactment of these changes. In April of 2010, Google revamped its Local Business Center search service. As of late, there are millions of businesses listed as Google Places. The search engine giant continued with the institution of various changes which coincided with its launching of Google+. These changes included various branches of Google such as Maps, Gmail and Calendar.

    The director of product management in Google, Avni Shah has released a statement pertaining to the recent changes. “Based on careful thought about the future course of Places pages, and response we have heard over the past few months, review snippets from other Web sources have now been removed from Places pages,” Shah wrote in a Google blog post. “Rating and review counts reflect only those that have been written by fellow Google users, and as part of our continued commitment to helping you find what you want on the Web, we are continuing to provide links to other review sites so that you can get a comprehensive view of locations across the globe”.

    It seems like this move precipitated due to antitrust reviews. Just a week prior to the announcement of the changes FT.com revealed that Dana Wagner, the legal advisor for Google, was the subject of attack from opponents at a conference of US state attorneys-general due to Google’s practice of including content from third party websites on its Places pages. A Federal antitrust investigation is already looking into Google’s practices. In Europe, the search engine giant is already facing complaints from third party websites like Citysearch, Yelp, and TripAdvisor asserting that Google is exploiting their clients by featuring reviews to add value to its Places service.

    Elliot Pearson Writes as a specialist for Dentist Identity who provides Dental Marketing and Dental Practice SEO

    Boringness is Branding

    1

    It is incomprehensible why some designers seem stuck in the gaudy days of 1980’s, and why young designers today cannot get enough of design experimentation. They are too into garish colors in awful contrasts, abstract lines and circles, and unfathomable gifs that have nothing to with the overall concept of the design. And if shoulder pads and mullet hairstyle can be embedded on the webpage, without any doubts, they will absolutely do it without hesitations.

    Perhaps for these young kids, 1980’s is an imaginary world, a world full of overflowing artistic expressionism and impressionism, yet for us who’ve grown in this era, the 80’s–the fashion sense, the pop music, and the entire period–is nothing but an awful stage of life.

    So for some designers, especially for those who spent their teen years in the revolutionary years of the 80’s, they long for something simpler and classier. They go for something quieter and tamer in terms of design elements. They look for something that is relatively boring.

    The good side of Boringness

    Brandon Flowers of The Killers is a boring guy. He sports the regular classy 1920’s Vegas outfit. He has a non-rockstar military haircut and he is a member of a strict religious group. But when he starts singing and performing on stage, all these boring attributes automatically converts into an oozing salacious appeal. Girls–and other sexes—of all ages love him for that; they love Flower’s innate dullness and dreariness. And that makes him sexy and charming.

    Actually, there is nothing wrong with the 1980’s color combination. Neon colors and flashy contrast can be beautiful, too. Expert designers like Airey and Nielson have nailed awful combinations before, and it is no question that other fine designers out there can do the same thing as well. Yet there are still young designers these days that thought of designing as a form of expressionism, (something that is abstract) which is a major taboo in design, especially in commercial designing. And speaking of being commercial, abstract has no room in corporate clients mindset. Corporate clients want designs that are classy, elegant, and stylish–even if contains two or more contrasting colors.

    Boring design is not just being in black and white like the recent Apple and Nokia TV ads, or being silent, like Twitter and Facebook’s home pages. Even well-colored sites like the Cadbury website are boring, too. Yet it still expresses mystery even though everything is in childish colors, because it conveys a feeling of subtlety and silence that makes it appealing to people.

    Boring is mysterious, and being mysterious is branding.

    Warner writes about tech and discoveries made online. I like SEO so of course work for an SEO Reseller, Endless Rise who provides white label seo packages.

    What can SEO Resellers learn from the 2009 United Incident?

    3

    We are all familiar with United Airlines’ controversy that earned them three blows from folk crooner Dave Carroll. The latter created three satirical songs about the guitar mishap they encountered while they were in the constraints of the airline company. The Canadian folk-pop duo Sons of Maxwell admitted that these songs, after becoming an instant YouTube sensation was a career boost for them, but for the airline company, it was a major revenue hit, for they lost 10 percent of company share price, which caused their shareholders a $180 million lost several days after the song’s release.

    The mishap happened two long years ago, but it is still in every American’s mind. People from blogs and social networking sites are still quoting Carroll’s famous lines every time they read negative stuff about the company. For the airline superior, it was definitely lifetime damage to their name.

    The United Airlines controversy is not just about handling displeased and angry customers or winning back dissatisfied consumers. In a larger scope, it is about treating customers properly and giving them what they need and want. If United had provided their employees proper training, then they could have avoided breaking the crooner’s Taylor guitar, or they could have gained three laudatory tunes from folk group.

    And that does not exempt SEO Resellers from becoming the next United Airline. Although Resellers or the SEO Reselling industry is not a popular as the airline business, they should learn from that 2009 incident. We all know that reselling business is about directly and physically connecting, conversing, and involving with people and clients, therefore, they should monitor their actions and customer treatment more than anyone else in the reselling business line should, more than their SEO Provider who separately does the optimization in an office. That is how important knowing the client is. SEO Resellers should know not only who they are as prospect clients and what their industry and trade is, but their personal preferences as well. Knowing their ideal website color, design or perhaps their preferred payment methods could avoid them from displeasing their customers and discomforting them along the proposal process.

    In United’s case, it’s not the issue of their failure to recognize their Canadian celebrity passenger, but it’s the matter of failing to give what their customers’ need whatever their profession and class was. They were unsuccessful to secure their customer’s belongings to the extent that they broke it. Unluckily for them, they hit a creative guy that had seek revenge in a form of three powerful melodic folk songs which etched their negligence in the history of quality service.

    For SEO Resellers, be aware that even pop starts today have side businesses aside from their show business stints. And if they don’t want an instant bad YouTube publicity and immediate SEO career failure, then they have to learn their lesson from the famous airline.

    Your Author Warner writes on discoveries and learning from online. He likes SEO and works with Endless Rise who supplies Social Media Reseller Packges and White Label SEO services only for resellers.

    Don’t Just Resell, Sell!

    1

    Alright. You know that your SEO Reselling business isn’t really yours. Although your contract says that you are “partners”, you are a hundred percent aware that you are just getting your service from a higher authority of sorts: your SEO Provider. Technically–since he calls the shots–you can probably say that he’s the boss. You cannot give your clients anything without him. And deep down inside, you know that the partnership exists only on paper.

    Do you think this way? If so, then sorry to say, you’re a loser: You’re probably the sort of SEO Reseller who waits for business to land at his doorstep. This attitude towards reselling won’t work if you want to be successful in the business. Reselling takes effort. It requires more dedication than a regular job would.

    You’ve got great marketing techniques, communication skills, and charisma. But you still feel as though business is plodding along. The thing is, this is your show: There’s no one to tell you what to do, direct you towards clients, decide on what sort of packages to offer to prospective customers, and so on. You determine all that. So, if you are plodding along, you had better look inward, towards yourself.

    Originally designed to expand the then-starting Search Engine Optimization Market, SEO Reselling opened new job avenues for the working class: people like you and me now have the opportunity to have businesses of our own. Long discriminated against by employers who preferred to promote people with college–sometimes Ivy League–degrees, people getting nowhere on the corporate ladder jumped at the chance to “partner” in a business.

    Not surprisingly, a lot of resellers come from regular 8-to-5 jobs and are used to having employer-employee relationships. You may thus feel at a loss when there isn’t anyone to provide direction. Sure, you can ask your provider for advice, but the ultimate decision falls on you. That being said, if you want to get out of the rut you’re in, you have to change the way you think and, subsequently, the way you do things.

    You have to own the business. Once you become an SEO Reseller, you literally have to think of yourself as the co-owner of your provider’s business. Stop thinking like an employee. You are a business owner, not “just” a reseller.

    SEO Reselling is a business, and the relationship between provider and reseller cannot be equated with an employment-based relationship. The problem with many resellers today is that they treat the business like their old jobs; they see their providers as bosses, and they rely heavily on them instead of directing their own moves.

    You are a valuable part of the SEO Provider’s business. Yes, you are. Sure, you need your provider to give you something to sell, but he needs you just as much to ensure that his business survives. Without resellers, demand for the provider’s services would plummet. The relationship is synergistic, and the sooner you start thinking of yourself as part owner and begin acting as one, the quicker you’ll be able to achieve the results you want.

    What QE3 Will Look Like

    0
    The recent financial fireworks in the US and in Europe have made it clear that QE3 is close at hand. The third installment described herein is much more than just another revving up of the printing presses, as it will involve a paradigm shift intent on restoring currencies and maintaining the current  power structure.

    It’s an all too common mistake to see the central bankers and their mainstream media propagandists derided as incompetent fools. These “fools”control the money and the message and it’s their game to lose. Most pundits think the powers that be have lost control and can do little more than kick the can down the road. They are wrong. We are about to witness one of the greatest orchestrated events in human history; a monumental sleight of hand that will restore economic prosperity, keep the masses happy and most importantly- maintain the parasitic elites in power. 

    Mainstream sources deride conspiracy theorists as simpletons unable to deal with the complexity of the world;  the tin hat crowd are in need of a “God” or “bogeyman” to explain the evils of the world. The sophisticated academics and journalists tell us that history is the product of countless interests fighting for limited resources. The cabal of bankers is nothing more than a mirage conjured up in the thirsty imagination of simpletons.
    If one wears a shiny tin hat then the problem, and the solution, are very different: the 1% crowd have created an enormous pyramid scheme supported by magnificent lies preached from schools, televisions, governments, churches, newspapers, universities and the like.  The mission is to wake up their brothers and the whole misbegotten scheme will melt into a sea of crisp consciousness.
    What is is not in doubt is that the world reserve currency is nearing the end of its viability at least in its current form. The only other two options, the euro and the yen, are in as bad or worse shape. The end game has arrived for the current monetary system which began with Bretton Woods in 1944. The sub prime crisis, the Fukushima earthquake and nuclear disaster and the PIGS (Portugal, Ireland, Greece & Spain) were the final nails in the coffin of the dollar reserve system. 
    When humans existed in small groups as hunter gatherers, societies were generally egalitarian and specialization of labour was limited. Since there were no full time enforcers, authority was relative and flexible as most tasks could be accomplished by most people; the groups “stickiness” was determined by the incremental benefits of the group. As society progressed and the groups became larger, labor specialization increased efficiencies, allowing for full time armed forces and propagandists. Elite rulers thrived off their capacity to control and made it very difficult for individuals to leave and make a go of it on their own. 
    Men gave up their freedom as soon as they began plowing to eat. The larger societies became, the more complex the control mechanisms of religion, slavery, standing armies and caste systems.
    The main impulse of history has been for the 1% to maintain their power against the brave few intent on to replacing them. The key novelty of the information age is the extreme specialization and unprecedented technologies of control the elites have today. The modern citizen in an industrialized nation is more vulnerable then any other human in history. He relies on his masters for everything from food and shelter to education and entertainment. He is incapable of teaching his children, growing crops, entertaining himself, or, most importantly, thinking for himself. Modern man is the ultimate souless slave.
    The modern division of labor consists of a ruling class (top 1%) that control about 40% of all financial assets, a managerial class ( the top 2%-10%) who control about 35% of all assets, with the other 90% of the working masses dividing up the 25% that’s left.
    The pyramid is organized by a complex and highly specialized division of labor, state run education, massive corporations, government bureaucracy, the judiciary, intelligence organizations, mediatic propaganda machines and mainstream religion. Those rare few that actually wake up and see the zombie world are quickly diagnosed by the DSM-5 and given anti-depressants.
    There are two things everyone wants all the time, and one of them is money. Control of the money is the magic wand that rules the world. All the other religious, patriotic and historical paraphernalia are directly related to allowing the 1% to control the creation of money. Take that away, and they are nothing but media hacks.
    The current era which began with the creation of the Federal Reserve and the involvement of the United States in WWI is coming to an end.  The great mistake most “awake” people make is believing redemption is at hand while underestimating the ruling class. The masters of propaganda and finance and are much more in control then they will ever reveal through their own channels.  Their imaginations are immense and their capacity to orchestrate drama has no limits.  They are the voice of reason while the dissenters are “diagnosed” with a collection of ailments that quickly marginalize them.
    The Greatest Brand Ever Created
    What should never be underestimated is the importance of the dollar for international commerce. A dollar collapse would inevitably lead to a mad scramble for commodities and an unprecedented global economic downturn. While there are solid world currencies, only three are large enough to be a reserve currency, and all three are mortally wounded. No one will appreciate the incredible role the dollar has provided until it is gone.
    The dollar began in the sixteenth century as the Bohemian Tolar which eventually became the eighteenth century standard Spanish silver piece which they pronounced dólar.  The Americans called it the dollar, determined it should have 24.057 grams of pure silver and adopted it as the US “money of account”.  In 1933 Roosevelt pegged the dollar to .888 g of gold,  or $35 per ounce. Finally, under pressure from many central banks to convert their dollars to gold, Nixon established  the pure fiat era in 1971 which meant that the dollar was officially backed by nothing more than faith- it had become a pure paper currency. The dollar was the symbol and expression of the American Empire in the 20th Century and it was the the pillar upon which globalization was accomplished.
    No brand in history has ever become so ubiquitous. From Tijuana to Tehran, from Vladivostock to Vanouver, from Senegal to Stockholm, a fistful of green backs will get you whatever your heart desires. Through the greatest slight of hand in history, the 1% turned this once receipt for gold into nothing more than paper that they produced at will and for a dear price. The dollar is the backbone of their parasitic existence, and QE3, the final QE, will be a valiant, brilliant attempt to restore the validity of the dollar regime and their control of it. QE3 will be a radical transition to a new era, similar to the period of 1912 —1918. 
    The top 1% was hurt in 2008. The financial disaster that was the sub prime debacle put them on the ropes leaving QE1 focused on buying up about $1 trillion in mortgage paper that had become almost impossible to move. QE2 flooded equity and commodities markets with liquidity until the SP500 as well as most major commodities had regained their pre–2008 valuations in one of histories greatest bull markets. QE1&amp;2 restored the financial wealth that the 1% had lost during the crisis. Unfortunately, in doing so, the Feds (Federal Reserve and Federal Government) have put the last nails into the current dollar’s coffin. They would argue that the dollar was already on its last legs post 2001, and they simply hastened the end by a few years- a small price to pay for restoring the fortunes of their masters.
    To Kick or not to Kick (the can)
    One should never confuse politicians- chronic can kickers- with the 1%. Politicians are the shills and lackeys of the real power and generally are incapable of any kind of policy creation on their own. The current stop gap measures to save the euro, the dollar and the yen were never meant to be anything more than breathing room for the 1% to recuperate their massive losses. Their fortunes have been restored and now it’s time to create a new, post American period of wealth and prosperity. This will be accomplished by none other than mystery man himself, Barack Hussein Obama.
    The are nomajor economic, political, or social problems in the developed, industrialized world that threaten the 1% other than excess debt. The debt problem is not a real problem, but an abstract claim on present and future income (work) by the 1%.  The system is so utterly clogged that is reaching a point of complete paralysis .  We have entered the tumultuous and inevitable debt destruction period that is often the death knell of regimes.  Deflation, hyperinflation, default and revolution are the usual outcomes.  But there is another way.
    The Big Finale

    The New York Times recently reported on how banks were reducing the principal on thousands of performing loans by about 50% in exchange for small increases in interest rates and new, clean promissory notes, with no MERS involvement.  As long as the Federal Reserve “adjusts” the reserve requirements for the bank to reflect half of the money that the bank created as “disappeared”, then for the bank, it’s no harm no foul. They are off the hook for the same amount that they reduced for the borrower, and the small adjustment in interest rate recaptures some of the lost future interest earnings from the smaller loan size. 
    This solution serves two absolutely critical functions for the banks and the 1% that control them. First, the banks morbid balance sheets are wiped clean, marked to market and made pure. No more zombie banks threatening the world. Second, it frees up vast amounts of consumer income to re-charge the economy, create jobs etc.
    The second part of the QE3 will be the ‘public debt crisis’.  Act I was  the S&amp;P downgrade and AIG (government owned) lawsuit against Bank of America which by a wild coincidence all happened on the same “Black Monday” as the European Central Bank beginning quantitative easing by purchasing Spanish and Italian bonds.  Act II will see a few very large banks being ‘nationalised’ in both the US and Europe, (Bank of America and SocGen for example) and a massive mortgage principal reduction of about 50% will  follow as the President can nationalise banks without congressional approval through the “orderly liquidation authority” or OLA  provisions under Dodd-Frank.  Act III will see the US $14 trillion, as well as the Italian, Spanish, UK, Japanese etc.public debt being halved in exchange for balanced budgets and reduced social spending. The $50 trillion or so in US unfunded liabilities will be wiped out in a new “social contract”.  Some student loan and Third World debt forgiveness will be thrown in for the full Kumbaya effect.
    All of this will emerge out of a new “Bretton Woods” type of agreement that will be followed like the World Cup, Dancing with the Stars, Eurovision, the Superbowl, and the rest of the circus events meant to keep the plebs entertained. The Euro, doomed to failure, will escape the fangs of a new dark age and emerge triumphant with the Ode to Joy playing in the background. Logic will overcome chaos and a new age of enlightened corporate slavery will begin. The only difference will be that the dollar will be replaced by a new reserve system that spreads ultimate control over more than one currency.
    Barack Obama will emerge as the new Franklin Roosevelt, the reluctant revolutionary who saved the world. Prosperity will return and the holders of the dollar, euro and yen debt while not avoiding a nasty haircut, will in exchange get a world willing once again to buy hand over fist again their oil and the products of their manufacturing base. All of this will take place in a massive drama worthy of Hollywood (because it actually will be written by Hollywood types), keeping the sheeple glued to their televisions, talk radio etc.  They will cheer when it all finishes with the good guys winning, just as they did when Bin Laden was killed, and when “major combat operations” ended in Iraq. 
    Will the masses demand to know how banks can simply create and destroy money with a few clicks of a mouse?  Will they insist on dismantling the Fed and halving the size of the Federal Government?  Will they not rest until all their soldiers are brought home and the war mongers who started these conflicts brought to justice?

    Unfortunately, no.  They won’t ask any questions that can’t be explained away by the talking head de jour on Fox or MSNBC and the charade will continue, the matrix intact, for another generation to try to dismantle.


    Special thanks to Jim Horky for editing this article.

    What’s Your Story, Company Glory?

    5

    Telling your company story to your employees is already an old tale, a cliché that would definitely make them sleepy and bored. I heard this from a friend, and although I believed the half of it, I know that company stories are still a powerful tool to build culture inside business premises and to engage employees and even outsiders to believe in company’s beliefs.

    It the spring of 1989, our company CEO assigned me to lead the yearly company story reading for our third anniversary. At that time, I had no inkling that this task would be as harrowing as it turned out to be. As I read it through, I noticed that my officemates were busy checking their pocketbells and scarcely paying attention to my words; half of them were sleeping, another fraction chatting with their seatmates, and the rest (comprised of my closest office friends and subordinates) were displaying weak affectations just to show that they were with me at the lowest point of my life. That was actually the longest twenty minutes of my life. However, after my monologue, they showed renewed interest when our HR manager took my place on the dais to announce the forthcoming salary increase for those who performed well in the last quarter of the year.

    This all happened over two decades ago, but the situation has not really changed at all. Four months back, during our fifteenth anniversary, the new company story reader–who is also a speech professor at a reputable university–assigned by the event organizer did not manage to capture his audience any better. I admit that I dozed off twice while story was being told.

    Variation and change

    Variation and change could have made a difference, maybe. For ten years, I narrated the same company story without changing the way I interpreted it. Through all those years, I read the story just to meet my obligations, without much fervor. Our company story lacks originality (its format, narration, and story flow are cookie-cutter copies of others) and relevance (important details such as dates, terms, and the jargon used seem to be stuck in the new wave era of the 80’s), but we tell it all the same, and in the same way, to this day.

    Not so for other, more forward-thinking companies. Today, a lot of companies put much stock on the way they share their beginnings and where it has brought them. Company stories printed on a glossy magazine paper and Harper-Perennial-type pocketbooks are becoming popular; there are also free mp3 files containing company stories narrated by famous movie actors. An event organizer sent one of those mp3 files directly to my iPad while I was at a client meeting in Chicago! It’s kind of sad to realize how far our company has been left behind.

    Besides these newfangled marketing gimmicks, though, a company story should always strive to be honest and realistic. To be frank, our company history is written in the most ornate style, and is an autobiography of our company’s CEO more than anything else. The reader or listener could probably never be able to relate himself to the story– a “heroic” tale that focuses on how our CEO valiantly battled several economic crises, inflations, wage hikes, and recession. He is the center of the story, not thecompany.

    What should be written in a company story?

    Enough of personal bragging and arrogance. A company story should be written in the most direct-to-the-point way, and it should tell us who the company is, what the business is, what the company does for their customers, what its goals and aims are; and what are its principles, values, and philosophy are as a business. Bottom line: Let others know what makes your company better and outstandingly different from other companies.

    Word of Mouth! Word of Mouth!

    0

    The ease and convenience of promoting a service online has led business owners to grow weary of traditional advertising. Without a doubt, the ways of the cyber world are much faster than promoting something through the telephone or spending hours at the mall, distributing flyers and brochures to people. That is why most business owners today are more than willing to shift their entire advertising strategies onto the Web.

    Nevertheless, every marketer should not take the power of word of mouth for granted. Nothing beats physical communication, live interaction, and real-life brand exposition. Have you ever wondered why conventions, conferences, and marketing gatherings are still in demand these days? Well, Internet may be the “thing” today, but there are still pure believers of the “Word of Mouth” in conveying an honest message to people; many people organize these types of gatherings to revive the most powerful and persuasive marketing strategy of all time.

    The Internet platform is too flat

    Although the Internet provides us the fastest and widest way to communicate and promote, it is limited. Social networking sites, emails, blogs, and forums may be the best mediums in bringing your service outside the perimeters of your target area, country, language, and even capacity, but communication through these online tools are too flat compared to what live promotion can do. The Internet is limited to words, while live “Word of Mouth” is not.

    In conventions and conferences, speakers (who are business owners, too) don’t limit themselves with just promoting their products in front of people. These types of marketing gatherings are usually loaded with countless anecdotes, inspiring stories, and real-life testimonies that give emotion to the usual promotion we see on the Web. In addition, products are presented and tested live in these gatherings. This gives the consumers more freedom in choosing and deciding whether they will purchase the product or not.

    Word of mouth marketing is not just about conventions

    Word of mouth marketing is not just about conventions and marketing gatherings. The usual conversation between the business owner and his customer can be a channel for effective word of mouth marketing as well. In fact, according to a Harvard study, most successful word of mouth marketing happens within the boundaries of store buildings, where the normal business owner and customer interaction occurs.

    Warner enjoys writing about SEO, Marketing, and Website Development. He works with Endless Rise who provides SEO Reseller Packages as Private Label SEO exclusively for resellers.

    Design-Focused University: Is It Really Needed?

    0

    The baby boomers are gone, and we need a new breed to continue what they started.

    Today, design is an obligatory and additional academic subject in majority of American universities. Design is being taught only as a minor skill that is added in every student’s curriculum. It‘s taken so lightly that it slowly affects and undermines the current design industry. Although there are design-focused courses offered at some universities in this country, the numbers are not enough.

    A lot of writers, designers and critics have expressed their thoughts about the importance of having a university that will solely focus on Design. In fact, this call to put more importance on a creative class has been around for years. A lot of books about it has been published and reissued; newspapers and magazine have tackled it as well. However, the problem is still there.

    We have to admit, the baby boomers of design are ageing and most of them are already gone. Although we still have new breeds to give us new and innovative approach to design, their number are not enough. Only few are making a name for the industry because most designers today end up employed in a commercial firm where they hardly contribute to the general need of the industry. They are too busy satisfying their clients and bosses. What the industry needs is a new breed of innovators that will create change in the industry, not a new breed of employed designers.

    What is really wrong with being a commercially employed designer? None. Yet, in the last few years, the heavy demand for commercial designs created a stronghold that bound talented, employed designers and kept them away from moving outside the boundaries of their companies, while independent designers spent their design careers sharing their knowledge by educating young designers and creating change in the industry itself with their innovative ideas.

    Erudite vs. Autodidact

    Warner is a fan of everything online that fuels learning and discovery. I find SEO a facinating puzzle so of course work for a Private Label SEO Reseller, Endless Rise. You can become an seo reseller today

    Understanding Google Search — How to Achieve High Ranking

    3

    by Manish Pavan

    Google search ranking and its logic is confounding and irrational at best of times. When your ranking goes up you celebrate and when it plunges you cry. Google itself does not reveal the search engine algorithm. In this confusing scenario, how do you get your website to the top of search results? It is actually quite simple to understand Google guys and how their mind works.

    Google makes money only when people click on AdWords ads

    The entire search engine optimization or SEO machine is based on organic search. Isn’t it an irony that Google doesn’t make a penny when people click on organic search results? It makes money only when someone clicks on the paid AdWords links. Then why is organic search important for Google? It can simply have a paid search engine and that’s it.

    I look at it like this — Google search is like an information mall. You can walk in free of cost. You can look at stuff you are interested in. At the same time, you are offered more interesting stuff which you can browse. It is still free. When you click on links which seem to provide more relevant information, Google gets paid. Where is the catch? People will only come to the information mall when they know that they will get what they want. If you are directed all the time to a porn site (which used to be the norm before Google stepped in) you will never Google. This means that right information has to be served to the visitor if you want him to come again. Relevance of search became a key. How do you classify relevance?

    The concept of content as king

    This is where content became important. When you provide the right information you become important to Google. More the relevance of content in context of keywords, better it is for Google. When Google search throws up relevant content, the transaction is complete. Otherwise, the transaction is a failure — there is no sale. This means the primary consideration is relevant content. Note that it is not quality content, it is not great Shakespearian language, it is not rocket science — it is relevant content. Your content must be relevant to specific keyword. Your website must provide content relevant to keywords. This is where most of us go wrong. We think that content means loads of great writing. It’s not. Keep it simple — connect keywords with content. That’s what Google wants.

    Where do links come into the picture?
    Logically, content should be the only criteria for search engine ranking. But Google for reasons, which to me are not logical, seem to attach importance to incoming links. This can be easily manipulated and it is. Website owners buy, cajole, push and demand links. They build a huge list of back links. Google on its part equates back links with popularity. I beg to differ. When search becomes more refined in future, back links will become irrelevant. But for now they are a factor to reckon with. For now, as a website owner, you would do well to get as many back links as possible.

    Conclusion
    The backbone of Google search philosophy rests on two pillars — content and back links. Get these two rights and you will rule Google search results.

    An avid blogger, Manish Pavan likes to delve into aspects of monetizing the internet. He is a link building specialist at iNetZeal who provides link building service and SEO services.

    A look inside Top Sites’ Data Centres

    3

    by Jasmine S

    Have you ever wondered how your favorite sites — Facebook, YouTube and Google – handle the vast traffic that they receive every day? What is it that enables them to cope with the millions of site visits each day? The answer lies in data centers, which house servers and other IT equipment needed to power the websites. In these data centers, network and security support are also provided to ensure that the websites are always up and running optimally.

    Peer1 Hosting created the following infographic which features the most visited websites of the world and the data centers that keep them running.

    Top Sites Infographic

    Facebook, which is most likely the first site that you access every day, holds 11% of traffic share volume. With more than 550 million users and one million websites that have incorporated Facebook’s platform, it requires a data center that is capable of managing the 100 million new photos that are uploaded each day and 700 statuses that are posted each second. This is equivalent to 25,600GB of log data daily. So what are Facebook’s “secrets” to handling this amount of traffic and data?

    At the moment, there are at least 9 third-party data centers located in the US to cope with the traffic that Facebook receives from all over the world. About 60,000 servers power Facebook, taking up between 10,000 to 35,000 square feet of space which cost Facebook $50 million a year to lease. The power used in those data centers can power up to 4,615 homes for a month. Now that’s some astounding figures, aren’t they? Thankfully, Facebook has realized the amount of carbon footprints that they are leaving, so their new data center will be an energy-efficient one that is able to reduce carbon dioxide emissions by 1,065 tonnes a year and save 2.5 million kWh.

    Now, let’s take a look at Google who holds second place behind Facebook in online traffic shares. The most popular search engine holds 8% of traffic share and receives more than 1 billion searches a day. Interestingly, Google doesn’t want to reveal the location of their data centers, citing their security as well as ours. However, we do know that they have about 36 data centers which are primarily centered in the US (19 data centers) and the Europe (12). Google claims to have the most energy-efficient data centers in the world where lead-acid batteries that are used for each server, resulting in energy efficiency of 99.9%.

    Former traffic leader, Yahoo, has an interesting data center called a “computing coop” in Lockport, New York. This center has a long narrow layout that resembles a chicken coop and utilizes a natural air flow and winds to keep servers cool. Yahoo’s effort in reducing energy doesn’t just stop there. Most of their data centers in New York are hydroelectric-powered by the Niagara Falls! This leads to 40% less electricity and 95% less water used than a regular data center.

    Now let’s look at how the most popular blogging platform and the largest open-source blogging service copes. There are more than 18 million blogs hosted on WordPress with 310 new posts made every minute. Some of WordPress’ data centers are owned by PEER1 Hosting, a company who has 17 data centers located across the US and Europe.

    With the facts and figures provided by the above interesting infographic, you can now imagine the sheer quantity of data that goes through the data centers and the amount of power needed each time you log onto your Facebook account, make a search on Google, check your Yahoo! mail or write a new blog post on WordPress!

    Jasmine is an experienced web developer, web consultant and web hosting enthusiast. She is also the chief editor at Top 10 Web Hosting — a web hosting review and resources website.

    5 Things Your Webmaster Won’t Tell You

    3

    by Stephanie Padovani

    I remember how frustrated, overwhelmed and just plain lost I felt when it came to our website seven years ago. We had a good-looking site, but we just weren’t getting traffic and working with our “webmaster” was a nightmare; it took months…and scads of cash…to get anything changed.

    Today I manage our websites myself. Thanks to the magic of “content management systems” like WordPress and Joomla, I can upload new articles and images, add features and make changes on my website when and how I want.

    It’s been a long, hard journey. So I’d like to share some tips your webmaster probably isn’t going to tell you so that you can avoid some of the painful mistakes I’ve made.

    1. Make sure your domain name and hosting are registered in your own name.

    When we set up our first website for our wedding business, we just wanted someone to do it all for us. When our webmaster offered to take care of our hosting, we were thrilled that it was one less thing we had to do.

    Unfortunately, when we had a parting of ways and wanted to move our website to a new host, we found out that we couldn’t do it because our hosting account was in his name.

    If your domain and hosting account is registered in your webmaster’s name, he or she technically owns your website…including all your images, videos and text.

    Most webmasters are going to be reasonable about this, but you can prevent any issues over the ownership of your domain and website contents by making sure everything is registered on an account in your name.

    2. You CAN manage your own website.

    If you can edit a Word document, copy and paste, and send and receive email, you can manage a WordPress website. You don’t have to be a programmer or a tech-wizard.

    The old-school website designers don’t want you to know this because they want you to come to them for every little change and adjustment on your website. It’s good for business.

    But if you have your website set up on a WordPress platform, you can add and make changes to your heart’s content. You can even limit your own access and do automatic backups to prevent yourself from messing something up.

    If you want someone to do everything for you and you’re happy to pay someone for the privilege of not thinking about it, a traditional webmaster may work just fine. But it doesn’t HAVE to be that way.

    3. A website designer is typically good at programming or designing…but not both.

    When we go to a website designer to get a site built, we expect them to be good at the technical side of the website (programming, coding, functionality) and the design side (graphics, aesthetics, artistry.)

    These are two very different activities and few website designers excel at both of them. In many cases, you’ll hire someone who is very good at the technical side, but mediocre or even lousy when it comes to artistic design. Or you may find an artistic designer who isn’t as competent when it comes to building the site.

    Keep this in mind if you’re hiring a single person to design your website. Most programmers partner with a designer to cover all the bases.

    4. Templates and themes can get you a beautiful, professional website at a very reasonable cost.

    A template is a pre-done layout for your website. When most people think of using a “template” they assume it means their website is going to be boring or generic.

    However, there are thousands of WordPress templates that are both gorgeous and functional. By choosing one that offers most of the features you want and then hiring a programmer to modify it to your liking, you can have a unique website at a fraction of the cost of a website that is custom-designed from scratch.

    5. I’m not an SEO expert and I don’t care if your website gets you visitors and leads.

    Just because someone can build a professional website that does not automatically mean they will set it up so that you get found in the search engines. And just because they’re a brilliant programmer, that doesn’t mean they’re going to design a website that makes money for you.

    If your site looks good and functions well, but no one knows it’s there, you have a problem. If visitors land on your site never buy, you’re not going to be in business for long.

    Most website designers are in the business of building websites. They don’t teach you how to use them or how to set them up to get targeted traffic for your business.

    That’s another reason content management systems like WordPress come in handy. WordPress websites are search engine friendly right out of the box; a few minor tweaks to the settings and Google will love you. It can be more difficult and costly to set things up optimally with your webmaster, and many of them don’t understand or follow the nuances of SEO.

    Do you love or hate your website? Leave a comment and tell me about it.

    Stephanie Padovani shares oodles of wedding business marketing tips at BookMoreBrides.com.

    Google Profiles is a Useful Tool for Business

    9

    Google Profile is a feature available to anyone who has a Gmail address. It is beneficial for both personal and business purposes. The profile set up takes only a few moments and is a quick, simple way to create an online brand.

    It should be noted that Google Profiles are not the same as Google Places, which are pages strictly for businesses.

    A Google Profile will provide a central hub of information when a name is searched. The individual has complete control over what content is displayed and can carefully control online reputation. The profile also provides an easy way to pull together all links and profiles associated with the individual and is useful for generating more traffic to a website.

    When setting up the profile, it is vital to include keywords in the Description and Occupation area that describe the individual and what they or their business does. The map should match the locale of the business. It is also important to add the address and phone number of the business and make it visible to all the contacts. Google will also be able to see this information and use it to assign ranking. Search visibility should always be turned to on.

    The most critical step of all is using the vanity URL option. This will make the profile more unique and memorable and much easier to find.

    Google Profiles often produce immediate results. Within minutes after set up, a search of the profile will show the profile ranked far above many hundreds of thousands of results. This is a big step up for any business and it’s free.

    Google Profiles play a part in an effective social media strategy. In combination with Google Buzz, they are the next big thing in online promotion and reputation management. Not all businesses are a good fit for Google Profiles, though. The individual or business owner should do a search within the profiles themselves to see how common their type of business is. For example, a profile search for hair stylists will bring up a large number of results, as will any type of food or a professional service, such as doctors or lawyers. It is up to the individual to decide whether Google Profiles would provide any benefit.

    Melissa Schraiber is a member of the research team at fatwallet.com, home of hp coupons.

    How to get yourself out of a blogging rut

    0

    by Peter Falconer

    So you’ve hit a brick wall with your writing. You feel like you’re not getting anywhere with your blog. A lack of comments to your posts, engagement on your Twitter account and rankings in the search engines have started to get you down. You’re probably wondering if you should throw in the towel right? Wrong, you’ve only just begun.

    Developing a well-respected and popular blog can take a lot of time. You are competing against any number of people to get your message across and with the amount of spam and general background noise out there on the web it can be a real tough battle. But don’t give up. Hope is at hand. You need to stay the course and work things through for so long as quality and message are at the forefront of your efforts you will make a success of your blog, and here’s how.

    1. Stay positive. Feeling morose about the number of readers on your blog has no doubt led to a negative feedback loop developing within your writing style and comments. Nip that in the bud straight away. It’s not going to do you any good and it certainly isn’t going to impress your readers.

    Whilst a little self-deprecating humour can go a long way too much morose conversation is enough to put even the best of friends off at times. By all means be honest in your writing about your state of mind and condition but make sure to make yourself the butt of the joke.

    People like to know they are not the only loser out there so a little empathy and honesty can go a real long way. After all nobody deep down likes the know-it-all’s or the talented egotists so reach out and fill that void by making people warm to you and your situation.

    2. Be realistic with your time commitments. A daily blogging schedule is tantamount to a full time occupation. When you’re not writing you’re thinking about ideas for future posts, reflecting on the poor choices you’ve made, questioning your on-going promotion strategy and worrying about how to get everything done, still maintain a happy homestead, hold down a job and find time to sleep. It can become a 24/7 cycle of guilt, misery and moaning.

    So do yourself a favour and plan what is realistically within your means and then stick to it. A well written, thoughtful, researched post that goes out just once a week is better than a confused mess of random posts throughout it.

    Plan out what you want to write about, clear some space to write and then take the time to edit the piece until you are happy. Whilst the combined hours may come close to the time it previously took to write 2, 3 or even 4 posts, the improvement in quality should ensure that any reader who happens upon it will be that much more engaged and encouraged to share it with friends and colleagues.

    3. A change is as good as a rest. If you’ve been in a rut step out of it by trying out a new subject matter. The research and investigation required in order to write authoritatively on the topic may very well inspire thoughts and ideas that have previously been blanketed in a fug of repetition.

    Like a fine aged wine take the time to swill the heady mixture of free and fresh thought before sitting down to write. You’ll know you have hit a rich seam when the words overtake your mind and come spilling out onto the page.

    Take inspiration from recent reviews, articles, investigations, comment, DVD’s or something you’ve witnessed. Whatever it is embrace it and look at things afresh.

    That is what blogging should all be about, not some constrained enslavement to deadlines and repetition.

    4. Befriend your fellow bloggers. Do not act in isolation. Leave thoughtful comments with those in your niche which prompt a response. Most bloggers will return the favour by checking out your posts. This could be just the encouragement you need to continue.

    It’s also worth posing a fresh question to end each blog post. Think Carry in Sex in the City as she left a question hanging at the end of each episode. The same applies to blogging.

    5. Spend time in social media channels. Promote, promote, promote. Create a Facebook page for your blog. Automatically upload all your posts to it using RSS Graffiti. Auto sync your Twitter account with the RSS feed from your blog. Cover these basics and then interact with the two communities. Post messages, invite people to be friends, reply to all @mentions on Twitter, join groups and contribute on Facebook, become known as the go to guy/gal for advice on the given topic and you should see your community of regular blog readers grow without a problem.

    And if you’re still stuck after all this then see me after class!

    Peter regularly writes about social media, small business issues and more. He operates a successful ecommerce store selling havaianas flip flops online.

    Differences between Dedicated and Private Cloud Hosting

    8

    by Jonathon Linnell

    Cloud computing is growing in popularity among companies, but businesses may not be aware of the differences between cloud hosting and dedicated hosting. Understanding the differences can lead to greater profitability.

    Dedicated hosting allots private servers to the hiring company. A business is usually able to have their choice of hardware, operating system, and related technical capabilities with dedicated hosting. A company can also select a hosting provider if they do not have an internal technical department. Dedicated hosting typically has a fixed operating cost per month.

    The strengths of dedicated hosting include control over the server, more flexibility than shared hosting, and set prices. Dedicated hosting has been a traditional computing choice for businesses of all sizes.

    A business draws from a common pool of computing resources when using public cloud hosting. The cloud has the potential to be significantly larger than a dedicated server’s resources depending upon the host. Public cloud hosting usually has pay-as-you-go billing, and businesses can spend a high or low amount depending upon their computing needs.

    The advantages of cloud hosting include availability, redundancy, and scalability. Cloud computing services have a shorter track record than dedicated servers, but hybrid and standalone versions of cloud hosting have become popular among certain industries.

    Availability, redundancy, and scalability provide significant benefits to businesses. Availability ensures that domestic and international customers have constant access to a company’s applications, retail products, and services. Increased availability allows businesses to market to more potential customers.

    Redundancy prevents a company’s offerings from being knocked offline by an unexpected event such as a natural disaster or power outage. Extended hosting downtime or long outages can be fatal for smaller businesses.

    Although redundancy can include various protective measures, a simple redundancy protocol is placing computing resources in two different locations. Large companies might maintain two separate properties, but smaller businesses can patronize hosts with multiple data center locations.

    Scalability allows a company to grow on demand. For example, a small business might introduce a toy that becomes an overnight success. The small company’s infrastructure might be overwhelmed by customer demand if they cannot scale their computing services up at a fast pace. An overwhelmed infrastructure leads to downtime and lost sales.

    Dedicated hosting requires businesses to predict their potential growth. Cloud computing can be purchased on demand, but the computing time can be expensive.

    Popular tool suites such as VMware vSphere or Microsoft’s Hyper-V can help small companies migrate some of their data or services into private cloud hosting. Setting up a private cloud will generally involve virtualization of the servers, storage, and networks for companies that are starting from scratch. The exact steps will vary from business to business depending upon their computing needs, customer demands, and the existing technical requirements.

    Cloud hosting and dedicated hosting each have their fans. While one company may succeed with cloud hosting, a different business might be more profitable with dedicated hosting. Consider the pros and cons of each style of hosting before making a final decision.

    UKFast are a hosting provider of Windows and Linux dedicated server solutions as well as vSphere and Hyper-V virtualisation and cloud hosting specialists.

    3 Reasons Why Your Business Should Be Blogging

    1

    by Jessica Wagner

    It’s not going to work if you simply have a web site and you’re expecting all of the business to just fall in your lap. In today’s, Internet ruled, market every business needs to be using every tool that’s available to them and that includes the huge power of social media. Not just Facebook and LinkedIn but having your business create a blog can make a huge impact on your success.

    CREATING A PRESENCE:
    First and foremost, it’s about presence. Every business needs to establish themselves. By creating a blog, you’ll be able to offer up information about your various features and services and it’s one of the easiest and quickest ways to get attention to yourself, as well as affordable. As industry leaders and entrepreneurs like Neil Patel, who currently runs a site that teaches people how to play online poker, have stated that it’s essential to increase your online presence by utilizing the many tools of social media.

    BUILDING UP THE CLIENTELE
    Simply put, a blog get’s the world out and helps you attract new customers. By creating new posts and articles you’re increasing your content. Consider using your blog as another location that you can utilize the power of off-site optimization. This is when you create links in online content that direct people back to your web site where they can then learn more about your services. This has often been considered one of the most effective approaches to SEO that’s been employed by highly successful companies, like KISSmetrics.

    INCREASING YOUR RANKING:
    Blogs and various feeds often increase a web site’s search ranking. This is essential for businesses to succeed on the web given the fact that if your ranking is too low, you’re not likely to attract new business. You can design your blog to where every time you update it, the search engine is then notified and you can increase your online profile and ranking.

    There are other incredibly important things you should be doing with a blog that usually go without saying. If you’re using it to increase awareness of your web site or business then you need to remain active in the online community. This is for a multitude of reasons such as: staying connected with your base, creating new/fresh content so your business seems vibrant and active, and remaining relevant to fluctuating social changes. If you’re doing all of these things then there’s no reason why your business couldn’t benefit exponentially from employing the use of a blog. Even if it is just to increase your company’s online rep.

    Jessica Wagner is a freelance writer who dreams of one day owning her own business. Until then, she writes about entrepreneurship.

    Does B2B Really Need to Worry about Social Marketing?

    0

    by Alan Grainger

    If you’re involved in any kind of online marketing, or if you just happen to be aged 14, then the chances are you will have active Facebook profiles, Gmail accounts and you are constantly Tweeting your thoughts to the world. It’s only natural for those whose lives are absorbed by climbing the Google rankings and getting their latest website a huge following to be constantly logged in to their various social media accounts.

    It is this mentality that Google are hoping to tap into with their recent announcement stating they are going to integrate your social media followers into their SERPS and introduce a +1 button to rival the success of the Facebook “Like” button.

    While this is all great if you are constantly signed into your various social accounts, the reality can be a little different if you are browsing the net at work. So how will all of these changes affect the B2B marketer and do you need to change your approach to become more social?

    The “Signing In” Conundrum

    It is more and more common for people to be signed-in to their Facebook and Twitter accounts when browsing the net at home, with both social networks showing regular increases in users. As Google seeks to banish the spammers and come up with a more reliable way of pointing their users towards websites that they will actually like, they have started incorporating websites that your friends and followers on Facebook and Twitter have liked, giving you personalised recommendations as part of your search engine experience.

    This is great if you are signed in to Facebook but at work this could prove to be a bit of a problem.

    Unless you are employed in web marketing, the chances are that your boss will flip out at the sight of you visiting Facebook in work time. Despite the fact that more and more businesses are turning to the likes of Facebook to sell their wares, the over-riding impression of social networks is still as a means of chatting to your friends and checking up on your old girl/boyfriends, so the sight of a Facebook window open on your work PC means only one thing, slacking!

    The trouble with many of these developments in search engine rankings is that they depend on the user being signed in to many accounts for them to work, something that is not always possible when you are in the office. So given this fact, do B2B marketers really need to worry about improving their “Like” count and dragging themselves into the world of social networking?

    The Future of Social Search Integration

    Google has always relied on one thing more than any other to guide its rankings, links. In the world of search engine marketing, links are like gold and the better the links the more they are worth to a website. But with the advent of social networks, this ranking algorithm is becoming increasingly flawed and a principal that chooses to ignore the millions of recommendations that occur through Facebook and Twitter is surely only doomed to failure.

    Rather than seeing the current integration between Google and Facebook/Twitter as an end in itself, with the user needing to be logged in to both their social network and Google accounts to see an effect, it should be seen as more of a work in progress. This is a sign that Google are finally starting to take what is shared in the social sphere seriously, and those in the B2B world should see this as a sign to start getting their social house in order.

    Although at the moment it is hard to see how the latest integration of social media will affect B2B rankings, it can only be a matter of time before what people are Tweeting and Liking will help to drive how the results appear in the search engines, in fact it is already happening on Bing. Rather than seeing these changes as an end in themselves, see them as a sign of the direction that Google is about to take and get your social house in order before it starts to affect your online business.

    Alan Grainger is an in-house B2B web marketer and manages SEO strategy for The Corporate Gifts Company, a specialist in the business gifts sector. He writes articles giving an “in the trenches” view from an in-house B2B SEO department.

    9 Slammin’ Reasons you Need a Custom Facebook App for Your Business

    2

    by Veronica Davis

    The business world is a constantly changing one that few learn the ropes of and many get burned trying. As any successful business owner can tell you, there are certain things that are the life blood of any business. These specifics are what separate the fly by nights and the long lasting businesses.

    One major change that has been going on throughout is the implementation of the internet and a working website. As most owners have chosen to follow in the ways of SEO optimization; some go one step further. To be straight forward, to get ahead in this day and age you’re going to need to do things that set you apart from the rest. One innovative way to get ahead of the competition is to be one of the few with a custom Facebook app.

    Slammin’ Reason #1 – Exposure!

    One of the best reasons to invest in a custom Facebook app for your company is for exposure. Facebook has steadily increased its user base tenfold from when it first started and there is most likely a huge percentage of that waiting for an app that you could provide. Get your business name out there and become the next big thing to hit the market.

    Slammin’ Reason #2 – Increase your Worth!

    Custom Facebook Apps can help you brand yourself! Remember when Farmville first came out on Facebook? It became one of the most popular applications on Facebook and also blew up the name Zynga (Farmville Creator). Add value to your business through a custom Facebook app. It doesn’t have to be an extravagant app that costs $25k to build.

    Slammin’ Reason #3 – Interact with your Customers!

    If your business already has a following, investing in a FB application is still worth it. A Facebook application would allow them to connect with you on a more personal basis whether it is through new updates, new or daily deals, feedback on new products or services. Keep your customers important on Facebook and profits will take care of themselves!

    Slammin’ Reason #4 – Out with the Old, In with the new!

    For a while now businesses have been making the switch from pure paper publishing to putting themselves all over the net. Once upon a time, comments and the forum experience were getting popular. Get in on a Facebook application before it becomes last year’s thing. The last thing you want is a consumer choosing a competitor because they seem more new school.

    Slammin’ Reason #5 – Run Events and Contests Easily!

    Provide a reason for customers to check back often as well as constantly think about your business. A FB app would allow you to keep in contact with the participants and send out information to everyone instead of individually. It will save time and a lot of effort.

    Slammin’ Reason #6 – Spread your Organizations Mission Statement!

    If you’re a charity or a business out for profit, let people know what you wish to accomplish. Spread your company’s ideals and let the public know your businesses personality. Customers want to know who they are going to be paying. Solidify the sale by letting them know you are a real business and someone they can trust.

    Slammin’ Reason #7 – Interact with Employees

    For the same reason a custom Facebook app would benefit consumers; Help the workforce out with easy access to daily goals, motivational quotes, and just to get more personal with your people.

    Slammin’ Reason #8 – Gain Valuable Insight on your Market

    A good application could help you identify what your customer base needs. Run monthly surveys of how many downloads you get and who the primary consumers were. This, in turn will help you plan future products and services so that the likelihood of it being successful is more.

    Slammin’ reason #9 – Collaborate with Other Businesses

    The proper Facebook application can leave your business open to other business owners just like you to contact you. This might stem new business ventures for both parties and could quite possibly bring your business to the next echelon. Networking, networking, networking is a fundamental key to expansion; because sometimes it’s not what you know, it’s who you know.

    Try your hand at Facebook apps and gain exposure like you have never seen before for your business. Facebook apps can be listed in the directory once your app has 10 users, where millions of people are browsing each day. Provide something useful or fun that’s related to your business. Offer value, collect a mailing list, share videos or daily random deals… the sky is the limit.

    Veronica Davis is an online business consultant helping businesses grow and succeed online. Custom Facebook apps is only one of several ways she recommends that businesses look into. You can learn more at vGal.

    5 Tips for Using Photos & Images to Boost Your Local Business

    3

    by Chris Marentis

    People respond well to visuals, especially ones that stand out and make a statement. Using photos and images for your business is a low-cost and effective way to promote your company and create a brand image. In fact, a survey conducted by UK firm BrightLocal in 1Q of this year found that 60% of survey respondents confirmed that when images came up in local business search results, they were more apt to contact or at least consider that business compared to those businesses where images didn’t show up, and only 20% of respondents said images didn’t impact their decision at all.

    So, as a smart and savvy business owner, you want to make sure you’re incorporating images into your marketing strategy to help you stand out amongst other local businesses, which can be done by utilizing the following five tips:

    Take Before and after photos: Consumers respond well to before and after photos of a job well done. Whether you’re a home services contractor, a real estate agent, or an interior designer, take photos to promote your business and to have something to show your clients so they can truly see the difference you’ve made after completing a job.

    Tag photos online with GEO modifiers: Google’s Panoramio allows you to post photos with GEO modifiers, which helps with SEO and local search engine rankings. You want to include your business location, or the location of the job, in addition to relevant keywords.

    Create synergy with social media sites: Be sure to post your link from Panoramio on all of your social media sites, including your blog, FaceBook, Twitter and LinkedIn pages. You can also post all of your before and after pictures directly onto FaceBook for your target audience to view, or post photos of events, training sessions, employees and anything related to your business to keep your viewers informed and interested.

    Use images in Google Places: Be sure to claim your Google Place page and update it with all of your information, including a photo of your business or business’ logo at a minimum, especially based on the stats above!

    Have fun with it, but be professional! Using images for your business helps build your brand and brings life to what you’re doing as a company, from jobs to projects to events, so it’s important to maintain a professional image with everything you use to post and promote your business.

    Images are important to boost your online presence, so incorporate these tips that we’ve found to work for our clients when building their local business brand, SEO and search engine rankings.

    Chris Marentis writes from experience about lead generation, closing the sale and leveraging social media. He is the founder and CEO for a local internet marketing company Surefire Social, a resource for local search marketing professional services.

    Believing In Success Is the Secret

    0

    by Adam W. Warner

    What You Believe Will Happen is Usually What Happens

    It took me years to understand that most of my failures were caused by one thing. Me.

    Don’t get me wrong here, there were undoubtedly circumstances beyond my immediate control that affected my ability to succeed and attain my goals but you are more in control of guiding your paths than you realize.

    It’s all in the mind. Or rather, the mindset.

    I was raised in a blue collar working family. Life was good. As kids, we had what we needed. Clothes, toys, bicycles, and food on the table. We were taught verbally and by example that a strong work ethic and a hard day’s work equaled success and that doing this meant “The Company” would take care of you and your family.

    I took this belief and attitude with me throughout high school and college and straight onto the factory floor. I became a dedicated worker and within a few years I was leading my department. I felt I had “arrived” and that I could finally settle into life and fall in line with the rest of America.

    Eat, work, sleep, putter around the house on the weekend, and a two week vacation in July every year. This was my mindset and the limit of my goals. I’m not saying that this is a wrong way to live, it just wasn’t enough for me. I needed more but didn’t know how to achieve it.

    My First Business

    Even though I was making a comfortable wage and living a comfortable existence, there was a fire starting to burn inside me. I needed an outlet for my creative side and after working a few years in the factory, I slowly started to realize that I didn’t want to spend another 30 years in that same building. I needed more.

    Because my background was in Art, and because I enjoyed it, I started selling hand-drawn portraits to my co-workers of their loved ones. After I sold the first few I remember thinking “this is going to be big” and that I was going to be able to retire early. That dream quickly came to an end when I realized I had exhausted my customer base (the 50 or so people I worked with).

    Back to the Grind and Forced Out

    I settled back into my belief that I was never going to succeed on my own. That old mindset. I had tried and failed, and that was it. Two ten minute breaks and one twenty minute lunch for the rest of my working life were all I had to look forward to.

    Then September 11th, 2001 arrived. In the months afterword, the layoffs started. Most of the company’s projects at the time were governments contracts and because budgets were getting smaller so was our work load. I was terrified that my safe little world would soon come to an end. At the same time though, I was secretly hoping that I would be one of the first to lose their job.

    The Choice That Changed My Life

    I did lose my job…and it was one of the pivotal moments in life that forced me to decide what path I would take, and what mindset I would choose to adopt. Was I going to continue to let other people and circumstances control my choices? Or was I going to face my fears of the unknown with only persistence and the belief that there was something more in store for me?

    I chose the latter. I gave my landlord notice that I would be leaving the state, as well as my family (who thought I was making a very bad choice) and loaded up my car with whatever would fit after leaving enough space for my trusting and loyal Chocolate Lab. We hit the open road to parts unknown. I had no real plan to speak of, and that was not like me at all.

    I was taking a risk into the unknown for the first time in my life. I believed that I would succeed. I visualized myself as the owner a successful business and one in which I was truly happy. I let go of all my preconceived notions of what I “should” be doing or how life was “supposed” to be lived.

    And then it happened. Little by little, inch by inch, by one positive belief to the next. True business success and happiness started to come to me. Or rather, I started to attract it by visualizing and believing it to be true.

    I had changed my mindset and by doing so, I had changed my path and my future.

    You can do exactly the same for yourself and your business…if that’s what you truly want to happen.

    Adam W. Warner runs WP Pro Business.

    How to Write a Great “About Us” Page

    12

    by Julie Anne Eason

    It’s not about you. Sorry. Not even on your very own “About Us” page. This is the one place people most often forget the “What’s In It For Me” rule. Every single page on your website should be visitor-focused, talking about what’s most important to them. And this goes for your About page, too. As soon as you start focusing on yourself instead of the visitor, you’re going to lose them.

    What is an “About Us” page anyway?

    The purpose of the About page is to build your credibility. People only buy from businesses they know, like and trust. Your About page might be the only chance you get to really show the visitor who you are and what you’re, well, about. But wait a minute, doesn’t that contradict what I just said? It’s impossible to write about yourself in a visitor-focused way, right? Wrong.

    Here’s how to do both at the same time.

    Let’s use a hypothetical example of an information product and coaching program called The High Performance Parent. (Don’t look for it, I just made it up.)

    1) Start on the same page as your visitor. You want to get them nodding their head “yes” and agreeing with you on the reason they’re even on your site to begin with. Use the word “you” in the very first sentence, and you’ll be off to a great start.

    Have you ever wondered how some parents seem to have it all together? They have perfectly behaved, well-dressed kids and their homes are always spotless. How do they manage all that while holding down a full-time job, shopping, cooking, and finding time to hit the gym a few times a week?

    2) Let them know you were just like them. No one wants to feel alone, they want to know you were there, too. Now is the time to start introducing yourself.

    As a busy mom of 4, I used to go crazy watching those “perfect” moms effortlessly go about their day, when it was all I could do to get everyone out the door on time with something resembling lunch in their bags.

    3) Tell your “story of struggle”–what you went through to get where you are today. Then introduce your philosophy, who you help and how you do business. Now that the visitor knows you understand their problem, you can talk more about yourself and your solution.

    I was tired of being short-tempered with my kids and having no energy left at the end of the day. There had to be a better way to organize myself and manage my time. So, I sought out counselors and bought programs and talked to those perfect moms on my block to find out how they did it.

    What I found was that people don’t give themselves enough credit for the good they do. They spend too much time focusing on what they haven’t accomplished and blaming themselves for their shortcomings. Our philosophy is that every parent can be a great parent, given the right tools and encouragement.

    4) Introduce your product or service and explain how it can help the visitor. You can also include other clients you’ve worked with or other credibility builders here.

    After years of reading and researching, I finally put together a system that really works. The High Performance Parent is a program I created to help parents cope with the pressures of modern day life. If you’re ready to stop blaming yourself for being unorganized and ready to start getting more done and having more energy at the end of the day, I urge you to give this program a try.

    Do you see how it’s possible to stay visitor-focused even on an About Us page?

    By keeping your words “you” centered instead of “me” or “I” centered, the visitor keeps reading right through to the end. And the more you can get them to nod their heads and say “yes” “uh-huh” “oh, that is SO me!” …the easier you’ll make the sale.

    Speaking of sales

    You do have a call to action on your About Us page, don’t you? Don’t leave the visitor hanging; tell them what to do next. A strong call to action either to buy the product or to click through to another page is necessary to keep them from leaving your site.

    It doesn’t matter if you’re an affiliate marketer, info marketer or selling hard goods and services online, you can use these tips to improve any kind of bio page, including social media profiles. The goal is to keep them reading and connecting with you as a person, so do it in a way that interests them. And watch your profits soar.

    Could you use a great freelance copywriter to handle your sales pages, autoresponders and other marketing materials? Julie Anne Eason specializes in writing copy that converts by hooking into the emotions and psychology of every customer. You can find out more on her website,

    What to do with Category Pages

    0

    by Melissa Wright

    There can be a lot of confusion setting up category pages, as there is a lot of uncertainty about the benefits and drawbacks. Category pages should be set up to have relevant text on them above the listing of blog posts or products. This will help turn the category pages into optimized landing pages.

    Unfortunately, a few problems still remain with category (or tag) pages as they can create duplicate content and keyword cannibalization problems; these problems scale exponentially with the size of your site.

    Duplicate Content
    This is a problem for both blogs and ecommerce sites as a product or a blog post often falls under multiple categories. As such when the content associated with this item is replicated across all relevant categories, these category pages are inherently populated with duplicate content.

    Keyword Cannibalization
    In most cases, the only things that changes on category pages are the duplicate content and the page title. Most category pages either have no text or utilize template text. While this is typically ok as the template text and page title are usually enough for Google to realize which keywords are being targeted, the keyword cannibalization comes into play when you are dealing with category page pagination.

    In most cases the template text is repeated across the pagination. Additionally, the page titles either don’t change or simply appends “page 2” to the end of the page title. This means that every paginated category page is targeting the same phrase as the primary category page.

    While these problems can seem daunting, there are a few solutions:

    Unique Text
    To differentiate category pages as much as possible, you should write completely unique text for each category page. While this isn’t the easiest to scale and can be time consuming, creating completely unique text for category pages is significant and is critical to ranking category pages.

    Noindex,Follow
    To prevent keyword cannibalization, with paginated category pages, you want to put a meta robots “noindex,follow” command on the paginated category pages. This will prevent the paginated pages from being indexed, solving the keyword cannibalization problems often associated with pagination. The reason to use this tag over the robots.txt file is that the meta robots tag will allow search engines to still crawl the page; this will allow search engines to use category pages to discover content and pass any link juice associated with these category pages to the linked to pages.

    An Experimental Approach
    While the meta robots “noindex,follow” tag is a tried and true tactic that will solve keyword cannibalization problems, any link juice associated with category pagination pages is somewhat lost due to the noindex. This juice can be passed to the pages it links to but this page will not be indexed by Google so it can’t rank for anything.

    To maximize the concentration of link juice on the primary category page, you can try implementing the rel canonical tag on the paginated pages. Though this should concentrate the link equity on the primary category page, there can be undesirable effects. Unfortunately since this tag is new and Google does not always treat it the same, there is no guaranteeing the outcome. While I have seen this help, Google may not read the links on the page (though it should). This would be good to test first on a small category to see how Google reacts to this on your site.

    Melissa Wright is an experienced SEO with years of helping sites attract visitors. Recently, she has started her own blog, Melissa Writes.

    Mapping Patterns of Internet Marketing Success

    3

    by Kaiser Mangampo

    Although there are still a lot of businesses that choose to stick to offline marketing, more and more companies, big and small alike, are shifting to the benefits and advantages that the Internet has to offer.

    It is undeniable that, indeed, a lot of entrepreneurs find it too risky to venture to online marketing because of lingering doubts on account security, efficiency to increase sales, mastering new techniques in promotion and advertising, and studying how to use the internet in doing business. To put it simply, internet marketing is a new concept for most seasoned businessmen, and the learning curve is just too tedious to bridge especially if competition is very stiff.

    Regardless of these fears, however, internet marketing has already come a long way since it started making waves in the 1990’s. And, for a business strategy to get this kind of credibility and popularity in almost two decades since it was first tried, internet marketing is surely something worth venturing on.

    What could account for this kind of reputation? Simple. Despite all foreseen problems that this business strategy could bring, its benefits are much more overwhelming. This explains the kind of patronage it has garnered in the recent years.

    The most major advantage that marketing online has is that it was able to answer some of the major problems that offline businesses experience. These are the cost and scope of promotions.

    In traditional offline business, bigger companies that can afford the extravagant cost of advertising have the edge over their competitors who do not have enough resources to fund such promotional strategies. Yet, with the availability of online marketing, anybody could advertise from scratch. Yes, there might also be paid Internet marketing advertising, but other businesses have the option of doing this for free. The difference between paid and free advertising online is not much with regards to result so long as the one using free promotions is equipped with guaranteed techniques.

    The scope of advertising is also limitless. So long as a person has internet access, he could become a potential audience for promotion. This means that it has become much easier for local businesses to expand their target customers and they can do so without having to put up franchises in different regions. Social networking sites, the most common trend nowadays, do not only bridge relationships. They have also become a very effective way of letting everybody know across the globe that somebody in Japan sells car accessories. With offline businesses, this can only become possible if that Japanese car accessory dealer spends millions of dollars for advertisement.

    It should also be noted that the Internet is always evolving, thus also is online marketing. This makes the playing field even. Seniority will not be a very big factor in the success of an industry. New businesses will have more leverage in toppling and competing against much bigger and older businesses granting these new businesses have enough skills and talent to maximize the potentials of online marketing.

    Surely, there will still be a lot of offline businesses that would refuse to expand their reaches through online marketing. This is the choice that they have to make. However, with the great things that Internet marketing has to offer, it is with great certainty that these businesses will surely have a lot to lose in the long run.

    Kaiser Mangampo is a blogger from Philippines and the founder of Kaiser Webs Solutions.

    Five Reasons To Use the Word ‘Cheap’ in Your Website Content

    4

    by Jason Lancaster

    Cheap doesn’t necessarily mean low-quality. Cheap can mean “charging or obtainable at a low price,” according to the Merriam-Webster Dictionary. If the product/service you provide is of quality, but also available at a low price, then by all means, use the word cheap in your website content!

    1. Use the word cheap, because you are, in fact, cheap!

    If you pride yourself on the value you provide and you know that your prices are the lowest on the market, then say so! In addition to just stating it, you could also offer a price matching guarantee like WalMart or offer periodic online door buster sales to highlight your low prices.

    You should also ask a customer who loves you to share a testimonial about your wonderfully cheap prices. It’s always better to have someone else tout your greatness.

    2. Your customers want cheap

    Get feedback from your customers about why they chose to buy from you. Whether it’s an informal phone call or a complex survey, you need to know why people buy. If your customers value your cheap product/service, then call that out in your web content.

    3. Your customers DON’T want cheap

    When your customers don’t want cheap and would rather have the best at whatever price that may be, then call that out, too. Web content can be just as effective if you say what you don’t do.

    4. Keyword research reveals “cheap”

    Search engine keyword research will reveal what people search for on the web. If a high volume of folks use the words cheap, cheaper, cheapest when they search — i.e. they search Google for cheap Toyota parts – then guess what? You should incorporate cheap into your website content to make sure those people can find you.

    5. Cheap leads to impulsive purchasing

    If your product/service costs thousands of dollars, you’re less likely to get an impulsive buy from anyone. But if you sell a $3 gadget, then why wouldn’t I buy RIGHT NOW? Especially if you can prove in the web content that it’s the best $3 I’ll spend that day. Say you’re cheap, but also say WHY I should buy NOW.

    About The Author: Jason Lancaster is the president of Spork Marketing, LLC, an Internet marketing consulting company.

    Using a Facebook Fan Page to Expand your Network

    1

    If you are a business blogger who’s thinking of using a Facebook fan page to expand your coverage and target audience, there is no point of not doing it now. Always remember that a Facebook fan page is no different from a regular Facebook profile. It is a public page, as well, and it is a good way to organize and increase your blog followers. The page is also a great tool in advertising and spreading out your network as a business owner. Although your blog itself is a good means of generating readers and customers, making a separate fan page will let you to communicate with your target audience in a more personal and direct manner. Blog commenting may be a good way to talk with your followers, but it is not until they reply to your post that you get to communicate with them.

    A separate Facebook fan page is a more organized and personal way of connecting to your followers because you will be able to view their Facebook profiles as well. This strengthens your customer-provider relationship.
    You can also use the “Update Fans” feature to easily send news and messages to your Facebook fans. Unlike a regular Facebook profile, a fan page sets a venue for your beloved supporters and customers to talk and discuss topics about your business.

    Another feature is the News Feed, which helps update every fan on everything you have written on your wall as page administrator. This also serves as an invite to other users, and makes your page more popular and viral.

    The greatest thing to consider in putting up a fan page is that you don’t have to spend large amount of money just to enjoy the service. Making a Facebook fan page is free of charge, and will only take few minutes of your time.

    Get a fan page and expand your network!

    Sum it up with Summify

    0

    RSS is a topnotch tool to stay in touch and get updated with your favorite sites and blogs. To have RSS feed is like having an online correspondent from around the globe to supply all the needed information from and outside your niche to strengthen your business. RSS feeds are a significant tool especially to small businesses that do not have direct and special access to bigger news feed providers like Reuters.

    However, everything in excess is always harmful. To be bombarded with repetitive and not-so-up-to-date info on a given date is nothing but an annoying thing. A plethora of useless things is nothing but nonsense, and I personally came to the point of disabling my own RSS button on my blog, as well as stopping all my subscriptions from other sites because they just don’t help me. Some RSS-reliant bloggers call them Spams.

    Then I found this site through an expert blogger. For weeks, he kept on bragging about how it effectively eradicated his RSS dilemmas. His repeated words and updates about it annoyed me, so I forcefully gave in to his enticement.

    I eagerly set it up and hovered on its features. I clicked some elementary settings and left it just that–just like how he instructed–expecting nothing great from a site recommended by a seasoned Internet writer.

    I was so amazed because Summify filtered my feeds according to my choice. My email inbox had its first day of ease, first day without irrelevant space-eating mails from my favorite blogs.

    “Summify, as a quality control tool, has changed my blogging and reading habit. It’s a separate powerful plugin for all bloggers and online business owners,” replied the blogging expert after I thanked him through a short email.

    Summify involuntarily identifies the most important posts and articles across all social media networks and tells why they are significant to my niche. Add to it is its improving quality control as you subscribe to more sources. It is like having personal data organizer on the Web.

    And unlike any RSS control tool on the Web, Summify is free, easy to use and requires no deep computer knowledge to operate. It is specifically designed for beginners and not-so-techie small business owners.

    Warner is interested in everything online that fuels discovery. I find SEO a facinating puzzle so of course work for an SEO Reseller, Endless Rise. You can become an seo reseller today

    How Can Guest Blogging Help Your Business?

    10

    Editor’s note: RINF supports the guest blogging community. You can submit your own post for publication on RINF here.

    by Edgar Boutaric
    Guest blogging is all about posting articles on other people’s site, to help your own site become more popular. This can be in the form of a link back to your site in the article or even in a resource box just below the content. But there are more advantages that are associated with guest blogging and this is what we will be looking at in this article.

    Traffic

    Posting your article on an already established site can allow you to drive some traffic towards your own website. After having read an interesting article, people might be interested to learn more on the author and hence visit your site. And if you post your article on blog that are relevant to your business, you are surely going to get people from your target market and who may be ready to buy your product or services.

    Reputation Building

    By posting regularly on quality blog you can establish yourself as an authority on a given subject. Here also this will depend a lot on the quality of the articles that you post and your own experience. It is important that you write articles that are genuinely helpful for your market and that will really add value. Do not be tempted to just spun some content as this will not be useful in this case.

    SEO purposes

    Links from established site that have real traffic can be quite powerful when it comes to SEO (Search Engine Optimization). Usually you should be able to insert a link within the body of the article and another one in the by-line. Make sure that you make the most of these advantages in order to reap maximum benefit from your guest blogging effort. You should also make sure that you read the guest blogging guidelines of the target site well to have a better understanding of the policies.

    Broaden your market

    Guest blogging also allow you to expand your reach and break into new market. By posting an article on another blog this can open up access to people that are quite different from your usual target market. At the same time you might also uncover some newer strategies that might be helpful to take your business to the next level.

    Social Media Benefits

    Posting articles on some highly visited sites can certainly help you to become more visible on the social media scene. In most cases your article will be submitted to the Facebook fan page of the host site and also to Twitter. This can help you build brand awareness in these social platforms especially if you are new player in the field. These benefits in themselves can warrant for the use of guest blogging for your business.

    Guest blogging is a useful way for businesses to make them known on the internet and also attract new clients. The positive point about this kind of activity is that it is not that expensive to do and also it will bring benefit in the long run.

    Edgar Boutaric is the founder of Blog Marketing Tools where you can find a lot of resources pertaining to marketing tools and blogging in general.

    QR Codes Gaining Popularity

    1

    by Samantha Hershman

    As a current student, a targeted consumer, and a member of the social media generation, it is clear that traditional marketing techniques are not going to cut it for any business to sustain itself going forward. The pace at which technology is improving and social networks are growing is exponentially fast and companies need to adapt as well as reach customers on this more personal yet fast-paced level. One increasingly popular marketing technique is the use of Quick Response codes, or QR codes, to gain and maintain customers through enhanced customer experience. Chances are you have seen an interesting looking square barcode on a company’s materials, such as business cards, posters, websites, clothing, advertisements, and more.

    QR codes are scanned through a free smartphone application which then uses the phone’s internet capability to connect to whatever the company wants to share, such as website links, contact information, video, or images. The beauty of QR codes is the ability to share information of your choice cheaply to customers in a way that is convenient with them and up to date. A survey by MGH, a Baltimore marketing firm, discovered that “72% of smartphone users are likely to remember ads that include QR codes”. According to Business Insider, “1 in 2 Americans will own a smartphone by Christmas 2011”. These details alone are enough incentive for companies to embrace QR codes.

    Businesses can use QR codes to their advantage through various creative methods. Bizreport cited 10 great ways they are being used, such as “coupon promotion, advice and information, entertainment, business cards and contact information, advertising, extending store hours, real estate signage, charity donations, and connections to social media.” Examples of successful implementation include a Macy’s marketing campaign, a spontaneous Lupe Fiasco concert, and a Calvin Klein billboard. Many websites offer easy and quick QR code creation, so implementation just depends on the company’s willingness to adapt and create meaningful content to share through the tool. Going forward, companies may have to work to get used to the new pace of marketing and the continuous updating it involves, but it likely to reap rewards. For companies, social media and QR codes are a cost effective way to connect to customers where efforts and ROI can be easily tracked. Through those tools, consumers are now paid more attention because of real-time connection and can benefit from discounts and other valuable content coming their way. By adapting to changing trends, companies can enhance their b2b and c2b relationships.

    Samantha is a representative from MSI Promotions, a promotional products company in NJ that specializes in innovative marketing and promotional solutions. MSI is a full-service distributor with superior customer service and creativity. Woman-owned, certified by NJ and the WBENC.

    How to Create Blog Titles that Attract Clicks

    7

    by Jordan Blanco

    If you have a blog or are trying to run a successful website, you know how important it is to draw in visitors. There are a number of ways that this can be done, but other methods are often ignored or forgotten. By keeping the following tips in mind, you will be able to bring in new visitors every time.

    One of the first things that you have to think about is the title of your blog. You can have one of the most thought-provoking or hilarious articles ever, but it does not mean a thing if no one clicks to read it. On the other hand, you want a title that has keywords that will make it appear when it is searched. This enables you to reach out to people who may not have heard of your site before, but can quickly become regular visitors.

    The first thing that will be discussed is the length of the title, which can be tricky at times because some people like to write a very lengthy title for their article. If the title is too long, the reader will lose interest while they are reading it. Also, they may even be put off because they think your article will be just as wordy. At the same time, titles that are too short are not effective either. Not giving the readers enough knowledge about the topic may cause them to casually pass it and find more interesting titles. If people don’t know what you are talking about, they have no reason to click and read the article either. Also, a shorter title means less keywords, which will work against you.

    Speaking of keywords, there is a proper way to use them in your title, and a way not to. You might think that cramming as many keywords into your title will lead to more search engine matches, but that is not necessarily true. Any reader will be put off if an article sounds like it was created just to get views. You need to be able to put your keywords in your title in a natural manner so that you get the attention of the reader.

    Grabbing the reader’s attention is another huge factor in getting people to click and read more. The methods that are used can vary; some people go for humorous titles while others try to pull readers in with shock value. How you want to attract attention is purely up to you, but you need to make sure that it fits the tone of the article as well. You do not want to create a humorous title only to have readers discover the article covers a very somber topic. You might get some clicks to begin with, but you will have lost the trust of the reader, which can be damaging as well.

    Be aware that your readers are human beings, and that they can sense when something is insincere. For example, there are many articles that promote the “next big thing” or are “guaranteed to make you money.” Titles like this lack personality and can even put off readers because of it. If you truly have something that can change a person’s life, make sure you transmit that enthusiasm and energy in your title. You want people to click on the article and be excited about what they will learn, not have them feel like they are reading an advertisement.

    In the end, you have to keep your readers in mind. Human beings are curious by nature, and that can be used to your advantage. Take the time to create a title that is striking and informative, that way you can get the most hits. People are very cautious of what they read, so it is up to you to make them interested. Combine this with natural keyword implementation and you will have a hit.

    Jordan Blanco is an SEO Guru and business advice expert for New River Leads, a B2B vendor matching service that allows businesses or individuals to compare quotes from national and local SEO and Website Design companies.

    If Your Business Doesn’t Look Good, an SEO Firm Doesn’t Look Good

    8

    by Todd Bailey

    Years ago, Vidal Sassoon originated the marketing message, “If you don’t look good, we don’t look good,” in reference to his hair styling products. The message makes sense; to reiterate another marketing quip, ‘the proof is in the pudding.’

    If you do decide to hire an SEO firm to aid with online rankings, after some time, it will be easy for you to tell if they are doing a good job. In essence, your online rankings will improve. How do they accomplish this feat for you? There are many tactics, yet four, major components largely contribute:

    Keyword Research
    How will your intended customers or target markets find your products and services online? They will conduct an online search. The answer seems simple enough, yet what exact words and phrases will they use? Will they search for general terms, geographically-linked words, phrases, exact names of products, etc? An SEO firm will conduct research and convey insight regarding keyword research. This invaluable service has immediate and ongoing results; once you know what words and phrases inspire your target market’s search, you can concentrate on them in a perennial fashion.

    Copywriting and On-page Optimization
    “Content is king” is a mantra often related by many online marketing, SEO, and search engine specialists. It echoes a simple sentiment: search engines love sites that host information; that is the sole purpose of the Web in the first place. Copywriting and on-page optimization concentrates on relaying information to both users and the search engines. Search engines crawl your site’s pages in order to assess how well they address a user’s search. An SEO firm’s copywriting and page optimization showcases information using your keywords. This way, search engines know what kind and how much information your site offers in order to make the decision to offer your site in regard to a user’s search query. Those found on the golden ‘first page,’ are sites with a lot of keyword-focused content.

    Inbound Links
    Another way search engines decide to offer your site’s pages in regard to a user’s query is how others view your site. It works much like a popularity contest with inbound links serving as popularity votes. The more times other sites link to your site and its content, the better. This lets the search engines know that others have viewed your content, value it, and think that it would be helpful to other users on the Web. An SEO firm will leverage blogs, social networks, and other platforms to intrigue others to provide links to your site.

    Continual Maintenance and Measurement
    An SEO campaign usually takes time. It relies heavily on your industry and competition, but most campaigns last for six to twelve months or longer. You are taking the time to promote your site’s rankings; it is very likely your competition is doing the same. This means that the quest to make the golden ‘first page’ never ends. An SEO firm’s services are usually intense at first and then begin to curtail while continuing to deliver maintenance and ongoing measurement of your rankings.

    If you are thinking about searching for an SEO firm, but are hesitant, just remember that your site’s rankings are reflexive of the service’s efficiency. If your rankings don’t look good, then their service doesn’t look good. A reputable SEO firm understands this principle and will provide you with results; getting you results is the ‘bread and butter’ of its existence.

    Todd Bailey is the Vice President of Online Marketing at WebiMax, a Search Engine Optimization company located in Mount Laurel, NJ with over 100 dedicated Online Marketing professionals.

    The Ups and Downs of an Online Business

    1

    by Gina Harris

    Working from your home office has many pluses, but can also be a disadvantage if you are not disciplined about your work ethics or environment. Take a look at some factors to consider before you take the plunge; they will help you determine whether or not an online office environment would work for you.

    Take Advantage of These Upsides

  • Creating a work force online, with no employer taxes and payroll to handle, can save time and money while you build your business.
  • Ready access to worldwide collaborations lets you get the best talent without regard to geographic restrictions.
  • Requires little to no investment to set up or maintain your “office.” From a dining room table to a bedroom office set up, you can just use what you have around the house or in storage. Furnishing a physical office can cost you thousands; use your savings for advertising instead of desks.

  • Establishing a “virtual office” (for as little as $29/month) can provide an actual business address and a dedicated company phone for storefront credibility, while you’re work from home or on the road. Perfect for opening new branches and required by many city and county licensing entities.
  • You can “test the waters” with limited investment until you really need a physical office (if ever).
  • Enjoy the flexibility of choosing your own work hours; whether an early bird or a night owl you can work whenever you want.
  • If you do have employees, they may appreciate and thrive in a more casual environment. You can interact while preparing a staff lunch or hold a weekly meeting in the den around the fireplace.

    The Downsides and How To Overcome Them

  • Without the face-to-face contact of a physical storefront, you lose that opportunity of the personal experience with your customers. You will want to be sure that your website and other forms of communication (phone, email, twitter, etc.) extend a sense of warmth and positive personality to your Internet clients.
  • “Type A” personalities can be a problem here. If you are a workaholic, you need to be sure that you schedule outside appointments and personal time and “step away from that computer.”
  • Self Discipline is required. If you have trouble staying on track, and do better when someone else is reminding you, then you need to establish a written routine and stick to it.
  • Clutter that “nobody can see” can have a huge impact on your productivity and mental retention. Take time to regularly dust, vacuum and most importantly organize your workspace. Stacks of files and post-its all over your walls will interfere with your concentration, and finding things in a messy office can take up valuable time, increasing stress levels and frustration.
  • Noise distractions may interfere with not only your attention span, but also your very credibility. If your dog is barking or your kids are trying to interrupt your phone conversation with a client, it doesn’t say much for your professionalism. Though your “office” is really in your den, you have to make certain your home doesn’t invade your workplace. Choose a quiet, well-lit room with a door that closes.
  • Online businesses can be found in every neighborhood in the country, and can be an enriching and rewarding solution for an entrepreneurial or family business. If the perimeters fit your work ethic and lifestyle, then get ready for a fun and inexpensive way to launch your dreams.

    Gina Harris writes on many topics, including how to make money and how to make money online.

    A Question of Social Media: On Kids and Students

    1

    Facebook started in a campus where it first struck the hearts of the jocks and cheerleaders. It continued in other college campuses and continued to flourish there the most. It was not until 2010 when adults learned this, and today, the young ones and the students are still the top devotees of this epidemic called Facebook and Twitter.

    Social media has many benefits; we can candidly say a hundred good things about it. Social media sites connect people, save time, create relationships, and build solid groups. On the other hand, they also detach people, kill time, ruin relationships, and destroy associations.

    Facebook and Twitter have had huge impact on the lives of the youth. I have seen them doing academic works on these sites, collaborating with their classmates, and sending files through it. Just like my kids, they cannot stand a day without logging on to their precious social media accounts. “Not so alarming”, I said, “and it’s all pure academics”. Moreover, it would be moronic and noirish of me to suspect my kids playing modern tricks on me, that they are only pretending to be socially and academically wired to prevent me banning them from their thing. They are hardworking kids who give me acceptable grades, and I see no point to carry on with my conclusion.

    Then I found out that I was a real moron. Although they did not play tricks on me by pretending that their laboring on school works on Facebook–for they did school works and tagging pictures at the same time. They are still studying, though- pretty clever.

    Social media is one real viral thing. I admit I have accounts here, too. I have accounts on Facebook and Twitter for our online shoe retailing business, and I admit I became aware of these social problems because I myself was a victim. Every time I do business transactions on my social media accounts, I can’t help but check my personal notifications and messages (and even chat with my friends), and I end up finding my job as a clear call to apathy.

    My business fell on revenue ratings ever since I became addicted to “tagging” and “liking”. So I decided to sign up for a separate business account.

    Getting Back to the Kids

    I was so dumbfounded on how my kids managed to get acceptable and above passing average grades with their Facebook accounts open while studying. Upsetting, because I knew they could give themselves higher grades if Facebook was out of the context.

    And this social media fad is really alarming. Social media company owners sport it as the “greatest thing that wired the world”, yet we are unaware that without having control over its usage, may ruin our kids’ lives.

    Too much Social Media kills physical collaborations, diminishes interaction

    During my high school years, we considered group projects as a splendid moment to be out of the house; to get rid of my Mom’s endless household chores instructions and my Dad’s hazardous car cleaning day obligations. Group projects were like miniature field trips, a time to get bonded with pretty classmates while dabbling with our school requirements. And we loved group meetings the way we were mesmerized by learning new things from our classmate’s chaperone–actually a parent available in the area (where we conduct our meetings, usually in places nearest to the campus, or where we can meet halfway, or always, in our richest classmate’s flat)–to watch us.

    Well, my kids are different. I seldom hear them asking about night outs for school project. They usually stay at home, ogling their Macs, chatting and incessantly clicking and typing on their Facebook and Twitter accounts. “Sshh…We are studying. Dad, your TV volume please…” they say in a very polite and charming delivery.

    Too much social media involves health issues

    In addition, I have this recurring habit of imagining my kids growing up like weird introverts like a 70’s TV show character. They are becoming chubbier every day; engrossing on chips and instant meals are their only exercise, and according to them, they are too busy with online discussion to prepare a decent salad.

    Social media divides attention

    Seeing my kids incessantly pressing Alt+Tab every time a chat dings on the other Window sends me an alarming message that they will not able to focus on their studies with them Facebook and Twitter turned on. I know my kids can do better than their average report card results, and banning them from these two websites might give them more focus on doing their online academic studying.

    Social media gives birth to Introversion and Narcissism

    According to experts, students who spend more time on Facebook may turn either to an introvert or to a narcissistic person. Because of social media’s capability to alter psychological conditions of people– for there is long-term self-confinement while using it– users may end up selfish and egotistical, or even push themselves away from the crowd. These two extreme behaviors are initial phenomena to having deeper and alarming psychological maladies.

    Warner writes about SEO, Blogging, and Web Development, enjoys learning and discovering everything new, and works for Endless Rise, who provides SEO services to SEO Resellers exclusively. You can become an seo reseller today.

    No Goodbyes yet for Social Media Pioneer Friendster

    1

    It could have demolished thousands of no-bearing and successful social media sites today. It could have grown into a multi-billion dollar account. It could have changed Facebook’s pathway to lifestyle existence. It could have prolonged its domination. It could have erased the movie “The Social Network” on The Oscar’s Nomination List. It could have been the most popular thing in this world–and we all know why we are stressing on the phrase “it could have been”.

    Friendster’s popularity was a juggernaut fad then. It also gave birth to thousands of online satirical sites like Fiendster and Friemster- two deliberately misspelled domains directing innocent kids to flamboyant and gaudy voyeur sites.

    Lampoon is flattery, and Friendster once had lots of it.

    Before Facebook, Myspace, and even Twitter, there was Friendster. Friendster began its flourishing career in 2002, and ended it up on an unremarkable unrecorded date. Unrecorded, for Friendster has never been really out of the market–people and time just kicked them out of the picture.

    People got bored with repetitive dating features, cheap inclusions, and dirty additions on the site, not to mention the virus and spams–until Friendster became a real life satire of “then catching up” Myspace and rising Facebook.

    Friendster almost calls it done

    A group of online mockers in Asia once called Friendster as PIMSter because of its uncontrollably popularity to only four South East Asian countries like Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore.

    Friendster undoubtedly managed to survive with the help of these four countries. However, while they are experiencing social media glory in these four Asian countries, the Western market has already betrayed them over newcomer Facebook. Therefore, they continued focusing on the “PIMS” market and turned their site into an Asianesque copycat of Facebook. With the inclusion of chat, tagging, and improved “short messaging updating system”, which they later coined as “shout out”, they successfully won the lower class markets of the mentioned countries, yet it was still not enough to dominate again the international social media market.

    Yet again, Friendster wanted change. They now want to focus on “fun and entertainment”, a feel very similar to equally less popular Myspace. They want all blogs, updates, testimonials, and photos to be deleted to repackage their site with ease, without the hassles of irate users having their precious accounts deleted without further notice. Now, the company is asking all users to install a custom application to export all their profile data, as most of it will be clearly deleted on May 31, 2011. Pretty sweet for a loving social media provider.

    I even saw a Filipino teenager on Internet TV vehemently crying because of the fast-approaching farewell event.

    Therefore, the fight is still on for Friendster. Perhaps they can outwit Myspace’s creative team and dream for that nth spot. And with the emotions offered by loyal users I’ve been seeing on the Web, I personally believe that Friendster still has a long way to go.

    Cheap Internet Marketing Techniques Which Are Easy On The Pocket

    9

    by Rahil Muzafar

    Any blog, website, online store, or any other kind of online entity that’s interested in making money via internet, or even some offline business, or organization that’s looking for some publicity, has got to spend on internet marketing. Internet marketing used to be a relatively cheaper medium, it is still quite inexpensive, but costs are rising with the ever increasing competition, and companies are likely to spend more and more, because of much better ROI as compared to some offline advertising mediums.

    Whilst not all businesses need to spend recklessly, still ignoring internet marketing and not spending anything, is not an option anymore (at least not if you’re sincere with your business). If you’re spending no time, or no money on online marketing, then your site/blog/store would forever remain anonymous, no matter how cool is the content.

    When it comes to internet marketing, there are two ways to try this. First, you can hire a company, pay them a fix amount each month and watch them utilize (or squander) your money, or you can start getting acquainted with internet marketing, learn the do’s and don’ts, try different platforms, monitor results, and persist with the most cost effective ones.
    All of this might take up considerable time, but it’s totally worth it.

    The best thing about internet marketing is that there are some amazingly cheap, but far reaching mediums that, if used smartly, can supersede the costly ones by a long shot.
    Interested? Let’s take a look.

    SEO:

    Stands for search engine optimization, and is currently the most awesome branch of internet marketing. Whilst it has been criticized by some annoyed “googlers” who think SEO guys have ruined their searching experience, however all those rants combined can’t make it any less advantageous for the businesses that are looking for free, targeted traffic. Regardless of all those anti-SEO rhetoric and innumerable Google updates, Search Engine Optimization will remain advantageous as long as search engines are there. And even if search engines are taken over by the next big thing, SEO will transform into Social Media Optimization or ‘whatever is the next big thing’ optimization.

    So, if you are looking to make the most of internet marketing, and you’ve got a business website, then not trying to bring into play, the wonders of SEO, can prove to be an irredeemable oversight for your business. Even if you cannot afford one of those high-priced professionals or agencies, you should at least make sure that your website is search engine friendly. Besides, basic SEO is not something that’d cost you a lot, especially if you can target the right keywords. Nothing beats the satisfaction of watching the number of unique visitors, coming from search engines, increasing gradually.

    Social Networks:

    Irrespective of what they were actually intended for, social networks like Facebook, Twitter, or LinkedIn, are turning into some great facilitators for small businesses, looking to reach out to their potential clients with their message. Facebook alone has a user base of more than 500 million people. With a little bit of astuteness, and lots of apps at your disposal, you have got a number of options to pitch your ideas, products, or services without putting yourself at risk of being flagged as spam. If nothing else, you will still be getting some invaluable feedback that will help in product creation and marketing.

    Using Fivvr or similar Websites

    Internet gives the entrepreneurs the permit to try different ideas (because of the low cost), many do, and every now and then, we see one of these ideas clicking and making it big, beyond anybody’s expectations. Fivvr is one of those ideas, GroupOn is another, and there are innumerable success stories out there. If you are looking to utilize cheaper or even free ways to promote, you must keep an eye on some of these upcoming platforms i.e. social media websites which are getting lots of attention and traffic. However, you’ll have to think of a way to use them, for example, in case of Fivvr or similar websites, you can think of a gig which is related to your business, the gig might not bring you any sales or profit, in fact you might even have to suffer some loss, but you can surely get some leads or subscribers by smartly using this platform.

    Press Release

    A press release is nothing more than an announcement, related to your business, and meant for media people. There are a number of Press Release distribution services, some free, while others will charge a fixed amount. All you need to do is to think of some newsworthy angle to your business, and distribute a press release to different PR websites. That’s free publicity, but if you can write one with a catchy title, and use some premium syndication service, there’s a chance that your press releases will get picked by the bloggers, even better, it will make its way to industry specific news portals. If that happens, this simple press release can give a real boost to your business (a temporary boost, but then it’s almost free).

    YouTube

    YouTube is another huge platform, and there are reasons to believe that it will continue to grow. More and more videos will take the place of text in many cases; there are many internet surfers who’d prefer watching a video over going through heaps of texts, and then there are countless interesting videos going viral and getting lots and lots of clicks. That doesn’t mean that videos will take over the text, however videos have the potential to spread like wildfire, considerably more than what some content in text form can achieve. You must tap into this platform and try coming up with some interesting video that relates to your business. Again, a video is not going to cost a lot with lots of free video editing tools out there, but you’ll have to be a little creative. Maybe you will have to prey on your targeted customers and see what are they sharing, and create a somewhat similar video (doesn’t mean you should make a ditto copy, but there’s a lot to take inspiration from).

    This post was contributed by Rahil, but these tips are not the only thing that he can offer. You may find norton coupons discounts and go daddy voucher code at his website.

    When It Comes To Online Success Passion Is A Key

    2

    by Noel Proulx

    It isn’t just how great your search engine optimization is, or how much advertising you buy, and not even how many back links you can get, that can make your site successful. It is how passionate you are about what the core of your site is that is the biggest key to making your site the place to go for similarly interested users.

    Take a moment to let that sink in because I know there are a million articles and marketing programs that tell you otherwise. They put the idea in your head that all you have to do is find some niche, market it for a bit, then watch the dollars roll in. I won’t say that that can’t work, it’s just not that likely if you don’t have a real personal attachment to what you are trying to deliver to people.

    Imagine this scenario. You do some keyword research and find that ‘custom motorcycle seats’ gets a fair amount of searches and has little competition. You however know nothing about motorcycle seats or just what a custom one is. You spend weeks doing research, develop some good original content for your site, and marketing it. Not to long afterwards you start to see some ok traffic and some sales. Now that your site is kicking off you need to develop more content to get people coming back, the problem is you have no idea what to write about next and it’s back to the research to write your next article. After awhile you are just going through the motions and your content is either culled from other sites, giving you duplicate content problems, or becomes generic and uninteresting to your followers.

    This will usually lead to a drop of in visits to your site and its eventual demise.

    On the other hand you have an idea for a site all about quilting, perhaps the searches are not quite as good or the competition is stronger, but you have been quilting for twenty years and whenever you get together with other quilters you can talk about for hours on end. This passion allows you to write quality articles quickly with very little research needed, and you always have another good idea for the next one. This will come across on your site and will probably lead to more organic linking and return users. It might take a little longer to get off the ground but in the long run it will pay off in the usefulness of your site and the loyalty you will develop with your clients.

    Don’t get me wrong SEO and how well you market your site are vital the health of your business and you should devote a substantial amount of time to them, but why give yourself two jobs (promotion and development) when you can focus on one as work and one as a hobby.

    In short, don’t make adding content to your web site a chore, make it something you look forward to doing. In the end it will show.

    Noel Proulx is an online game developer, web designer, and SEO for Ititans Internet Development

    The Wireless War Update

    1

    by Jon T. Norwood

    Right about now, NAB must feel like Germany at the end of WWII with everybody fighting to see who gets what from them. Welcome to the spectrum war; the battle of the titans over who which company will control the airwaves, and thus, control all Internet access, of which several developments on the front have ensued. AT&T’s big move was to agree to take over T-Mobile, forming the largest carrier in the country. While everybody in the industry is screaming about it, hoping the FCC will kill the alliance, others are quietly expressing acquiescence to the idea.

    Consider this, from a recent article on spectrum company blog, “Which leads us to the “elephant in the room” question: if the National Broadband Plan is successful and virtually all American homes get 100 Mbps broadband at an affordable cost, exactly why do we need 50 channels of over-the-air TV spectrum? Now I have a sailboat and do sometimes watch OTA TV from the boat in remote areas, but do we really need 50 OTA channels for such users?”

    The reference is to the stated goal of the National Broadband Plan, which it to insure the access of every American to 4G Internet access at, possibility subsidized rates. The room in which the “White Elephant” resides is the one with all the television broadcasters, the NAB. The group is screaming about Obama and the FCC taking 120MHz of spectrum from them, even after losing the 700MHz spectrum in the 2008 auction, and opening it up to build out by wireless companies, with federal help, to supply that access. Could this be the end of television as we knew it?

    The AT&T Angle

    AT&T’s strategy of is to belly up to the FCC with promises of full cooperation for the NBP (National Broadband Plan), to lock in control of all of that new spectrum, which would give AT&T assured dominance in the wireless market for years to come. The fear, as with any monopoly, is that this will kill competition. However, in another article the point is made that this will spur the growth of smaller, local companies providing enhanced, creative new services. The vision is more like everybody buying water from the same source and using it to do business.

    Microsoft recently announced the development of a technology that will allow the Opportunistic Spectrum Access of whatever spectrum is available in a local market. The indication is that this is a nacient industry and the existence of an ‘AT&T-Mobile” monster wouldn’t stifle growth and it is just the path to the top of the hill for the other major carriers such as Verizon and Sprint-Nextel. It is all about the control of the most spectrums and the only ones that have little to say in this competition is the National Association of Broadcasters. Traditional TV became Digital TV, and there about 50 channels are \ available. This is not a powerful segment of the market when everyone with a smartphone is watching their favorite show on line? We are dismantling the old television infrastructure as the new, converged world comes online.

    The Future

    There are only a few possible outcomes; either the FCC approves the AT&T/T-Mobile deal or not. If yes, then the war is effectively over, the new AT&T-Mobile is the de-facto winner and is started on that universal access for all things. Verizon, et al will begin the work of making money in their shadow and many, new local companies will use the AT&T network spectrum to make their own little kingdoms. If not, the big four (AT&T, Verizon, T-Mobile, and Sprint-Nextel) will continue to duke it out until they fulfill the prophecy, “There can be only One.” We will see who ends up controlling the backbone of all those tablets, smartphones and, soon, desktop Internet as well. Perhaps the American people?

    Jon T. Norwood is a managing partner at High Speed Internet, a site dedicated to providing information on Internet providers and technology. Jon can be reached at jon@webexordium.com.

    Google Headed For Anti-Trust Hearings

    3

    by Jon T. Norwood

    Europe and Google have had a bit of a suspicious relationship for several years now with anti-Trust investigations and privacy allegations and this could be a harbinger of what is to come here in the US. There are now calls for the commencement of anti-trust hearings regarding Google, not for a specific acquisition or allegation, but based on Google’s growing dominance of the Internet itself. Consider this, what would a post-Google Internet even look like?

    Can Google Be Trusted?

    This is a very serious question. Google maintains a vast amount of information on its users, and most of which Google has no idea of identity, because using Google to search the Internet is not going to give them your personal identity. What it does give Google is vast amounts of information regarding behavior, what search terms are popular, what news stories are hitting or not, and other aspects of the Internet. Google has a lot of personalized information if, for example, you use Gmail, Google’s web mail service, or other Google applications and cloud services. The real problem is not that Google will sell your personal information, but that the company is increasingly in control of the shape and nature of the Internet itself.

    Most of the money made on the Internet is advertizing revenue. Google makes $23 billion a year on advertizing revenue and now, with the seemingly infinite march of the ‘Droids, the company is poised to take that over too. There recent “Farmer Algorithm” updates affected 12 percent of all US search results, and put hundreds of websites nearly out of business, and many of them were not the targeted content farms, but legitimate websites sucha s the British Medical Journal. The question that must be asked is whether it is safe for any private company to control that much of something as vital to our future as the Internet. Google’s motto “Don’t be Evil” doesn’t promise that they WILL be good, just legal.

    The Hearings to Come

    Senate Antitrust committee Chairman Herbert Kohl, D-WI recently sent out a press release indicating that he is looking into allegations of antitrust activity on Google’s part, and how to address them in possible hearings. This is heavily underlined in our highly partisan world by the support of Senator Michael S. Lee, R-UT the senior ranking member of the committee. For a conservative to support any action against corporate profit or power is unusual enough.

    The US Justice Department is looking into Google’s recent acquisition of ITA Software, a travel data firm, and Texas Attorney General, Greg Abbott is conducting an investigation into Google and has demanded the release their formula for setting advertising rates. Many of the press releases associated with these actions have cited Google’s “…increasing dominance over Internet search.” Can Google be trusted? Google make a great case for being a fun, neutral, tech-loving company with free food and big beach balls in the lobby, but with one of the largest market capitalization in stock market history it would make more sense to ask, can Google’s shareholders be trusted?

    The Real Google Issue

    If Google should decide that a particular company has violated its terms of agreement, they simply de-listed them from the search results, and that is the end of that company. Google’s search database is their own work product, but having over 70 percent of the Internet search market and growing means that if they de-list your website you might just as well fallen off the face of the earth.

    This was a real problem for the websites hit by the “Farmer Algorithm.” Many small sites generate revenue from Google ads on their pages and try to attract viewers with articles and other content. If someone likes the site, fine, if not, fine. However, Google has the power to decide whether they even get the chance to try to market their content. It would be like Ma Bell, the monopoly telephone company of the past, refusing to allow you a telephone for your company, you’re toast. Google may be a couple of thousand, fun-loving nerds trying not to be evil but the multi-billion dollar shareholders behind them are as evil as it gets. The hearings are coming for sure, after that is anybody’s guess.

    Jon T. Norwood is a managing partner at High Speed Internet, a site dedicated to providing information on Internet providers and technology. Jon can be reached at jon@webexordium.com.

    Net Neutrality Died and Nobody Noticed

    2

    by Jon T. Norwood

    If the public truly knew and understood the issues involved in regulating the Internet, specifically the companies that provide Internet access, Net Neutrality would have been a much more important issue. Unfortunately, the public either did not understand or did not care and now, Net Neutrality is all but dead in Europe, and breathing its last breath in the United States.

    The Death Blow

    On Wednesday, March 5, the House Energy and Commerce Communications and Technology Subcommittee voted to approve a joint resolution by a vote of 15 to 8 that effectively dismantles the FCC’s net neutrality rules; it now moves to the House. With the GOP in control of the House, it is likely that the measure will pass. This is further reinforced by the fact that there is little in the news about the issue.

    With the Internet increasingly dominating the news, and public popularity controlling that dominance, the fact that there was little reporting on the issue is tied to the fact that those stories that did come out fared poorly in the popularity ratings. People just do not care, or so it seems. That lack of concern will be the primary driving force behind the death of Net Neutrality. Is there really no point to having some level of government regulation over Internet access and how it is handled?

    The Non-Issues

    One of the first issues that will eventually affect the consumer is that various Internet services providers will choose to block content they perceive as being competitive to their interests or a burden on their networks. In other words, this means that video and downloads will be all but restricted to only those services your ISP wants you to use, and other various issues that favor the ISP.

    This has already been an issue in the past with Comcast throttling bit torrent traffic. Without Net Neutrality, however, video services like Netflix and Hulu may find themselves blocked to limit the competition they represent to ISP’s own video services. With most access providers being contract based, especially in the mobile field, this means that people will no longer have a choice regarding what they watch.

    How many consumers will pony up for an account on their favorite website, only to find that they will have to shop for a different ISP to use it? Most of the potential problems deal with mobile data access, but they were exempted from most of the regulations originally. Cable and DSL providers are no longer obliged to behave, and they presumably will not with the expected final death of Net Neutrality. They will also no longer have to disclose vital information regarding their services.

    What all this means is that the Internet will be the exclusive property of the access providers, and that they will, as a block of companies, control what is available; this is called a “Trust.” This Trust is what the anti-trust law against monopolies is about, and what prompted that law.

    Corporate Controlled Information

    It is bad enough that Google gets to decide what you can find on the Internet, but when you add to that Internet access providers controlling what you can access, the entire information ecosystem becomes corporate controlled and part of a monopoly. Much of the life of the modern American is on the Internet and this move against Net neutrality is just the first step toward a corporate controlled Internet, and the future steps may be more onerous than this.

    Startup companies may never see the light of day because they fail to achieve approval from an access provider. Innovation is stifled by this, and we will increasingly see only what “they,” the Internet access providers, approve of and if they do not approve, you won’t see anything. That is the very definition of censorship, and it is being put into place right now. The argument being used is that nobody is complaining, so it is working, and therefore regulation isn’t needed.

    The future of the Internet is looking bleak. Once the first steps are in place, future actions become easier. Suppressing news and information about a subject that is seen a threatening to a major access provider becomes much easier. If ISP A decides to suppress a news service because of its reporting on ISP A’s activities it can and the users will never see the information. If ISP A is a major provider, a large chunk of the Internet population is kept in the dark. The future is getting darker, and no one seems to care or notice.

    Jon T. Norwood is a managing partner at Broadband Internet, a site dedicated to providing information on Mobile Broadband News. Jon can be reached at jon@velocityguide.com.

    Web Apps Fight Back Against Mobile Apps

    1

    Jon T. Norwood

    There has been much speculation recently regarding the battle between Mobile Apps, such as Android and Apple, and Web Apps, which are applications designed to run from anywhere and that reside on the Internet. Most of the pundits are predicting that mobile Internet access will surpass traditional Internet access by 2012 or 2013, depending on which pundit you peruse. While this may be true, it would logically follow that mobile apps will therefore dominate. Logical sounding, but this may not be the case. Not if Firefox has anything to say about it. Google already has Web Apps for Chrome, which is easy because the same browser runs on Android. Many Android users, however, use Firefox as their web browser. This makes the March 3 announcement of the release of the Mozilla App Initiative big news.

    Web Apps and Mobile Apps

    To set the stage for the discussion it is important to understand the difference between a Web App and a Mobile App. A Mobile App is a piece of software designed to run on a mobile OS platform, such as Android, Apple, or …something else. The user downloads the app, installs it, and then it runs, but only on that specific OS platform. This is one of the ways that mobile OS providers attract attention to their smartphone OSes, by claiming to have more apps than the other person does.

    A Web App is a piece of software that is designed to run in a particular web browser such as Firefox, Chrome, Opera, Safari, or any of the other dedicated browsers available. The main difference is that if a user has say, Firefox on their laptop or home computer, and their smartphone or tablet and they install a Web App that they find useful, they can install it on all of their other systems, typically using the same browser type on the smartphone OS, and have a synchronized experience across all devices.

    This means that if they start reading an article on the Huffington Post on their smartphone, they can finish it at home on their PC, for example. For tablets and smartphones, the Mobile App might run faster, but the Web App is portable and could have greater capability.

    Mozilla to the Rescue

    Just because there will be as many tablets on the Internet as laptops by 2014, does not mean that the laptops will be gone. Until now, one of the key consistencies on the Internet was the Browser. The Android/Apple mobile explosion will settle in, and most users will still be loyalty to their browser, most likely Google Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or IE8 or 9.

    It is interesting to note that on the developer’s information on the Mozilla App Initiative page there is mention of developing Web Apps for either Firefox or Chrome, but no other. Some of the capabilities that are being showcased by Mozilla show great promise. Some of these features include Payment Services that allow users to see balances on all their cards and accounts while choosing one to make a payment with, all before a website receives the transaction. Another is Widget Discovery. Widgets are small app-like functions similar to Chrome or Firefox extensions that serve simple services, such as weather or stock quotes, Web Apps can take advantage of this and incorporate their functionality into its own, even assisting users to access them without having to shift back and forth from one tab to another.

    The Future of Mobile

    The Internet and how it is accessed evolved on a continuous scale. Tablets are just another piece of hardware to access the Internet, as are smartphones. The real winner in this battle will be the users who are given easy, intelligent means of accessing the information they need, doing the things they enjoy and communicating with whom they wish.

    We could soon see Mobile Apps that act as interfaces for Web Apps. Websites that detect the platform that you are using and install the service you need to access their sites services, and then do it again on your other devices. Users may soon stop seeing the difference between Mobile Apps and Web Apps, and only see the services they provide. There is room for both and the confusion of riches is the only real problem. What about an App that finds Apps, mobile or not based on what you do and asks you if you would like to try them? With over half a million apps, and many more soon to be developed, Web Apps might not be a bad idea.

    Jon T. Norwood is a managing partner at Broadband Internet, a site dedicated to providing information on Mobile Broadband News. Jon can be reached at jon@velocityguide.com.

    The Relationship between SEO and CRO

    2

    by Jacob S

    If you ask an amateur SEO what his job is, he’ll tell you that his job is to rank high in search engines to bring the highest number of visitors to the website. And, if you ask an amateur CRO what his job is, he’ll tell you that his job is to maximize the number of conversions on the website.

    If you ask me, I’ll tell you that my job is to rank high in search engines to bring the highest number of visitors to the website and then, once they are there, employ techniques to maximize the number of conversions. I am, as you would say, a SEO/CRO hybrid.

    And that’s the position you want to be in.

    What is CRO?

    CRO stands for conversion rate optimization. Basically, CRO is the act in which you optimize your website so that it is fully prepared to maximize the number of conversions. A conversion is a sale, a lead, or whatever else your ultimate goal is on the site.

    The ultimate goal of CRO is to ensure that the website is generating the maximum amount of revenue–or whatever the conversion is–as possible. If they are not generating high numbers of conversions based on the amount of traffic coming to the site, something is wrong.

    How Does SEO and CRO Mix?

    The goal of SEO is to target keywords that will bring the highest number of visitors to the website. And the goal of CRO is to make it so those visitors can convert. But, they need to mix together to really maximize the site.

    To do that, the SEO needs to pick keywords that put the user in an actionable mentality. Take, for example, jewelry. If I do a search for ‘diamond rings’, I am obviously doing research. Do I want a princess cut or a round cut diamond? Do I want platinum or gold? What about other stones on the ring? I am looking for information, but I am not in the buying mood.

    If I were to rank for the keyword ‘diamond rings,’ the SEO inside me would be crazy happy. All of that traffic coming to the site would be phenomenal. The problem with that is if the site isn’t geared for lots of traffic–doesn’t rely on advertising for money–then all of that traffic is nothing.

    Therefore, when picking the keywords, you want to find ones that are actionable. You want to find ones that elicit a response from the reader. Here are a few examples:

    • Buy Diamond Ring
    • Diamond Ring Sellers
    • Diamond Ring Sales

    You get the idea.

    The reason you are doing this is because, naturally, those are people that have one thing in mind: actually making the plunge.

    But, wait!

    It’s not just the SEOs job to optimize for the site, though. The CRO also has to ensure that optimization is perfect. To do that, there are a few things that he needs to do.

    First, he needs to make sure that the site is showing some great looking images of the rings in the case of the ‘diamond ring’ keyword. The reason you want that is it encourages a response from the person. “Oh wow,” the nervous man might say, “that looks really nice.”

    The second thing you want to do is make it as simple as possible to get to the product page and then make the purchase. I work for a company that, to get to the important pages, the user has to click three times. In three clicks, they’ve got all the information they could possibly want in front of them. That’s amazing. Therefore, when optimizing, make sure that you have made it as simple as possible to get the information.

    Take, for example, Amazon. Ever notice that they have that “One Click Checkout” button. In one click, you’ve got the item. This is to ensure that people don’t back down and go, “Well…Maybe we won’t buy this.” With one click, you’ve got the sale.

    Finally, you want to convert even the customer into a future customer. If you only sell diamond rings, this might not be important. But, if you sell anything else, you want them to come back to you.

    To do this, make it so that they can subscribe to a newsletter, Twitter, Facebook or whatever else os they remember you. Maybe give a free shipping coupon code–or something equivalent–to everyone who subscribes to the newsletter. This way, you get the sale and you can also remind them that on Valentine’s Day, your honey will want a pair of earrings to go with that ring.

    Successful SEO is Successful CRO

    In the end, without CRO, SEO is totally useless. And without SEO, CRO just has an optimized page with no traffic. Therefore, you want to make sure that the two are working harmoniously with each other. Doing that maximizes your leads, maximizes your traffic, and maximizes your revenue.

    Jacob owns BlogRevolter, a blog about how to get people to your blog and then keep them there for maximum profit. Be sure to follow him on Twitter and Facebook.

    Why Guest Blogging Is Powerful SEO

    9

    by Eric Siu

    Everyone has heard about guest blogging. What most people don’t know is how many advantages can be obtained by using this simple yet powerful marketing technique. Whether you write a guest post to be published on someone else’s blog or another person writes a post for your blog, you can use this strategy to increase traffic and earn loyal readership.

    Guest blogging has countless benefits. This simple technique can help you add a fresh voice to your message, provide a counterpoint to your regular perspective and drive traffic to your blog. Guest posting is an excellent way to gain visibility online, build backlinks and get targeted traffic to your blog. You can use guest blogging as part of your SEO strategy.

    Increasingly more people are using this technique to get free backlinks and gain reputation. The more you blog, the more people will read your articles. Therefore, guest blogging is a win-win situation for both parties involved. Here are the main advantages of using guest blogging a part of your SEO campaign:

    Get Targeted Traffic to Your Blog

    One of the main benefits of guest posting is that it drives organic traffic to your blog. If you write posts for several blogs, people will become interested in your work and visit your website. Posting articles on blogs in your niche will help you target the right audience. On the other hand, you may ask another blogger to post on your site. This is an excellent way to diversify content and increase the number of new visitors to your blog.

    Get Quality Backlinks

    Guest blogging is a simple way to get quality one way backlinks to your website. From the point of search engine optimization, these links boost your website popularity in search engines and help you gain exposure. When you post articles on someone else’s blog, the links added in your bio point directly to your blog. This way you will get free backlinks that have both quality and authority.

    Gain Social Media Exposure

    Social networking is a powerful marketing tool. When the articles you write for other people’s blogs get stumbled or tweeted, your site will gain traffic. This technique allows you to establish yourself as an expert in your niche and help your blog rank better in search engine results. If those who read your posts will want to find out more about a particular topic, they will click on the link you added to your profile. This way they will be directed to your blog, which can help you gain new subscribers and build a targeted list.

    Now that you know about the main advantages of using guest blogging, you should do your homework and find out how to write great blog posts that people want to read. First of all, you need to decide who will own the copyright to the posts you write. In case you want to find someone to post on your blog, then you must do some research and then approach your prospective guest blogger.

    Before you post articles as a guest blogger, think about what you are hoping to gain. Do you want to increase the visibility of your blog in search engines or you wish to gain potential clients? Once you make a decision, try to find blogs that allow you to write for them. Look for text like “become an author” and “write for us.” Don’t hesitate to contact other bloggers and ask them to give you the opportunity to post content on their websites. Let them know who you are and what you have to offer.

    Guest posting on other blogs has many advantages for both parts involved. This technique can help you share your knowledge, increase your feed count and get a permanent backlink to your blog. In addition, guest posting drives free targeted traffic to your blog.

    In order to get the most from guest posting, you must write genuine articles that offer relevant information. Make sure the content you created hasn’t been used elsewhere previously; otherwise, you might be penalized by search engines. Provide as much value as you can and break posts up with bullet points and images. When you write for other people’s blogs, always remember that guest blogging is fun.

    This guest column is by Eric Siu, a specialist at Wpromote, a pay per click management and search engine optimization management company.

    Generating Ideas for Your Blog

    3

    by Scott Spjut

    Whether you’ve been blogging for years or are just getting started, it can be difficult to come up with ideas and topics for your website. Here are some ideas to get you started:

  • Encourage Users to Submit Questions Either have a place on your homepage or sidebar asking for questions, or make a specific post encouraging questions. Hopefully their question will make a good blog post or at least inspire another topic idea.
  • Use Google Alerts If you haven’t used Google Alerts before, it’s a way to automatically be alerted anytime new content is posted on the Internet for the predefined keywords you’re interested in. This will help you know what other people are currently talking and blogging about, allowing you to add your voice.
  • Use Google Keywords Another of Google’s many tools is Google keywords, which will provide you with additional related keywords you may not be able to come up with on your own.
  • Interview Experts/Customers Again, this tactic helps you two-fold. First of all, you can use the text from the Interview as its own blog post, but you can also use the interview as an opportunity to generate other post topics.
  • Guest Blogging Whether it’s friends, family, customers, or others in the industry, having other people guest post for your blog will not only give your website an additional voice, but will keep you from getting too burned out.
  • “Best Of” Your Blog Read some of your old blog posts – specifically the ones that got a lot of traffic – and rehash/give an update on them. (Don’t repost the content as that won’t really help your search results.)
  • Do Book/Website Reviews Spend some times going through others’ work and giving your opinion on it. State what’s good, what’s bad, and what could be improved.
  • Start With a Favorite Quote Whether it be an author, historical figure, or other person you admire, begin a post with a quote and then add your own personal commentary.

    Use these ideas as a jumping off point and you’ll have no problem generating quality, insightful blog posts for your website.

  • Scott Spjut is a writer and editor who has been featured in various magazines, newspapers and websites – including Newsweek, the Washington Post, CBS News and the Las Vegas Review-Journal. Scott currently works with Professional Marketing International helping people change their lives.

    E-Publishing — The Road Ahead Is Paved With Digits

    3

    by Nitin Aggarwal

    Consider this – Amazon earned more revenue through sales of Kindle than through books. Traditional publishing powerhouses like Barnes & Noble are heavily into e-reader market with its Nook offering. Book distributing giant, Borders, has shut down taking hundreds of beloved stores along with it. What is happening to the publishing industry? Some pundits say doomsday stories have been making the rounds for years, yet everything seems to be the same. Is E-publishing really making inroads into the traditional books market?

    It is the cost, stupid

    There is a certain movement towards the digital market. Amazon has been selling eBooks for $9.99 and less, while the same book in print costs more than $25. What would you prefer? Obviously, more and more people are shifting their loyalties towards eBooks. You can download eBooks in a jiffy and don’t have to visit the bookstore, which is miles away anyway. The couch potato’s have never had it better. You can browse through an online store, order an eBook and download it in a couple of minutes. In this modern world of instant gratification and Subway sandwiches, eBooks seem to be the favorite recipe for success. If you order a book online, it takes more than a day to reach you. By then you would have lost the appetite anyway. Given that cost is a great motivator, eBooks seem to be a winning proposition.

    Creating new markets with ebooks

    I am into outsourcing business and offer VA services. If I want to let people know more about my stuff, I can always create an eBook and either sell or give it away free. If I were to publish a physical book, it would have been almost impossible. I just can’t imagine negotiating the printing and physical distribution aspects.  This is probably the beauty of E-publishing. There are exciting authors and books which are now available in eBook format. These authors would never have seen the light of day in a traditional publishing marketplace.

    What will happen in future?

    People out there say that printed books and eBooks would live happily together. I tend to differ. It is going to be a totally digital world. Printed books will become what dinosaurs have – extinct monsters of a lost era. You would probably find them in some old libraries and museums, with children gawking at them with awe and wonder. E-readers like Kindle and Nook have already captured the minds of people. There are millions of free downloads, legal and copyright free, which you can download and read without paying a cent. There are some who find the smell and feel of real books romantic. I feel bad for them.

    Conclusion 

    Digital technology will soon consume the entire publishing world. The cost and ease of use are two factors which are extremely appealing. These factors will propel digital books into the forefront. Physical books will continue to hobble through for a few years but their death is certain. Long live the printed word but the digital world will win.

    This article has been contributed by Nitin Aggarwal. He is a young entrepreneur, who owns the company Offshore Ally. His company is one of the leading providers of talented virtual assistant and link builders online. Connect with him via Twitter.

    John Carlton Live & Interactive

    0

    By Mick Meaney

    Legendary advertising copywriter and marketing mentor John Carlton is going to be on the TMN Network, tomorrow (Tuesday 04-12) at 5pm Eastern / 2 pm Pacific on Kevin Rogers and Ben Johnson’s “The Conversion Kings” show.

    This is something you do not want to miss.

    GO THERE NOW & BOOKMARK

    Why App Stores Work

    0

    by Tavis J. Hampton

    It seems everyone wants an app store now. You cannot turn on the TV or the web and not see or hear someone talking about apps and app stores. A lot of the app store popularity is due to Apple and the iPhone App Store, but Apple was by no means the first to introduce the concept. It was Apple’s persistent marketing that has ignited the app store craze.

    Why do app stores work? Is it just a fad, or is there some deeper fundamental benefit to them? To truly understand why they work, you need to understand how they work. Regardless of whether it is Apple’s app store, Android Marketplace, Google Chrome Web Store, Adobe AIR Marketplace or a gaming service like Steam, the concept is still the same. The app store acts as a central repository for third-party applications, allowing the developers to showcase their content and even sell their apps within the store interface.

    When it comes time for installation, you do not need to visit the developer’s website, download files, extract them, and run an installation program. All you have to do is click “install”, “get”, “buy” or whatever the final button on your device says. The rest is automated. In many cases, future updates are also automated within the app store.

    The concept is something that Linux distributions have used for decades. With a centralized APT or YUM repository, a Linux user can install any application available for the distribution. These repositories, however, were traditionally only for free software. But the concept still works with purchases, and app stores are flourishing as a result.

    Here are six more reasons apps stores work:

    1. Time Saver – No more scanning the shelves of a software store or searching the web for the perfect shareware. Your app for your phone, tablet, computer, or even TV is right at your fingertips.

    2. User Reviews and Popularity Data – Popular things tend to gain even more popularity just because they are popular. People like to know what apps others like.

    3. Trusted Source – If you remember the 90s, you remember the spyware and adware explosion, when it seemed like every other program was malware. With an app store, the company responsible for it has verified the authenticity and safety of the app.

    4. Easier Updates – No longer do you have to manually update each application one-by-one. Many app stores will push out updates the same way operating systems do.

    5. Connected Feeling – Everything is integrated within the device. There is no need to go outside of your comfort zone to find software. People like that.

    6. Easy Browsing – People, both men and women, like browsing the aisles (albeit in different aisles). Sometimes searching for exactly what you want does not work because you may not know what you want. App stores are great for browsing and finding tools and entertainment you may not have even considered.

    According to dedicated host 34SP.com, the Apple App Store currently has over 350,000 available apps and has counted over 10 billion downloads, and there is no sign of slowing down. If anything, we can expect to see more apps, more app stores, and more devices adopting the concept in the future. Apple is now already trying to bring the app store model back to desktop computing, with a repository similar to Linux distributions. Third-party app stores, such as Amazon’s store for Android, will also begin to take root. There are more than six reasons why app stores work, but one thing is undeniable. They work and work well.

    Tavis J. Hampton is a freelance writer and author of The Golden Scrolls. He has over a decade of experience with professional writing on a wide variety of topics, from free and open source software to real estate.

    7 iPhone Apps for Managing Your Finances

    2

    by Tom Blackwell

    There are so many really good iPhone apps especially in the Finance category.  We decided to take a look at some of the most popular apps for managing your finances.  It is really neat to be able to figure out your financial stuff while you are away from your laptop computer.  Here are some the top iPhone apps for managing finances.

    1)  PayPal, this app is free and is of course by Paypal.com.  This is a favorite of mine. I like having quick access to my PayPal account to see my balance or to check on a purchase date.  Using PayPal to purchase items electronically is great and this app just adds the ability of having PayPal always with you.  Of course this mobility option will just enhance PayPal’s popularity as a payment option.

     

    2) Bloomberg Mobile by Bloomberg, this is also a free app.  This is just like accessing Bloomberg from your computer but in this case it’s from your iPhone.  This app provide stock tracking, financial news, financial analysis, it tracks the days leaders and losers.  It is great for the person that wants to know what is happening in the market all day long.

     

    3) Billminder is made by return7, the app’s price is $0.99. This is a basic financial app that helps keep track of your bills’ due dates and the payment amounts of the various financial obligations.  It also remembers what you have paid and what remains unpaid and lets you know by alerts.  It’s a great tool for helping to handle the monthly bills.

     

    4) Bank of America or whatever happens to be your bank, they are all usually free.  In my case it is Bank of America the number one free app in the iPhone finance category.   This is just about the best thing about banks now a day.  It is a multi feature app that really allows you to simply track all your bank accounts while you are on the move.  It also allows for bill payments and that is a very handy feature.  It s great to be able to have mobile access to your bank information with a few simple keystrokes while you are on the go.

     

    4) Pageonce – Money & Bills, this is another free app.  It automatically tracks and organizes all your bills and money.  You can see your credit cards, banks, investment accounts, and bills all from one site.  You can track where your money goes and it also sends important reminders and real time alerts regarding your accounts. 

     

    6) Ace Budget is easily affordable at $1.99.  This app is a simple personal finance application to help you keep a budget and track your spending. All the features of this app were designed to be quick, clean, and intuitive.  One more thing it is also very easy to use. 

     

    7) Debt Free is a great app to help you pay off your debts, sells for $1.99.  This app helps to eliminate your debt by using the Debt Snowball Method.  It will help you to monitor, organize, and payoff your outstanding debts using this very effective method.  The Debt Snowball Method is a very popular method that is recommended and taught by many wealth experts and financial professionals in helping to eliminate debt. 

     

    Tom is a keen walking enthsiast who works for Catalan Adventures – a company specialising in Walking holidays in Europe.

    Popular Businesses and SEO

    4

    When it comes to SEO, some people wonder why owners of unpopular businesses are luckier than owners of well-known businesses.

    They say that it is harder to dominate search results for a keyword that belongs to a popular niche, especially when large companies and organizations are associated with that keyword even without the help of SEO. This is true, but there are ways to battle these industry giants without spending too much money. SEO is designed to cater to the promotion or advertising needs of small businesses, especially those for whom traditional advertising is not an option.

    Owning a well-known business means having lots of competition

    Having a business in a popular niche has its downsides as well. Since these niches are well-known, there’s a high competition for the strong keywords available. It’s unfortunate when some popular businesses want to use SEO for promotion and all the high-quality and high-rank keywords are already dominated by bigger companies and corporations.

    On the other hand, uncommon businesses such as snake oil bottlers and test tube manufacturers do not enjoy the power of SEO, unlike what some people think. Generally, the strong keywords for these niches have no competition, pushing some of them to resort to black hat SEO methods just to make it on top. Some of them use non-related keywords just to get noticed.

    SEO is not for everyone

    There are business owners who see SEO as their only hope. They believe that SEO needs no feasibility study to understand, that SEO is just like any other advertising method that needs time and dedication to be successful. These business owners do the wise move of putting competition aside to focus on business promotion through their keywords.

    Whatever you business is, if you believe in SEO’s capability to bring your business to success, you’ll take it seriously. SEO is definitely not for everyone, but it works for any business owner who believes in it and takes the time to understand and apply SEO techniques to promote his or her business.

    Warner writes about SEO, Blogging, and Web Development, enjoys learning and discovering everything new, and works for Endless Rise, who provides SEO services to SEO Resellers exclusively.

    How Website Speed Is Vital To Your Internet Business

    2

    by Garen Arnold

    If a web page does not load within 5 to 8 seconds, you run the risk of losing a big chunk of your visitors to your site, an estimated 60%! When you lose this much traffic you can kiss your precious money goodbye. Readers wants to access your content at a click of a button and if they are forced to wait too long next time you won’t be expecting them to visit your website again. Your website’s speed is closely connected to the bounce rate so your site should load as quickly as possible. What is the bounce rate? It is the percentage of single page visits which people left your site from the entrance page. The more compelling your entrance page is the more visitors will stay on your site.

    If your visitors are “bouncing” it means chances are you better forget making money since visitor’s will not have the patience to stay on and click your sponsor’s ads. The links to your website should load fast. A faster loading time will attract more user’s attention more than a design laden pages which may be attractive but takes a long time to load. An improvement on your speed will increase your rankings too.

    There are numerous factors that can contribute to the page loading of every web site. Some of this have to do with your page size, the size of the files that you will attached, the size of the graphics files on the page, your hosting provider, server delays, your reader’s connectivity, fancy widgets and your code. The ideal time to load a page is a minimum of 1 to 2 seconds and a maximum of 10 seconds. To check out whether your site is fast there are plenty of available resources on the internet.

    To increase your website speed you have to do some research on which hosting provider can assist you with faster loading time. Use widgets in small doses. They might look cute but they do slow down your site. Keep your designs simple.

    Do keep in mind that online visitors are impatient and might be annoyed if your website takes too long to load. They will be gone to move on to a much faster websiteHere are ways to Speed up your website:

    – Optimized your images. You can turn to an online image optimizer.
    – Compress or eliminate flash elements that are not needed. Use thumbnails. Specify image dimensions.
    – Choose the right format. JPEG is use for photographs, GIF is use for flat color images such as logos or buttons and PNG works like GIF but supports more colors.
    – Reduce the number of objects by combining CSS files with scripts.
    – Learn some coding tricks to increase your web application’s efficiency.
    – Reduce Http Requests from other sites since this slows down things.
    – Connect to regular Http only.
    – Upgrade your servers periodically or as needed. Upgrade your server’s memory too. Divide your server into two: content server and database server. Aside from adding more speed it is more secure.

    This article was written by Garen Arnold who runs a web hosting review website. If you are looking for a hosting service where you get to choose where you datacenter is I would recommend you read his InMotion Review.

    Avoiding the Pitfalls of Overseas Software Development Outsourcing

    2

    by Josh Aggars

    Over the years I’ve seen a lot of excellent small online businesses fail. A lack of capital to see the business through unforeseen events, a change in the macro environment that has fundamentally altered the playing field and evolutions in technology have all played their part. But there is one determining factor I have seen play out time and again that needs to be addressed, namely, you are nowhere without a reliable software developer.

    Out sourcing a software development project overseas can reduce costs considerably but is fraught with dangers. Not only do you need to research and source a developer who you can trust implicitly but you also need to overcome the not insignificant barriers of first hand supervision, accountability and language. Get it wrong and all the cost savings you were hoping to make will be washed away by delays, stoppages and, in some instances, the need to start all over again with a local, more costlier developer.

    So just how do you avoid these pitfalls and ensure a smooth and successful project is delivered on time and on budget? The following tips were learnt through hard bitter experience by a number of clients. I hope they prove of value to you.

    1. Conduct forensic due diligence. Wherever possible ask for references and speak to past customers so as to get an understanding of the company’s capabilities. If the developers will not relinquish such testimonials under the guise of privacy move on.

    2. Prepare detailed blueprints of everything you require of the software. Go through this at length both in detailed emails ensuring to use plain English at all times and over the phone.

    3. Guard against instructions being lost in translation. Ensure that confirmation emails at each stage of the consulting process are sent so you have a paper trail of past agreements. Spend 75% of your projected project time working on the planning stage.

    4. Draw up clear final specs with timelines agreed for each stage. Do not leave anything ambiguous. If possible, agree payments in stages at each development cycle benchmark so you are paying the total agreed fee in instalments.

    5. Pay a local developer to act as a consultant throughout the process and inspect the final specs before signing off on the project.

    6. Agree weekly or fortnightly reviews between the respective project managers and minute the discussions. Whilst the agreed blueprints should safeguard you, do not assume anything. Such calls are an important contact base to ensure the project is moving along as planned.

    7. Always ask for a copy of source code to be sent at regular agreed intervals.

    The above points should be the cornerstone to any overseas out sourcing of software development. Never assume anything about the working practises, technical knowledge or grasp of language of your software partner. Pry, test and remain vigilant throughout.

    When you get things right you can save a great deal of money and provide you with a competitive advantage. Get it wrong and it can be a costly if not tragic mistake for your business.

    Josh regularly writes about social media, technology, small business start ups and more. He runs a chain of successful ecommerce stores selling everything from animal flip flops to havaianas flip flops and more.

    Guest Blogging to Build Your Blog?

    4

    Editor’s Note:
    RINF News firmly supports guest blogging. You can publish your guest posts on RINF here.
    Top quality guest blogging resources include: My Blog Guest and Bloggerlinkup.

    by Breanna Olaveson

    A blog can be a great asset for your company. It gives you a place to publish your thoughts about the industry, connect with customers and establish your brand. It’s also good for search engine optimization to have fresh content on your site. If you maintain a successful blog, your business will likely thrive as well.

    But there are millions of blogs on the Internet, and frequent posts don’t guarantee a loyal following. It takes a lot of work to make your blog grow–you have to write quality blog posts, take (or legally acquire) good photos, stay up-to-date on industry news and maybe host a giveaway or two. But there is one way to help your blog grow many people don’t fully appreciate–guest blogging.

    Guest posting is advantageous to both the guest blogger and the blog owner. Guest bloggers receive increased exposure to a wide audience and gain important links to their websites, which is good for search engine optimization. The blog owner gets fresh content to populate the blog without having to create it. Here are a few tips for successful guest blogging.

    1. Make it an ongoing effort. Being published on more websites means increased exposure for you and your blog. Make a list of blogs you’d like to write for, then contact their owners and start writing posts. Make guest posting an ongoing part of your job. Spend some time every day contacting blog owners and sending posts. Over time, you will see greater results from sustained guest blogging efforts than you will from one isolated guest post.

    2. Put effort into your topics. Your topic is one of the most important aspects of your guest blogging success. Often, guest posts are rejected not because they aren’t high-quality but because the topic has been covered before, doesn’t tailor to the blog’s niche or is irrelevant to the blog’s audience. Try suggesting possible topics to the blog owner before you start writing to ensure your post will be of value to the blog.

    3. Do your best work. You should always write well, but it’s especially important to go the extra mile when you’re writing for someone else’s blog. A quality post will encourage the blog’s readers to visit your site. Reread your post a few times to ensure you have communicated your ideas clearly and that you have used proper spelling and grammar. It will take some extra time, but the payoffs will make the effort worth it.

    4. Come back later. The best guest bloggers continue to contribute to the blog even after their post is published. Check back often for comments and add to the conversation in helpful, respectful ways. Add to the depth of your post by responding to questions and offering helpful solutions. Promote your post on social media networks. Going the extra mile with your guest posts will help you establish yourself as a blogger and develop a loyal following.

    Breanna Olaveson is a professional writer and editor and has been featured in various magazines, including Utah Valley BusinessQ, Utah Valley Magazine, Liahona, Ensign and MainStreet. She has a B.S. in communications and continues to write about business, entrepreneurship, marketing, success, lifestyle and more. Breanna is currently working with Professional Marketing International (PMI) helping entrepreneurs reach their goals.

    SEO Tips to Make Your Website Climb the Ladder of Popularity Rapidly

    9

    by David Ritchie
    SEO or search engine optimization is one of the most powerful internet marketing tools. If one wants to start an online business or create a website for their offline business, then the first thing that they would want is for many people to visit their site. This can only be possible if the website for the company finds itself as one of the top search results in popular search engines like Google and Yahoo. To achieve this ranking, the website owner needs to take care of several things.

    First of all, the website needs to have great content. This is the most important part — the website must contain material that will be of great help and use to the users. They will then use tools like sharing the site through social networking sites. This will increase the reputation of the website.

    One can also look to list the website in the directories of similar websites. There are several such directory listings available on the internet. Some are free, while others charge some fee as well. It is always important to list the website on some of the top directories.

    One should also maintain other parallel websites and in particular, blogs. These should be totally neutral in terms of the company’s product and should preferably be about things related to the product but should never advertise the company’s product. Of course, links to the company’s website need to be given in those other blogs/sites. Once again, the content of these sites needs to be good as well.

    One can also look to use the link exchange principle. It is simple really — one has to share the link of another website in his/her own blog and then request or ask the other person to return the favor. This helps to increase the reach of the website.

    One must try to make the website as attractive as possible. Graphical effects, graphs, pictures, videos etc. should be used whenever possible. However, the purpose of the website or the company and its products should also be kept in mind while designing the website. It is generally advisable to get the designing part done by web designers. They can use latest software like php, css and xml to make the website attractive.

    It is also equally important to try out internet discussion forums, communities and groups to post the links of the website. The posting of the link, however, should be done in a way that does not make it look like spam. Spamming or flooding different websites with links to the site may cause the site to be blacklisted by search engines — so beware of this pitfall.

    One can also try writing in other people’s blogs. It is best to write about things that you know best. This will naturally attract people to your own blog, from which they can visit your company’s website!

    Many people write in articles in article websites like Ezine, about things related to the company’s product. In these sites, there is an option of adding links to the website in the author’s section.

    Lastly, it must be said that since all these tasks can take a lot of time, hiring an SEO company can be best for someone looking to run a commercial website.

    This article has been contributed by David Ritchie. David is a software developer and technical writer with over 10 years of professional experience. He is currently interested in Mac file recovery software.

    Different Levels Of IT-Based Assistance For Corporate Structures

    0

    by Conroy James

    Soaring Competition Demands Something Extra

    Businesses all around the world have to face one factor generally, i.e. increasing competition. This is especially true for an online business scenario.

    As they say, “desperate times need desperate measures”, so this increased competition has led to expand the horizons of web development and now any professional web designer who wants to survive in the industry needs to come up with freshness and uniqueness to make his mark in the industry.

    Intranet, Extranet, and Web Portal Development
    As the business of all scales, be it small, medium, or large, faces increasing demands of clients and users, they feel compelled to adopt and adapt innovative business solutions that can help increase the productivity of their business.

    Intranet, Extranet, and various Web Portals come under the category of such innovative business solutions, helping businesses to serve the industry and general people with improved ideas. Described below are some of the most important aspects of all three of these mediums in assisting business corporations of various levels all across the world.

    The Contributions of Intranet
    In its essence, intranet refers to a private computer network that most appropriately serves to share useful and critical information of any organization amongst its employees. The role of intranet is very significant in corporate cultural development.

    It expands it wingspan much more than simple phone book sharing or HR manual sharing that was deemed more than enough some time ago. Now, corporate culture is one big beneficiary of expertise of intranet in sharing much needed critical information at all levels of the corporation, irrespective of its size.

    This concept is catering the business needs of organizations all across the world to help them function far more effectively in offering services of highest possible levels to their clients.

    The Contributions of Extranet in Providing Competitive Edge to Business Setups
    Extranets slightly differ from Intranets in their functionality. They are basically web-enabled closed-loop networks serving within the confines of an organization. Extranets are aiding small and medium sized business corporations all over the world by establishing highly efficient and productive communication means to interact with their clients, partners, and customers in a bid to help them provide timely and worthy services to the industry in particular, and the whole society in general.

    These offer various levels of information sharing and information access, varying from situation to situation, depending upon the level of exposure needed to complete a particular task. Extranets enable corporations to extend their information sharing at different levels and with different people including their own employees, distributors, or even end users, thus making it a highly dynamic information-sharing phenomenon contributing in industry’s further evolution.

    The Assistance of Corporate Web Portals
    A corporate Web Portal, often referred as enterprise web portal, is basically an internal website at corporate level comprising of a home page. This home page serves as a single-access point offering a central access to whole corporate structure and their content database.

    It provides great assistance in searching, collaboration, and communication tools by extending interaction options, supporting individual departments as well as supports corporate synchronization. It also supports the activities of workgroups and project specified intranet setups, going as far as supporting online applications and security concerns.

    For corporate structure, this kind of setup serves as one-stop shop, or one-window operation facility; a gateway for users’ information collaboration needs. Centralized access to all the information, with the additional facility of manipulating and using this corporate information makes things work for corporate structure like never dreamt before.
    This not only serves the organizational needs of various business setups all across the world, but it contributes greatly in overall development and evolution of the domain.

    Conroy James is a Professional Web Designer Working for Over Four Years in a USA Web Design Company.

    5 Must-Have Apps for Facebook Business Pages

    9

    by Jess Webb
    Facebook Page apps are the easiest and quickest way to customize your Facebook Page and add some cool functionality and features to make your Page more interesting and help you stand out.

    When you first set up a Facebook Page for your business, Facebook automatically includes several default applications, such as Photos, Info, Discussions, Reviews and other similar apps, depending on the type of Page you set up. These default apps are great, but everyone else uses them, as well. They are the default content on every Facebook Page. By adding some new apps to your Page, you can easily make it more content-rich and give your fans something of value to keep them coming back to your Page.

    Here are 5 must-have apps for your Facebook Page:

    1. Static HTML: iframe tabs

    The Static HTML app is how you can add custom pages to your Facebook Page. Want to add a welcome page with one message that non-fans see and another one that fans see? This is the app for you!

    Want to add a page with links to popular articles on your blog, tips or other rich content? This is the app that can do it.

    With this app, you can add your own content right into the app via HTML, or you can embed a page that is already set up on your website. It makes it super easy to add your own content and really customize your Facebook Page so that it’s like your own website within Facebook.

    2. Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube for Pages

    Whichever social media sites you are on, there is likely an app for it that you can add to your Facebook Page. You can embed your Twitter stream right into a Facebook subpage, or pull in your LinkedIn profile or YouTube videos. These apps make it super easy for you to share your content from these other sites right within your Facebook Page.

    To find these or other apps for social media sites, just type in the name of the site in Facebook’s search bar and look for any results that say “App”. Or you can do a Google search for “best twitter facebook app” to find recommendations from other people.

    The more you can interlink your various online places, the easier it will be for people to connect with you wherever they are the most active, and the better chance you’ll have of sharing your message with them.

    3. VendorShop

    If you want to be able to sell your products and services right in your Facebook Page, then this is the app for you. It’s completely free, simple to setup, and gives you an online store right within Facebook.

    VendorShop gives you the ability to offer a special price to people who Like your Page. You can set a normal price, as well as a Like price for each item. If you choose to do this, make sure you mention that special fans-only price on your non-fan welcome page to encourage them to click that Like button.

    Having a shop within your Facebook Page gives you something for your fans to browse and spend some time on your Page. And if you’re offering something that they truly want or need, then they’ll love being able to shop without having to leave Facebook.

    4. RSS Graffiti

    This app will help you to integrate your blog and any other RSS feeds you want to share into your Facebook Page and Wall stream. RSS Graffiti will automatically post an update to your Wall and your fans’ News Feeds every time you update your blog. This means that you don’t have to login to your Facebook Page and manually add that new blog post. RSS Graffiti does it for you.

    There are a number of other apps that do the same thing as this one, so you can pick and choose to find the one you like best.

    You can use this app to automatically share updates from other blogs, as well, such as industry news, your JV partner’s blog or other RSS feeds that would be interesting or relevant to your Facebook fans. Just be careful that you don’t use too many and inundate your fans with too many boring blog posts. Be picky about which ones you let autopost to your Facebook Page so you can be sure you are only sharing great content with your fans.

    5. Notes

    The Notes app is a great way to have a blog within your Facebook Page. You can import your external blog into Notes, so that every time you update your blog it automatically posts a new Note and lets your fans know.

    The difference between Notes and RSS Graffiti is that Notes will pull the whole blog post right into your Facebook Page, where RSS Graffiti will just link to the post on your blog, with a title, description and image if there is one attached to the post.

    The one drawback to using Notes to import your blog is if you embed a lot of videos into your blog posts. The Notes app will not display those videos, just the text around it. If you’re posting a lot of videos on your blog, you’ll probably want to use RSS Graffiti or a similar app that links directly to your original blog post, instead.

    Your Turn

    Which of these apps sound like a good fit for your Page? Are there any other apps that you use and love, that might be a good fit for other businesses using Facebook?

    Jess is a quirky entrepreneur who helps fellow quirks EXPLODE their business on Facebook. She loves all things Facebook and being able to help business owners learn how to build an active audience to grow their business through Facebook. If you’d like to learn more, you can attend her FREE webinar, The Facebook Explosion Blueprint, to learn how YOU can EXPLODE your business on Facebook, as well.

    How Have Vouchers Affected E-commerce?

    0

    by Alex Smith

    Vouchers used to be something that you spent in your local bookshop or high street clothes store. Mostly reserved for Christmases and birthdays, they certainly felt more of the exception than the norm. So how is it that vouchers have so quickly become an essential part of the online shopping experience for so many consumers?

    Firstly, the meaning of ‘voucher’ has been transformed from essentially a store-specific money system to also include a discount coupon or code. Many people use the term interchangeably now, provoking slight confusion for the SEOs out there — when someone searches for John Lewis voucher, do they want a money off code for the online store or to buy a gift voucher for someone else?

    Statistics for UK online shopping from January 2011 show that almost 40% of consumers regularly use vouchers when purchasing over the net. These vouchers are most commonly used to get discounts on food shopping and eating out at restaurants, followed by fashion purchases and then holiday bookings.

    The voucher code phenomenon really took off online in the UK when Threshers released a special voucher for staff and suppliers in 2006. The email went viral and, although Threshers denied that this was the intended effect, it became a classic in the development of the internet. No doubt other retailers had run voucher code promotions before this time but the Threshers moment really highlighted the effectiveness of vouchers (and email marketing) to those working in e-commerce.

    Of course, voucher codes had been around online for many years before this but this one development was the beginning of a significant increase in the amount of people associating vouchers with the internet. This growth has continued in recent years, buoyed by the recession that has affected many countries around the world. When consumers’ wallets and purses are no longer bulging, as they were during the boom years, discount vouchers become an attractive prospect.

    So how has the e-commerce world reacted to this natural interest in discount vouchers? It is not necessarily healthy for profits to have consumers associate your brand too closely with vouchers, unless discounting is part of the central offering of your business. However, on the whole a purchase is better than no purchase so many brands have felt that it is better to offer codes in order to keep their customers loyal and driving revenue throughout the recession.

    But what affect will this trend have in the long term? The research mentioned earlier found that 83% of its respondents would make fewer purchases online if voucher codes were not available. But given the source of the research is a voucher code site, it is possible that this figure is artificially high because of the interests of the participants.

    It would be interesting to run a test to see whether conversion rates increase with a code for, say, free delivery, compared with giving this automatically with every order. I suspect that discount codes would win as this would fuel promotions by affiliates and also consumers would not tend to go looking for a second discount code (whereas they may try to seek a code out if the free delivery was automatically applied).

    Have you tested this with your customer base? How have discount codes affected your business? Please leave comments below!

    Alex Smith, the author of this article, writes about gift vouchers and spa deals as well as all things internet marketing.

    Uber Contact Form Building Skills

    3

    by Joe Burnett

    I’ve learned about blogs and websites and found that all successful ones have a simple way to contact the owner, creator, programmer, or writer. Doesn’t that mean that you need to start a contact page too? When I first started programming I did know all of the rules and functions, but I didn’t understand how to pull it all together and make a nice tasty script. That is exactly where almost everyone goes wrong!

                The first step in creating a contact form is the actual form. The form is of course going to be all html. Before you start you need to open the form tag and then close the form tag.

    <form action=”mail.php” method=”POST”>

    </form>

    Alright, simple but I’ll go over it. When you open a form tag it can contain different attributes that describe the form and instruct it what to do. We added two attributes. Our two attributes are action and method. Action: The page the form will send the information to. Method: The type of process the form uses to send information to the action page. Either POST or GET. GET shows up in the url while POST doesn’t show up the url. Last we added the closing tag of the form. It is basic and contains no attributes.

    Not done yet, we still need to provide the input fields which will allow the user to insert information such as name, email, website, message, etc. With the name input field what do you think the html tag name will be? Input! I’m going to build a form with the options to put a name, email, and message; perfect for the average contact form!

    <form action=”mail.php” method=”POST”>

    Name: <input type=”text” name=”name”> </br>

    Email: <input type=”text” name=”email”> </br>

    Message: <textarea cols=”45” rows=”3” name=”message”></textarea> </br>

    </form>

    Looks like a lot, so I’ll go easy. Alright, I color-coded the html for you so you can understand this without any confusion. Seriously. Yellow is what we already had down (The form tag). Red are the input tags I added. Purple is the huge textarea box I added for the message. Last Green is the basic br tag that forces the html page to move to the next line before outputting anything else.

    The first input tag is going to be the name text box. Before the actual input tag is the text, “Name:”; Name: gets outputted before the text box.  After that we have some basic attributes inside the input tag. These attributes are type and name. Type: This is the type of user input data; it can be a text box, check box, radio box, file browse, and more. Name: Identifies the data that the user gave. Both name and email text boxes have the same type, but different names.

    I thought we were doing input tags not textarea tags. A textarea tag is a special type of input. It can be called a text box. What’s the difference? A text box contains rows of available input data instead of one basic line. The text area adds a scroll bar to the edge of the text box for more user control.

    The message again is a textarea text box. Its attributes are cols otherwise known as columns, rows, and name. Cols: exact amount of characters that can fit in the text boxes width. We gave columns a value of 45, rows a value of 3, and name a value of message. Hurray we are complete with the entire html form. Now let’s get down and dirty to work on some PHP code.

    Before you do this I’d check to make sure your web host supports PHP. Some web hosts don’t allow any of their web sites to use PHP. After you check to see if you have PHP check and see if you have a good supply of SMTP. SMTP: Simple Mail Transfer Protocol This will send emails to you alerting someone has contacted you. Ready to begin?

    <?php

    $Name = $_POST[‘name’];

    $Email = $_POST[‘email’];

    $Message = $_POST[‘message’];

    ?>

    Code, Code, Code you’ll see a lot of it. I hope this registers your brain. Remember our action attribute in the form tag? This PHP page, send.php is where you will add this code. If you haven’t learned any PHP <?php and ?> are the opening and closing tags. I hope you remember the name attribute in each of our input values name, email, and message. Here we are creating shorter PHP variables to hold the information the user gave us. If it doesn’t register in your head just bare with us.

    <?php

    If(isset($_POST[‘name’]) && isset($_POST[‘email’]) && isset($_POST[‘message’]))

    {

    $Name = $_POST[‘name’];

    $Email = $_POST[‘email’];

    $Message = $_POST[‘message’];

    }

    ?>

    I added an if statement. The if statement involves using the PHP function isset() and PHP’s && sign. The isset() function is pretty simple it does what it says. Isset() tells me and you if something exists. The && is just a way of telling PHP and. So in English our if statement really says, “if name and email and message exist then do this below.” Neat, huh?

    <?php

    If(isset($_POST[‘name’]) && isset($_POST[‘email’]) && isset($_POST[‘message’]))

    {

    $Name = $_POST[‘name’];

    $Email = $_POST[‘email’];

    $Message = $_POST[‘message’];

    Mail(“youremail@email.com”,”Contact Form Submission”,”Name: $Name Email: $Email Message: $Message”,”From: Your Name Or Email”);

    }

    ?>

    Finally we are done! Your PHP script will work successfully! But what did I add? To alert you that somebody contacted you through your contact form we need to email you. One way to email you would be to use the PHP mail function. The PHP mail function has four availabilities for you to add data. The first is your email so replace youremail@email.com with your actual email ie: john34@gmail.com. Next is the subject. The current subject is Contact Form Submission. After that is the message which will tell you everything you need to know about the person trying to contact you. Last is who it’s from. Just put your email or your name.

    What happens next? He clicks submit and bang a blank white page shows up. What happened? Was it a success? When will they contact me back? Now let’s do something that will help the user understand what happened. Let’s make PHP say something if it works, and say something bad if it fails.

    <?php

    If(isset($_POST[‘name’]) && isset($_POST[‘email’]) && isset($_POST[‘message’]))

    {

    $Name = $_POST[‘name’];

    $Email = $_POST[‘email’];

    $Message = $_POST[‘message’];

    If(Mail(“youremail@email.com”,”Contact Form Submission”,”Name: $Name Email: $Email Message: $Message”,”From: Your Name Or Email”))

    {

    Echo “Your message has been sent I will respond within twenty four hours.”;

    }

    }

    Else

    {

    Die(“Error! You missed one of the required fields. Try again.”);

    }

    ?>

    Now with that programmed PHP will say, “Error! You missed one of the required fields. Try again.” Only if the mail function was a complete fail, or the user didn’t fill in one of the required fields. If PHP did have success sending the e-mail, PHP will say, “Your message has been sent. I will respond within twenty four hours.” Good luck!

    Q: What if I don’t have PHP or SMTP. A: You can switch web hosts that allow both, or just go to another web host, probably free and build a random site. After that, create the PHP page. Once the PHP page is complete, change your html form’s action attribute to point to that exact page.

    Web Programming 101 is my blog all about web design and web development. I can teach you anything and will help you enjoy learning. I hope you liked my article, and I would love to connect with you on Twitter @WebProgramming1

    3 Killer Online Copywriter Tips

    4

    by Tom McSherry

    As a professional online copywriter, I’ve become a critic of sales pages. Any time I come across a sales letter online, I pay attention to what’s done well and where the writer has gone wrong. It’s amazing the number of basic mistakes many marketers exhibit on their sales pages which mean they lose out on sales. Applying a few basic copywriting principles to all your online sales material helps guarantee you squeeze out the best possible conversion rate.

    “What’s In It For Me?”

    Your reader doesn’t care how great you and your product are. At least, she only cares insofar as the greatness of your product can help her solve specific problems in her life.

    In other words, don’t talk about yourself — talk about your prospects interests, hopes, wants, fears and dreams. Copywriting is a business that comes down to your ability to make the reader feel emotion.

    Copy that is too self-centered is a dead giveaway of an uninitiated copywriter. Take a look at your copy and check to see if it brags too much about your company or product. If it does, take each of those bragging points and ask yourself how it directly relates to a want or need of your target market, and rephrase it from that perspective.

    Speak Your Target Market’s Language

    Every target market has its own language. You can’t address computer enthusiasts in the same way you’d address bodybuilders — it’s just not going to work. Generally speaking, your copy should be as free of jargon as possible. This can be a problem if you’ve been in your industry for a long time and you’re used to using technical language — although it might be second nature to you, that doesn’t mean your potential customer is going to understand and relate to technical copy.

    This point relates heavily to buzz words. Many amateur copywriters use generic buzz words in the hope of inspiring emotion in readers. There are some useful generic buzz words, but you’ll find the best effects are created when your impact words are specifically chosen for the target audience. This means you need a deep and clear understanding of what motivates the potential customer you’re addressing.

    Core Benefits

    Most Internet marketers learn early on that sales copy should focus on benefits, rather than features. This is often summed up by the reminder that customers want “quarter inch holes, not quarter inch drills.” In other words, the sale is made based on the end benefit of the product to the consumer, rather than the features of the product.

    The problem is, many marketers don’t go deep enough when they look at the benefits each of their product’s features provide. In order to strike an emotional chord with the reader you must understand what motivates him or her at a gut level. A commonly recommend technique for achieving this level of depth is the, “So what?” In other words, look at each of your benefits and ask “So what?” from the perspective of the consumer. Rinse and repeat until you reach core level benefits that can’t be broken down any further.

    Tom McSherry is a professional online copywriter and the founder of Premium Online Writing. As a writer he’s dedicated to ensuring a top quality standard of copy for his clients to increase their revenues and raise the level of value they offer to the web.

    Utilize Speaking Engagements To Get New Clients

    1

    by Justin Freid

    Business development is not an easy task, especially if you do not have an army of sales reps to cold call on potential customers. Small companies and start-ups need clients to grow and if you aren’t a gifted salesman, you may have a tough time securing new clients.

    Thankfully, there are innovative and non-sales ways to get more clients. Utilizing social media and ranking for the correct terms on search engines can bring in some quality leads which can turn into customers. Another great way to get the word out about your company and have the leads pouring in is to utilize speaking engagements.

    Many cities and towns have organizations, small business seminars, and events such as podcamps, expos and conferences that utilize speakers as a way to attract members to come to a meeting. This presents small business owners or start-up founders and opportunity to show their expertise in their specific area of expertise.

    Once signed up to speak at an event, your will have to create a presentation about a specific topic. If you are an internet marketing company, putting together a presentation about the latest trends in SEO and PPC is a great way to show off your expertise in that area.

    If you are presenting to a crowd of small business owners, you are showcasing your company and your expertise to potential customers. While you are not going to be selling your services to these people directly, it does present the opportunity to connect with potential customers who need help in the area of internet marketing. If you do provide value with your presentation it is highly likely that a few people from your audience will reach out to you concerning your services after the session.

    This makes the sell much more easy. You are already seen as an expert by your potential customer. They are aware of your expertise and have reached out to you to have you for your services.

    Justin Freid is the founder or Front Street Consulting, a Philadelphia SEO Company. Front Street works with small and medium sized businesses through SEO, SEM and internet marketing to help them reach their goals.

    Two Tier Internet Looms

    0

    by Steph Wood

    The possibility of a two tier internet in the United Kingdom is looking ever more like a certainty. With the nation’s biggest Internet Service Providers (BT, Virgin Media and Sky) collaborating on how to sell the idea of ‘fast lane’ access, it’s difficult to see how the proposition is going to benefit anyone but the market leaders.

    For starters, the very notion of a ‘fast lane’ is surely erroneous: the fast lane is what we have now. Oh, it’s a highly congested ‘fast lane’, stressed to breaking point in some cases. But nine out of ten times, these ‘cases’ are those of the giant ISPs anyway, creaking under their popularity from a combination of misfortune and plain old greed. The real innovation is the creation of a lane for unprivileged traffic, not the other way round.

    The Business to Business Problem

    The motivation is money, and though the consumer would get a raw deal (because they would have to pay for a premium service), it’s the business to business side that will feel the most pain. Content providers like Facebook, Google (including Youtube) and Skype will have to pay if they want to receive privileged delivery rights. Now, the possibility of any of these multinationals losing some pocket change to the ISPs won’t be causing many damp cheeks, but this is besides the point.

    If anything, the problem is that the status quo will be maintained, the five star internet reserved for the current leaders and the bar raised even higher for the newcomers. Skype is a poignant reminder that innovation on the net is increasingly about using as much bandwidth as you can get your hands on. How would a new social network challenge Facebook? To even equal them, they’d need enough bandwidth to handle millions of text, image, video and interactive components with speed, before adding whatever bandwidth-sucking unique selling point they’re hoping to have.

    Then there’s Twitter, which has been sailing on millions of dollars of venture capital without ever turning a profit, subject to its own hosting problems and generally creaking even though its service is nearly completely text based. Could Twitter have thrived in a two tier environment? Will it thrive?

    Consumer Apathy Dooms Us All

    So, you say, if we’ve got a problem with two tier ISPs, why not just move to a different provider? After all, many smaller ISPs will refuse to impose similar systems, and will remain popular alternative, truly open alternatives. I suspect that many of us will go with such providers, just as many of us probably already do. But we’re not part of the problem, or the solution. Two tier internet is not the first data segregation strategy employed by the big ISPs, and it won’t be the last. Millions of people don’t care about ‘fair usage policies’ and throttling for heavy users, just as there are those who don’t care that Internet Explorer 6 hasn’t been a valid window on the wired for at least half a decade.

    But this just brings us back to the businesses. The ramifications of two tier access are far more serious than they were with fair usage policies. ‘Fair usage’ hit the heaviest net users, the gamers, movie aficionados and the pirates: people who will move on to other ISPs if they’re not being adequately served. But the millions of people who already content themselves with the big ISPs are a lot less likely to budge when they can pay extra for privileged access. So businesses face a situation where, if they want access to the market at large, they need to pay for that access.

    The BBC have been among the first to say they won’t bow to two tier pressure, but it remains to be seen whether their stance will be realistic should access to iPlayer and other services be throttled. The principle is sound: equal access for all has been a corporation policy since the beginning. But perhaps ‘equally patchy’ access for all won’t do them any favours in the long term.

    Steph Wood works in marketing and copywriting, currently generating content for Splash Bathrooms UK who stock everything from Shower enclosures to full Bathroom Suites.

    Advantages and Disadvantages of a Small Business

    8

    by Haliyma Barrow

    A small business is usually privately owned, with limited sales and stock volume and a small work force. It is either a partnership or owned solely by one person. When starting a small business you should consider its strengths and weaknesses.

    One of the advantages of a small business is the relatively low startup capital needed. Personal savings, small grants and loans from friends and family are usually enough to start up a small venture. Small business grants are available from the government, banks and microfinance institutions when you provide a feasible business plan. As you acquire the capital, it would be wise to familiarize yourself with the pros and cons of a small scale establishment to help you prepare for future challenges.

    A small establishment is easier to manage compared to a large operation. This is because the dealings are usually local and small scale. The owner can keep a hard copy of the transactions or invest in cheap software for record keeping. Keeping track of inventory, cash flow and transactions is easily manageable. However, it is advisable to hire a qualified accountant for a more organized and effective financial record system. The business is also classified as personal income. Therefore, you would not have to file two tax returns as is the case for a corporate firm.

    Perhaps the most prominent feature when determining merits and demerits of a small venture is the ownership structure. A small business is owned mostly by one person or several partners. Therefore, decisions can be deliberated and implemented faster. Since it is personal investment, most decisions are made with the best interests of the business at heart, therefore more care is taken. Profits are solely the owner(s) and how they are to be utilized remains entirely at the owner(s’) discretion. The clients also enjoy a more personal customer service as the employees are few and most of the transactions are conducted on a first hand basis.

    Another factor to consider when determining the pros and cons of a small business is the exposure level. Small businesses lack prominent exposure and authority. Many clients prefer to conduct their business with large established firms rather than the smaller ones which are considered risky. Thus, competition for market share with the already established firms is greatly skewed in their favor especially if they are highly capitalized. Although marketing and advertisement costs for a small business are usually high, gorilla marketing can be utilized to gain leverage.

    Since businesses are there to make profit, evaluating profit and loss is vital when gauging the benefits and limitations of a small firm. When a sole proprietorship encounters losses or defaults on loan repayments, the burden is squarely on the shoulders of the owner. He/she is responsible for all the debts, liabilities, shortcomings and losses encountered. Claims on the debts and loans usually extend to personal belongings like house and furniture in order to cover the debts. On the other hand, when gains are made the sole owner enjoys all the profits.

    Considering the above factors, keen attention should be paid to these merits and demerits of a small establishment as they help when deciding the form of business to start.

    Author Information: Haliyma Barrow begain her journalism career working as a staff writer for an IUP’s student newspaper in 2004. Haliyma enjoys reporting on small business industries, with focus on business franchising.

    Making the Most of Website Designers

    2

    by Kevin Gibbons

    MacBook - image by DaveOnFlickr on FlickrWho makes the vast storehouse that is the Internet palatable to look at and digest? The answer:  website designers.  Combining many of the commercial sphere’s creative challenges, website design constantly attracts new recruits.

    Copywriting, graphic design and audio-visual technical skills are key aspects of website design. Professional-looking moving image technology, clever use of sound, and easy cross-referencing in the form of hypertext links (XR) are all indispensable ingredients to a good web page design. Running concurrently with these in the website designer’s repertoire is a good grounding in the relevant IT processes.

    The Extensive Toolkit at the Website Designer’s Disposal

    Embedding web forms and an auto responder to collect your viewers’ email addresses and then verify these is often a vital element in a business website. The use of the most up-to-date XHTML, making pages load quickly, is similarly important. Cool graphic elements, such as purpose-designed logos, backgrounds, illustrative images, and scrolling banners, “lift” the website and give it an air of authority. Professionals know how to limit these to the bandwidth at your disposal to maintain the speediest loading time possible. Accessibility aspects, ensuring that no targeted viewer is disqualified due to physical impairment, need to be considered too. All of these and much more will be in the toolkit of a good website design service.

    Websites need to Attract Bona Fide Customers

    Boosting online traffic is not the only goal to pursue, however: it’s important to work on conversion. Put simply, conversion occurs when a prospect visiting your site opts to do what you were hoping they’d do – sign up for your newsletter or free offer, ask for a quote or for more details, or actually buy your product. Expressed as a percentage, this figure ideally needs to reach somewhere above the oft-quoted average of a mere 0.5%. Look for website designers who have a proven record of achieving impressive conversion rates for their clients.

    Facing Up to the Competition

    A major problem for the majority of average-size businesses is the slick appearance and fast performance of some of the big, popular corporations favored by web users. To have any prospect of competing with these, besides using all the traditional marketing at your disposal, you must also be smart when hiring a web design team. Most important is to check out their portfolio, visiting the websites contained therein and verifying with the owners that the work was really done by the designers in question. Examine their history, ask about follow-up support, and only sign them up when you are sure that they’re capable of creating a fully-featured, professional, easy-to-navigate, and easily comprehended website.

    If your own budget constraints do not run to all the possible animated and interactive features, you should as a minimum ensure that any visitor knows what is offered and with one click can see how to order what you are promoting and how to contact you.

    Conducting the Website Litmus Test

    Once designed and launched, your website, no matter how good-looking it is, will benefit from the scrutiny of a professional appraisal or review service. Their job is to pinpoint the weaknesses that your website still possesses. Indeed, it makes sound business sense to build in a measure of retention when negotiating with your website designers. In other words, agree on a sum of money to be kept for fixing the gaps that may be discovered during the testing and reviewing phase. Almost all weaknesses centre on the low number of users finding your site. This is usually a matter of insufficient or inadequate SEO strategies.

    If you’ve chosen wisely and paid for quality design, then your website creator should be happy to sort out any glitches. Your designer or design team should be on hand for future improvements to the site.

    Article by Kevin Gibbons of Approved Index

    Approved Index is a leading online service provider that connects buyers and suppliers for a range of services and equipment such as ecommerce web design.

    ICorrect.com: Is this Really Needed?

    1

    by CJ Garrett

    Part of the problem with being a celebrity is the fact that people will often believe things about you that are simply not true. Up to this point, it was considered to be something that comes with the territory, like slightly crazy fans and hate mail. Now, however, Sir David Tang hopes to change all that with a new plan and a new site called ICorrect.com.

    The premise is simple — to give celebrities a place where they can set the record straight about rumors, tall tales, and other gossip spread around by newspapers or the Internet. $1,000 a year is the fee for using the site, and every user must show proof of their identity, but anyone can read it for free. It’s already got a number of high-profile celebs signed up, including Stephen Fry, Tommy Hilfiger, Sienna Miller, and Cherie Blair. In every case, the accusation and the correction are placed side by side, ostensibly so the public can see both sides of the story.

    The Problems

    First of all, $1,000 a year is a high price to pay for a few corrections placed on one site. There have been many famous people who do not have access to such a lump sum, so I would have to say that the site is not designed for just any celebrity. But more than that, it’s important to look at what kind of service they’re supplying for that money — and to be honest, there’s not actually that much there in comparison to other, free sites.

    If we assume that the site is being targeted at celebrities who can pay, then it’s likely that they will also be able to command the attention of newspapers or news sites for free. They have a story, after all, because a rebuttal or correction to something said about them is certainly newsworthy, and the news media already have networks in place to get that information out and to the public far more efficiently than a site that’s just been created.

    I suppose there is the added knowledge that anything placed on ICorrect.com is verified as coming from that particular celebrity, but that’s never been an issue before, so why the concern now? Twitter, for example, has a number of verified accounts, including Barack Obama. Newspapers regularly conduct interviews in person, then post them online. Youtube allows easy dissemination of video and audio. Now more than ever, celebrities can talk directly to their fans if they want to clear up any confusion about their actions or words, and they don’t need to pay $1,000 for the privilege.

    One example given by this article from Switched.com is that of ‘an inaccurate Wikipedia entry’. This is really laughable, considering how focused the Wikipedia editors are on accuracy and truth. If any celebrity were to contact Wikipedia with new information on how certain facts about them were wrong, it would be corrected in a heartbeat — and, as of this writing, Wikipedia is the eighth most popular site in the world.

    Connections and Fairness

    The ICorrect.com website is not without its own structural problems. Each rebuttal is static once posted, unless the celebrity chooses to update it. There is no option for a normal, interested Internet user to discuss the correction on the site itself, which seems like a glaring omission when so many other sites are striving to integrate themselves into the social media landscape. Another problem is the fact that the celebrity presents both the accusation and the rebuttal, completely destroying the concept of a fair and balanced presentation of views. Consider this example from Cherie Blair:

    Cherie Blair on ICorrect.com

    An ‘astonishing outburst masquerading as truthful journalism’? I understand Ms. Blair may be upset at this article, but wouldn’t it be better to present it as is, and not in her own words?

    A Flawed Concept

    The final problem I would like to bring up is the fact that ICorrect.com is trying to be something that doesn’t quite work. Sir David Tang might intend for it to be a complete clearing house for corrections, but people generally are not interested in mere corrections, or celebrities as a demographic. They are interested in particular people. If they were really concerned about whether a story is true or not, they can go directly to that person through any of a hundred different avenues, most of which will allow them to discuss and comment with other fans and supporters. Those who are not really interested in that person are not likely to care about the minutiae of their lives, or who said what about them.

    A collection of corrections seems to be aimed at only one demographic — the celebrities who can afford to pay $1,000 a year for the privilege of posting on a single site, and who are not especially technically savvy or aware of their options online. From what I can see, it’s certainly not aimed at the public. This is, I have to say, a site that may be trying to solve a problem that never really existed in the first place.

    CJ Garrett is a freelance blogger and graphic designer who likes to rant about bad advertising over on his blog, I’m Not Buying That. He also likes vodka and wastes his free time playing Team Fortress 2.

    Is The Future Publishing Your Ebook on the Amazon Kindle Platform?

    6

    by Sharon Hurley

    Many web content writers and bloggers want to publish Kindle ebooks, but don’t know where to start. E-publishing is all the rage, and there’s no better place for a web content writer to publish an e-book than on Amazon’s Kindle Direct Publishing Platform. But how do you go from having a word processed document to having something you can sell online? These tips may help you make the switch from aspiring author to published writer, using one of the fastest growing e-publishing platforms.  These tips assume that you have already written the ebook you want to publish.

    1. Sign Up

    You may already have an Amazon account, but that doesn’t mean you can leap into e-publishing. Before you can upload a book, you’ll need to use your existing Amazon.com credentials to sign up for the Kindle Direct Publishing platform. Approval doesn’t take very long and you’ll soon be ready to publish your first ebook. When you log in to the Kindle Direct Publishing interface, you’ll see a link to add a new title – that will take you to the next step.

    2. Add Book Details

    Click on the ‘Add New Title’ button to get to a one page form. There are fields for the book title, edition and description near the top of the page. Fill out the description as completely as possible, making sure to use any important keywords related to the topic of your ebook. This will help readers to decide whether they want to buy your Kindle ebook or not.

    Next, add the names of any contributors (in most cases, that will be you, as the author). There are also fields for the language, publication date, publisher and ISBN. The ISBN is optional, but it might be a good idea if you ever intend to publish the book in other formats. Next, choose the Amazon categories your book will belong to, and add some search keywords in the appropriate fields.

    3. Upload Your Book

    Upload a book cover to avoid having that ugly placeholder image when your book appears online, then select whether or not you require digital rights management. Then it’s time to upload the book file. You can choose among several options, including plain text, Word and HTML. This is usually the most challenging part of the process, so many people prefer to use a text file and include Kindle formatting codes to make it go smoothly. Be sure to preview the book before you hit the button to okay the conversion. While you are waiting, you can proceed to the next step.

    4. Manage Rights and Pricing

    In this step, you need to select where you have the rights to publish your Kindle ebook. You can choose worldwide publishing rights or select individual countries. Then you choose a 35% or 70% royalty option (availability depends partly on price), and enable lending for your ebook.  Once this is done, you press ‘save and publish’ and you will get an approval email within 48 hours.

    Once your Kindle ebook is live, be sure to head over to Amazon Author Central to set up your author page and claim your ebook. 

     

    Sharon Hurley Hall is a professional web content writer and blogger. She runs Get Paid to Write Online , which offers tips and advice for freelance writers. Follow her on Twitter:@shurleyhall.

     

    Forming Strategic Alliances Online

    2

    by Richard A. Chapo

    The internet is unique in the business world because of the common presence of what are known as strategic alliances. In fact, forming alliances with others online is often considered critical to making a profit. Although webmasters and companies enter into such relationships all the time, few understand exactly what they are and the consequences.

    Let’s start with the basics. What is a strategic alliance? It is simply a legal relationship between two or more parties that hopefully benefits them all. An affiliate agreement is a simple example of a one sided alliance. One party has something to sell and the other party has buyers in the form of traffic who might be interested in buying.

    Equity Alliance

    There are two general types of strategic alliances you need to know about — equity and contractual. An equity alliance is one where two parties come together to form a new business. The parties remain independent, but put together a new company to develop an entirely new channel of business. An example might be an online marketer and a programmer forming an alliance to build and market iPhone apps. A new company would be formed to hold the intellectual property rights for the apps and so on with profits being distributed to the marketer and programmer as shareholders.

    Contractual Alliance

    The contractual strategic alliance is another beast entirely. It is pretty much what the name suggests. Two or more parties simply agree to pursue some form of business that both can contribute to. Let’s look at a classic example. Let’s say I have a huge double opt-in email list and you have a product line that would be perfect for mailing. Assuming we could agree on a revenue split, we would enter into a contract detailing how the deal would work and then get down to business.

    The contractual strategic alliance is extremely popular on the web. As mentioned before, affiliate agreements are essentially alliances, although affiliates rarely have much say in the terms of the deal. That being said, you rarely want to just agree to an online agreement if you can avoid it because nearly every term of the agreement is written against you. More than a few affiliates have learned this when they’ve been terminated from programs and lost their revenues.

    Get It In Writing

    Strategic alliances are something you always want to have prepared by or looked at by a lawyer. There are major issues that must be hashed out. Failure to do so can result in complete disasters. For instance, assume you are a programmer. Assume you bring one of your custom pieces of programming to an alliance. In doing so, you will grant a “license” to the other party to use it. Well, what happens when the agreement ends? Does the other party get to keep using it? Do they get to use it on other projects or sites that you don’t receive any money from? If the answers are not detailed in writing, you can end up being burned and that certainly defeats the purpose of entering into the strategic alliance to begin with!

    Should you be looking around for potential strategic alliances on the web? Absolutely. Just make sure you are protected when entering into them.

    Richard A. Chapo is an internet attorney with SanDiegoBusinessLawFirm.com – where he negotiates and drafts strategic alliance agreements for clients.

    Using Open Site Explorer to Link Build

    4

    by Brian Cox

    Ever wonder if the pagerank toolbar that you’ve become so fond of isn’t that accurate? Considering Google only rolls out updates for the public roughly 4 times per year wouldn’t you want a better indicator of just how powerful and authoritative the site you’re considering contacting for a link relationship actually is?

    Well I’ve got a new tool to use that is much more accurate than making some wild guess based on an arbitrary green bar at the top of your browser. That tool is SEOMoz’s Open Site Explorer. Open Site Explorer takes into account numerous search metrics to give you a better understanding into a sites relevancy on the web and helps you determine whether or not a site is of quality for your links.

    Page Authority
    After inputting the URL you want to scope out, OSE spits out a page that contains a summary at the top and indexed links below. The first metric in the summary is Page Authority. Page Authority is defined as the URL score of that site after combining all link metrics. Anything over 50 here is a decent quality site.

    Domain Authority
    The next metric in line, Domain Authority is the overall score for the root domain. This takes into all pages on a domain and the breadth and scope of that website presence on the ‘net.

    Linking Root Domains
    Next in line, Linking Root Domains. This is one of the core stats we as SEOs are used too seeing. This is one of the stats I like to pay close attention too. This stat allows you to also see which of your competitors are actively partaking in SEO and link building. Obviously a site with 1,000 linking root domains is doing something right. If they just have a handful of root domains and a ton of total links, you know they aren’t the best at SEO and most likely stick to sidebar and homepage links.

    Total Links
    And finally, Total Links, which shows us all followed, no-followed and even 301’ing pages to the domain of interest. Many of us used to solely rely on this number alone, but in recent years it is losing traction as a top measuring tool. Why you ask? Well due to the increasingly high number of spammers and link building bots, some sites can easily obtain over 20,000 back links. However the majority of these links are total garbage. This is why I like to focus on the first two metrics the most.

    Underneath this awesome summary of metrics, Open Site Explorer displays all the links for that particular site in order of authority and importance. Yes, I said it, in order of authority and importance. SEOMoz does the dirty work for us, and puts this all in order showing your competitors best links. Not only that, they also show us two of the link metrics mentioned above, Page Authority and Domain Authority, so you have a better understanding of just how effective a site can be for linking. Start searching through the metrics and finding sites where you are not currently listed and before you know it, you’ll have all the same links as your competitor or website of interest has.

    Brian is the President and Co-Founder of WebTraphic LLC, a Philadelphia SEO company. WebTraphic operates its own ashtray e-commerce store in house and is focused on creating more stores in the future.

    Is Advertising A Fast Track To Internet Success?

    2

    by Marcus Blalock

    The way to make money in today’s society is simple: put it on the web. Regardless of whether you have a product to sell or a service to market, it’s going to be there–or it should be. Owners have to ask themselves, “How do I advertise my website? What do I have to do to promote my site?” The answer is pretty simple, in that you can either take the time, effort and money to train yourself in online advertising, or you hire a professional. Since there is rarely time for the first, that leaves the other, but before you lock yourself into contracts and potentially end up in trouble, take a bit of time to do the following.

    Self-Educate

    Even if you don’t have the time to put yourself through courses in web advertising and design, you need a crash-course in the subject, to at least be able to stay on the same page as the pros when they are going over what they can do for you and how. Ask yourself, “How can I trust someone to advertise my website if I have no idea what they could do for me?” Someone who is entirely clueless is going to end up getting their hat handed to them–and their wallet lightened, with little or nothing in return. The internet is an anonymous place, where anyone can be anything, and you need to know the difference between the real thing and an imposter. So do your research, download some ebooks and watch some series online on the subject. Buy some real books if you prefer that. However you do it, learn as much as you can, as quickly as you can. Then you can say honestly, “I know what to look for and what to do to promote my site. I know the best tools and tactics to advertise my website”.

    “I Want to Promote My Site. Where do I Start?”

    When you have brought yourself up to speed, you need to find a trusty partner in tech. Since there are thousands of companies out there who want nothing better than to work for you, and they are literally all over the world. The best place to start is with your peers, those with similar businesses or those whom you trust, who have some experience in the field. Find out who they trust to do their work. Then take your search online and do some snooping. Narrow down a list. Then set up consultations, which should be free.

    Ask the Hard Questions

    Before the sit-down (which will be virtual, most likely, unless you find firms in your local area), compile a list of questions to ask, so you can evaluate the responses.

    – What are your credentials?

    – May I have references?

    – May I have or see samples of your previous work?

    – How would you advertise my website?

    – What specific tactics would you use to promote my site?

    – What kind of conversion rate do you have?

    – What are your rates?

    If they’re not willing to give references or samples, be on your guard. Someone who wants the work and can do it well will give you what you ask for, without reservation, because they aren’t afraid of being challenged. Someone who avoids giving you more information could potentially be less than professional.

    Once you have gotten the answers you need, ask them to submit a marketing plan with cost estimates and examples. From there, you should be well on your way to making more money on the web, with an effectively advertised site.

    This is a guest report from Marcus Blalock.

    Networking with the Gurus of Your Niche

    1

    by Ally C

    In any situation, the people that you have connections with are just as important as the skills that you have and the knowledge that you know. Being able to network yourself to the Gurus of your niche will give you the leverage in your own endeavors that you could otherwise not do on your own.

    Gurus have already spent a lot of their time building their credibility in their chosen niche and have plenty of invaluable knowledge to share with others, especially those who are just beginning to explore the same niche market. By expanding your network of your niche’s gurus, you’ll be able to save time, money, and a lot of frustrations from doing ‘trial and error’. You will also have the advantage of applying their proven methods, or combine those that are applicable to create something unique that works for you.

    Just as people can say a lot about you by knowing who your friends are, being connected with a certain guru says a lot about your character, your standing, and your worth. Say, in order to get prospects to purchase your products and patronize your brand, it is helpful that your market knows that you are somehow connected with a preferred and trusted brand. This way, you’ll be perceived to be at least of the same caliber with those that they have already tried, tested, and liked. Networking with gurus in your chosen niche makes it easier for you to establish yourself and somehow be accepted and regarded as one of them.

    So how do you begin to network with the gurus of your niche and let them help you in becoming one your own? Here are some helpful tips:

    Embrace your Niche. The best way to begin associating with gurus is to build up your own credibility and show that you’re very well informed and competent in your chosen field. This will allow you to get more from all your networking efforts and help you set up your standing in your chosen niche.

    Know what you can offer differently, your reasons for having chosen your niche, and why it is important to you, to everyone, and everything else. You’ll learn more about your customer’s needs, can serve them better, and – most importantly – naturally realize that the niche market is actually bigger than you initially thought.

    Focus on building relationships. Unfortunately, most people are more obsessed with the opportunities they are after than those people whom they can get it from. Know you purpose, but don’t forget sincerity. Networking is not about who gets the most contacts or business cards, it’s about building relationships.

    When networking with gurus in your niche, make fewer statements and ask more questions. Understand that you have more to learn from them than they from you. And while you can get most out of the relationship when you have something to offer too, genuine interest in the other person–even flattery–is a form of openhandedness and goes a long way when you’re networking.

    Be persistent without being forceful. Gurus can’t be expected to immediately respond to you, or accept your connection right away. Don’t be aggressive, but don’t back out; keep making subtle attempts. And don’t be offended if they don’t acknowledge you right away – gurus often have people trying to network with them. You need to be respectful, and prove them your worth.

    Utilize the Internet, especially Social Media. Websites, Blogs, Podcasts, Videos, Forums; there are plenty of new ways to network today. And with the rising popularity of various social media, connecting with people has become a lot easier. It can be very helpful to spend time on learning how it works because it’s a great way of meeting gurus and other people in your niche and conversing with them. As people discuss their concerns and ask questions, you can showcase your proficiency in your answer. The more active you are in participating in discussions, the more you raise your reputation as a trustworthy authority. Starting a website that caters to your niche will also help you get the attention of the gurus. Acknowledging them and their bodies of works increases your chances of getting a response from them. Hopefully, in no time, you’ll create a lot of connections that wills earn you the respect of the gurus in your industry.

    Attend events. Your goal is to meet new people and network with as many gurus of your niche as possible, and you can’t do this if you don’t put yourself out there. Actively seek out events to attend. Look for conventions, corporate retreats, seminars, trade shows, and training events.

    Know what kind of event you are going to and the profile of the people attending. It is essential that you show up to a social gathering prepared to handle the topics of conversation. Not to brag about the expanse of your knowledge on your niche, but more to be identified as someone competent in his industry. Look for people you know, but don’t stick with them the entire time. Learn to introduce yourself to others with confidence, and remember to always smile.

    Build up your own image. If you build a good reputation in your niche industry, you can feel rest assured that your efforts will be noticed by the gurus at large. Your image will often be compared to that of your contemporaries and be held on display for other people’s criticisms. If you earn a respectable following, you will be able to market yourself quite successfully, and maybe even become a guru yourself.

    Networking is not as easy as most people realize. It is a mutually – beneficial process that occurs through a course of time; it cannot be rushed. Keep in mind that the main objective in your marketing efforts is to capture your niche audience’s attention, particularly the gurus of the industry. When you are successful in associating together with gurus and other like-minded individuals, through long-term business relationship building, you become walking, talking advertisements for one another.

    Ally is part of the team that manages Australian Credit Cards, a free no annual fee credit cards comparison service in Australia. Before joining ACC, she was a Media Planner with McCann Worldgroup Philippines, Inc., with award-winning executions, including the Levi’s 501 “Live Unbuttoned” global campaign.

    TOP 5 WordPress SEO Plugins

    9

    by Hannah Gibson

    WordPress is becoming an increasingly popular platform for company websites as well as blogs. The good news is that there are many plugins for WordPress that make life a bit easier for SEO. The thing that makes these plugins even better is the fact that they make it easier for you to maintain an optimised site even if several people are managing the site. The plugins mentioned below aren’t just ‘nice to have’ for an optimised site — in my opinion, they are ‘must-haves’ for any SEO project.

    1. All in One Webmaster Plugin

    For any SEO project, it’s likely you’ll want to have webmaster tools and analytics installed on the website. Installing these programmes is so simple with the All-in-One Webmaster plugin. It allows you to install webmaster and analytics tools such as Google Webmaster Tools, Bing Webmaster Tools and Google Analytics really easily by simply pasting your verification code or ID numbers into the settings. It’s so easy to do and there is no need to know HTML or manually add the code into every page.

    2. All in One SEO Plugin

    We all know how important certain on-page elements are for SEO and that if several people are updating a website (especially non-SEO’s) often the elements can be forgotten about or not created properly for SEO purposes.
    The All in One SEO plugin allows you to set the page title, meta description and meta keywords for the homepage, but the best thing about this plugin is that it allows you to create dynamic page titles and descriptions etc for every page and post. So basically you create a consistent structure for the elements across your site, for example the page title structure could be set so that it’s created using the name of the page along with the name of the company.
    Additionally the plugin adds the option to create a page title and meta description within the page edit screen so they can be customised easily.

    3. Broken Link Checker Plugin

    This plugin is essential for any website, and should be installed for usability reasons more than anything else as it notifies you of any links on the site that don’t work and go to a 404 error page.
    In terms of SEO, broken links create problems for search engines as the spiders can’t crawl the site properly, meaning the page being linked to might not be indexed! Obviously using this tool means that you don’t have to regularly go through every page on your site checking each link works, saving masses of time.

    4. Redirection Tool

    Redirections are often forgotten about when launching a new website or updating an existing one. Any time URL’s are changed or removed, it is important to set up redirects so that anyone who visits an old URL will see a new page rather than a 404. This includes search engines.
    Google et al might have indexed a long list of your old pages, which means that these could show in the SERP’s (search engine results page), especially if the site has been optimised for SEO already. Search engines often take a few days to a few weeks to crawl your site and index your new pages, therefore people will still see the old URLs in the SERPs and will therefore see a 404 page if no redirect is in place to take them to the newer version of the page.

    5. RB Internal Links Plugin

    Internal linking should happen naturally on any website, again more so for usability purposes than SEO. This is why anyone working on the site might create them, whether they know about HTML or SEO, or not. Although the link they create will work to begin with, it could be possible that someone else updates a particular page on the site, subsequently changing the URL of that page. In doing so, they will have to go and update any internal links to that page so that the link still works instead of a 404 page being returned, as well as allowing the spiders to crawl those links.

    With the RB Internal Links plugin, this problem is avoided and again lots of time saved should any URL change ever happen. The RB Internal Links plugin adds the function to select the page you want to link to by ‘page ID’ rather than the URL address of that page. So for example, you create a link to ‘page 32’ on the site, rather than /products/category3/172 , so when you decide to update that URL to /products/shirts/red the link will still work.
    Not only does this have SEO benefits, but also usability benefits for anyone who will be updating the site, as the plugin function nicely allows you to simply select the page you want to link to, rather than having to find the URL or page ID number.

    Hannah Gibson is the SEO specialist at Attacat – Edinburgh SEO & Internet Marketing Agency

    High-Tech Technology — Are You Safe?

    2

    by Melissa Dean

    The Smartphone craze has gotten to the point where Smartphones are outselling conventional PCs. It is OK to be crazy about your Smartphone or to want to own one — after all, jumping on the bandwagon is a natural human condition. What you should know is that hackers are jumping on the bandwagon right alongside you. They have turned their attention to Win7 handsets, iPhones, and other high-tech mass gadgets. You are not safe, not even when the gadget is safely away in your pocket! Roughly 10 percent of all phones are “equipped” with spyware and malware according to data from a study in 2009. Like it or not, the Smartphone is the new PC; so, start getting smart about protection. There are over 500 types of phone malware at the present, and the number is increasing steadily.

    Android applications are the easiest target

    Back in 2004, hacker attacks weren’t much to fear. Little damage was done by Commwarrior and Cabir worms. Now things have changed. In September 2009, tech whizzes stole money from accounts by installing malware on Symbian units. Experts believe the Android is the easiest target as anyone can distribute applications online. Android applications are rarely checked for security breach. However, Google has imposed barriers recently. Applications run in a protected environment, where they are not in contact with each other and cannot access other devices without the permission of the user. All “rule-breakers” are automatically removed from the official market.

    Overcharging

    Another common effect of hacker attacks is overcharging. There are countless applications on Facebook asking users to fill out surveys, where they have to give their cell phone number. After that, they get huge phone bills with mysterious charges.

    How to protect yourself

    So, what can you do to protect yourself without giving up your precious Smartphone? Avoid storing too much information on it, for starters. You should realize that you are publicizing information just by using certain Smartphone features. This is a result of the software and technology and there is little you can do. The phone contains personal messages, credit card numbers, passwords, bank account information, and other valuable data. Imagine losing the phone. Someone could rack up a bill, and you would be entirely to blame. Report your phone stolen immediately if it is. The account will be annulled, and you’re not left bearing the costs. Make sure you always know where your phone is. Just because you aren’t paranoid doesn’t mean someone isn’t using it. If it is lost or stolen, all your activity can be seen through applications stored by the phone. Set security features like PINs, insure your phone, record the personal IMEI number, and delete all data before replacing your phone if you simply must have the latest model.

    Other risks include harassment, fraud, identity theft, and spam mail. Is there anything you can do about this? Be careful when opening attachments in text messages or emails, because they might contain viruses or malware. Make sure you have anti-virus devices on your phone. Viruses can be transferred via unsecured or public wireless networks; so, do not carry out banking operations in this manner.

    The easiest way to be safe at all times? Don’t buy a Smartphone.

    Melissa Dean writes about Credit Cards in Credit Cards Canada

    5 SEO Tips For Writing For the Web

    5

    by Rutger Steenbergen

    Google AdWords is widely used for attracting new visitors to a website, but without persuasive texts and some incentives they’re easily gone, and your money as well. Avoid this with these 5 tips for persuasive writing for the Internet.

    Tip 1: The value proposition

    Who are you, what do you offer and why should people do business with you? This is – in short – called the Value Proposition. Can you explain in two sentences what the added value of your product or service is, then you wake the interest of the reader and he may turn into a potential customer.

    Use the Value Propositions for example to explain that your product solves a problem, or that you’re the right person to achieve a certain goal. Always think about the customer, when writing a value proposition: what are his benefits?

    Tip 2: Enhance the value proposition

    The Value Proposition can reinforce with additional information to further convince the reader. Common examples include:

    • Testimonials
    • A list of all strengths
    • Offers in order to entice readers
    • Attractive graphics, especially for holidays etc

    Tip 3: Writing for the Internet is different

    Pretty, thoughtful sentences are great to read, but a text on the Internet doesn’t need not be beautiful. It has to be compelling and invite action. This can be reading another article, buy a product, call for information and so on. This is accomplished with a clear call to action, whether or not combined with some urgency. A few examples:

    • Call now and make an appointment
    • Join our newsletter now and receive a Free SEO Guide
    • Get your FREE trial version here

    It doesn’t matter what it is, as long as you just get and keep your readers attention. If you don’t, he’s gone.

    Tip 4: Writing for the Internet should be short

    Readers on the Internet are lazy. They scan a few rules and if they can’t find what they are looking for they’re gone. ‘Less’ is therefore almost always ‘more’. Write short paragraphs, use bullets, short paragraphs and attracting sub-headlines. Draw attention and hold it down, in every possible way.

    Tip 5: keyword research and social media

    You can write a great article, but if Google doesn’t find it and you don’t bring it to the attention through social media channels like Twitter, Digg and LinkedIn nobody will know. So take your time for this. Keywords in the title of an article are a prerequisite for a high position in search engines. A quick way to find keyword is by using the Google suggestion tool. For this article I typed into Google: writing a, writing b etc, until Google came up with a suggestion. This was: writing for the web. Apparently, this term is quite often used, so the title is: 5 SEO tips for writing for the web.

    Then I typed into Google: allintitle:writing for the web. There are only 7.770 sites that have these words in their title, so a high ranking on these keywords – with sufficiently relevant backlinks – is perfectly feasible. With Google Analytics, you can then figure out how many visitors it brings to the site. Another possibility is to run a Google AdWords campaign, only for this and related search terms, to find out which combinations are most often used, and optimize your article for these terms.

    Rutger Steenbergen is journalist, webdesigner and SEO-enthusiastic. He writes (in dutch) about SEO and e-mail marketing on his website www.seozwolle.nl. This post was orignally written in dutch and is called: 5 tips voor het schrijven voor internet

    5 Legal Issues That May Affect Your Blogging Experience

    1

    by Charles Borromeo

    Blogging has really taken off during the recent years as a legitimate way to make money on the internet. You just have to have a quick look at the different make money online blogs that exist to understand that there is a real interest in this field.

    But do you know that there are some legal implications when it comes to blogging? Do you know that you can expose yourself to lawsuits if you are not careful? In this article we will be having a look at these issues in order to help you learn more on this.
    Disclose your affiliation
    The FTC now requires bloggers to disclose all their affiliations with products and services that they may be reviewing in their blogs. If you receive a free gift or some compensation in order to do a review it is important that you make some appropriate disclosure on your blog. This can be done in the post itself or you might as well create a separate page.

    Defamation

    There are some bloggers that will not verify their information and will just publish anything that will bring them traffic. This is the best way to find yourself entangled in a lawsuit. Indeed by publishing some fallacious statement on your blog you may be accused of defamation. Before you post something on your blog you should make sure that you have the necessary proof to back it up.

    Trade Secrets

    You should also be careful when it comes to disclosing trade secrets. In most cases companies will be eager to protect their sources of profit and may be ready to take the battle to the court. Do not forget that they will have the financial resources and also a whole legal department that will be at their service. Make sure that you weigh the pros and cons well before publishing a post that may be considered as a trade secret.

    Content Stealing

    Bloggers should also be careful when it comes to dealing with copyrighted content. You should make sure that you provide a link back where it is due to make sure that you acknowledge the original author. With the ease that you can copy and paste content you can very easily fall in the trap and in some cases this can be unintentional. Always make sure that you check the license under which the work is released to make sure that you do not get involved in copyright infringement.

    Intrusion into seclusion

    You just cannot publish anything that you want under the pretext of free speech. For instance you just cannot drop into the house of a person and then photograph them. Bloggers should be wary of not publishing information that may be considered as private facts. However if you have the written consent of the person then you can do so.

    It is expected that the amount of lawsuit involving bloggers will continue to rise as blogging continue to develop. It is important that bloggers learn about the different aspects of the law in order to protect themselves.

    Charles Borromeo is the writer behind Justice-Explained.com, a site devoted to explain legal questions in layman’s terms. He is also a passionate blogger during his free time.

    Email Overload – How To Battle It And Win

    2

    by Dr.Mani Sivasubramanian

    With our time and attention being strictly limited by a deluge of events, people and issues clamoring for our attention, we are increasingly being forced to set the right priorities so that we can maximize our efficiency. The key, when it comes to email management, is not simply cutting down but doing so without affecting your productivity.

    Until last year, I was subscribed to 96 email newsletters – and that’s in the Internet marketing niche alone. Today, I’m signed up to only 6 of them. The steps I’ll outline below are the exact sames ones I took along this journey to battling email overload.

    1. Audit Your Email Time

    The first step is to analyze how much time you have available to deal with email. Maybe you have 20 minutes to check email every day. Or perhaps you can only afford to catch up over weekends, when you’ll take a couple of hours to scan that cluttered in-box, and read through a week’s backlog of email.

    Your specific style and situation will be unique. But no matter how much time you have and when, it is important to know the frequency and duration for which you will deal with your email, so that you may use it more effectively.

    2. Audit Your Email Volume

    How much email do you receive? The instinctive answer is to say, “Too much!” But that doesn’t help you much. It’s time to get specific. Look at your inbox right now, and note down the total number of emails in it. Keep track for a week and see how many new messages you get every day, and how they are distributed.

    Typically, you will have 2 or 3 ‘busy’ days every week, and a day or two when the volume slows down. Depending upon where you live and how extensively you use email, you may notice that this also ebbs and flows like the tides, with some periods having heavy inflows and other times being quieter. Knowing this helps you decide which times of the day (or which days of the week) are best to tackle email.

    3. Audit Your Email Value

    Some tasks and jobs are heavily dependent upon sending and receiving email. Others are not. Which kind are you involved in?

    Critically examine the value of all emails you receive. Are they mostly educational material and industry updates that help you stay on top of your field? Or are they jokes and inspirational quotes friends and family pass along? Or is it mainly junk email and sales pitches you never asked for? Or something else?

    If an email message is likely to earn you an additional income, or save you money, or give you an edge in career or life, then it has value. If it doesn’t, then its value is lesser, or non-existent. Be ruthless when determining the value of the email you receive. Being tempted to regard them all equally can lead to your never getting out of the quagmire that’s your in-box!

    4. Audit Your Email Utility

    The final question to ask yourself about your email is: “Do I really need this to come in the form of email?”

    The 96 ezines I was subscribed to were delivered by email. Each of them had a copy archived on a website or blog. I could just as easily have them bookmarked or added to my RSS feed reader and not lose any of the information they provided.

    But what really helped me slash this email in-box clutter was discovering content curation sites in my niche which did even this work for me – and culled the news from across these email newsletters (and many more), then presented the summary to me as one daily email message! How about that? Instead of 300 or so emails every week, I was now dealing with just SEVEN – and not losing much of the value.

    5. Take Corrective Action

    All this analysis is useless unless you are committed to acting on the information and doing it immediately. Yes, it can be difficult to click on the ‘unsubscribe’ link on a newsletter you have been receiving for years – but doing it is vital to your overall productivity, especially if you only have limited time available in your day, and time you waste on browsing email comes out of time available to get more meaningful work done!

    Some steps you can take include:

    1. Assign yourself a schedule on which to check your email, read it and respond to it. Stick to those limits very strictly.

    2. Use email filters intelligently. Most email clients offer some variation which allows you to automatically move messages (grouped by sender or content) into a folder, where you can get to them conveniently and quickly.

    3. By filtering your email depending upon value, you will find it easier to focus your attention first upon the most productive messages – and leave the rest for when you can spare a few minutes for them.

    4. Whenever you can find an alternative to receiving news or information by email, and that one is more convenient, quick or easier to catch up with than email, you should adopt it. RSS feed readers are just one example. Mobile alerts, curated content resources and news clipping services are others.

    5. Audit your actions. Is what you’re implementing now making things better for you – or worse? Knowing the answer will help you tweak and change the process until it works well for your needs.

    Yes, you can battle email overload – and win. No, it won’t be easy or effortless. But if I could cut down from 96 ezines to ONE and save at least 3 hours a week from just this one change, don’t you think it’s worth exploring a similar option in your own digital communication system?

    Dr.Mani Sivasubramanian is an Internet infopreneur who creates and sells information products to raise funds that sponsor heart surgery for under-privileged children. On his ‘Infopreneur Blog‘ he shares valuable tips that help information marketers succeed massively.

    Getting a Thousand Views on an Article

    0

    by Warner Carter

    One thousand views a day per article is impossible if you’re just new to blogging. This is understandable because being new means the absence of shared links, networks, and promotion. Getting Web users to become regular readers and visitors of newly launched websites requires hard work.

    Most of us think that self-promotion is the initial and only way of making our URL known to the public. Many writers think negatively of self-promotion, especially those who lived during the times when the Internet wasn’t that popular yet. Times have changed, as well as the way people think. Through blogging and other social media sites, becoming a writer is more possible, as everyone can now be a ‘writer’ or ‘pro’ of a certain niche.

    So if you think self-promotion is the answer to gain thousands of article views, you’re on the right track. If you’re just learning about SEO at the moment, you might as well take extra time to empower your self-promotion through these websites.

    The Underestimated Power of Digg

    Many of us don’t take advantage of Digg’s full potential in giving us high traffic. I’m not saying that we have to switch from Facebook and Twitter to Digg; if you’re the reader-writer type, you may want to consider Digg as your top priority.

    Digg, for me, is a reader’s nook. Digg can give a daily dose of blog posts, news and updates from social bookmarking sites. This website saves me from boredom each time I’m alone in my house. While I just sit reading great articles, my own articles receive hundreds of hits in a day, a thousand hits in a week, and six thousand hits in a month.

    With Digg, and with proper promotion, getting 100-300 article views a day is not impossible.

    The Giants

    Facebook and Twitter are always reliable if you want traffic. Never underestimate these two sites. Just secure a strong network, entice readers through your posts, and leave a reply for every comment. Everything will stay active.

    The advantage in promoting through these two sites is that these sites are extremely popular. Capturing a specific market here is quite achievable, unlike in Digg, which is commonly used by Internet marketers and SEO-concerned writers. Most Web users are familiar with Facebook and Twitter

    Mentioning your blogs through guest posting

    One good practice is habitually but properly mentioning your site on guest blogging sites that allow you to do so. There are many strict guest blogging sites today, but there are also lenient but high-quality blog sites that provide link-dropping opportunities and good traffic conversion.

    Warner is interetsed in everything about discovering and learning new things online. He works with the only for SEO Resellers outsource resource Endless Rise

    THE MEANINGLESS CONCEPT OF ETHICAL WAR: THE CASE AGAINST INTERVENTION

    0

    John Chuckman

    French air force planes struck the first blows: using “intelligent” munitions, the planes struck tanks and artillery which threatened the people of Benghazi.

    Now, who wouldn’t be heartened to learn that mechanized forces being used against civilians, civilians whose only demand was freedom from tyranny, were destroyed?

    One might easily regard intervention, limited strictly to such targets, as both ethical and desirable, but the truth is that intervention is never limited to such targets, and the realities motivating it are loaded with error and, most importantly, with intentions at odds with high-sounding public statements.

    The record for intervention is one of greater death and destruction than the threats it is supposed to stop where it is used and of allowing monstrous crimes to go unchallenged where it is avoided. Indeed, it has been avoided always where monstrous crimes are involved, the very situations in which its human costs might be more than offset by what it prevents. Nowhere in the record is there any consistency with regard to principle despite the press releases accompanying every new bombardment.

    The glimmer of moral satisfaction we feel at the first instance of an event such as the French jets destroying some of Gaddafi’s armor about to attack a city is badly misplaced, for if ethics or morality is to mean anything, it must absolutely be consistent in application. You cannot meaningfully speak of selective ethics.

    At the very time of the events in Libya, we have the same civil unrest and demands for an end to absolute and unaccountable government in Yemen and Bahrain, and they have been met with fairly large-scale abuse and killings by police. Literally scores have been shot dead in the streets. In the case of Bahrain, we have troops from Saudi Arabia — an absolute monarchy much resembling something from the 14th century — entering the country to assist Bahrain’s government in stopping its people seeking freedom.

    Now, anyone who knows anything about the Mideast knows that Saudi Arabia would not march a single platoon of soldiers across its border without explicit approval from Washington. It just cannot be otherwise because America keeps an intensely close watch on matters affecting its client-state, Israel, and because Saudi Arabia’s advanced weapons come from America, and also because, following 9/11, most of the perpetrators having been Saudi nationals, Saudi Arabia has had to work long and hard to gain some trust back from Washington.

    So where is the moral or ethical balance? Help the tyrant in Bahrain and attack the one in Libya? Why is only Libya a target?

    There are many reports, not carried in the mainline press, about Israel supplying the African mercenaries who have been doing most of the bloody work in Libya. They are said to have been supplied by an Israeli military contracting firm connected to Mossad at the kind of high per diem rates which Gaddafi’s oil wealth allows. One of Gaddafi’s sons also made a visit for private talks in Israel in the early days of the rebellion’s repression. Such events, we can be absolutely sure, also do not happen without approval from Washington.

    It appears America has both indirectly helped the tyrant while directly, albeit belatedly, fighting him. I don’t see any evidence of ethics in that situation.

    Gaddafi certainly has grown into an unpleasant figure, displaying signs of deteriorating mental health while commanding the powers of a fairly rich small state. His early days as a rather dashing and intelligent revolutionary figure — few people recall he was featured in a cover story of the New York Times Magazine decades ago portraying him in rather flattering son-of-the-desert terms, the kind of article about a foreign leader which always has the imprimatur of the CIA — are lost in the reality of a mumbling old tyrant who has proved ready to strike down civilians to maintain his position. Naturally, people feel exhilarated to see him lose some military advantage.

    Most humans do appear to be programmed by nature to cheer in situations where there is a clear bad guy and a good guy going after him. That is why blockbuster Hollywood movies and professional wrestling generate billions of dollars in revenue by repeating endlessly the same simple plot with only changes of costume. But world affairs are never so simple.

    Just consider Israel’s assault on Gaza a few years ago, a place which is essentially a large, fenced-in refugee camp possessing no serious weapons. Israel killed something like 1,400 people, including hundreds of children, estimated at 400 young souls, and its soldiers committed such barbarities as using children as human shields. One saw pictures on the Internet of blood running like sewer overflow in the streets of Gaza. Yes, hundreds of children killed and with no rebuke from Washington or Paris or London and certainly no threat of having a no-fly zone or other violent measures imposed.

    Up to the point of intervention, information from Libya suggests nothing on quite that scale of barbarism had occurred, rather there was the beginning of a conventional civil war with one side having better resources. So why the immense difference in response between the two situations? Why did we see Libyan victims on television, but the worst of what Israel committed could only be found on the Internet? Selectivity is at work always in these matters from the very start.

    Not long before the Gaza atrocity, we had yet another invasion of Southern Lebanon by Israel. More than a thousand people were killed in their own land, and here we had the added horror of hundreds of thousands of bomblets from that cruellest of weapons, American cluster bombs, being showered over civilian areas, destined to kill and cripple for years to come. Along the way, Israel showed its contempt for international law by deliberately targeting a group of United Nations’ observers who died bravely doing their duty.

    Yet there was no effort to punish or even restrict Israel as we see today imposed on Gaddafi. How can anyone claim that the response in Libya is ethical?

    Libya is now being so heavily bombed that some Muslim states which joined the “coalition” are making loud noises about the United Nation’s mandate being exceeded. If you read newspapers from Britain as well as North America, you will know that there is disagreement between the public statements of the British and American governments as to what constitutes legitimate targets.

    But when it comes to bombing, America never does anything by halves.

    Shortly after the French attack at Benghazi, 124 cruise missiles, mostly American, began destroying targets in Libya. Reports say four B-52s flew from Europe, each with 30 tons of bombs, and three B-2 stealth bombers, carrying a total of 45 two thousand-pound, “bunker-buster” bombs, flew from the United States. And that was just the start.

    Despite protestations, American targets certainly included sites associated with Gaddafi himself, his own compound having been destroyed.

    And there you have another of many problems with intervention, or, as some like to call it, ethical war: it depends upon the Frankenstein military of the United States because no one else has its destructive capacities, forces which we have seen, again and again, not only kill in great excess but which typically are directed to dark tasks not featured in the propaganda leading up to the effort.

    Recall the American “humanitarian” mission in Somalia in the early 1990s, the one that ended with “Blackhawk down.” We were all conditioned by endless pictures of starving Somalis to welcome efforts at their relief, but the American military, instead of serving the roles of distributing relief supplies and guarding those distributing relief supplies — the ostensible purposes of the mission – almost immediately went after what they regarded as “the bad guys.”

    They attempted to kill one of the major local warlords with special planes equipped with modern Gatling guns, circling the sky and spraying large-calibre shells in built-up areas, at the rate of thousands per minute, much of that indiscriminate firepower killing innocent people and destroying property in a poor region. Hundreds of Somalis were killed by the American efforts, and some reports put the number at 10,000.

    But we will never learn the truth from the American government, which, since its debacle in Vietnam, always suppresses the numbers it kills. It did so in the first Gulf War where tens of thousands of poor Iraqi recruits sitting behind sand walls in the desert were carpet-bombed by B-52s, their bodies later bulldozed into the ground. It did so in Afghanistan, where it regularly has killed civilians for ten years. And it did so in that pure war crime, the invasion of Iraq.

    America’s effort to get the “bad guy” in Somalia was an act of complete arrogance and sheer stupidity, clearly reflecting America’s ingrained streak of hell-and-damnation Puritanism and its Captain Ahab obsession with chasing the white whale over whole oceans. All Americans achieved was to make a deadly enemy, as they shortly learned. They ended up, pretty much leaving the country shamefully and forgetting their first purpose in going there, distributing relief to the starving, something Canada’s soldiers and others routinely do without creating such aggression and such violent results.

    Recall again President Clinton’s launching a large salvo of missiles in 1998 towards targets in the Afghan mountains and at a Sudanese plant in Khartoum. They were said to be aimed at terrorist targets, but the public was given no detailed information. We do know the plant in Sudan proved to be just what it was claimed by locals, a pharmaceutical plant, Dozens of innocent people were killed and property worth many millions of dollars was destroyed to no purpose, based entirely on incorrect information.

    Clinton also launched 23 cruise missiles towards targets in Baghdad in 1993, supposedly in retaliation for an Iraqi-sponsored attempt on former-President George Bush when he visited Kuwait, although the public was given no details of the supposed plot. Even granting there was a plot, if you are entitled to hurl thousands of pounds of high explosives at a distant city owing to a faulty dark operation, what are we to say of the many countries and millions of people who have been victims of America’s many dark operations? What principle is at work here other than might makes right?

    Ethical war is an absurd term, just as is the idea of bombing for democracy is. Always and anywhere, as soon as the military engines are started, just as is said for truth, ethics are left behind. War is a playground for adventurers and psychopaths. Just recall those American pilots during the first Gulf War whose cockpit transmissions were broadcast on television while they strafed Iraqi troops retreating from Kuwait City: their chilling words included, “Hey, this’s like shootin’ fish in a barrel!” And readers should remember that that first Gulf War was itself little more than an American dark operation intended to put Hussein into a compromising position and topple him.

    Deeply discrediting the whole confused concept of ethical war are not just the many crimes committed in its name but the many greater omissions. Genocide has become one of the most abused and misused terms of our time, someone ignorantly using it every time a group of people is killed anywhere, but we have had several authentic genocides since World War II, and I think we can all agree if ever there could be a case for ethical war, it would be the case of genocide. But it is precisely in the case of genocide that all the powers simply hide, the United States having a completely shameful record.

    In the case of Indonesia, following the downfall of President Sukarno in 1967, about half a million people had their throats slashed and their bodies dumped into rivers because they were, or were suspected of being, communists. The entire nation was turned temporarily into an abattoir for humans, and where was the United States, defender of freedom, during the horror? Rather than any effort to stop the terror, it had employees of the State Department on phones around the clock feeding the names of people they’d like to see included in the extermination.

    In the case of Cambodia during the late 1970s, the “killing fields” saw about a million people murdered by the mad ideologues of the Khmer Rouge. Where was the United States? Nowhere to be seen or heard, off licking its wounds from its long, pointless war in Vietnam, except when Vietnamese forces finally crossed the border to stop the bloodshed, the United States yelped, “See, we told you so, the ‘domino effect’ is now at work!” And to this day, few Americans take any responsibility for their county’s role in creating the “killing fields.” In its desperate efforts to win in Vietnam, President Nixon’s government launched huge aerial bombardments and incursions by troops into a neutral country, finally so destabilizing it that the Khmer Rouge took power.

    In the case of Rwanda in 1994, the world watched something on the order of 800,000 people hacked to pieces, the victims selected merely for their ethnic identity. President Clinton knew every detail from the beginning but made every effort to avert his eyes and prevent the United States from being involved.

    So much for the notion of ethical war in the very cases where it could conceivably have made a difference.

    The United States’ motives for intervening in Libya are complex and anything but ethical. It was reluctant even to speak out at first. The truth is that stability in the Middle East — stability as defined by the bloody likes of Henry Kissinger — at the complete expense of democratic values or human rights has been bedrock American policy for decades. This policy had the duel objectives of securing the production of oil and making a comfortable climate for Israel.

    The United States dithered during recent momentous events in Egypt precisely because Israel benefited from that country’s dictator and was not interested in seeing anything resembling democracy emerge in large Arab states, despite its hypocritical and much-repeated refrain about being the only democracy in the region. Numerous Israeli leaders made the most embarrassingly revealing and shameful statements while the scales were tipping against President Mubarak. But the events proved so unprecedented and so overwhelming and pretty much unstoppable without immense bloodshed that the United States finally came down on the right side, working to restrain Mubarak and to ease the transition in power.

    The North African version of Europe in 1848 is very much viewed as a threat by Israel. Imagine all the Palestinians of the occupied West Bank and Gaza, some four million people, plus the non-Jewish people of Israel proper, about a million, stirred by events in North Africa, rising up to demand their rights? Stopping the series of rebellions against unrepresentative governments along the Mediterranean shores must be high on Israel’s list of current foreign policy objectives because it is clear that continued successes encourage new attempts.

    Even further, as we have seen, Chancellor Merkel of Germany has rebuked Prime Minister Netanyahu in public for doing nothing for peace, asserting rightly that the changing conditions of the Arab world make it incumbent upon Israel to pursue genuine peace.

    There is some hard truth assiduously avoided in Western mainstream press and by Western governments in their public communications: that what anyone outside of Israel would call peace has simply never been an objective of Israel’s government. There is no other way of understanding Israel’s actions over decades than its aiming to acquire virtually all the Palestinian lands without the Palestinians, or, at least, with a reduced number of Palestinians put into utterly subservient arrangements with no political integrity and very limited rights.

    But again in Libya, events soon outdistanced United States’ policy. Images of freedom-fighters there being attacked by bloody mercenaries and mechanized forces affected public opinion and allowed of no further dithering, as did the initiatives taken by Britain’s Prime Minister Cameron and France’s President Sarkozy, each for their own political and economic reasons. The truth is that most people are decent, and the general public is always sympathetic with the victims seen in such images, which is precisely why American networks never show images of American troops brutalizing Iraqis or Israelis brutalizing Palestinians.

    Gaddafi has long been a disliked third-world leader in the West – independent-minded leaders never are liked by the American government and there is a long list of them who have been overthrown or assassinated regardless of their democratic bona fides – and in a sense the West’s own past extravagant claims about his being a grand sponsor of terror has blown back on it. Added to the fact that he now appears rather mad and to the image of heroic Libyans winning and then losing in their fight for freedom, public opinion has made the course the United States intended difficult if not impossible.

    But that does not mean public opinion is right about intervention, a subject not well understood by the average citizen. Even the case of a no-fly zone, something judging from the glib words seems to be considered by many a not very aggressive form of help, is not well understood. A no-fly zone is a complex and highly destructive operation, pushing the operator into something approaching a state of war, and yet having little likelihood of success in turning events on the ground.

    Planes first had to fly all over Libya to get the radars turned on. Then attack planes and missiles quickly had to follow-up to destroy the located radars. Airfields and parked planes are also targets. Many people on the ground get killed in the effort, but that’s only the beginning. Twenty-four hour-a-day flyovers must be maintained afterwards to assure radars are not replaced and to attack planes which break the ban, all of which involves more civilian deaths.  And from the first day in Libya, the air attacks have gone beyond imposing a no-fly zone, as we saw in the French attack at Benghazi and, at this writing, British attacks on Libyan armor at Ajdabiya.

    Anyone who has kept track of American pilots’ efforts in Afghanistan and in Iraq knows that they have killed very large numbers of innocent people, and that even in situations where they have complete air superiority. They still kill innocent Afghans regularly, scores at a time, thousands in total.

    The record of no-fly zones is not a happy one. The United States maintained one against Saddam Hussein’s Iraq for a decade after the first Gulf War, a decade of flying over the country and shooting up anything suspicious. There were countless incidents of American planes shooting and bombing people, but the no-fly zone did not prevent Saddam Hussein from achieving his objectives. Unless you are prepared to do to a country what the United States did to Japan during World War II — incinerate whole cities both with conventional or atomic weapons — air power cannot determine the direction of events on the ground with a determined opponent.

    Reports at this writing from Libya suggest exactly the same result.

    Once the no-fly zone is established, frustration over the opponent’s success on the ground creates a constant temptation to say, “In for a penny, in for a pound,” and to commit more force. You may easily find yourself engaged in yet another war. And everywhere and always in the modern era, the victims of war are mainly not the enemy soldiers or their “bad guy” leaders but the people just trying to live their lives. Just think about the roughly one million people who have perished in Iraq plus the more than two million refugees who fled their country, and consider the fact that one of the Arab world’s most advanced countries is now reduced to a generation without jobs, without dependable electric power and clean water. Saddam Hussein never dreamed of doing that much damage to his people despite his atrocities.

    When your objectives going in are confused and uncertain, as are those of the United States, what is the hope for a good outcome? Not great I think. It’s a little like pouring concrete without having constructed a mold. And that is another reason why war for ethical of humanitarian motives has such a poor record: huge investments in death and destruction are made suddenly, upon the occurrence of unanticipated events, and often involving quick turns-around against long-established policy.

    Perhaps the worst charge against intervention is that each instance only makes it easier and more acceptable in the future. The long list of minor to major interventions by the United States in the postwar era — most of them with no pretence of international legality or an ethical nature – should serve as a severe warning against going in this direction. From toppling democratic governments in Iran, Guatemala, or Chile to the holocaust in Vietnam with its estimated three million victims and a land left saturated with poisons and landmines, there is virtually no case for intervention that does not make future abuse and horror more likely by those with great power.

    It is also well to remember that we have a greatly changed world political environment since the events of 9/11. Today the United States, without hesitation, sends drones into a country with which it is not even at war, Pakistan, and kills hundreds of innocent people. Its so-called “kill-teams” perpetrate horrors in Afghanistan, and recent events suggest they have been at work in Pakistan. It still holds people prisoner with no proper law in the secret locations of its CIA international gulag. The abomination of Guantanamo remains. The honouring of international law and agreements has suffered greatly in favour of doing as you please so long as you have the might.

    Even the accepted institution for warranting ethical war, the United Nations, as it exists is a highly inadequate institution to exercise such authority. The United States frequently stands against pretty much the entire world there in opposing perfectly appropriate resolutions and gets its way. And when it wants a resolution approved, member states are subject to behind-the-scenes bribes, cajoling, and threats to produce the votes America wants. No one else has such vast economic, financial, and diplomatic leverage to get what they want there. America has exercised its unique power over the organization many times, from the Korean War to the invasion of Afghanistan. Sometimes, rarely, its demands are so unreasonable that enough of the world’s countries find themselves in a position to resist, as was the case for invading Iraq.

    Ideas for Starting a Recession Proof Business

    3

    by Haliyma Barrow

    Many people are venturing out into the small business arena. If you are considering traveling along this path, then you should start a recession proof small business. This is the type of business that will survive irrespective of the state of the economy. When you create a recession proof small business you ensure a steady stream of income for your future.

    There are certain factors that you should take into consideration when you start a small business that is protected against an economic downturn.

    Establish a recession proof small business by dealing in things that people will always need. You will never lack customers when your small business deals in “must have.” These include clothing, food, energy, fuel and shelter. A business that also deals with health products and services will also do well even in the event of a recession.

    Start a recession proof small company that relates to education. Research has shown that when the economy is down, people tend to go back to school so as to gain a competitive edge over others in the shrunken job market. During hard times, companies look for more qualified personnel to replace those that they lay off. Companies will hire people who can do more than one task to replace two or more laid off employees. If your small business can impart knowledge to these people then you will have an available client base.

    Set up a recession proof small enterprise by offering services that people will opt for during an economic slump. If you are adept with your hands, then you will find plenty of work for your small business. During a recession, people tend to repair old items rather than go out and buy replacements. Whether it is repairing clothes, plumbing or fixing old cars your business will never lack customers.

    Venturing into entertainment is another way to found a recession proof small business. During an economic downturn people who have lost their jobs and cannot find others tend to look for activities that can keep their minds off their problems. The movies have always been a great way of entertaining people. You can even start a traveling theater with some of those who have been laid off so that they can earn money for their sustenance.

    Feel good products are also another way to start a small business that can withstand an economic decline. Items such as cosmetics, alcohol, tobacco and chocolate are things that people do not necessarily need. They are however items that people feel they cannot do without. During the great economic slump, alcohol was one of the booming businesses. Due to this occurrence the US government had to regulate its trade.

    Rumors that the economy is about to take a drastic downturn should not deter you from starting a small business. Identify ways to establish a recession proof small business. A small business is flexible and you can easily change its operations and structure to adapt to any changes in the economy. Furthermore, the costs associated with venturing into a small business are also low and manageable.

    This is a guest article written by Haliyma Barrow, a freelance journalist based in New York. Haliyma regularly reports on the latest business industry trends, broadly covering financial, real estate, and small business sectors.

    Top 5 OsCommerce Add-ons for 2011

    1

    by Adrian S

    OsCommerce e-commerce and store management software has become the gold standard for managing your online store in recent years and there are a number of add-ons that can increase both the functionality and ease of use of the site. But which out of the myriad of add-ons available for download are the ones you should be using?

     

    1. Order Editor

     

    Order editor is an essential for every osCommerce site. This module allows your customers to add additional products to existing orders insert coupons and apply any discounts that they are entitled to apply. It also allows the web manager too easily and quickly change product information such as descriptions and pictures, easily edit product prices and update product quantities to show how much of any one item you have left in stock. It also allows you to edit the tax charged on complete orders or individual items. It will save you enormous amounts of management time and give a much more professional feel to your site.

     

    1. Easy Populate and Products Attributes

     

    Easy Populate is the perfect add on for store owners who prefer to manage their store using other software programs like Excel. You can download all your products into a CSV file, which can then be edited in a software format instead of by using the web browser. Categories and manufacturers are updated automatically and this add-on takes a lot of the boring work out of managing your store and its product offerings.

     

    1. Simple Template System (STS)

     

    STS is designed for web managers who want to personalize their website and make it look different from all the other online stores. This simple to use add on allows you to customize the look of your website without having to be an expert in HTML coding. It also allows you to change the appearance of several pages by editing just one, as the software will automatically update the others for you.

     

    1. Purchase Without Account

     

    Some buyers are unwilling to set up an account with you or create a username and password if they only intend to buy from you once. Installing this add-on will allow them to proceed directly to checkout without setting up or logging into an account and will encourage more customers to proceed through the payment process to make a purchase.

     

    1. Admin Notes

     

    This add-on will give you a separate section under Admin Tools where you can make notes about anything you want to. It is the ideal place to log ideas about how to improve your site or log bug reports and to do lists, or suggestions from customers. Once written, notes can be modified and deleted or moved about however you want them displayed. This add-on will help clear your desk of bits of paper and move all the relevant information into one place. 

     

    Written by Adrian who is currently working with a prestige car hire company, namely Season Cars. 

    Bing, Bing, Bing — Time To Chill Out!

    0

    by Mark C

    Probably the most important thing that Google have over other search engines in the western country isn’t its algorithm (pfff).  They may have one of the most advanced algorithms in the world but this isn’t the thing that makes there search engine what it is at the moment.  No quite simply it is the name.  Google has actually managed to obtain a place in the household of 100’s of millions of people as the terminology used for searching for something on the internet.  Instead of “search it on the internet” the term “Google it” became the most prominently used phrase for finding something online.

    However have other companies been making advances to get incorporated into this usage?  Of course they are, in fact only yesterday Bing managed to annoy me by destroying the new series of “Hawaii 5 O” by squeezing in the term “Bing it” Errr *Cringe*.  You can read another review of it on a Hawaii 5 O recap:  Hollywood News

    Mr Microsoft, you know who you are.  Don’t attempt to push a piece of terminology into the mouths of the public.  We want to make up our own colloquialisms, hang on I am getting a premonition – Bing **it.  

    However it is difficult to get a big business corporation to change their marketing ideals, so they might as well carry on and get more and more people peeved with them.  Only yesterday I was talking to my Girl Friend about work and she knows nothing about the internet.  She even said that Bing was useless.  Knowing that she knows nothing, I asked why she thought this.  She replied, “It looks like a screen full of advertising, and its made by Microsoft”.  I never thought I would say this, but that made me LOL.

    Anyway, back to the more important point that she made about the advertising.  Lets take a quick look at the search page:

    INSERT ATTACHED IMAGE

    The top section is already adding that “Banner” effect that you see on sites that sell links, and people actually pick up on this.  The box on the left is too plain (maybe they should airlift some of the stuff from the banner and place it here) it looks like text links or paid links.  Now we love the 4 listings in the paid section don’t we.  It may not take up any more room than Google’s but the more blue links we see the more off putting it is.

    Would it be prudent to say that although we understand that Bing want a slice of the Google pie / pasty / cake / lasagne (you choose) they also need to calm down a little on the marketing front before they alienate the people they have managed to secure.

    Well Good luck anyways Bing, if you can improve what Google have done, good on you guys!  Hell everyone knows that Google screw up the SERPS on a regular basis anyway.  Problem is, everyone knows who they are, because the public made them that way.

    Mark C is an SEO that works for a French Ski Resorts Tour operator.

    How Can You Avoid Dropping The Ball On Social Media?

    2

    by Dan Cash

    Making a stupid statement or getting into a fight on Twitter or Facebook can be embarrassing and make you look very, very foolish. It can also lose you your job if you foul up badly enough. OK, worst case scenario you can be put in solitary confinement, accused of treason and see you facing the death penalty but that is because of Bradley Manning taking masses of sensitive cables and deliberately disseminating them on Wikileaks, not just rashly expressing on ill-considered opinion.

    UCLA student Alexandra Wallace expressed her caring, humanitarian attitude in a YouTube video which went viral mocking Asian culture and language, Japanese students and the fate of those caught up in the earthquake and subsequent tsunami earlier this week. Of course she’s apologised for it now but that’s not really the point.

    Another dumb-arsed thing you can do is not check properly which profile you’re posting from. Making the statement: “I find it ironic that Detroit is known as the #motorcity and yet no one here knows how to f*cking drive” from your own account might get a ‘tru dat’ from your friends and followers who know the city, mistakenly posting it from you client’s twitter account is unforgivably irresponsible. Even more so when your client just happens to be Chrysler Group. That kind of boob will not only get you fired but your agency dumped from the campaign, something that puts all of your (former) colleague’s jobs on the line in these times.  

    It’s not just the hoi polloi who are inclined to make these sorts of social media gaffs either. Michael Winner, film director, gourmand and car insurance spokesperson recently started talking about the chest of Victoria Coren, a British television presenter and journalist. She began Tweeting him back, thinking that some-one had hacked his account, it turned out they hadn’t the old guy really was making inappropriate comments about her and then began insulting her father, a now deceased journalist and television presenter. In a bizarre twist of manners she apologised for calling him on the telephone at 10:30 in the evening to alert him that she believed some-one had hacked his twitter account while he never had the grace to apologise for his rank crassness toward her.

    If you are going to say anything, in any capacity using social media STOP! Think twice, and think if you’d want your grandmother or your boss to read it. If you’re happy with that, go ahead.

    That seems like the simplest of common sense but it’s a thing that many people clearly forget. ‘It’s internet fluff which doesn’t really count toward anything’ is the attitude many people hold, even Jack Dorsey thought so when he invented Twitter. It’s now reckoned to be worth $8 to $10 billion to the right people. Courtney Love no longer thinks so either now she’s having to pay $430,000 in libel damages to the designer she ripped into on Twitter.

    Ken Goldstein is a VP at Chubb Group of insurance companies. He’s also their World Wide Media Liability Manager and he says: “Just because it’s informal and quick doesn’t mean you can’t get yourself into significant trouble.”

    Chubb have offered some tips on how to avoid landing yourself, or your company in tweet trouble:

    1, Use a ‘Tweet delay.’ Get a some-one to look at what you’re about to put up before you do so. Get them to check that it’s going from the right account and that it doesn’t say anything that is off message for the brand that you’re representing.

    2, Think before you click. Ponder whether this tweet, if spoken aloud, would be tolerated in a meeting or at your family dinner table.

    3, Don’t relax your writing rules. Simply because a tweet isn’t an email or press release that has been officially generated from your office it can still land you up in front of a judge.

    4, Use a designated tweeter. Appoint some-one to be your official mouthpiece and only let tweets pass through them.

    The fact that the guy working for Chrysler was their official designated tweeter doesn’t detract from the rules. Had he observed any of the first three rules he would never have got to the stage of letting that one out.

    So, while social media networks are a great way to get your message across to all of your friends and followers in an instant, take an instant to think about what it is you’re saying and how it will be perceived by the general public.

     

    Since monitoring these events Dan Cash has barely left the house and has become an officianado of Indian takeaways in Cardiff. If you want fast food in Cardiff, he’s the man to ask!

    Facebook’s Now More Entertaining Than Entertainment!

    0

    by Dan Cash

    In the UK social websites are now more popular than entertainment sites, British browsers are now pointed more regularly at sites like Facebook and Twitter than they are at iPlayer or sports websites.

    According to Experian Hitwise social sites received 2.4 billion hits in January this year, that’s 12.46% of traffic or one eighth of all visits while sites classified as ‘entertainment’ received 12.18% of the British surfers share. That trend has made social media and networking sites the fastest growing genre online. Facebook, not surprisingly, sits at the top of the pile of social sites; they have 30 million users registered which is half of the entire population of the UK. Of all of those 2.4billion visits to social sites, 56% were directed at Facebook.

    Not only is the number of visits increasing but the time spent on the site has also increased, the average time spent on Facebook, per unique visit was 22 minutes.

    Experian Hitwise pointed out that due to the multiple platform networking that people do on the internet visiting one resource, Twitter say, was going to lead you to go to your friends’ and followers’ Facebook pages or LinkedIn profiles.

    So, while this drives up intra-social platform traffic links and likes on profiles also direct people outward, onto news and entertainment sites like YouTube, iPlayer, sports and news providers like the BBC and newspapers’ online resources.

    While networks compete for users there is no exclusivity, people can register with as many different social sites as they like and most, with the exception of Facebook, are happy for you to have more than one profile to suit different facets of your personality. So an eighth of people who leave one site immediately begin looking at another. Facebook is a key source of this type of traffic too, as people leave it they tend to go straight to other, smaller either local or niche networking sites while a fifth of people who hop off of Twitter’s twig hop onto some-one else’s.

    Social networks have become a major source of traffic for many different types of websites and businesses who are prepared to engage. If your site depends on distributing content and attracting visitors then using social, and exploiting it effectively, can put you ahead of the curve when it comes to your competitors. If you have a transactional website and you still rely solely on web searches for your traffic and conversions you could be missing a trick. Making yourself social, getting a fanbase, increasing brand loyalty, using social to distribute news and special offers will all make your site and the product you’re selling a little bit tastier.

    If you have a business, whether that’s you as a sole trader or if you have a multinational concern then setting up a social profile is one thing that you can do today that will be a hands down benefit for the future. Networking’s proved that it’s not just a flash in the pan, it’s an industry expectation. 

     

    Dan Cash Is so hooked on social media he barely leaves the house. He lives off of chinese takeaways in cardiff and pizza deliveries in southampton when he’s working away from home.

    Do You Want To Be Utterly Forgettable On Facebook?

    1

    by Dan Cash

    Plans are afoot to make it possible to be ‘forgotten online’ thanks to a speech made to the European Union by EU justice commissioner Viviane Reding. Being forgettable will mean that potential employers and online stalkers won’t be able to find old photos and silly comments made by you once you have dissociated yourself from them.

    Reding advised US based social media companies such as the ubiquitous Facebook that: “A US-based social network company that has millions of active users in Europe needs to comply with EU rules.” There are going to be a number of proposals disclosed in Spring and among these will be the intention to force Facebook and other social networking sites to make their default settings for privacy high and relinquish control to the user. Reding went on:

    “I want to explicitly clarify that people shall have the right — and not only the possibility — to withdraw their consent to data processing. The burden of proof should be on data controllers — those who process your personal data. They must prove that they need to keep the data, rather than individuals having to prove that collecting their data is not necessary.”

    In the raft of proposals regional privacy guardians will be granted the power to investigate and initiate legal proceedings against companies with services which target European users. A year ago Reding issued social media platforms a warning, although she was thinking specifically of Facebook, when she said that privacy settings were taking a turn for the worse, now she’s putting those warnings into actions.

    Facebook user profiles have been open to the public by default since January 2010 so users have to find and select the option that means that their thoughts and pictures can only be seen by friends and invited individuals. Reding’s spokesman, Matthew Newman said that companies “can’t think that they are exempt just because they have their servers in California or do their processing in Bangalore. If they’re targeting EU citizens, they will have to comply with the rules.”

    Others on Reding’s staff say that privacy settings are often so complex, hard to find or difficult to understand. They say that the new legislation will guarantee privacy is an inbuilt rather than an extra that’s tacked on later. The new rules will also make it impossible for the platform to surreptitiously gather data without the profile holder’s explicit permission. These laws will make the EU the first region to give users the right to be ‘forgotten.’

    Many people find that it’s difficult to delete your account and even when you do things which you have said and photos that you’re tagged in with other people or alone won’t disappear just because you’re no longer a user of that particular social media outlet. If they’ve been liked or commented on by other people they will remain on their sites as memories which are still associated with you.

    Newman spoke on this matter: “Maybe you’ve been at a party, up until four in the morning and you or someone you know posts photos of you. Well, it’s a harmless bit of fun, but being unable to erase this can threaten your job or access to future employment.” The new rules are intended to give consumers a specific right to withdraw their permission to share their data, including pictures “… and once you’ve withdrawn your consent, there shouldn’t even be a ghost of your data left on some server somewhere. It’s your data and it should be gone for good.” He went on.

    Facebook maintain that they are already fully compliant with the EU statutes as they stand and says that it will work alongside officials in Brussels in their efforts to revise the data protection legislation that was introduced in 1995. Remember that 16 years ago was virtually Year Zero as far as the internet goes and legislation which was stringent enough then will be ill equipped to deal with the way the internet works today.

    Sophy Silver, spokeswoman for Facebook said that: “Facebook is fully engaged in the debates around the review of the European Union’s data protection directive. We work closely with data protection authorities across the EU and with the European commission.” She went on to say that Facebook users were able to remove their data completely from view, after which it took a couple of weeks for the company’s servers to completely process the withdrawal of the photo or profile.

    Dan Cash is a features writer who values his internet privacy. The tinfoil trays that Indian takeaway food from southampton comes in makes a perfect hat to stop Google stealing his thoughts. Seriously though, anyone wanting to protect their online identity should always think very carefully about what they put up using their account. You shouldn’t rely on food packaging that comes from Southampton delivery services.

    4G Mobile is Coming — But What Does that Mean for your Business?

    1

    The UK government has announced its plans to prepare for the selling of rights for the next generation of wireless networks, heralding the start of the fourth generation mobile spectrum. This will mean faster download speeds on mobiles as more capacity is freed up for the networks, so what will this mean for your mobile strategy?

    Stepping up the capacity of the networks should have a huge impact on the download speeds on offer to the mobile internet and with tablets such as the IPad utilising this technology, as well as phones such as the IPhone and Google Android, the demand is certainly there for faster mobile internet speeds.

    So what will this mean for website owners and online businesses? Well if you hadn’t considered mobile before, now is the time. This announcement illustrates that mobile internet is only going to grow, so to ignore it now would be to alienate a large potential audience from your website or business. Here are some of the directions you can take.

    Make Sure Your Website is Mobile Compatible

    The first step is to ensure that your website can be comfortably viewed on a mobile phone. If you have ever tried to view a regular website on a phone then you will know that the sizes don’t match up and that most of the images cannot be seen.

    Mobile friendly websites usually start with m. and if you are using Google they will have a little mobile phone symbol at the bottom. This means that they have been reconfigured to work seamlessly with mobile phones and will offer the mobile viewer a proper online experience.

    If you aren’t mobile compatible, have a look at your website on your phone to see how bad it looks, and then have a look at your Analytics to see how many mobile viewers you have received that will have seen it in that state. You might be surprised by the numbers of people you will be putting off by not considering this ever growing audience.

    Look at the Options Available to You

    Faster download speeds will be opened up by 4G technology and this opens up more online opportunities than just having a mobile compatible site. Think what downloads would be useful for your audience to have on their phones. Do you want to create an app? How about linking to your YouTube video from your mobile site? With faster download speeds will come more opportunities to interact with your audience through online means, so look at mobile as a part of your whole online strategy.

    Remember Google!

    Just because we are talking about a different platform, it doesn’t mean that the old rules of SEO should be ignored. With many phones (especially Google Android) having a link to Google on the front screen, making sure your website is search engine friendly is as important as ever.

    One of the most talked about issues with the mobile internet is whether there will be duplicate content issues between the desktop and mobile websites, but all of the noises coming out of Google say that they treat the mobile and desktop sites as completely different entities, so web owners shouldn’t worry about coming up with new content for their mobile site.

    Google have even produced a section on developing mobile sites, so this is a good place to start when trying to keep the big G happy with you mobile friendly website.

    With 4G on the horizon it is clear that developing a mobile presence will be crucial for any business with online ambitions. While it has been possible to get by without focussing on mobile up until now, it seems that it is going to become increasingly important as devices such as IPads and Google Android phones become more popular, and now is the time to start developing your mobile strategy.

    Alan is a web marketer for the promotional gifts industry and writes articles on SEO and marketing for The Promotional Gifts Company.

    Top 10 Absolutely Free SEO Tools 2011

    10

    from fastlec

    Everybody likes free stuff.  Absolutely everybody likes absolutely free!  What kind of free, cool stuff is out there this year for SEO tools?  These 10 choices have been reviewed by those who have used them.  An analysis of the convenience and efficiency of each was provided by the reviewers.  Free, reliable SEO tools are an invaluable asset to online businesses.  In the development of websites, these are some of the not only free, but favorite tools of the trade. 

    1) Keyword Selector

    Overture.com put out the ‘Keyword Selector’ as one of the first ever available keyword tools.  Presently, it is still free, effective and incredibly useful.

    2) Fiddler Web Debugging

    Fiddler tool.com is responsible for ‘Fiddler Web Debugging’.  If you’re tired of paying for other debugging tools, you’ll be happy to know that Fiddler doesn’t charge for their debugger.  It does essentially everything that the debugging tools costing money do.  It does, however, need a .net framework (downloadable from their web site) and is available for Windows only at this time.

    3) Google Web Master Console and Google Analytics

    Google.com does of course have its hands in everything; their ‘Google Web Master Console’ and ‘Google Analytics’ are no exception.  This Urchin based analytics tool is top notch and available free to everybody.

    4) SEO Analyzer

    Sitening.com brings you the ‘SEO Analyzer’.  This tool not only generates but stores reports providing specific rundowns of the elements of an SEO that could make an intense evaluation necessary.  You can switch the stored reports over to PDF accordingly to your needs.  It is an essential tool for your optimization efforts.

    5) SEO for Firefox

    SEOBook.com provides ‘SEO for Firefox’ free of charge.  This little gem is more informative than any other free tool out there.  Be it from the search engine or the visited page, the amount of information this will provide you with is invaluable.

    6) Multirank Checker

    iWebtool.com brings us the ‘Multirank Checker’ for checking the page rank of your clients and nine of their competitors.  It checks the ranking for both Alexa and Google.

    7) Strongest Subpages Tool

    WeBuildPages.com offers an amazing tool called the ‘Strongest Subpages Tool’.  To discover which pages contain the highest amount of inbound links, Strongest Subpages provides you with a finely polished list of just that.

    8) Firefox with the Web Developer Extension

    Chris Pederick developed the ‘Firefox with the Web Developer Extension’.  The brilliance of coupling those two tools makes it one tool with twice the value.  Way to go Chris!

    9) Backlink Creator

    Another WeBuildPages.com creation offered at no charge to its users is ‘Backlink Checker’.  This tool is an SEO must have.  For checking backlinks and user friendliness, it rates a whopping 10 out of 10.

    10) Ranking Checker

    Last but certainly not least, we have another ‘Ranking Checker’ this time by SEOmoz.com.  With it, you can check up to five keywords daily, rankings wise.  After registering for a no charge SEOmoz.com account, you not only can use this valuable tool but store the information that it retrieves for you in an archive.

     

    Under the heading of invaluable free SEO tools, honorable mention goes to Majestic SEO, Foxyrank, The Free Keyword Tool, Strongest Subpages Tool, Keyword Selector Tool, Xenu’s Link Sleuth and Xinu BETA, Keyword Density and Prominence Tool, GEO Targeting Detection Tool and AddMe.com. The various tasks and processes involved with your SEO work can be lengthy and daunting.  It’s like being a juggler in a circus act the way you have to juggle keywords, links, crawlers and text.  It’s funny that a free tool should be so valuable. Every tool listed on in this article is basically something you can’t live without in the world of SEO.  Best of all, they are at absolutely no cost to you. What do you have to lose – Try them today! 

     

    Article written by Ben who works for fastlec.co.uk – a company specialising in electrical supplies and products like the Redring WS7. 

    Starting an Online Shop from Home — 3 Things that Make it Harder than it Looks

    2

    by Kirsty LaVier

    “If you build it, they will come” is a great line for a movie – but it’s a terrible attitude to have about your business. 

    Let’s face it – the world is not waiting for you to fling open your virtual doors.  Starting an online shop from home is not easy money.  Instead, it’s chock full of hard work.  If you’ve been dreaming about starting an online shop from home, there are 3 things that make it harder than it looks:

    1. Credit card charge backs

    This is a biggie that most online business owners never think of when they start up a new shop.

    When you sell things online, you are going to run into credit card charge backs – or, customers who dispute their credit card payment and get their money back.

    With credit card charge backs, not only do you have to refund the customer’s money, you also have to pay an additional fee to the credit card company.  So, you wind up actually losing money on the deal! Some shopping cart software such as VP-ASP have sophisticated anti-fraud mechanisms in place, even so there’s still a risk.

    2.  Your stock

    If you plan on selling physical products, you are going to need a place to store them.  Chances are, you won’t be able to fit everything in your garage!  You’re either going to have to rent a storage facility for your inventory, or switch gears and take up drop-shipping.  No matter which route you choose, you need a firm plan in place by the time your website launches.  Otherwise, you won’t be able to fill orders!

    3.  Customer service

    Customers are always going to have questions or problems.  If you want to keep them happy – and encourage return business – you need a way to address those questions and problems quickly.  Especially when it comes to online businesses, people tend to expect 24/7 service.  They’re not always content to sit around and wait for “normal business hours”.

    And the old saying, “the customer is always right” still rings true online.  You will need to figure out ways to appease even the most obnoxious of customers – or risk getting some bad word-of-mouth advertising.

    Before you start accepting payments, you will need to come up with a good security policy.  That way, you will be able to prove when items were sent, and where they were shipped to.  Also, you will need a crystal clear refund policy.

    If you get too many credit card charge backs, you can lose your merchant account altogether, you’ll need a way to limit them right from the start!

    Kirsty LaVier is editor for Shopping Cart Reviews, the leading site dedicated to helping you find the Best Shopping Cart software.

    Writing SEO Content: A Basic Guide for Writers

    4

    by Adam Thompson

    Note to SEOs: This article is not written for you. However, if you have anyone contributing content to your website who is not experienced in SEO, this article is perfect for them. It’s a great basic guide to help website contributors write content that follows basic SEO guidelines. This will make your job optimizing pages much easier.

    Introduction
    Search Engine Optimization or SEO, is the art and science of getting a website to rank high on search engines. In this article we will cover basic SEO principles that you can use as a writer to ensure the content that you write is optimized and search engine friendly. If you follow the basic guidelines in this article, you will be well on your way to creating content the search engines will be able to understand and rank well.

    Important Terms To Know
    Before we start, let’s define some terms. A keyword is a word that a user searches for online. So if you go to Google and search for beauty, the keyword you searched for is beauty. A keyword phrase is a group of words that someone searches for. If you go to Google and search for free beauty tips, the keyword phrase you searched for is free beauty tips. However, in many cases people tend to use the word keyword and keyword phrase interchangeably.

    Knowing Which Keywords To Write About
    It’s important that you write about keywords that people are searching for so that people will be able to find your webpage. Fortunately, it is very easy to find out what people are searching for. Just use a keyword research tool such as the Google Adwords Keyword Tool. Type in a few keywords related to the topic you are going to write about and the tool will tell you what specific keywords people are searching for. Once you select one of those keywords or keyword phrases to write about, we say that you are targeting those keywords.

    Page Title
    The page title is the text that appears in the bar at the top of your web browser. The page title is the single most important factor that search engines look at to determine what the web page is about.

    • It is very important that you include your keyword or keyword phrase in your page title.
    • It is best to include your keyword near the beginning of your page title. So if your keyword is blue widgets, a title such as Blue Widgets: Buy Great Widgets Here would be a great title. A title such as “Online Web Store Where You Can View, Look At, and Buy Blue Widgets” would not be a good title because the keyword is at the end of the title.
    • Also, try to keep your title about 65 characters or shorter.

    Content Title
    Your content title isn’t necessarily the same as your page title. The page title is what is displayed at the top of your browser window whereas the content title is what is displayed in large font at the top of your article or content. Your content title should include your keyword or keyword phrases, but it should also be compelling and interesting to a user. If you are targeting the keyword blue widget, a good content title would be “21 Ways Your Blue Widget Can Help You Lose Weight and Feel Better.” It includes the keyword phrases you are targeting but it also is very interesting and enticing to users.

    Textual Content
    The textual content (main part) of your article is also important. Of course, you want to write an article that is interesting and valuable to users, but you want to write an article that search engines will be able to understand and rank well. To do this, just be sure that you use your target keywords or keyword phrases a few times throughout your article. You don’t have to stuff the keyword in there a whole bunch of times. For the average size article, about three to five times is usually enough. Don’t worry about achieving the perfect keyword density or other secret equation. Just use the keyword naturally throughout the article so that a user or computer can readily tell that your article is about the keyword that you are targeting.

    Links
    Links to and from your page are also very important. When linking to an article, try to make the clickable text (called anchor text) something that accurately describes the page that you are linking to and includes some of the target keywords for that page. For example, if you are linking to a page about blue widgets, don’t make the clickable text “click here” make the clickable text something like “click here to learn about blue widgets.” Search engines look at the links pointing to a web page to help them determine how important the web page is and what that web page is about.

    Meta Tags
    You may have heard people mention meta tags such as the meta keywords tag or meta description tag. You don’t need to worry about these too much as they are no longer used by search engines to rank pages. However, the meta description tag is used by most search engines as the snippet or little bit of text that will appear along side your webpage in the search results. For this reason it is good to write a meta description that accurately describes your page and would be enticing for visitors to click through to visit your page. Other than that, don’t worry too much about meta tags.

    Other Factors
    There are many other SEO factors that need to be considered, but if you pay attention to the basics covered in this article like choosing your keywords, your page title, your content title, the textual content on the page, and links you’ll be most of the way there. The rest of the work can be done by someone trained in search engine optimization. But by following these simple guidelines, you’ll be writing content that is search engine friendly and much easier for your SEO team to market and promote.

    Adam Thompson is a Partner at RYP Marketing where he specializes in search engine optimization and conversion rate optimization.

    What’s On ‘LinkedIn Today’, Today?

    0

    by Dan Cash

    LinkedIn have launched ‘LinkedIn Today’, their news organ which they hope will become as important a daily destination as Facebook or Twitter. They’ve noticed that although they have many many members few visit every day. If you have a LinkedIn account you probably use it much like I do, check the updates on my everyday email and if there’s something I’m particularly interested in I’ll head on over. Take a look at LinkedIn Today and you’ll find a professional looking business news resource that, it is hoped, will keep you coming back.

    Unlike any ordinary news aggregator LinkedIn knows you and your friends, business contacts and colleagues so the news is specific to your industry interests, things your contacts are interested in and popular news stories across the entire network.

    You can follow your favourite sources, search by topic and follow particular industries, these tweaks will have a knock on and the news that’s delivered will begin, quite rapidly to target itself toward your specific industry.

    Being linked in LinkedIn also algorithmically samples the stories that are trending on Google news, Twitter and receiving Facebook likes. You can search by source or industry, Funny enough LinkedIn Today is the top story for social media on LinkedIn Today and you can see where the story is trending, ie social media, marketing and advertising, online news/ media, recruitment and business.

    Of course there’s an app for that, you can get the news sent to your Twitter account. Because the news is selected by popularity, not an editor there’s a toggle on the lower right of the news’ illustrative picture showing how many people have read and reposted the item, click on it and you’ll see a list of them if they share their profile publically on LinkedIn.

    You also have a share and save option if you think a story will be of interest to others or you don’t have time to read it immediately.

    There are only about twenty industries present in the suggested industries, LinkedIn has over a hundred in the choices of industries so we should hope to see more of them represented as the resource matures and develops. Clicking on top sources gives an alphabetical list of all the major news sources that you can identify and focus in upon. The scarcity of industry sources makes sense though, as Liz Walker, Product Manager of LinkedIn Today points out: “The agricultural industry is not generating enough content to create a compelling product, but we hope, over time, that it will.”

    This all adds to the stickiness of LinkedIn but is it the goose that lays the golden eggs as far as frequent and multiple daily visits goes? If you’re hungry for news you’ll already have your RSSs targeted on the data sources that concern your industry and general sphere of consumption; LinkedIn today may be your one-stop-shop but if you’re already channelling your favourites then a few items from sources you were so far unaware of may get thrown up from time to time but what will the consistency be like?

    Ms Walker is eager: “This makes the value proposition interesting for a wider group of users. If you don’t have many connections, it still delivers the top news in a given industry.”

    If you miss the like or the tweet buttons then, according to Deep Nishar, VP Products & User Experience, you’re missing the point: “What we are focused on doing [with LinkedIn Today ] is not just limiting you to one activity stream. What happens if you miss seeing something in your stream? The whole point with products like LinkedIn Today is to keep your finger on the pulse of what your network and industries are talking about.”

    LinkedIn Today isn’t a news aggregation service, it’s designed to prevent overload by only sending you information that’s relevant to your particular interests. At the moment it’s refreshinhgly clear of advertising and marketing. That should change too though, as Nishar points out, LinkedIn is a business and the product will ultimately be used to generate income. This will include putting up advertising and harnessing user information from the service to sell to marketers. So enjoy LinkedIn Today today before it becomes just another advertising stream.

    Dan Cash Writes on Social Media and SEO, He is currently looking for computer parts for the bare bones PC he is building up to accellerate music and graphics. Multimedia Multiplatform baby, YEAH!

    Looking Within Your Website — Staring At The Crystal Ball

    0

    by S Srinivasan

    At the end of a long day in office, we are often too tired to look back and analyze what had happened during the day. Small things give pleasure though they may not have a lasting impact on your career. Your website is also one of those living organisms, which live through the day, counting their small blessings. If the Alexa ranking goes up a notch you celebrate, else you look for some other good omen. The search never ends. But successful sites are those which look within to find fulfillment. Who are you, by the way?

    Traffic is not everything

    I see website owners who are obsessed with traffic. In fact, the entire industry is geared towards traffic. Google Analytics, Alexa and hundreds of other tools are feverishly churning out traffic figures as if your life depends on it. In the meanwhile, we are missing the woods for the trees. I have a sneaking suspicion that many of us are actually losing out because of the traffic obsession. We must be talking about fulfillment. How many customers actually bought our services or products? What is the profit margin per sale? Are we selling ourselves at basement bargain price? Are we part of the indistinguishable crowd? These are the questions which we must ask ourselves.

    Niche blogging /websites

    As a niche blogger or website owner, you are never going to get traffic like a retail site does. What you must look for is fulfillment. What you must look for is quality of traffic — conversion is important. Numbers on their own are worthless piece of statistic. For example, website of Tissot, an exclusive, branded watchmaker, is never going to get millions of hits in a day. Does it mean that their website is worthless or unsuccessful? Of course not. By its very nature, Tissot will get very few people visiting their site. If these few convert into sales, the job is done. It is the same for Medifast coupons and Nutrisystem discounts — you can bet on it that there won’t be a million hits on this site.

    Embedding value is the real thing

    I always advice people to forget about traffic and focus on creating value. What do you sell? Does your product or service provide value to your customers? Does my website clearly define the value proposition? Does it answer the most important question which a customer asks — ‘What is in it for me?’ I am not talking about a retail store here. This is all about selling your thing — selling yourself. Unfortunately, most of us are stuck with SEO and keywords. I don’t dent the importance of SEO. But we must not obsess with it in exclusion of everything else. The focus should rather be on building value or embedding value into your website. Your online persona is like your personal self. You have to be careful about the company you keep. Once people classify you as crap, you will stay that way. Never underestimate your visitors. Their opinion can move mountains.

    Conclusion

    We have to look within ourselves and reflect on our values and value proposition. Are we providing value to our customers? Is our product or service creating wealth for others (and not for ourselves alone)? Are we benefiting others? These are crucial questions which will mold our future course of action. From this basic premise our strategy would emerge. In this scheme of things, traffic becomes another number — not the sole reason of our existence.

    S Srinivasan is a techno-philosopher who likes to delve on the other (hidden) side of moon. S Srinivasan also blogs, for a living, on diets and weight loss program and offers Medifast coupon codes for 2011 and coupon for Nutrisystem diet plan

    Make a Name for Yourself on Facebook and Twitter

    0

    by Frank Eybsen

    Facebook boasts over 500 million users with 200 million of those users accessing their accounts via their smart phones. Seventy percent of those active users, according to Facebook, are from outside of the United States.

    More than one billion tweets are made on Twitter every year. The Huffington Post asserts that 140 million tweets are made every day, triple the number in 2010.

    That’s a lot of people, around the world, using social media on a daily basis.

    Are you taking advantage of your marketing opportunities on Facebook and Twitter? You better be, if you want to keep in line with the competition. Even with the rising popularity of both Facebook and Twitter, you can still make a name for yourself and effectively promote your business on both social media platforms.

    Remember who is important. You want to make a name for yourself in your industry, within your niche. You don’t need everyone on Facebook and Twitter to know who you are – just the ones who count: your customers (and potential customers).

    Get involved. With social media, you can’t just create an account and forget about it. If you really want to make a name for yourself, you must get involved and stay involved. Be seen on Facebook and Twitter regularly.

    Publish relevant content. Maybe you’ve just read an article that your target market would really be interested in, that could help them in some way. Post the link on Facebook and Twitter. Include some of your own analysis of the article and ask for your followers’ opinions. It’s a great way to get the conversation rolling and to keep your accounts active.

    Interact with your followers. The most important aspect to successful marketing is developing a relationship with your clientele. Your customers are everything to your business, and it’s important that they know you understand that. Facebook and Twitter are effective ways to interact with your clients and to get valuable feedback you might not otherwise receive.

    Let’s say you’re considering developing a new product. Facebook and Twitter provide you the perfect platforms to get input. Give details. Link to a survey. See what your target market thinks of the idea. It’s free, and if they hate it, you’ve averted disaster.

    Don’t just delete the negative. Not everyone is going to love you. If someone offers constructive criticism or says something negative, you don’t always have to delete that comment or post. In fact, if you respond to a negative comment, you’ll probably gain more respect. Maybe a customer isn’t happy with the customer service he received when he dealt with your company. If you respond instead of just deleting the comment, you’re showing your other customers you truly care about their experience and their business.

    Present special offers. Many companies offer special sales and discounts just for Facebook and Twitter followers. Babies R Us and Toys R Us are two great examples of companies that announce special sales just to followers on Facebook and Twitter. It’s a great incentive for customers to not only become a follower of your business but also to keep track of your posts and your tweets.

    Of course, you’ll also want to publicize your Facebook and Twitter pages. At the end of your blog posts or articles, add your Facebook page URL and your Twitter name. Be sure to also display both prominently on your website and in your email signature. All are fast, simple ways to build your audience on both platforms.

    Don’t just settle for promoting your Facebook and Twitter pages online. If you have printed materials, add the web addresses for both. Some pizza joints include their Facebook pages and Twitter names on their menus while a growing number of retail outlets have signs stating “Find us on Facebook” on their doors.

    Even with everyone on Facebook and Twitter, you can still make a name for yourself. Get involved, listen, and remember the people who matter: Your customers and potential customers. 

     

    Frank Eybsen has worked in online marketing, social media, and technology for over ten years.  He is a contributor to a handful of tech blogs and is currently working with HitPath.com to improve their affiliate marketing tracking software.

    Understanding Customers

    2

    by Nitin Aggarwal

    Do you ever wonder who your customer is? I mean what are his likes and dislikes? Why must he buy from you? What do you offer which is irresistible? I have spent a few quiet moments thinking about this and I have realized that most of us are busy creating a website and never think about our customers. If you were in the old world traditional marketplace, you would have been wiped out long back. Thanks to the low cost options on the web, we seem to survive.

    Understanding customer profile

    Each product is designed for a specific market. If you have designed a product which caters to anyone and everyone, you have already lost it. There is a misconception among internet marketers that they can address all segments of the market. Since it is easy and rather cheap to speak to a wider audience, there is a distinct attraction to think of a humungous audience. But in the process we are likely to miss the mark altogether. It is not how many people you can get to your website but how many right customers. Understanding customer profile is extremely important. You will be able to design your website around this understanding. This means you will be able to target the right customers.

    Understanding competitor profile

    This tactics has been around but more in a diffused way. It is not accepted as an intrinsic part of marketing strategy but as a peripheral activity – not a must do but a nice to do kind of stuff. To me, understanding your competitor/s is the starting point. You will be able to evolve and create your marketing campaign in a more focused fashion. Extracting chinks and weak links in your competitors will help you in creating a niche product or service which others have ignored. The personality of your true customer will be born from this exercise.

    Understanding your product

    Don’t be surprised when I say that very few of us understand our product. We are busy looking for customers and never bother about the actual product. When customers reject our offering, we wonder what’s gone wrong – while the reason stares at us right into our eyes. Every product has strength and weakness. If you provide high quality, it comes with a hefty price tag. If a product is affordable, it doesn’t match customer expectations. Your understanding of the product you sell will mean finding the right customer.

    Putting it all together

    Customer, competitor and your product, each have a role to play and are interconnected. Reaching the right balance is critical to your success. No doubt it is a delicate balancing act. If you miss any one of the components, you will miss the boat. In physics this is called buoyancy. In fact, Archimedes, a Greek Mathematician, ran through his town naked, when he discovered the secret of balance. This is what we must do – not run naked through the town but discover balance between our customers, competitors and products. Who knows you might also get to cry Eureka.

    This article has been written by Nitin Aggarwal, the owner and webmaster of Offshore Ally. He is one of the leading providers of virtual assistant and SEO link builders. He is interested in Internet marketing techniques and enjoys blogging. Connect with him via Twitter.

    Fcommerce And The Social Shift

    1

    by Neil Jones

    Monetizing a site is a must for most of us, we need to pay wages, hosting fees and the list goes on.  Most of us throw up an AdSense block or maybe an affiliate offer but when you are Facebook you have to look at it a little differently.  Facebook don’t just throw up an affiliate offer, they throw up an all-in-one ecommerce platform, well maybe not Mark Zuckerberg personally but you can bet he is in the somewhere pulling the strings and finally introduced Fcommerce to the world at his keynote speech last year.

    In the space of the 3 months what was once a route to market that only a select few retailers could invest in is now open to everyone. I’m still amazed at what can happen in such a short space of time. There is now well over a dozen integrated Fcommerce shopping carts offering a fully integrated shopping experience directly from a fan page. The potential is enormous, about 500 million members’ worth of potential in fact.

    So what does it mean to ecommerce?

    Well for starters if you have a large fan base you have a pretty good head start on the rest of us and if you don’t you’d better get friendly real quick.

    Social media has a bad reputation for driving poor quality traffic and that is true to a degree, but if you have built up a fan base that like what you do or your products, then you should be able to put this myth to bed.  With Fcommerce the rules have changed and if you have been building and interacting with your fan base you may be surprised at how well an store may be received.

    There are a couple of things to remember.
    If you have read much about ecommerce, you will know that you have interact with potential customer anything up to 7 times before they commit to buying.  If you are interacting with your Fan base this part of the persuasion process should be covered.

    You will also have the trust factor on your side, as most of the shopping carts allow you to checkout without leaving Facebook, you may find customers will pass further down the sales funnel without dropping off.

    Because you are trading through Facebook, the social aspect will play an even more important role. With a traditional ecommerce store, you will always have some disgruntled customers, maybe they received a bad service or maybe they have nothing better to do then complain about the service they received. You may find the occasional rant about your product or service, which in most cases is not necessarily a big deal and can be swept under the preverbal carpet pretty easily.

    This I’m afraid is not going to be the case with Fcommerce, Social media is now the number one pastime on the net (it ever surpasses porn) and Facebook is the largest social site on the web so it’s inevitable that most people will spend the majority of their time on that site and if any customers have a gripe about you or your business they will let the world know about it through your fan page and this can be devastating because it is directly linked to your shop.
    If anything you will need to monitor the service you offer and indeed how you deal with unhappy customers more closely than with a traditional store as this type of negative feedback will have a direct impact on sales. With that said the exact opposite can also happen, where your customers are delighted with your product they will happily tell the world about it directly on your fan page.

    Though it’s pretty clear to see that these shopping cart may not be the most advanced I have seen, the fact that the industry is so young it’s really impressive to see what they have achieved in such a short space of time.

    Though some big names have already launched shopping sites, the NBA, UFC and JCPenny, which were some of the first and subsequently the most well publicized here are just a few that I liked and they showed, that you don’t have to be a multinational to make Fcommerce work for you. Take a look around this new platform and you will see stores selling everything from Tea To Hoodies  and probably everything in between.

    This is a guest post by Neil Jones who is head of marketing for eMobileScan, one of Europes leading providers to the data capture industry. Specialising in handheld computers like the Motorola LS2208  and Motorola MC70

    11 Ways To Ensure the Success of CRM Project

    4

    by Lyuben Georgiev

    Regardless of the type of a company, good CRM practices are applicable in all economic sectors. Experts say one of the main principles to be followed is the orientation towards the client. In this sense, the company must not only reduce costs and increase productivity but also must improve the quality of customer service.

    The project for implementation of CRM systems is doomed to failure if it is technology oriented, and not towards the critical business processes. To build a comprehensive picture of customer needs, it is necessary in the initial phase of the project to provide an overview of the business. Consider all that will be affected by the implementation of the system. Do they stand to gain or lose? Which business processes will need to reorganize completely, and which little? The failure of a CRM project is almost always due to inadequate aspect attention, so do not miss the following key points:

    1. Provide approval from the management. If the management has no confidence in the new CRM system, how to convince the employees of the company? Approval of the management is important because it is a sign that the company is interested in the new project, which is an additional incentive for shareholders. In most cases, the only difference between successful and unsuccessful CRM project consists of a manager who has adequately defined the importance of the project and realized the problems that need to be solved and has devoted his/her time and effort to achieve the necessary results.

    2. Ensure compatibility of strategies of different departments. Each department whether involved in marketing, sales, service or other activity has its own needs and defined goals. They all represent different parts of the overall strategy of the organization-oriented customer service. It is therefore important to ensure coherence of policies of different departments to manage customer relationships.

    3. Strategy comes first, technology – second. Essential for the success of the project is the introduction of a CRM system based on changes in the efficiency of business processes and increase in revenues rather than technology. Clarify what aspects of activities related to customer interaction can help to maximize these parameters and select solutions that work in this direction.

    4. Minimize financial risks. Essential in the project management is to realize that the implementation of the CRM solution is not determined solely by cost. Experts say the cost of maintenance exceeds the cost of the license 3 times. It is therefore important to account for cost periods – per month, per year. Assessing risks, the value of implementation and long-term maintenance than financial benefits, companies can take appropriate decision, which will shorten the time limits for implementation and will provide low initial cost.

    5. Look for fast implementations.The causes of many failed CRM projects is limited to the fact that companies pursue more ambitious tasks than those which they are able to realize. Implementations of all sorts of functionality require significant investment in staff and reengineering business processes. Companies are not always ready for it all. In most cases it is better to start with smaller, easily achievable projects in which the benefit will be felt quickly.

    6. Consider bypass paths. Find out what exactly are the IT needs of your company. For example, now you may only need a mean of ensuring accountability, and you buy a solution that is not expensive, but it doesn’t provide opportunities for integration with the system for e-commerce. Let your choosen supplier to provide such additional functionality in case you need one in the next 2-3 years. Select a supplier to ensure the growth of applications in parallel with the growth of the company. If in the process of planning the company does not build long-term strategy, then at a later stage additional costs will occur and more time for additional extensions and modules will be needed. So this is better to be provided at an earlier stage.

    7. Clear the data. The availability of correct data for CRM solution is of strategic importance. Ensure that customer data is accurate. Many companies devote considerable time to implement, but missed this essential point that must be carried out even in the initial stage, to make sure that you have a realistic idea of your customers.

    At the start of the deployment enter into a single database, clear duplicate information, make sure you have data on all aspects of working with customers and implement standards in dealing with customer data so that customer information across all organizations will be the same. The basic rule here is to provide enough space on the server to store customer data for 13 months and 3 years for basic information.

    8. Get ready for a change. Businesses are dynamic structures – to realize mergers, acquisitions, sales, changes to senior management, to outsource activities. The company management must be ready at any time to meet changes in the project for implementation of CRM solution. The company may change their field of activity or change the project manager for implementation, as in this case is important to remember that all these changes have a significant focus on strategy for the introduction of CRM.

    9. Do not delay training at the end of the project. Often some managers believe that education is the last phase of implementation. For this stage are spent less money and finally consumers receive the new application at the last minute. Provide consumers with as much time as they need to become familiar with the software before the start of the system. Training should start immediately after the selection of the system and its implementation partner.

    10. Begin implementation of the department that welcomes innovation. From there it will trigger the so-called. “domino principle”. Nothing can contribute to the success of the project as much as if you provide a pilot department with the manager, motivated to win. Success can definitely be contagious.

    11. Ask for expert opinions. Facing problems, whether in connection with the settings of the functionality or strategy to increase the number of users of the system. Companies usually assume they will sort them out by buying a new product or module. In some cases, this does not solve the problem and it may require quite different measures. Consult competent professionals before investing time and money.

    Lyuben Georgiev is marketing consultant for one of the leading CRM providers in Europe – WebCRM. He is also available on twitter @lyuben88.

    What You Need To Know To Target Your Market On Google’s Display Network

    0

    by Adrian Key

    The Google Display Network is made up of millions of websites. Each has chosen to team up with Google to present ads on their site. It also includes other Google sites like YouTube and Gmail.

    The number of websites in the Google Display Network are rising daily. New sites are added through the Google AdSense and DoubleClick Ad Exchange services. Every one that joins must agree to Google’s high standards. This ensures your ads are always shown on quality websites.

    Like with search advertising, you can show text ads. However, if you just limit yourself to text advertising you would not be doing the Display Network justice. You can also show your ads as images, video or in rich media formats.

    The strength of the Display network is that your ads can be shown on relevant websites other than those owned by Google. This gives you the chance to make your offer to many more potential customers at different points in the buying cycle.

    For instance, suppose someone wanted to buy a frying pan. uncertain what make to purchase, they read some reviews. Whilst reading a very good review for a certain make of pan, they notice your ad. You are selling the exact same frying pan they are reviewing with a 10% discount. They click on your ad, review your offer, and make a purchase. An ad in the search-only network may have missed this opportunity.

    Google’s targeting technology is much improved on what it once was. It can now do a reasonably good job of matching your ad with the right content. However, in order to get the most benefit, Google does need you to properly define the audience you want to target.

    Main Targeting Options

    Contextual Targeting:

    With Contextual Targeting Google works out the theme of an ad group by the keywords you use and ads you write. It then matches that theme with those websites on the Display Network that have the same theme.

    If for instance, you sell games consoles, you might choose the keyword “video games console.” Your ad would then be shown on games blogs or games review sites. This ensures your ad is shown to an audience that is interested in what your business has to offer. They are therefore more likely to take action.

    Placement Targeting:

    You may already know the sites that your customers visit most. Placement Targeting lets you show your message on those websites within the Display Network that you think are the best match for your business. You can have your ad shown on individual web pages, online videos, games, RSS feeds, and on mobile sites.For example, imagine you sold tennis rackets. You could individually select the websites of tennis and sports clubs within in the Display Network that you want your ads to appear on.

    Contextual and Placement Targeting:

    The most powerful way to target your ads is by mixing Contextual and Placement targeting together. Imagine you were selling sports shoes. You could select sports websites from the Display Network (placement targeting) and let Google work out the pages on each site that have content on tennis (contextual placement).

    Remarketing:

    Have you ever visited a website looking for a product then moved on to another website and noticed on the page you are reading an ad for that same product and website? And as you move from site to site, have you seen how that particular ad seems to be following you around the Internet? If this has happened to you then you have probably experienced remarketing.

    This targeting method allows you to match your message to people who have previously visited key pages on your website as they browse other web pages within the Display Network.

    For instance, you could add a remarketing tag on all the pages within your website where you mention Xboxes. You can then create an AdWords campaign to show your ad displaying a special offer on a new Xbox to people that have visited these pages as they browse other web pages within the Display Network.

    Other targeting methods

    Geographic and language targeting:

    Geographic and language targeting lets you restrict where your ads are shown. You can target people by the language they speak. Alternatively, you could have your ad shown in certain countries, regions, or within a postcode.

    For example, you may want your ad to be only seen by English speakers. Or, you may want to only show your ad in New York.

    Ad Scheduling:

    Ad Scheduling lets you restrict the hours during which your ads are shown.

    Suppose you run a pizza restaurant and want to advertise your delivery service. You might choose to show your ads between 5pm and midnight to match the hours when your restaurant is actually open.

    Demographic bidding:

    If your products appeal to a certain age group or gender, you can use Demographic bidding to target your ads better.

    Exclusions:

    Google does a reasonably good job of matching ads to content within the Display Network. However, sometimes they do get it wrong. In addition, on occasion, your ad can appear on sites you would rather it didn’t.

    Exclusions allow you to block your ad from being shown on competing sites or sites you consider as irrelevant or a bad match to your business.

    Adrian Key is a professional AdWords consultant and editor of the AdWords Adviser, a blog dedicated to making AdWords profitable for small business. Subscribe to the AdWords Adviser, claim your free ebook, and learn more about the Google Display Network at:) www.adwords-adviser.co.uk

    Multi Colored Shopping Baskets – A Simple Tip For Increasing Retail Sales

    0

    by Randy Pickard

    Quick, come over here! Take a look at that customer over in the cosmetics aisle. Her hands are full and she is pausing to look at another product and seems genuinely interested in it – these are the kind of customers we love, those who buy impulse purchases when they come into our stores. That new point of presence display must be working! Hey, wait a minute, what’s she doing? She is looking around for something and now she’s leaving! What happened? Why didn’t she purchase that item she had her eyes on? What happened to that extra sale we just lost?

    The above scenario plays out tens of thousands of times a day at stores everywhere. A customer comes in for one or two items, finds their hands full, and then leaves without picking up other items they would have otherwise bought if they only had something to put it in. For the lack of a plastic basket, retailers are missing out on millions in impulse buys.

    Many retailers argue that they do provide those baskets – but where do you find them at the most? Right there in the front of the store, next to the registers or door. Customers have proven time and time again they are not going to walk through the store trying to find a basket. They are simply going to pass up additional purchases and make a beeline for the registers. They are taking their money, your profits, and leaving.

    Chances are you may have even tried to place shopping baskets throughout the store. They may have helped, but at the end of the day some baskets never get touched while others are constantly running out. You move them around and around again, but the customers are always eluding them. It’s like a hunt – only the baskets want to be found, but aren’t. 

    Customers are strange like that. Trying to figure them out and their shopping patterns is a multi-million dollar enterprise filled with expensive marketing consultants and programs. With the struggling economy retailers are looking to make every sale they can without having to spend a fortune trying to figure out how. Little do they know the answer lies at the end of the rainbow.

    Colored Shopping Baskets Give Insight to Customers and Hot Products

    The good news is that retailers are figuring out how to win at the shopping basket game while at the same time gain valuable customer insight into their shopping habits through a simple, cost-effective method: using colored shopping baskets.

    What do colors have to do with anything you ask? They are like our own secret GPS units for the store. By strategically placing different colored shopping baskets around the store, we can figure out where customers are picking up the baskets at, where they aren’t, what’s causing them to make impulse buys, and what’s causing them to pass by a display without giving it a second notice. Sound like pure fantasy? Read on!

    Let’s take a typical store that sells general merchandise and some food items. We try an experiment where we choose 5 different colored baskets. The blue ones go right by the front door, the red ones back in the food section, the green ones near the seasonal merchandise, the yellow ones in cosmetics and finally the orange ones near a new display you have just setup. At the beginning of the day the baskets are stacked and waiting for customers. At the end of the day you notice that 6 blue baskets were used, only 1 yellow one, 10 orange ones, 4 red ones and 7 green ones.

    Look at what we know just from this simple experiment – the orange ones near the new display were helping to increase sales. The customer came in for something and when they got to that display they either decided to purchase the product in addition to what they had already picked up, or the presence  of the display led them to search out for other deals – go from a browser to a shopper!

    Similarly only 1 yellow basket was used. This could indicate that people shopping in the cosmetic aisle really have only one thing on their mind – the cosmetics, or they already picked up a basket. This could indicate a cold zone and the need for the baskets to be moved to another area where they would get more use.

    Now imagine if you take this single day worth of data and compare it against a month’s worth. You will find in no time at all you can clearly start to see shopping patterns emerge and can start to see what encourages impulse shopping and what does not. All through a simple, cost-effective, reusable, durable colored shopping basket.

    Shopping Baskets Are One of the Most Basic, Yet Powerful Tools a Retailer Has

    Robert Stinnett, a expert on retailing, says that shopping baskets are often thought to be single-purpose, to help customers carry around their merchandise. Yet he sees so much more potential for them as a customer insight tool.

    “Retailers often just throw a stack of them by the front door and think nothing more about it”, according to Robert. “They don’t realize that these little plastic baskets can tell them so much more and increase impulse sales if they only took a few minutes to strategically lay them out.”

    Beyond helping retailers figure out where impulse buys are taking place, colored shopping baskets can also be used to help track staff customer interactions. In one grocery store each employee who is working on the floor doing stocking or resetting displays is assigned a specific color of basket. When they see a customer with an arm full of groceries they go over and offer a basket to them in their color. At the end of each week the employee who has given out the most baskets wins a prize. It was an ingenious way for the store to boost customer interactions and satisfactions and get the employees involved in the process as well!

    “The past two years have been challenging for many retailers”, says Robert, “but the ones who are surviving and pulling through are looking at programs and ideas such as using colored shopping baskets to help them get a better idea of what exactly today’s consumers are looking for when they are inside the store. At the end of the day some retailers trying these new, innovative methods find out that the simplest ideas can sometimes reap the biggest rewards.”

    Randy Pickard is the General Manager of Shopping Baskets Plus, a supplier of plastic shopping baskets to retail stores. and the editor of Internet Marketing Remarks.

    Social Network Marketing on Your Mac Can Improve Your Business

    1

    by Timothy Arends

    Any Mac home-based or small business owner can benefit from the many available social networking websites and benefit from an arena in which they can reach out to a large or very specific audience.

    Home-Based Businesses

    By definition, home-based businesses do not require a large workforce; in fact, they often consist of a force of one. No matter what size your workforce, however, you will need customers, and social networking is a great way of connecting your home business with those who are in the same industry or could benefit from what you have to offer. Social networking can also provide new avenues to make friends, relieving some of the social isolation that can result from working alone.

    Networking Is Key

    Another benefit of social networking is that you can get valuable tips and suggestions for running your business from others in your network. The more contacts you make online, the better your results will be. These contacts can come through guest blogging, micro-blogging such as through sites such as Twitter, interacting on FaceBook, and so on.

    The great thing about social networking is that you can find people and businesses in your own industry who can form the basis of a productive friendship or partnership.

    If you are involved in a fast-changing field such as technology, social networking can be particularly valuable in allowing you to stay abreast of the numerous technological changes that are constantly occurring both within the Internet industry and in the marketing field as a whole.

    Outsourcing

    Even small, home-based businesses can benefit from outsourcing through sites such as freelance.com, and these companies can offer a range of services that can be valuable to your business.

    Finding Employees with Social Networking

    Social networking provides an arena through services such as a LinkedIn for finding people who can help you with your business. If you choose this course of action, be sure that you get references and perform a background check on those references.

    Do it Better on the Mac

    There are applications for the Mac that make participating in your social networks more convenient. Socialite is a third-party application from Apparent software that provides access to several of the most popular social networks in one application. Socialite provides access to FaceBook, Twitter, Google Reader, Flickr, Digg and your RSS feeds all in one interface.

    Flock is a Web browser for Mac and PC that specializes in social networking and Web 2.0. Flock integrates such social networking services as MySpace, FaceBook, YouTube, Twitter, Flickr, Gmail, Yahoo Mail, and Blogger directly into its interface. Flock has a feed reader that supports Atom, RSS and media RSS feeds.

    If you prefer, you can check your social networks right from your Mac OS X dashboard. FaceBook:: Alert is a popular widget that allows you to check and read your FaceBook messages. Hotmail + Messenger, as the name suggests allows you to check Hotmail and use MSN Messenger directly from the Dashboard.

    Social networking can be a tremendous aid in lowering your advertising and marketing costs while exposing your products and services to a larger customer base at the same time.

    You might get the impression that the Mac is the forgotten stepchild of the Internet marketing industry. But did you know that some of the top names in Internet Marketing use Macs? Get a FREE 75-page ebook that covers everything you need to know about running your Internet business using a Mac, iPhone and iPad here.

    Today’s Most Lucrative Online Money Making Strategies

    2

    by Alban S

    The internet is nothing if not overflowing with opportunity — the opportunity to connect, the opportunity of information and the greatest opportunity of all, the chance for you to boost your income. All you need to know is where to look for the most lucrative earning opportunities, and find ways for you to earn an income, without being taken advantage of by scams and time wasters.

    If you are looking for ways to make money online, start by looking for something which plays to your strengths and interests, because you will make the most money by doing something you are good at — firstly because it won’t feel like work, and secondly because you’ll be able to surpass the competition, another thing with which the internet is rife.

    1 — Capture an income

    With the advent of tiny digital cameras and mobile phones with built in high resolution cameras, we all have the opportunity to capture those stunning once-off shots. As a result, you don’t need to be a professional photographer to make an income from your snaps because gone are the days when you needed thousands of dollars of equipment and weeks in a special dark room.

    You can now spend a few minutes in your ‘digital dark room’ and have shots which can be loaded onto stock photography websites. These sites will pay you each time someone downloads your images so you don’t have to manage your account, but simply submit your images and wait for them to be chosen. Plus, most people searching stock photography websites will search by keyword, rather than by photographer, so you don’t need to have established a name for yourself, but simply have great photos to offer.

    Stock photography websites are used for website images, presentations, brochures, projects, books and more, so regardless of whether you’ve got pictures of flowers or friends, dogs or dinosaurs, you could have just the shot someone out there is looking for. Just make sure that if your images do have people in them, you get a model release signed by everyone in the photo.

    2 — Your own online business

    When you start your own business online, you don’t have to rely on anyone else, you know who you’re dealing with and you don’t have to worry that your money making plan is a scam in disguise. Also, when you are in control of your income through running your own business, you are able to better protect yourself financially in times of economic uncertainty because you are able to adapt and adjust your business plans and model, to quickly take advantage of changing circumstances — something most bigger businesses can’t do, and therefore end up just downsizing to survive.

    For an online business to be lucrative, it has to have a stable business foundation, making sure you have a detailed business plan, a comprehensive marketing strategy and a dedicated customer base — to whom you are dedicated of course.

    With your own piece of the marketplace, you are able to build and develop your product based on market needs. When you operate a business online you have access to one of the most responsive and feedback driven business areas around, so you can always remain in demand, with a little research and hard work.

    While it may seem like a lucrative option to add ads to your online business website, avoid it if you can. Your website is your store front, your customers’ first port of call so you want it to be all about them and their needs, not about your business partnerships and other business’ products. Instead, use all of the space on your website to promote your own business, not someone else’s and you’ll remain in control.

    3 — Affiliate yourself

    If you don’t have a marketable skills or product you can sell online, then look for someone who has because affiliate marketing can be a very lucrative way to make money online. Affiliate sales does not take any special knowledge or skills, and in fact the more personable and relaxed you are about the process, the more transparent you are and therefore, the more reliable you appear.

    Affiliate sales simply means promoting a product you already use and like, to help the company gain recognition and sales. We all have products and brands we prefer and once you’ve found those products which work for you, all you have to do is tell the world.

    To start earning money from affiliate sales, find affiliate programs which operate in your field of knowledge. Whether you look for programs which relate to your career and products and services you use at work, or whether you are a stay at home parent and are able to promote household services and appliances or family products.

    4 — Social networking

    The internet is not only a place filled with opportunity, it is also a very social place and if you don’t want to find people who are interested in your opinion through affiliate sales, you can start using social networks to share your thoughts with the world, and let them come to you.

    Blogging can be a great way to earn money online because there are minimal start up costs and when you have something valuable to offer, you will be able to build a loyal readership. If you are serious about earning an income from your blog, you can’t set it up through WordPress, Blogger or other similar free blog sites, because your content is bound by their terms and conditions, which usually state that you can’t actively promote anything.

    Therefore, to start up a financially lucrative blog:

    * Buy a domain name. A domain name and hosting service can be set up for as little as $20 per year and in turn the blog is branded completely as your own, and you are in control of the content.

    * Get the look. The look and layout of your blog will be important to its success because it should reflect your topic, as well as be easy to use and navigate for your readers. There are a number of free templates available online which you can download and use for a professional look.

    * Clarify your topic. The key to a successful blog is offering posts which interest your readers, whoever they are. Therefore, you need to choose a topic which will appeal to a certain audience, and stick to that topic, whether you write about yourself, your job, your hobbies, your family or your pets. Just remember that you are going to need to come up with a post topic at least twice a week, so your topic needs to be something you are passionate about, and which provides ongoing ideas.

    * Write your posts your way. There are some blogs with posts which are a short paragraph, and others which are thousands of words long. As a starting point, a post of 400-500 words is a good length as it is not too time consuming to write, or to read.

    * Promote your blog. Start getting your blog noticed by submitting it to social bookmarking sites. You can also promote your blog through other social networks, and write free articles for articles directories which link back to your blog. Also take the time to read and comment on other blogs in your topic area, and include a link back to your blog in your comments.

    * Generate money from visitors. You can start making money from your blog with programs such as Google Adsense which are free to use, and display relevant ads which encourage your visitors to click through — you then earn money from the click throughs. Pay Per Post and Review Me are other ways you can be paid just for posting as they will pay you a certain amount to review a product or a website for the owner.

    * Sell advertising space. Once your blog has strong traffic and a good presence, you can start selling advertising space at a price you set. You can include classified and display ads on your blog for any product or service who is interested.

    * Sell your blog. With a well established, popular and revenue generating blog on your hands, you can make a very lucrative sale and often blogs sell for ten times their monthly revenue.

    Alban is a contributing writer at Home Loan Finder, a home loan comparison website.

    Online Payment Options for Your Business

    1

    by BuyerZone

    Online shopping has grown into a major part of the economy and is competing with retail stores for business. Today, most stores have websites that make it easy for their customers to purchase a wide variety of products and services. Before you can use this option, though, you have to choose online payment options that will work well for your business.

    Payments from PayPal

    PayPal’s online system gives retailers and small businesses the opportunity to accept payments easily without much hassle. PayPal’s services not only let you accept payments directly from your customers’ PayPal accounts, but also from credit cards and bank accounts.

    Security is one of the biggest advantages of using PayPal. Many customers and businesses claim that they feel safer using PayPal because the company serves as an intermediary. Instead of paying directly, your customers send money to PayPal, which, in turn, sends money to you.

    PayPal charges a small service fee for transfers. The more your customers use the service, the more you have to pay for it. This, however, is typical of most online payment options.

    Credit Card Payments

    Credit card payments also offer a safe way for customers to purchase items online. In order to accept payments you will need a credit card processing service that ensures you get paid.

    Credit card payments work well for many businesses because their customers are accustomed to using this payment option elsewhere in their lives. Not every customer, after all, will have a PayPal account. Nearly everyone has a credit card.

    Most customers also feel safe using credit cards to pay for their purchases online because they know that their credit card company protects them from fraud. If mistaken charges show on their accounts, then they can dispute them for refunds.

    Most credit card processing services also charge a small percentage for each transaction. You should, therefore, explore several options to help ensure that you choose one that helps you save money while providing reliable services to your customers.

    Electronic Checks

    Electronic checks are useful for customers that do not have credit cards or PayPal accounts. Most online retailers, however, find that this is a very small percentage of their target audience. Electronic checks have never become very popular for online retailers because they are seen as inconvenient options compared to credit cards and PayPal.

    Although you might find that electronic checks are inconvenient, they do offer some advantages. By using this option, you can attract customers that don’t use credit cards. This might be a small number, but they have few options when it comes to online retail outlets. That means you have less competition.

    Electronic check processors usually have low fees that can help your business save money. Like PayPal and credit card processing, they charge for their services. Yet, the fee is usually quite small.

    Many online retailers offer their customers several payment options. This helps attract more customers by letting them choose the payment method that they prefer. Instead of making the decision for them, you let them choose an option that suits their lifestyles.

    Article by BuyerZone. BuyerZone is a leading online service provider that connects buyers and suppliers for a range of services and equipment such as credit card processing for small business.

    Facebook Implement New Suicide Alarm Feature

    2

    by Dan Cash

    After a number of high profile cases, not least the death of Simone Back, the Brighton woman who posted her intention to commit suicide an her wall only to have absolutely none of her online friends do anything to see if she was alright Facebook are going to implement a suicide alert system. If friends think that some-one is saying things that seem like they could be suicidal then people are able to fill in a few details and a team at Facebook will take over.

    The report page asks for the potential suicide’s full name, their Facebook URL along with the suicidal messages and any other information the reporter might feel is relevant. The facility is being supported by Samaritans who claimed that many people had found it useful over the test period and that there had been no hoaxes during the unpublicised test period. Nicola Peckett of Samaritans said that when a concern is reported the people over at Facebook then gauge whether it is necessary to call the police or emergency services or to forward the details over to Samaritans. Facebook point out that they have always had a policy of informing the police if an account holder appeared to be in danger of inflicting harm on themselves or anybody else.

    The suicide alert system was tested over a three month period without any publicity, despite not being publicised to Facebook’s users they still received numerous reports of disturbing comments, none of which proved to be malicious. Many people hope that Simone Back’s example will never be followed. Ms Back had been unhappy and, at Christmas last year, had posted a wall comment stating that she was going to take her own life. Her friends did nothing but have an online fight about how Ms Back had made this kind of statement before which had come to nothing. No-one sent her a message directly or called to ask if she was alright. Her body was discovered some time later by her mother, who had no idea about the message on Facebook, went to visit her. Samaritans have stated that they started the response system not in response to this particular case but it is there to increase awareness of the different ways that are available for those who are in despair to reach out for help.

    A spokesman from Facebook maintained that the safety of its users was of “paramount importance”. In a statement that they released on this issue they said Facebook was “deeply saddened” to learn of Ms Back’s death.

    ‘We have a close working relationship with the Samaritans and have a process in place whereby friends and family who are concerned about someone can report it to us through the help centre,” they said.

    ‘A team of trained professionals are then able to review the case and the Samaritans will make contact with the person at risk.’ 

    Related to this story is the anti-bullying campaign that Barack and Michelle Obama have recently endorsed acting against bullying. There have been a number of cases where college students have been hounded to the brink and beyond by their Facebook ‘friends’ who have used the site either to launch a deliberate hate campaign or to post film, pictures, audio files and messages concerning their victims private life which the bullies believe is ‘funny’ yet leaves their victims humiliated and feeling helpless. Not least of these is the case of a New Jersey student who updated his status as “jumping off the [George Washington] bridge. Sorry” after his dorm-mates filmed him secretly and illegally, and then put the footage online.

    While it is against Facebook’s policy to host images of a graphic nature they can be hosted elsewhere and knowledge of their existence propagated and promoted via Facebook and Twitter. 

    If you have been affected by any of these issues then contact the website concerned, a student advisor or a local support body. You haven’t done anything wrong and the only way to stop this kind of behaviour is to report it.

     By Dan Cash, a product reviewer who normally writes about cheap washing machines for a digital radio station

    Clearing Up Foggy Thinking On The Cloud

    0

    by Dan Cash

    Those who know know that the cloud is going to be the next industry shake-up which redefines how we think about how we use computer technology. First it was the Apple Mac and desktop PC, windows became so ubiquitous that many people still believe that Bill Gates invented the internet, then came the i phenomena; the iPod, iPhone and iPad.

    But why the cloud? What are the features and benefits and what are the drawbacks?

    Most traditional businesses are naturally reluctant to join the cloud. Migrating all of your data to a secure site who won’t actually tell you how they go about storing your data (that’s part of the security you see, no-one has access to that information) and getting rid of all your hardware is a big step.

    But you don’t have to do it all at once, give the cloud a trial with non essential, low security information and if you like it, send more and more. Once your computers no longer have to carry all of your legacy data you’ll be surprised how much more efficiently your computers can run when they don’t have all those saved files to run through whenever you need to search something out.

    Something else that you’ll notice with your cloud services is that you have access to programs which, if you were buying off the shelf would be too expensive or otherwise beyond your company’s purchasing remit. Now they are available as cloud applications free or for a small subscription, using them means that with minimal investment your SME will be able to use state of the art industry leading products.

    Provided you have a PC with internet access and the right passwords you can access all of the information that your corporation holds, no matter what size you are. I started using the cloud as a student as it meant that I could use any machine to update my academic texts. I didn’t have to worry if my laptop was stolen that I would lose all of my work, the same for memory sticks and external drives. No more burning CDs to archive all your paperwork, just put it on the cloud. Once it’s there, anyone you want to allow to access it can do so freely too, just tell them the pass word.

    The cloud is a great equalizer according to Patrick Harr, Hewlett Packard’s VP of Global Cloud Strategy. It provides companies and end users access to user friendly services which would otherwise require large expenses for software, hardware and training. It also offers other resources for business that would otherwise be unimaginable. Harr said that DreamWorks used his corporation’s cloud for rendering. That’s a process which requires vast amounts of processing power, it’s such a drain that it can take the memory of thousands of computers. However, DreamWorks only produce a couple of movies each year, to buy the hardware that it would require to perform these tasks would be vastly expensive and inefficient as it’s only used intensively on a few occasions.

    That’s fine for DreamWorks, why should you care? Well, if you are an SME who produce a video which goes viral taking hundreds of thousands of hits per day is going to make your servers crash in pretty short order. If that happens on the cloud your capacity expands to meet the demand in a process called scalable server virtualization , you could go from taking up a few K on a server somewhere to needing a bank of thousands of servers without your viewers seeing any difference in the service that they are receiving. Not making videos? Well, what about if you’re an online retailer who gets a link to your site published in the national news just before Christmas? An event like that would cripple most small retailers servers but if you’re on the cloud you can deal with it.

    Microsoft report that they are currently dedicating 70% of their software development to cloud products and services; within the next year they expect that figure to ramp up to 90%. And with good reason. Google’s Chrome OS is cloud based and it’s already being hailed as the next stage in the evolution of OS and the way users interface with the ‘net.

    Because Chrome is just a browser and interface it’s fast. From power up to surfing is 30 seconds. With a windows PC making the leap from a cold start to working on projects on the web can take up to ten minutes depending on how many programmes you have installed which all want to initialise on start up. Because everything is cloud based there is no need to download anything so there are no viruses or malware to worry about. If you’re a bit of a hoarder you may not like the cloud as it requires no downloads, indeed if, as I suspect many companies will, you migrate to the Chrome OS you won’t be able to download even if you want to.

    Gamers might find that they don’t get on with Chrome so well and it doesn’t currently roll with iTunes but it can be expected that they’ll be able to resolve those issues as the OS is upgraded and improved.

    One of the key drawbacks with working exclusively on the cloud is that it’s impossible to work uninterrupted if your connection is disturbed, even for a moment. If you’re using cable or you’re wireless is absolutely guaranteed then there isn’t a problem. If, on the other hand you’re on the move relying on public routers or some-one unplugs your wifi hub to plug the vacuum in you’ll find you can’t work until you log back in again.

    It’s been projected that Chrome OS loaded PCs will be shipping in the hundreds of millions by the middle of next year so expect to be using one very soon.

    Dan Cash is a feature writer currently researching the features that are offered by cloud computing companies

    Improving Conversions for Ecommerce Sites

    4

    by Kim S

    When you’re treating yourself to a new pair of shoes or you need to replace your vacuum cleaner you can pop down the high street and have a good look around. You know where all your favourite shops are and you know which ones to avoid if you don’t want your new purchase to fall apart in six months. You can also try shoes or clothes on, you can pick up the vacuum cleaner to make sure it’s not too heavy and get a feel for the product.

    You can’t do this when you’re shopping online, you can’t try your clothes on, you can’t see what they look like on you and you can’t have a play. In most cases your stockists are also going to be supplying to other sites too, your competitors are going to have almost identical stock to you at pretty similar prices. Internet users are getting smarter, they know to check eBay or Amazon to get a good idea of what prices they should be looked at, they know where they can get free delivery and they know to look for someone who’s going to ship from their own country not half way round the world.

    So how do you convince your site visitors to spend their cash on your site?

    Shout about your USP

    You need to start by making your USP obvious, if you don’t have one you might as well give up now (or come up with one pretty quickly). If you offer free delivery don’t just hide it away on your terms and conditions page, shout about it from your header bar. If you can offer same day or next day delivery make this obvious too. Anything your site traffic is going to be looking for, consciously or subconsciously, needs to be there waiting for them. You might find your click through rate in your organic listings improve if you include this USP in your meta description too.

    Give your brand a personality

    In the olden days people used to be scared of using their credit card online, they were sure the internet monster would come along and steal their identity. Most people know it’s safer these days but they’ve always got that voice at the back of their mind telling them it’s just a website and they don’t know if they can trust it. Make your website interactive and let you traffic see there’s someone there how can help them. If you site is more technical have a 9-5 instant message service, ‘ask Bob’ so if people are unsure about anything they can get some technical help without having to go to the bother of drafting an email and they don’t get the pressure they’d get from a phone call.

    Online video

    This one follows on from giving your site an identity, video adds another dimension to your site and is also more likely to encourage conversions. This post is just for conversion advice so I’m not going to go on about how good video is for SEO but there are millions of stats out there to highlight how popular online video is at the moment. People want to see it and adding it to your site makes your visitors happy and gives you a chance to show off how good your products really are. Remember they can’t pick your stock up and they can’t try things on so you need to show them.

    Kim works for Quality Furniture 4 U who sell exquisite living room furniture and display cabinets

    Internet Brands Of Yesteryear

    2

    by Steph Wood

    Nielsen, in collaboration with UKOM (UK Online Measurement) recently published a list of the web’s top 50 brands. It makes for interesting reading, not least because the included ranking table names the top UK brands of January 2004 by way of contrast. Names like ‘Freeserve’, ‘Kelkoo’ and ‘Multimap.com’ that were once a massively significant part of British lives, that now conjure up a flicker of recognition in the minds of the few.

    It’s a timely reminder of just how quickly the Internet has evolved, and it begs at least two questions: what happened to these brands and do similar fates await the brands we take for granted in 2011?

    Brands That Survived and Thrived

    It would be short sighted to suggest that any brand has the power to last forever, but though the top 50 has apparently been the site of much upheaval, the Top 10 has been relatively static. This gives us the ‘Magnificent Seven web brands’: MSN, Microsoft, Google, Yahoo, BBC, eBay and Amazon. The seven have changed places a little (Google usurping Microsoft’s crown, eBay falling whilst Yahoo, the BBC and Amazon remain static), but it would seem unlikely that any of these brands would become less significant without significant business problems.

    The remaining three of the 2004 top ten have hit harder times: the Ask.com service that succeeded Ask Jeeves is just outside the top ten, whilst AOL fell 9 places. Freeserve’s disappearance was a rather more ignoble end. In 2004 ‘Freeserve’ was already fighting against the flow of public recognition to become ‘Wanadoo’ before being absorbed into Orange, the 39th most significant brand.

    New Trends and Old Brands

    By far the biggest change in the lists has been the emergence of social media networks. In 2004, people were very content indeed with their desktop instant messaging clients. In fact, the very idea of a ‘social media network’ was unfashionable enough to be something that your parents dived into to spy on their successful high school friends. Nowadays, ‘Friends Reunited’ is on its third marriage and entirely washed up after once being the twenty first most important internet brand. Facebook (3), Youtube (8) and Twitter (38) now feature, but many more of the extended list have social media network-like structures: Wikipedia, Trip Advisor, Blogger and Skype. More still integrate directly with Facebook, mimic social media features and, in the case of Zynga, even trade mostly through social media.

    Beyond social media, a number of offline brands that were simply late to the party have elbowed out brands established in 2004 that are still arguably significant in the modern world (Banking has dropped off the edge of the list, even though their internet business is healthy). Formerly offline brands like ITV, Asda and the National Lottery are joined by Government brands like the NHS and Directgov in the new top 50.

    Brands That Simply Didn’t Survive

    Not every formerly significant brand was simply elbowed out of the top 50 by an influx of new names as the Internet diversified in purpose. Many have simply lost out to the competition and been absorbed by other brands that may or may not rank highly in public perception, even if they’re doing good business. Tiscali, Blueyonder and Demon Internet were all internet services that followed the same trajectory as Freeserve.

    It’s probably worth pointing out the impact of the biggest brand of them all on all this. Take multimap.com, one of the biggest ‘oh, yeah!’ moments of the Nielsen list, a service I and many other British people used regularly but simply forgot about. Like so much in search (remember Lycos?), Google maps just destroyed its competition with access to the best map data, its competencies snowballing from aerial views to the infamous streetview service. Even services like the much maligned Google Shopping must have contributed to the downfall of Kelkoo and shopping.com.

    I’d love to be able to reveal which of the brands of today will be completely forgotten by 2018, but there’s too many factors to consider. Could Google (or one of the other top brands) muscle in on the territory of other sites? Almost definitely. Could Google itself be toppled? Perhaps not in seven years, but never say never.

    Steph Wood is a 24 year old blogger working as a copywriter for Holidays 4 Scuba Diving. They have lots of love for internet trends and nostalgia.

    Is Web 3.0 An Intrusion of Our Privacy?

    0

    by Jon Phillips

    Imagine a world where your cell phone, laptop, and PDA are sharing the information they know about you.  They know where you live, what you typically search for, what restaurants you like to eat at, what movies you like to watch, and they even know some more personal details about you.  Web 3.0 promises to make searching for what we want easier, simpler, and faster.  Any web search would pull up local results for your area and would include websites that “it” thinks you would like to see.  Sounds convenient right?  But to some it also sounds like an invasion of our privacy.  The big question is who has control over this data about our everyday lives?    The argument is that the semantic web would make it easier to find what we are looking for online, but does it also make it easier for identity thieves?

    Proponents of web 3.0 state that there will be built in privacy controls to make sure any personal data is encrypted, but with identity theft as the fastest growing crime in America, there is reason to be alarmed by such intrusive technology.  Just like social media has led to the theft of many identities in the last 5 years, we are slowly losing control of any information about ourselves.  Just by doing a search for what information about you is already available on the internet will help you realize that any further invasion of our privacy could make matters even worse.

    But is being scared of a few privacy issues really worth missing out on a technological breakthrough like the semantic web promises to be?  It all comes down to how much you value your privacy.  Even if your identity is never stolen or compromised, how much do you want the general public to know about you? There are many websites which display Facebook applications and show how many of your friends like that website or Facebook fan page.  Will those same websites someday show which of your friends have even visited those websites and what exact pages they were looking at?

    In a world where we are all supposed to be free and open with each other, this mentality also presents security breaches with our personal identities.  Web 3.0 is supposed to allow us to pick and choose who will actually see this data, but the more data about us that is out there, the harder it is to control.  And what may be inaccessible to the general public today, could be hacked or breached by channels that less than trustworthy.

    Fortunately we have time to think things over.  It will be several more years before web 3.0 is ready for us, and perhaps even longer before we are ready for it.  In the meantime, it is best if we all take better care of our private data.  At least with social media you have control over what information you want to be displayed if you even want any to be displayed at all.  So what do you think?  Will the semantic web be an invasion of your privacy?  Leave a comment below to let everyone know your thoughts about the direction of web 3.0.

    Jon Phillips is a writer for an identity theft protection website that gives tips and advice about keeping your identity safe and secure.  You can also find reviews on services like Lifelock and Trusted ID at www.SafeIdentityprotection.com.

    Easy Ways to Build Back Links for the Beginner SEO

    2

    by Brian Griffeth

    Building back links to your website is the core strategy of SEO. Although your site’s content must be relevant, and the code should have minimal errors, back links improve rankings. Many people building their websites struggle with obtaining better rankings within the search engines. Submitting to social bookmarking websites and website directories is not enough, and only adds minimum value for your SEO campaigns. Building a creative link strategy, and a well thought out plan will leave you with better rankings, and more traffic to your website. Here are a few ways to get back links, easily and quickly that add value.

    Using Web 2.0 Properties

    Do you think that Squidoo and Hubpages are the only two websites that allow you to post articles containing back links without a lengthy review? Well then you’re mistaken. There are so many websites like these out there that are incredibly valuable to your SEO campaign. Where can you find them? Use TargetHut.com. It lists out all the places similar to Squidoo and Hubpages in a nice easy to read table, sorted by pagerank and how often the sites are indexed.

    Article Writing

    Article directories, or as Google refers to them as “content farms” did indeed get hit by Google very recently. This was due to blackhat SEO’s publishing garbage content, that made no sense and was likely spun using a tool. Although this changed the article directory’s traffic, it doesn’t change the quality of the link you’re getting back to your website. Getting these type of back links should not be your only method, and you should try to focus on getting more back links from unique root domains, than tons of links from the same website.


    Web 2.0 Blogs

    These have been around forever, and are another great way of getting easy links. If you think you can just create 50 free blogs, write a short article on each and place a back link to boost rankings, you can’t. Obviously you could do this, but it wouldn’t improve your sites rankings at all. Using methods such as link wheeling, or building a link pyramid are proven tactics that work. Basically with a link wheel, you will create say 10 web 2.0 blogs. On each blog, write an article containing two links, one pointing to your site, and one pointing to the next blog. Continuing to do this will pass link juice across each site, giving you a few quality links with minimal work. A link pyramid virtually works the same way. If you have 5 web 2.0 blogs at the bottom of the pyramid, you need to build some links to those. Three in the next level receive links from the bottom and so on. A link pyramid only leaves you with 1 link, but that link has tons of link juice pointing to your website.

    Guest Blogging

    Blog owners are usually always on the hunt for people to guest post on their websites. It gives them free content, and gives you a back link to your website. Approaching a blog owner with a guest posting request is simple, just look for a contact form or do a Who Is look up in order to find out who owns the blog. Make sure the article you submit for review is of high quality, up to date with current events, and will engage the blog’s audience. A very important part of guest blogging is to make sure your post is completely free of any grammatical errors. Finding blogs which focus on a topic in which you know very well, or enjoy, will help with the writing process.

    These are just a few, easy ways to build back links to your website and increase rankings within the search engines. Remember to mix up the anchor texts within each link, as too many links pointing to the site with the exact same anchor text looks unnatural to the search engines. SEO can be difficult, but with a little practice you will get the hang of it in no time.

    This post was written by Brian Griffeth, a regular writer for Rewls.

    Radio Advertising Strategies

    1

    by Haliyma Barrow

    It is important that you understand how to carry out your radio advertising campaign to maximize your profits. There are certain periods in any given year that are suitable for radio advertising. Campaign success and therefore increased profits will depend largely on the time that you choose to run your radio advertising campaign. Here are a few radio advertising strategies that you can use.

    The abundance of inventory during the first quarter of the year makes it the best time to carry out your radio advertising campaign and maximize your profits. The best advertising strategies for radio should take advantage of the fact that radio stations will be aggressively marketing their services. Hence the reason, there will probably be a reduction in their prices to achieve this goal. Make sure you are well prepared to face your competition. If your competitors edge you out of a radio advertising slot you encounter challenges in getting it back.

    The best way to streamline your radio promotion strategies is to refine you media during the fourth quarter of the previous year. Get your creative variables ready for to seek more radio advertising slots during the first week of the new year. The fourth quarter should be spent in testing and creating media for radio advertising in the upcoming year.

    The fourth quarter is regarded as the most challenging for radio advertising since the demand for airtime during the Christmas festivities serves to drive the prices of advertising up. It also means that progressively more creative content is required to win airtime spots. The cost of creating this media is also high at this time. The need for retailers to lure in customers during this important time of year makes media creation and airtime very expensive. Customers spend a lot of money on gifts, food, travel and other leisure activities during this period of the year. You can hardly blame retailers and service providers for trying their best to outdo each other and thus sending the costs of advertising through the roof.

    These factors should be considered when looking for radio publicity strategies that will increase your profits in the coming year. When other advertisers are spending huge amounts during this period on radio, TV and political advertisements, you should be spending your time coming up with your own media to take advantage of the slump that comes after the New Year.

    When going over your radio advertising plans for the first quarter, you should look at the history of the media that is used to advertise in your particular niche. By looking at impact performance information that you can get from your agency, you will be able to determine which radio advertising approach to adopt and which to drop. Once this has been understood, then it will be much easier for you to calibrate your testing so that your media is effective.

    You should be able to go about the fourth quarter challenges intelligently so that your testing takes full advantage of the favorable first quarter during the following year. That is what will make your radio adverting strategies be more superior to those of your competitors.

    This is a guest blog article written by Haliyma Barrow. who is a professional freelancer based in New York. Haliyma holds a Master of Public Administration from New York University. Haliyma regularly contributes writings to HungryScholar with focus on business articles.

    Google’s New Algorithm and How it Affects You

    0

    by Merlyn Sanchez

    Google is constantly evolving, and for many entrepreneurs using online marketing, this isn’t good news. In late February of this year, Google once again made changes to its algorithm. What are these changes and how do they affect you? I’m glad you asked. Here’s the breakdown of Google’s latest improvements, along with some solid insight into Google’s plans for the future.

    What’s an Algorithm Anyway?

    An algorithm can be defined as a logical sequence of steps leading to the solution of a problem. For Google, an algorithm is best described as the way the search engine powerhouse measures the relevance of a website, blog post, video, or other online information for the purpose of ranking. The specific formula of algorithms are as closely guarded as the recipe for Coca-Cola and because Google is constantly changing, no one will ever have the exact formula. But if you are aware of the true purpose of Google’s algorithm, you can find your website on the winning side, instead of being left out in the cold.

    Google’s Mission Statement

    It’s easy to become so consumed with search engine rankings that we can start looking at the big picture entirely wrong. A bit of common sense is necessary, along with an understanding of Google’s true mission.

    First of all, Google is not against websites or bloggers. Google’s changes to its algorithm are not made with the intention or purpose of confusing us so that we are unable to rank well. Google’s sole purpose and entire mission is to provide the best, most relevant and intelligent content to its users. Therefore, Google’s changes don’t have to affect us one bit. In fact, every change can benefit our rankings, just as long as we are playing on the same team as Google.

    Is Google Trying to Get Rid of Me?

    Of course, in the process of providing high quality search results to its users, some websites and blogs will end up being penalized. These sites may feel directly targeted by Google, and rightfully so. According to Google’s latest press release and statements by Matt Cutts (responsible for enforcing Google’s webmaster guidelines) some sites will suffer. Will it be you? If you can answer yes to any of the following questions, you may be negatively affected by the changes:

    * Do you use content scraping tools to pull relevant, yet duplicate content from other websites to your own?
    * Do you use PLR (private label rights material) as content for your website or blog?
    * Do you fill your SEO tools with keywords that aren’t actually found in your blog posts?
    * Do you over-saturate your posts with keywords in an attempt to rank for a certain keyword or set of keywords without actually providing relative, quality content?

    If you answered yes to any of the above questions, I want you to brace yourself for this next fact. Your website is spam. There, I said it. Not only is your website spam, but Google wants to get rid of you. Why? Because Google does not want a web searcher to type in a search phrase (or set of keywords) and receive the exact same sentences of duplicate content in the first five search results. Google is cracking down on this. Is it because they dislike you? No, it’s because the LIKE their users and want to keep them happy.

    Become a Friend of Google

    So, how do you get on the winning side and become a friend of Google? It’s certainly not by ignoring the basics of SEO (Search Engine Optimization). Targeting keywords, using linking strategies, and article marketing are all part of search engine optimization. If you are using these strategies, don’t stop! But just keep in mind that in order to rank with Google and KEEP your rankings, you need to use search engine optimization strategies with integrity.

    Once again, the key to integrity SEO is to have the same mission as Google, to appeal to the intelligence of your readers. Article marketing should not consist of duplicate articles, PLR, or keyword filled, yet useless content. Google wants original content, well researched information, thoughtful analysis, and in depth reports. If you provide this AND use proper keyword phrases, build backlinks, and employ other basics of SEO, I guarantee you have nothing to worry about, and you never will…no matter how many times Google changes its algorithm.

    Merlyn Sanchez, Business Coach and Marketing Consultant, teaches small business owners, consultants, and other solo professionals how to attract more clients, make more sales and have more time to enjoy their lives. For a free report outlining the “”8 SMART Strategies that Successful Business Owners Use to Attract More Clientsâ„¢ and more tips on how to create a successful business, visit http://www.smartbusinessowners.com.

    5 Reasons Why A Call Is Better Than An Email

    5

    by Matt Smith

    There are many reasons why telephone calls are a better and more effective communication channel than emails for businesses. From time management, and project management, to relationship building and networking. The top 5 reasons why a call is better than an email are:

    1. Issues dealt with faster
    One of the main reasons why picking up the phone and calling someone is better than sending an email, is the fact that any issues can be dealt with faster and more efficiently. Emails can often land in an inbox and remain unopened or not-actioned until after the date that any action needed to be taken has passed. On a call, all information can be relayed, and answers or conclusions can be made and actioned there and then, without having to wait for replies.

    2. Less room for misunderstanding
    Another key reason why a phone call is better than an email is that key information and content can remain in context, whereas misunderstandings can often occur in emails. If the subject matter of a conversation is of a complicated, technical, or particularly sensitive nature, an email can often lead to unnecessary confusion and misunderstanding, leading to long and drawn out email exchanges. Simply picking up the telephone and dialling those that need to be involved can eliminate any room for misunderstanding.

    3. All participants involved
    Phone calls have another advantage over emails when it comes to multiple participants or recipients in a conversation. If the subject matter involves numerous people and needs input from different parties, then the benefits of a conference call far outweigh those of an email exchange. In emails, crossed wires, time delays, and diary clashes can prevent all participants being involved in the conversation in a timely manner. However, conference calls allow all those people to hear the same information at the same time, and participate in the conversation on an even keel.

    4. No need for lengthy email strings
    Following on from the above, a further reason why a call is better than an email is because of the format in which the conversation takes place. If the subject requires a long conversation, involving questions and answers, back and forth between two or parties, an email exchange soon takes up valuable time, space, and effort, whereas the equivalent conversation over the phone will take less time, effort, and be more convenient and efficient in business terms.

    5. Builds relationships / networks / communication skills
    Finally, phoning colleagues, partners, suppliers, customers, and contacts can prove much more effective in terms of relationship building, networking, and maintaining quality communication streams between all parties. Email can prove incredibly impersonal and picking up the phone can add an extra element to an otherwise faceless, soulless exchange. Telephone calls offer you the opportunity to build stronger relationships and remain in closer contact with your business contacts.

    Matt Smith – Freelance business, conference calling and technology blogger.

    The Benefits of Cloud Computing For Small Businesses

    2

    by Jonathan Piggins

    Cloud Computing is one of the newest developments in Information Technology that is really helping those with a small business. Cloud computing is an umbrella term that groups a wide range of computing and hosting services which can be accessed over the internet. However there is one service that is currently making the biggest impact and that is Cloud Hosting, which has become one of the most popular uses of Cloud computing for SME’s.

    What is it about cloud computing and cloud hosting in general, that has got so many SME’s excited? One of the biggest problems facing IT departments in small businesses, especially with the recessionary pressures they are under, is the cost of running websites and servers. When times are good you need capacity and when times are tougher you may not need so much capacity. Hence, small businesses need a cheap and flexible solution. Cloud computing, and specifically cloud hosting providers, are in the perfect place to help SME’s with these issues. By offering a scalable and a pay for what you use service, SME’s can manage their IT budget without having to spend a huge IT budget.

    Cloud Hosting

    To put it simply,  Cloud hosting enables you to run your websites or any other computing service on one or more virtual dedicated servers. So what are the main advantages to a small business. Essentially it allows for a flexible approach to your server management. When necessary you can scale your capacity up or down according to demand and, as the provider has a much larger pool of capacity, you need not worry about having to purchase more hardware. This scalability has many benefits for businesses, whatever their size, as they may not have the expertise to know the requirements of their servers. 

    Managing traffic influxes is extremely important to websites as this will undoubtedly effect a website’s performance. No E-commerce website would like to be down or running slowly when they are busy – the effect may be devastating to a business. For example, if there is a surge of press activity around your organisation, or a social media campaign which really takes off, your servers need to be able to handle the additional traffic that is arriving at your website. If you have either an in-house solution or you outsource your server to an external agency, there are only really three options available to you. Upgrade your account with your existing provider, which could prove costly and may tie you in for longer than you want. Go out to the marketplace and buy more hardware at a great deal of expense to yourselves, or wait until the traffic spikes are over. As this is only a temporary situation none of these solutions are ideal.  With cloud hosting the website owner has control over the size of the server and bandwidth. When a website needs extra capacity the website owner can choose how much bandwidth they require. When they no longer need it, it is scaled back to the approriate level.

    There are many organisations that offer cloud hosting solutions, ranging from the big suppliers, such as Amazon EC2 or Rackspace Cloud. However, there are smaller operations such as ElasticHosts, who have specifically built cloud hosting solutions for the small business markeplace. You will have full administrator access to your server, free to choose the operating system, applications and configuration. You are able to scale your machine up or down using any web browser. It also gives you peace of mind as it has an automatic failover.

    If you are a small business, then Cloud Hosting is a brilliant solution for those who experience spikes in their website and want to manage capacity accordingly. Cloud solutions are becoming increasingly popular and it is likely more and more people will take up the cloud hosting solutions as gives such flexibilty, cost efficiency and scalability.

    Jonathan is a freelance writer who has a passion for IT.

    User Behavior Can Be Manipulated- If Only You Know How

    1

    by Nitin Aggarwal

    Has anyone noticed Gmail interface lately? It amused me greatly and irritated me too when, Gmail made changes to the interface. Earlier, they used to have the ‘sign out’ button on the right hand top of the page. It was much easier to find. Now, you have to click on a drop down menu, which has only one drop down option, which is ‘sign out’. I started wondering as to why Google, which prides itself on its minimalistic, simple, easy look, has resorted to this. The answer came upon me of a sudden one fine day. Of course, silly, it is meant to make exit difficult. Is it possible, that people will spend more time on the Gmail page because of it? I think it is very much possible. If you count the total extra time spent on their pages, it can add up to a huge amount. Remember that time spend by users on a web page is an important criteria to assess stickiness.

    If Google can do it, so can you

    Small changes in user interface can make huge difference to your website. Analyzing and manipulating User behavior is extremely important. You may have noticed that some websites have a small ‘Log out’ button in some vague corner? This obviously makes, logging out a difficult proposition. I am just giving some examples of how, web designers increase stickiness. Some of you may feel such tactics are unethical, as if you are cheating the visitor. I bow down to such sentiments. But if you are a professional, you aim must be to creatively influence the behavior of prospective customers.

    Never let a visitor go

    I love the user interface of EBay and Amazon. They give you so many options and alternatives that you are forced to remain on their website. If you search for a product, they not only display the right product but also suggest alternatives. You are also nicely nudged towards buying stuff, which you were not looking for in the first instance. I am not suggesting that visitors will simply buy because you coerce them to. It doesn’t happen that way. Finally your product must speak for itself in terms of value.

    The ‘Buy’ button

    On some websites you have to search for the ‘Buy’ button. Wonder what the web designer was thinking – to me this is a monstrous blunder. Whether you do anything or not, splash that ‘Buy’ button everywhere on all web pages and that too prominently. This should be easily accessible to visitors, whenever they have the urge to buy. Remember that selling is the sole purpose of your website, not entertaining and enlightening others.

    Conclusion

    User behavior can and must be manipulated. Even the big guys like Google don’t miss a single trick in the book. Keeping visitors on your website for as long as possible must be every designers endeavor. Ultimately every small change to your website adds up to something big. Never let a visitor go without buying.

     

    Nitin Aggarwal is the owner of the company Offshore Ally. It is the house of competent virtual assistant and SEO link builders services. Nitin is a blogging enthusiast and loves to read/write about new SEO strategies, social media, blogging, SEM etc. Connect with him via Twitter.

    Directive For Google and Search Engine Friendly Sites

    1

    by Nitin Aggarwal

    Google has the remote control to direct millions of online properties over the globe. Website designing, technical changes and the platform for bringing the desirable change in optimization are guided by search engines with right indexing process. You need to be Google ready to survive online, the key is provided here:

    1)      Content relevance – You have one or multiple sites as a part of your web profile filling them with the right content. All sites have to cover this aspect before they step on the next level of website optimization. Genuine content that is interesting brings visitors and improves ranking.

    For winning trust of clients, you can concentrate on good content as the best initial measure. Pages that are clear in describing the product improve the quality of your site. Relevant keywords will not just bring human traffic, but also spiders to take your ranks higher.

    2)      Web accessibility – Speedy site that has relevant content alters the way users surf your web pages. Including at least one static text based link every page will ensure better access.  Crawlers from Google will have trouble locating your site, if you encounter errors and problems while browsing the website.

    There should be no hitch involving JavaScript, session IDs or Macromedia Flash, DHTML, cookies and more. Analyzing your site through lynx text browser is the remedy to overcome the hurdles of a problematic website.

    3)      Site linking – The visibility is enhanced with organic links directed to your site for better indexing. Search Engine Result Pages (SERPs) for your website includes the number of links genuinely referencing to the web pages. The count of links you get acts like votes in favor of your online asset. Your popularity among visitors, both human and spiders increases with a rise in visibility through linking.

    4)      Cautious tread – You have to always be careful about overdoing the optimization process. You should be clear about the minimum steps required to get your site in the list of search engine results.

    a.       Keyword overuse should be discouraged as your site can be red flagged when you cross the bar of minimal keyword use.

    b.      Cloaking of webpage can damage your reputation you created over months or even years of website optimization.

    c.       Hidden text, links and pages that are invisible to the human eye must not be a part of your page. You can get banned from web indexing due to such errors.

    d.      Avoid using images with keywords, graphic titles and text to promote online.

    e.      Find ways to connect pages to your main site and keep mirror pages organized.

    f.        Duplicate content and repeated pages should be removed or managed properly. Robots.txt can be good way to ensure correct indexing.

    You can ensure these steps are followed by getting some assistance from the search engine optimization firms. Knowing about the legitimate measures of getting in the list of SERPs is must. You do not want short term ranking that not just robs you off money but also reputation due to black hat techniques used by few enterprises. Follow the footsteps of leader of web management – learn from Google itself.

     

    Nitin Aggarwal is passionate Internet marketer. He has his own company-Offshore Ally, which offers virtual assistant and link building solutions. He also enjoys blogging and gaming. Connect with him via Twitter.

    Top 4 Free Tools for Online Marketers

    1

    by Stacey Johnson

    No one can ever have enough free stuff, and when it comes to online marketing I’m happy to say there are plenty of useful and completely free tools out there that will make paid tools seem completely unnecessary. Whether you have been doing online marketing for a while or are brand new to the business, here are four types of tools you will need.

    Market Research Tools – Simply speaking, you need all the information you can get. Research tools enable you to collect comprehensive data about the marketplace, enabling you to understand customer needs and wants. It is also helpful to know what the competition offers and what you’re up against. The Google Toolbar makes research a lot easier. To get more advanced results, select “Enable Advanced Features” to conduct “News”, “Web Directory”, and “Google Groups” searches.

    HTML Editors – Large businesses, especially SAP companies, pay exorbitant sums of money to get access to HTML editors. But why pay when a few good ones are available for free. Nyu can provide satisfactory results that are suitable for most purposes. It is similar to FrontPage and Dreamweaver except that it’s available at zero cost to you. In addition, it is highly user-friendly as it is a WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) editor. Create fully functional sites without any knowledge of HTML!

    Link Evaluation Tool – The Alexa toolbar is, without doubt, one of the most popular toolbars online today. Internet marketers rely on it to build and adjust their marketing strategy. This tool will provide comprehensive site information on your web browser. Click on the “site info” option to generate the details such as the ranking, list of related website, amount of backlinks, and webmaster information of the website you’re visiting.

    Toolkits – Toolkit resources like NetMechanic are very helpful for site maintenance. Both old and new websites will eventually encounter technical difficulties because of new application installation, interface redesign, or functionality updates among others. These toolkits can pinpoint problems such as HTML code errors, downtime, browser display problems, and lengthy loading time among others.

    The internet has more of these useful applications. Conduct some research to find other resources which can significantly contribute to the development of your site at little or no cost to your business. Also, take note that there are a lot of tools which are free on a trial basis. Take advantage of these offers to determine whether your site will derive a “net” benefit if you invest in additional systems.

    Stacey Johnson runs the online marketing department for Atlanta’s Top Tree Company, Premiere Tree Services. She has also worked with the law firm of Kitchens New & Cleghorn’s Atlanta divorce lawyers.

    Google Sends Websites Into A Tizzy

    1

    by Nitin Aggarwal

    If there is anything which is constant in SEO, it is change. Google has a way to keep all of us on our toes. The latest is their change in search algorithm. Though we just can’t do much about it but lump it, it might be a good idea to understand what motivated Google to change the search algorithm once again. If I remember correctly, the last big change happened quite a while ago.

    The JC Penney black hat technique

    There is a lot of buzz that JC Penney fooled the Google search engine by creating thousands of backlinks from dummy sites which they created just for this purpose. With this trick JC Penney managed to do great online business worth billions during the holiday season. If I were Google I would get raving mad about it and blacklist the company.  But wait a minute – Google never did this. Why? Bcos’ JC Penney paid two and a half million dollars to Google only for the AdWords program. No doubt, Google kept its cool. Had it been you, they would have done away with you without as much as a grunt. Just goes to show that Google is after all human.

    But it must have rankled

    Though, Google kept quiet, it must have hit a nerve somewhere and hence this massive change in their search algorithm. This idea is purely hypothetical and I do give credit only to myself for it – I mean JC Penney driving Google to change search algorithm yet again. Like it happens in a drunken driving case, it is the bystanders who got hit by this change. Ezine has reported a 35% drop in its traffic from organic search. There are no reports as to how JC Penney has taken it.

    The message is clear 

    Google seems to be going green but in a different way. They no longer want junk content. So, content sites, which cater to these junkies, must now be cautious. Article directories must watch their content. If you look carefully, sites like Squidoo, have escaped with just a few bruises. This is because they already have strict guidelines in place as to what is acceptable and what is junk. This goes to show that there is some kind of discrimination between different content providers.

    The changed scenario

    With the new dispensation in place, website owners are relooking at their SEO strategy. Will quality of backlinks be affected? This is an important question, since article submission to sites like ezine will decrease dramatically if quality of backlinks were an issue. At the same time, it has once again been proved that quality content will remain an important criterion for search engine optimization.

    Conclusion

    This is not the last time when Google modifies its search algorithm. We are still a very long way away from a perfect search algorithm. There are still many ways to cheat search engines. JC Penney is a very good example. As long as our search remains imperfect, the search for a perfect search algorithm will continue. We will once again go into a tizzy.

    Nitin Aggarwal is the owner of the company Offshore Ally. His team comprises of dedicated virtual assistant and SEO link builders services. He is a blogger and a gaming enthusiast. He also loves to read about new SEO strategies, social media, blogging, SEM etc. Connect with him via Twitter.

    Outsourcing — Hype and Hoopla?

    3

    by Nitin Aggarwal

    Outsourcing seems to have become a medicine for all ills. There is this massive upsurge in the ‘passive income’ tribe, which seems to suggest that you can simply outsource everything and then enjoy a grand holiday on some exotic pacific island without bothering about your bank balance. This dream is being sold to thousands of ready customers who are ready to believe anything. The recent downturn in economy has converted many desperate jobseekers into believers of this cult. Is outsourcing only hype and hoopla or is it something more substantial?

    Where outsourcing works?

    This is where the principle of value comes in. Businesses are successful because they give value to customers. More the value better is the profitability. Going a step ahead, you can say that higher you are in value chain, more the profitability or money. For example, say John Grope has invented a unique battery which is powered by solar energy. He now needs someone to manufacture this product. He has also tied up with a marketing agency to sell this battery. You will notice that John has actually outsourced all physical activities while he only holds a patent for the battery. This is his intellectual capital which makes money for you. In this case outsourcing actually works. This is because John has invested time and money into creating a product. He has added value to it. Even the manufacturers of battery will make money out of it –they have put it all together. But since the value add is lesser, they would make less profit out of it. Everyone in the value chain makes money according to the amount of value they have added to the product.

    Where outsourcing doesn’t work?

    Now imagine that John never invented anything. He simply wants some else to think up of an idea. For this he is ready to spend $500. He thinks that this amount would be sufficient to get someone else to ideate for him. I am sure John would get hundreds of proposals promising the moon. But frankly, do you think a person who can invent a battery would give away his intellectual property for a paltry $500? It is here that we must differentiate between what can be outsourced and what can’t be. Manufacturing can be outsourced but creating intellectual property cannot.

    Passive income is a misnomer

    You just can’t get something for nothing. The only way you can make money is to add value somewhere in the value chain. Passive income, in the context of outsourcing is a misnomer. You just can’t outsource all your work and then holiday in Java island. I am not talking about earning an income from property or stocks. This would be passive income in the right sense.

    Conclusion

    Outsourcing is a powerful tool in creating wealth. But it should not be confused with being lazy. As you go up the value chain, like creating intellectual property, it becomes much more difficult to outsource. Physical labor, repetitive activity like manufacturing and routine jobs can be outsourced easily.

    Nitin Aggarwal is the owner of the company Offshore Ally and has a team of higly skilled virtual assistant and SEO link builders. He enjoys blogging and reading about new techniques of Internet marketing. Connect with him via Twitter.

    Finding the Best Web Hosting for Small Business

    6

    by Roko Nastic

    Any small business hoping to establish a lucrative online presence needs to find the right web host. But how does a small business know which host is best? And what essential features are required from a web host? A small business needs to establish brand, reputation, and encourage consumer confidence. The right web host can help make this a real possibility.

    10 Features a Small Business Needs From a Web Host

    A small business, looking to find the best web hosting, needs to be aware of some essential hosting resources necessary to successfully trade online. A quality hosting provider will not only provide these key features, it will also oblige a small business with by supplying beneficial additional resources.

    So what are these key ingredients, and why are they indispensable to a small business looking to procure online clientele? Listed below are 10 must-have features a small business should expect from a web host.

    1. Reliability/Reputation

    While this list is not compiled in order of importance, if it were, reliability and reputation would definitely hold the top position. The reliability of a provider will not only affect the reputation of a website, it will be paramount to continued business prosperity.

    A web host will have a positive reputation for very good reason. It has earned it over a acceptable period of time, against stiff competition. Reputation suggests reliability and should be accepted as proof of a web host’s value and quality.

    2. E-Commerce Compatibility/Features

    It will come as no surprise that e-commerce is of significant importance for a small business seeking an online presence. There are various e-commerce platforms, packages, and applications. If a small business has already built a website around a specific model, or has one in mind, any appointed web host must be capable of supporting this e-commerce platform.

    If a small business has yet to install an e-commerce package and is open to suggestion, there will be a wider selection of available hosting providers. It is best practice to research e-commerce packages before deciding on a host. While numerous hosts may suit the needs of a small business, an e-commerce platform not be as generic. It is a personal preference if the small business then opts to go with a larger host that supports their chosen platform, or a more specialized provider that deals specifically with that e-commerce package.

    Another feature to bear in mind is the availability of alternative shopping carts and e-commerce plug-ins. Some web hosts will have a greater selection than others.

    3. Private SSL Certificate Available/Provided

    A Secure Socket Layer (SSL) certificate is essential for any small business wanting to encourage or process financial transactions online. Shared SSL certificates are usually available for free, but often fail to provide the level of security required for secure, impregnable online trading.

    A private SSL certificate is a sign of trust and security. Not only will customers be more likely to make a transaction via a private SSL connection, many web browsers now warn users (during a monetary transaction) if a business does not possess a private SSL certificate.

    A private SSL certificate displays the name of the business in the web browser, a shared SSL certificate will only show the name of the owner (usually the web host), which often appears suspicious to potential customers.

    4. Dedicated IP Address

    In order to obtain a private SSL certificate a website needs a dedicated IP address. If a website is sharing space on a server, the likelihood is that it is also using the server IP address, along with all other websites on that server. A dedicated IP address allows for enhanced security and can assist with combating SPAM.

    5. Multiple E-mail Accounts

    A small business will probably require multiple email accounts and an efficient, and secure, email storage system. The business may want separate email addresses for its manager, sales department, customer services team, technical support etc. For this reason it is important to ensure a web host has the resources to provide multiple email accounts and quality web email application. In reality, most web hosts will provide unlimited email accounts as standard, even with basic hosting packages, but the quality may differ.

    For example, some web hosts may use the Microsoft Mail Exchange, which does provide a high level of security and anti-spam facilities. Other providers may use a lesser-known email application system such as Horde. It is important to check the security of a hosts email system, as well as the actual quantity it provides, as email contact with customers will be crucial to business development.

    One more thing to bear in mind is an auto-responder. Many businesses use these to provide automated email responses to customers. Some web hosts will include use of an auto-responder as part of their email features, though these basic utilities may not be preferential for business use. Most businesses will still use an independent, dedicated auto-responder service like AWeber or GetResponse.

    6. Quality Customer Service

    A small business will be aware of the importance of good customer service and should demand the same from their web host. A reputable provider will have an efficient customer support system in place. Check to see if a host provides the following features:

    • Ticket System: Customer sends in a query and is issued a ticket number. Host will guarantee a response within a certain time frame (normally 12, 24, or 48 hours).
    • Email Address: There should be an easily identifiable contact email address.
    • Phone Number: Is there a contact number for customer services, or technical support? Is is toll free? What are the call charges?
    • Live Chat: Many hosts provide a Live Chat service where you can connect and instant message with a customer service representative. If this feature is available? Is it 24/7?

    If a host claims to provide these services then check they are for real. Send a query via a ticket system and see how long a response takes; email the host; call the listed phone number; use the live chat service.

    Probably the most important question to ask is: Does the host provide effective support? Simply having these systems in place is not enough. You need to know if a host will fix any problematic issues and get to the root of any concerns. Check online web hosting forums and review sites for impartial, honest feedback.

    7. User-Friendly Interface

    You don’t need a host that over-complicates its features with a disorganized or inefficient user interface. Most hosting providers will offer a trial demo of their control panel. Take the time to test this to see if features are ordered logically, functions are easily accessible, and overall operation is smooth and hassle-free. A control panel should aid website development, not hinder it.

    8. Website Development Tools

    Some small businesses may not have developed a website prior to choosing a web host. In this case, they will be probably looking for a web host that provides either a website design service, or a free website builder/development tool. The latter is probably more common among web hosts, but the quality of the utility will vary. Research the website tool (prior to relying on it to help develop a site).

    If a small business is looking for a complete website design service, it would be more prudent to employ the services of an independent professional.

    9. Guarantees

    Check to see if a host offers a money back guarantee, and if they do, look to see if the offer is time-sensitive and/if restrictions apply. A host will normally also provide a guarantee of website up-time.

    10. Scalability and Flexibility

    With any luck, a small business will grow from strength to strength, and when it does it will need to upgrade its web hosting package. This could entail increasing resources but staying with same type of hosting account, or could mean moving from shared hosting to VPS, or even a dedicated server.

    Whatever the upgrade, a small business needs be sure their chosen web host can provide any future hosting elevation without any fuss or delay. It is paramount for a small business to look to the future when choosing a web host and envisage what they may need, instead of simply considering what they need right now.

    Helping to Build Consumer Trust, Confidence, and Satisfaction

    A small business needs good web hosting to successfully compete online. It is crucial to find a web host that can provide the additional resource requirements essential to online trading. Establishing consumer trust and confidence means providing a secure and respectable business service.

    A huge component of this is a web host who understands the ethos of online business and what a small company really needs from a hosting package. Finding a web host who provides all the above features will ensure a small business is on the right track to achieving online success.

    This guest post is written by Roko Nastic who is the editor at WebmasterFormat.com – website where you could learn more about webmastering, online promotion, DNN hosts and more.

    The Mobile Internet Revolution And How Your Small Business Can Benefit

    1

    by Car Care

    The future will be mobile, and the future is upon us. Each year, more consumers are buying mobile devices, and tech giants like Google, Microsoft, and Apple are falling over themselves to provide mobile services and applications. So what does this mean for your small business? In a nut shell, you’ve got to get on board with the mobile revolution.  It may be rather extreme to say that you’ve got to abandon the sinking desktop ship, but at the very least it would be conservative to say that you should hedge your bets in the mobile space. On the plus side, you may find that it yields many benefits if your business is able to find a voice in an area that is free from the noise of your competitors. Here’s a few ways that you can tap into the mobile trend.  

     

     

    Text Message Marketing

     

     

    What was once a way for teenagers to send goofy messages to their friends has now boomed into something much more important in the world of marketing.  According to a wireless industry trade group called CTIA, people send around 3-5 billion text messages per day.  Unlike email messages, spammers have largely been kept out of text message inboxes due to strict regulations.  Recent cell-carrier research states that 97% of text messages are opened, and most within the hour they’re received.  What’s even more, people are connected to their mobile phones 24/7. All of this means it’s a goldmine for businesses.

     

    A relatively new method for marketing to mobiles is text message marketing.  You create an opt-in list where people who like your company can join.  Through this list, you can send your customers short messages offering them deals.  It’s very simple and the messages MUST be short – under 160 characters.  This is a wonderful way to spread the word about your small business, but beware – spam is not taken lightly.  For this reason, don’t hire a company to do your marketing that uses automated dialers.

     

     

    Local-Based Marketing

     

     

    Another trend is local-based marketing.  Sites like Yelp offer online guides to various metro areas that show users places to eat, things to do and other things that only the locals would know.  When someone visits a restaurant or attraction, they can go onto these sites and review the place they’ve just been.  Then when other people are on the move, they can open their mobile internet browser on their phone or tablet, do a quick search, and find a good recommendation for a business in their local area. It’s possible for you to get your small business listed on these directory sites, and then let your customers do the rest. Just make sure you’re providing outstanding service so that they have something good to say!

     

    Social media sites like Facebook and Twitter are also offering what’s called “check-in services.”  These are mobile applications that let customers tell everybody they know when they visit your small business.  They can tell who they’re with and upload photos.  There is also a search feature for users to find out who has been where.  This is another way for people to make connections, and it’s a great way to get the word out about your small business.

     

     

    Mobile Coupons

     

     

    Mobile coupons are already widely used in Asian countries like Japan and Korea, where the shift to mobile is already more advanced.  Restaurants, shops, and other businesses offer special deals that are only available through their mobile sites.  Users find the site and, when they enter the place, use their mobile to get the deal.  One site that is really doing amazing things with this is Groupon.  They offer special deals daily at local places, and when a certain number of people have agreed to take the offer, it becomes real.  Getting your small business listed on these sites can also bring you lots of new customers.

     

    As the wireless internet becomes even more prevalent, more and more people are surfing the net during their daily travels.  They may be wandering around town looking for a place to eat, or scoping for somewhere to hang out for the afternoon.  If you run a small business, it pays to be the place that they discover.  The mobile revolution is still in its infancy, so prepare your business to surf the coming mobile wave.

     

     

     

     

    This article was written by Car Care, Australia’s largest mobile car detailing network. Car Care provides outstanding car wash franchise business opportunities, including the options to purchase an existing car wash for sale, or build from the ground up with a proven business model.

     

    It’s Repeat Customers Who Build A Business

    1

    by Neil Jones

    Businesses in the real world and online, would be inclined to believe that once a customer, always a customer. But the old time notion of loyalty to a brand, store or a website no longer holds true. While trust and personal interaction do play a role, but it can no longer be assumed that a customer will continue to buy from you. Repeat business and a loyal clientele are dependent on a series of factors and a lot of concerted effort to woo customers. It is a battle that is won by those who have mastered the art of keeping customers so happy that they keep returning for more. It is now well known to all businesses that acquiring customers does not happen without incurring expenses, and having them come for repeat purchases also costs money. For online businesses, this comes in the form of internet marketing expenses and auction site fees, and for others, it is expenses incurred on advertising and publicity.

    It would indeed be naïve on the part of a business to think that a customer has already come to them, and knows them well enough and is sure to return. There is no way to guarantee his return unless a few steps are taken. Some of these include:

    • Remind the customer about your existence and that you want him back- Customers, like all humans, love to feel wanted. They would like to be approached by a business and be convinced that they are wanted back. They need some kind of signal or message be it an email newsletter, a blog post, new information on your website or a friendly greeting on a special occasion. Any of these, will please the customer and make him feel special.
    • They like to asked for feedback and inputs- Customers may not say so, or even complain, but the truth is that they would like to be asked for their opinion about a product, its performance and quality, and whether they have been satisfied with it. An unhappy customer will feel gratified if the business owner reassures him of a better product or service the next time, or make an attempt to rectify problems if possible. A phone call or an email from him can go a long way in clinching a repeat purchase.
    • Reliability matters to all customers- This is a golden rule for all customers-they always like to buy from people and places they consider reliable. If a mistake is made, efforts to rectify it, a humane apology and a phone call or mail admitting the mistake and fixing it, help to win a customer’s forgiveness. If an order does not reach on time, offer a discount, and see them happy. A general, cold email sent I bulk does not impress any customer, and you can be sure he will never come back.
    • You have to be different- Customers like to buy brands that are unique, and shop from places that are different, or rather places that stand out in some form. Brands are special for the quality they represent, and businesses stand out for the packaging of their goods and services. It is this packaging that customers remember and return time and again. Packaging includes the entire shopping experience. Stand out among the rest, and your customers will never abandon you.
    • Sell products that are not a one-time purchase- If the products you sell are the kind that are bought once in a lifetime, the question of a repeat visit from a customer will not arise. Make sure that the range of products you sell generate a demand for others in your product list, so that customers can keep coming back for the next requirement.

    Getting a customer is half the battle, retaining them over time alone ensures that it is a battle won.

    Author:- This is a guest post by Neil Jones who is head of marketing for eMobileScan, one of Europe’s largest online retailers of handheld computers and barcode scanners, including the Symbol MC70 and Motorola MC9090

     

    The Importance of Domain Authority and Page Rank in SEO

    7

    by Warner Carter

    Whether it’s true or not that Google is excluding Page Rank as a factor in considering a website’s adherence to their algorithms, many web owners still believe that PR is important in determining a website’s SEO success. Page Rank, as Google’s assessment of a certain webpage’s importance, has become popular in identifying the value of a website, even when this unconfirmed rumor was published on blogs all over the Web.

    Without a doubt, a website domain’s authority affects the site’s rankings. A website with a high PR means it enjoys a significant amount of traffic from other high-PR sites. It also shows that owners of sites with high Page Ranks perform effective link building strategies as part of their SEO campaigns. Sites with authoritative domains have been around for a long time, and these sites probably earned their PR through unwavering link building and SEO processes.

    Authority comes with age. Just like in politics, you can’t achieve a certain sense of authority without time.
    Gaining authority is every new website’s goal. Link acquisition should be done as soon as the website goes live. In short, strategic link building should be every website’s first step in SEO, as well as in targeting future domain authority.

    Domain authority also comes with proper branding and online reputation. Domain authority is useless without well-established online integrity. That’s why experts are careful with the link building techniques they use. They carefully scrutinize partner links and sites. They also avoid spamming and excessive back linking because these will only hurt their online reputation. They take link building seriously to achieve positive online reputation and strong domain authority.

    Linking to high-authority sites
    Getting one inbound link from a high-authority site is considered better than getting multiple links from low-authority sites. This only shows how domain authority affects a website’s link juice. It also plays a big part in Google’s tendency to index a certain website. Domain authority is one key to effective link building and, eventually, successful search engine optimization.

    Improving and gaining domain authority
    The simplest way to improve domain authority is by guest-blogging and submitting articles on high-authority sites. Receiving links from high-authority sites gives your site a measure of authority as well. Continuous link building opens a bigger opportunity of achieving authority.

    Domain authority in numbers
    Although domain authority is about a website’s integrity and importance, there are some websites that provide authority rankings from 1-100. Yahoo!, Facebook, and other SEO-related websites also use a meter to measure a website’s domain authority.

    The real essence of domain authority is having a positive online reputation. Link with high-authority, high-PR, and relevant sites, and domain authority for your site is within reach.

    Warner is interetsed in everything about discovering and learning new things online. He works with the only for SEO Resellers outsource resource Endless Rise

    6 Reasons To Create Your Own Private Label Product

    2

    by David Petrvalsky

    If asked how many products are available in the world, a few if any people could give an adequate estimate. Because of the sheer number of products that customers have to choose from no matter what the subject or niche, this choice can be overwhelming. Even though businesses know about this issue, it can still be a struggle to stay relevant with so much competition, especially online. However, private labels can provide a huge advantage and assist a business in making a profit. The following points discuss a few advantages of private labels.

    1. The average online store depends on national brands in order to have a well stocked inventory. If these particular brands are not in high demand or do not typically sell well, this can pose a problem. By using a private label, a business is not dependent on brand labels, thus reducing financial problems.

    2. Using private labels means freedom in pricing the products, there is no need to negotiate the retail price with an outside company. This can give an online store the advantage, as they will have the ability to showcase a competitive edge.

    3. Another advantage to keep in mind is getting customers to associate the online store with quality. Private labels, as some might imagine, are not bottom of the barrel, low quality items. The customers will see that when they purchase them and will come back for more.

    4. After a business gives customers time to discover and use the private labels, loyalty will become established. Customers will know that they can only get the products they’ve come to prefer from a particular store. They will return often for these preferred products, especially if the online store does not have a brick and mortar counterpart.

    5. Using a private label means that a store is showing their customers that they can keep up with the changes in the business world. More and more stores both online and offline are investing in private labels. Keeping pace with these changes shows customers that this business is interested in staying abreast of changes in products.

    6. There is no need for the business to spend money trying to create something to sell that will attract customers. With private label products, a store simply needs to get the items and sell them.

    With the above information in mind, online stores that are wondering if going the route of private labels is right for them can come to a decision. The world is always changing, especially when it comes to customer preferences and behaviour. Having the courage to make the investment is something that is hard to dismiss. Private labels are used and continue to flourish because they are means to a wise and practical business model.

    Private label packaging is a cost effective method to promote your online business. Having your own brand is a clever move. Especially if you run a small business because normally start-ups cannot achieve sales volume levels to be a low price favourite. Every time a customer enjoys your coffee, tea, snacks or any other food or non-food product, they are reminded of where it was purchased. Your own brand is what sets you apart from your competitors and builds brand loyalty.

    This is a guest post by David Petrvalsky, co-founder of euroTcup. David is an expert in the herbal tea industry.